Skip to main content

Full text of "Bills, 1931, No.138-186"

See other formats


€»^ 


TORONTO 

fiN       1987 


No.  138 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 


Mr.  Henry  (York,  East) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

FRINTFiR   TO   THE    KiNG's    MosT   EXCELLENT    MAJESTY 


No.  138 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.  ^    Xhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Tlii^hiiriy  Traffic  Amend- 

ment Act,  1931. 

Rev.  Stat.,         2.  Clause  (g)    of    section    1    of    The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
ci.  g,  '   '   '     is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "Public  Works  and" 

amended.         .      ,,       r      ',   \- 

m  the  nrst  hne. 

?'25i^*sf V         ^- — (^)  Subsection   1  of  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.  1,  yjc/  ig  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  every  trailer" 

amended.         .  . 

in  the  second  hne. 


S.  4,  subs.  3, 
amended. 


S.  4, 
amended. 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  4  is  amended  by 
striking  out  all  of  the  words  after  the  word  "goods"  in  the 
eighth  line. 

(3)  The  said  section  4  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 


T-ev.  Stat., 
■^Gl,  s.  9, 
1, 
led. 


i 


number  plate  ^^^^   Every    trailer    while    being   drawn    on    a   highway 

on  trailer.  shall  have  exposed  on  the  back  thereof,  in  a  con- 

spicuous position,  a  number  plate  furnished  by  the 
Department  showing  in  plain  figures  the  number  of 
the  permit  issued  for  the  current  year. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  sectioi\  9  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
Act  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words 
"from  the  front  or  rear,  as  the  case  mav  be." 

oi.  (a^)"^^"  ^^'      (2)  Clause   (a)   of  subsection    18  of  the  said  section  9  is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  "from  the 
front  and  from  the  rear  of  the  vehicle." 

c^^25i^s!Vi,       ^-  Subsection  1  of  section  11  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

c" 48,  8.4)^'^°^^  enacted  by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

amended.'     Act,  1930  (No.  2),  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word 

"vehicle"  in  the  first  line  the  v/ords  "other  than  a  motorcycle." 

138 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.    This  amendment  is  necessary  by  reason  of  the  separation  of 
the  Ministries  of  Public  Works  and  Highways. 


Section  3. — (1)  The  amendment  provides  for  the  display  of  a  number 
plate  on  the  rear  of  a  trailer,  it  being  unnecessary  to  provide  for  a  number 
plate  on  the  front  thereof  as  the  Act  now  requires. 

Section  3. —  (2)  The  words  struck  out  are  no  longer  necessary  as  they 
refer  to  a  front  number  plate  for  trailers. 


Section  3. — (3)  This  amendment  is  necessary  in  view  of  deletion  of 
reference  to  trailers  in  preceding  subsections. 


Section  4.  These  two  amendments  are  to  clarify  the  requirements  as 
to  visibility  of  vehicle  lights  by  stipulating  as  to  the  directions  in  which 
such  lights  are  to  be  visible. 


Section  5.     The  provisions  of  this  subsection  relating  to  windshield 
wipers  and  mirrors,  motor  cycles  should  be  excluded. 


138 


^2M%'*22,       ^-  Section  22  of  The  Highuuy  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.       adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Garages 
to  report  to 
police  in 
respect 
to  cars 
damaged 
in  accidents 
or  showing 
signs  of 
shooting. 


(4a)  If  a  motor  vehicle  which  shows  evidence  of  having 
been  involved  in  a  serious  accident  or  having  been 
struck  by  a  bullet  is  brought  into  a  garage  or  repair 
shop  the  person  in  charge  of  the  garage  or  repair 
shop  shall  forthwith  report  the  same  to  the  nearest 
provincial  or  municipal  police  officer,  giving  the 
name  and  address  of  the  owner  or  operator  and 
also  the  permit  number  and  a  description  of  the 
vehicle. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  251, 
amended. 


7.   The  Highway  Traffic  Acf  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  section: 


UiineCC?«arv 

slow  driving 
prohiV)ited. 


27a. — (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  sections  26  and 
27  no  motor  vehicle  shall  be  driven  upon  a  highway 
at  such  a  slow  rate  of  speed  as  to  impede  or  block 
the  normal  and  reasonable  movement  of  traffic 
thereon  except  when  such  slow  rate  of  speed  is 
necessary  for  safe  operation  having  regard  to  all 
the  circumstances. 


^^"'''*^^''  (2)  Any  person   who  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of 

this  section  shall  incur  for  the  first  offence  a  penalty 
of  not  less  than  $5  and  not  more  than  vS50  and  for 
any  subsequent  offence  not  less  than  $10  and  not 
more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  license  or  permit, 
or  both,  may  be  suspended  for  any  period  not 
exceeding  thirty  days. 

^2'5i^s'!3i,       8-  Subsection  8  of  section  31  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  8       '   as  enacted  by  section  8  of  71ie  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 


(1929,  c.  68,  .  ,,  ,  ^ 

s.  8),  Act,    1929,   IS   amended    by   striking   out   the   words  "Public 

Works  and"  in  the  second  line. 


amended. 


f.^iXh'A,       9-  Subsection  1  of  section  34  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is 

a936,^.48,   amended  by  striking  out  all  of  the  words  after  the  word 

Im^ende^d:  '^'  "vehicle"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the 

words   "provided   that  the  Department  may  by  regulation 

designate  any  vehicle  or  classes  of  vehicles  to  which  any  or 

all  of  the  provisions  of  this  subsection  shall  not  apply." 


10.  Subsection  1  of  section  35  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.251,s.  3E,  ^  ^  ^ 

a93o^6  48    ^^  enacted  by  subsection    1   of  section   8  of   The  Highway 
anfeni^d-  '^'  '^^^•^^  Amendment  Act,  1930  (No.  2),  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clauses: 


Rule  for 
right  turn  at 
intersections. 


{h)    The  driver  or   operator   of  a  vehicle   intending   to 
turn  to  the  right  into  an  intersecting  highway  shall 


138 


.Section   6.     This   provision   is  in   furtherance  of  provisions  towards 
apprehension  of  "hit-and-run"  drivers. 


Section  1.  To  overcome  the  danger  caused  by  the  slow  driver  who  is 
responsible  for  a  considerable  number  of  highway  accidents,  the  amend- 
ment provides  a  penalty  for  operating  a  motor  vehicle  at  an  unnecessarily 
slow  speed  so  as  to  impede  or  block  traffic. 


Section  8.     This  amendment  is  necessary  by  reason  of  the  separation 
of  the  Ministries  of  Public  Works  and  Highways. 


Section  9.  The  amendment  authorizes  the  Department  to  exempt 
certain  classes  of  commercial  vehicles  from  compliance  with  this  require- 
ment as  to  display  of  name  and  address  of  the  owners,  etc.  The  e.xemption 
now  applies  to  fire  trucks,  ambulances,  etc.,  which  will  be  continued  and 
to  which  may  be  added  classes  of  vehicles  owned  by  such  organiza- 
tions, as  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  Canadian  National  Rail- 
ways, Bell  Telephone  Company,  Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission, 
etc. 

Section  10.  This  amendment  piovides  for  a  rule  of  the  road  governing 
the  method  of  approaching  and  turning  at  intersections  and  also  for  the 
giving  of  a  signal  by  persons  intending  to  make  left  turns. 


138 


approach  such  intersection  and  turn  as  closely  as 
practicable  to  the  right  curb  or  edge  of  the  travelled 
portion  of  the  highway. 


Rule  for 
left  turn  at 
intersections. 


(c)  The  driver  or  operator  of  a  vehicle  intending  to  turn 
to  the  left  into  an  intersecting  highway  shall  approach 
such  intersection  as  closely  as  practicable  to  the 
centre  line  of  the  highway  and  continue  beyond  the 
centre  of  the  intersection  before  turning. 


Signal  for 
left  turn. 


(d)  The  driver  or  operator  of  a  vehicle  upon  a  highway 
before  turning  to  the  left  from  a  direct  line  shall 
first  see  that  such  movement  can  be  made  in  safety, 
and  if  the  operation  of  any  other  vehicle  may  be 
affected  by  such  movement  shall  giv'e  a  signal 
plainly  visible  to  the  driver  or  operator  of  such 
other  vehicle  of  the  intention  to  make  such  move- 
ment. 


Mode  of 
signalling  for 
left  turn. 


How- 
to  signal 
manually 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  251, 
amended. 


Parking  cars 
on  highways 
and  at 
curves. 


(e)  The  signal  required  in  clause  (d)  shall  be  given 
either  by  means  of  the  hand  and  arm  in  the  manner 
herein  specified  or  by  a  mechanical  or  electrical 
signal  device  which  has  been  approx^ed  by  the 
Department. 

(/)  Whenever  the  signal  is  given  by  means  of  the  hand 
and  arm  the  driver  or  operator  shall  indicate  his 
intention  to  turn  by  extending  the  hand  and  arm 
horizontally  from  and  beyond  the  left  side  of  the 
vehicle. 

11.   The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  section : 

35a. — (1)  No  person  shall  park  or  leave  standing  any 
vehicle,  whether  attended  or  unattended,  upon  the 
travelled  portion  of  a  highway,  outside  of  a  city, 
town  or  village,  when  it  is  practicable  to  park  or 
leave  such  vehicle  off  the  travelled  portion  of  such 
highway;  provided  that,  in  any  event,  no  person 
shall  park  or  leave  standing  any  vehicle,  whether 
attended  or  unattended,  at  a  curve  upon  such  a 
highway  unless  a  clear  view  of  such  vehicle  may  be 
obtained  from  a  distance  of  at  least  two  hundred 
feet  in  each  direction  upon  such  highway. 


Removal  of 
car  parked  at 
prohibited 
place. 


(2)  Whenever  a  police  constable  or  an  officer  appointed 
for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall 
find  a  vehicle  upon  a  highway  in  violation  of  the 
provisions  of  this  section,  he  may  move  such 
vehicle  or  require  the  driver  or  operator  or  other 
person  in  charge  of  such  vehicle  to  move  the  same. 


138 


Section  11.  General  convenience  and  public  safety  requires  that 
parking  on  highways  outside  urban  municipalities  either  on  the  travelled 
portion  of  the  highway  or  at  curves  be  prohibited  and  the  amendment  is 
for  that  purpose. 


138 


Disabled  (3)    The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  the 

driver  or  operator  of  a  vehicle  which  is  so  disabled 
while  on  a  highway  that  it  is  impossible  to  avoid 
temporarily  a  violation  of  such  provisions. 

Penalty.  (4)    ^ny  person  who  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of 

this  section  shall  incur  for  the  first  offence  a  penalty 
of  not  less  than  $5  and  not  more  than  $50  and  for 
any  subsequent  offence  not  less  than  $10  and  not 
more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  license  or  permit, 
or  both,  may  be  suspended  for  any  period  not 
exceeding  thirty  days. 

0^^51^*8^*39        ^^-  Section  39  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.    '  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

■^°''ride,s  ^^^^   ^^  pcrson  shall,  while  on  the  travelled  portion  of  a 

prohibited.  highway,  soUcit  a  ride  from  the  driver  or  operator 

of  a  motor  vehicle  other  than  a  public  vehicle. 

c^^25i^s^44         ^^-  Subsection  1  of  section  44  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs,  i,  is  amended  by  striking  out  all  of  the  words  after  the  word 

amended.  /  i     i- 

Act    in  the  fourth  hne. 

^ev^  stat.,^^       14.  Clauses  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  of  section  47a  of  The  Highway 
(1930,0.47,    Traffic  Act  as  enacted  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
amended.       Amendment  Act,  1930,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substi- 
tuted therefor: 

notfce^e^c  ('^)    Such  notice  or  process  may  be  served  by  leaving  a 

copy  thereof  with  or  at  the  office  of  the  Registrar, 
together  with  a  bond  in  form  and  by  sureties 
approved  by  the  Registrar  in  the  sum  of  $200 
conditioned  on  the  failure  of  the  plaintiff  to  prevail 
in  the  action  for  the  purpose  of  reimbursing  the 
defendant  for  the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  by 
him  in  defending  the  action  in  Ontario. 

Sufficiency  (^)    Such  scrvicc  shall  be  sufficient  service  if  notice  of 

of  service.  ^   ' 

such  service  and  a  copy  of  the  notice  and  process  are 
forthwith  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  defendant 
and  the  defendant's  return  receipt  is  filed  with  the 
registrar  or  clerk  of  the  court  in  which  the  action  or 
proceeding  is  brought. 

c.Ys'i,  s.  53,       15.  Subsection  3  of  section  53  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
replaild.        is  repealed. 

?^25i^*s.*'58,      16-  Subsection  1  of  section  58  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

linlnded        ^^  amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  and  figures  "under 

section  16"  in  the  ninth  line  the  words  and  figures  "or  section 

138 


Section  12.  The  amendment  aims  at  elimination  of  the  undesirable 
and  dangerous  practice  of  soliciting  of  rides  by  persons  who  stand  on  the 
travelled  portion  of  the  highway.  Otherwise  the  amendment  does  not  in 
any  way  affect  or  prevent  the  soliciting  or  giving  of  free  rides  by  passing 
motorists. 


Section  13. — Now  that  every  driver  is  required  to  have  an  operator's 
or  chauffeur's  license  the  omitted  words  are  unnecessary. 


Section  14.  In  furtherance  of  the  scheme  introduced  in  1930  for  suc- 
cessful prosecution  of  claims  against  non-resident  motorists  who  are  at 
fault  in  motor  accidents  it  is  desirable  to  improve  this  section  so  as  to 
render  a  judgment  obtained  against  a  non-resident  more  easily  satisfied  in 
the  United  States.  The  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  has  approved 
provisions  similar  to  the  present  amendments  as  being  fair  and  reasonable 
in  such  cases. 


Section  15.  In  view  of  the  general  extension  of  time  for  commencement 
of  action  to  twelve  months,  subsection  3  is  unnecessary  and  its  retention 
in  the  Act  is  misleading. 

Section  16.  This  section  provides  for  the  reporting  by  police  magis- 
trates of  convictions  for  offences.  The  amendment  provides  for  furnishing 
of  information  relative  to  the  operator's  license  number  issued  to  a  con- 
victed person. 

138 


66,"  and  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  tiie  name,  address 
and  description  of  his  employer"  in  the  tenth  and  eleventh 
lines,  and  by  inserting  after  the  words  and  figures  "under 
section  16"  in  the  sixteenth  line  the  words  and  figures  "or 
section  66,  as  the  case  may  be." 

0^^251*^*8 ^70  ■*-'^'  ^^^us6  (/)  of  section  70  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
ciause'Cf)  ^'as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
s.  6),'  'Act,  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

"''st'^te."  (J)     "State"  means  any  state  of  the  United  States  of 

America  or  the  District  of  Columbia. 

^^25^8*  72,  18.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  72  of  The  Highway 
^(vQm^ Q  47  '^^^ffi'^  ^^^  ^s  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
s.  6)  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  adding  after  the  words 

H  mended.  ,,  , 

"owner's  permit"  in  the  first  line  the  words  "or  permits." 

?^25i^*s*'72  ^^^  Subsection  3  of  section  72  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  8  'as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highivav  Traffic  Amendment 
8.6)  '  'Act,   1930,   is  amended   by  adding  at   the  end   thereof  the 

amended.         r    n        •  i 

lollowmg  words: 

"provided  that  the  police  magistrate  or  justice  of 
the  peace  before  whom  such  person  was  charged 
may,  in  his  discretion,  by  a  written  permit  signed  by 
him,  authorize  the  operation  of  such  motor  vehicle 
to  the  boundaries  of  the  province  by  such  route  and 
by  such  person  as  the  permit  may  describe." 

f^2b\^Ti3  ^^-  section  73  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Ac  is  amended  by 
(19.30,'  c'  47',  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

amended. 

Reciprocal  (la)  The    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council,    upon    the 

8ubs*°*^  report   of   the   Minister   that   a   state   has   enacted 

hll^g' *^'^  legislation  similar  in  efi"ect  to  subsection  1  and  that 

fSsiltion.  ^"^^  legislation  extends  and  applies  to  judgments 

rendered  and  become  final  against  residents  of  that 

state    by    any   court   of    competent   jurisdiction    in 

Ontario,    may,    by   proclamation,   declare   that    the 

provisions  of  subsection   1   shall  extend  and  apply 

to   judgments   rendered   and    become   final    against 

residents   of   Ontario   by   any   court    of    competent 

jurisdiction  in  such  state. 

c^^25i^*s.*77,  20.  Section  77  of  Tlie  Higfiway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by 
(19:^0,  c.  47;  inserting  at  the  commencement  thereof  the  words  "Subject 
amended.       to  the  provisions  of  subscction  2a  of  section  78." 

?®25i^*8*Vs  21 -"(1)  Subsection  1  of  section  78  of  The  Highway 
subs,  i    '      '  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  at  the  commencement 

V]9'^0,    c.    47, 

S.     G)  ..    TO 

aniended.  loo 


Section   17.     The  present  clause  omitted  reference  to  the  District  of 
Columbia  which  should  be  covered  thereby. 


Section  18. — (1)  This  subsection  is  amended  to  correspond  with 
subsection  2,  the  intention  being  that  all  permits  issued  to  a  person  to 
whom  this  subsection  applies  shall  be  suspended  pending  proof  of  financial 
responsibility. 


Section  18. — (2)  The  amendment  is  desirable  to  permit  of  motor 
vehicles  being  transported  to  a  border  point  on  special  permit  from  a 
magistrate,  as  under  the  section  as  now  worded  conviction  automatically 
prevents  a  motor  vehicle  being  moved. 


Section  19. — This  subsection  provides  for  suspension  of  permits  and 
license  of  an  Ontario  motorist  pending  payment  of  a  judgment  rendered 
against  him  by  a  court  of  any  State  of  the  United  States  having  similar 
legislation  in  effect  and  recognizing  judgments  rendered  by  courts  in 
Ontario  against  residents  of  that  State.  It  is  in  furtherance  of  the  general 
scheme  for  reciprocal  legislation. 


Sections  20  and  21  (1)  and  (2).  These  amendments  to  sections  77  and 
78  are  intended  to  permit  the  Minister  to  accept  as  proof  of  financial 
responsibility  an  insurance  policy  certificate,  bond  or  securities  in  the 
amount  of  not  less  than  $50,000  from  owners  of  large  fleets  of  vehicles, 
so  as  to  procure  their  voluntary  participation  in  the  scheme. 


138 


thereof  the  words  "Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsection 
la  of  section  78." 

f^25i^*s*V5.      (2)  Section  78  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by 
(1930,'  c.  47;  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

amended. 

Fleet  of  cars.  (2a)  In    the    case  of  an  owner  of  ten  or  more  motor 

vehicles  to  whom  this  Part  applies,  proof  of  financial 
responsibility  in  a  form  and  in  an  amount,  not  less 
than  $50,000,  satisfactory-  to  the  Minister,  may  be 
accepted  as  sufficient  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part. 

f ^251^*8*78       (^)  Subsection  3  of  section  78  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  3         '  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1930,    c.    47,  '^  '^ 

s.  6) 

^^^^^  ®  ■  (3)    A  person  who  is  not  a  resident  of  Ontario  may,  for 

non-resi^  the  purposes  of  this  Part,  give  proof  of  financial 

'^®'^*^-  responsibility   as   provided    in   subsection    1    or   by 

filing  a  certificate  of  insurance  in  form  approved  by 
the  Registrar  issued  by  any  insurer  authorized  to 
transact  insurance  in  the  state  or  province  in  which 
such  person  resides,  provided  such  insurer  has  filed 
with  the  Registrar  in  the  form  prescribed   by   him: 

(a)  a  power  of  eittorney  authorizing  the  Registrar 
to  accept  service  of  notice  or  process  for 
itself  and  for  its  insured  in  any  action  or 
proceeding  arising  out  of  a  motor  vehicle 
accident  in  Ontario; 

(b)  an  undertaking  to  appear  in  any  such  action 
or  proceeding  of  which  it  has  knowledge;  and 

(c)  an  undertaking  not  to  set  up  as  a  defence  to 
any  claim,  action  or  proceeding  under  a  motor 
vehicle  liability  policy  issued  by  it,  a  defence 
which  might  not  be  set  up  if  such  policy  had 
been  issued  in  Ontario  in  accordance  with  the 
law  of  Ontario  relating  to  motor  vehicle 
liability  policies,  and  to  satisfy  up  to  the 
limits  of  liability  stated  in  the  policy,  any 
judgment  rendered  and  become  final  against 
it  or  its  insured  by  a  court  in  Ontario  in  any 
such  action  or  proceeding. 

c^  251^8^*78       ^^'^  Section  78  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by 
(1930,'  c.'  47!  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

amended.  ■ 

Default  of  (4)    If  an  insurer  which  has  filed  the  documents  described 

''^'^"^^^'  in  subsection  3  defaults  thereunder,  certificates  of  any 

such  insurer  shall  not  thereafter  be  accepted  as  proof 

138 


Section  21  (3)  and  (4).  The  purpose  of  new  subsections  3  and  4  of 
section  78  is  to  facilitate  proof  of  financial  responsibility  by  non-residents 
driving  in  Ontario  who  hold  insurance  policies  issued  in  the  Province  or 
State  in  which  they  reside  by  insurance  companies  not  licensed  in  Ontario, 
covering  their  liability  in  Ontario  as  well  as  elsewhere.  The  amendment 
provides  for  the  acceptance  of  certificates  of  insurance  in  such  cases  if 
the  insurer  has  complied  with  the  requirements  prescribed,  namely,  the 
filing  of  a  power-of-attorney  and  the  undertakings  therein  mentioned. 


of  financial  responsibility  under  this  Part  so  long  as 
such  default  continues,  and  the  Registrar  shall  forth- 
with notify  the  Superintendent  of  Insurance  and  the 
registrar  of  motor  vehicles  or  other  officer  or  officers, 
if  any,  in  charge  of  registration  of  motor  vehicles 
and  the  licensing  of  operators  in  all  provinces  and 
states  where  the  certificates  of  such  insurer  are 
accepted  as  proof  of  financial  responsibility. 

Rev^^stat  22. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection    1   of  section   87  of   The 

.subs.  i,-ci.  a.  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof 
.s.  6),  '    '      '  the  words  "for  both  injury  to  the  person  and  propert^'  damage 

amended.  i  -u    j  " 

as  above  prescribed;  or,   . 

c^^25i^*s*87  ^^^  Clause  h  of  said  subsection  1  is  amended  by  adding 
a 93 6  ^c '^47'''  ^^  ^^^  ^"'^  thereof  the  words  "or  for  both  injury  to  the  person 
s.  6), '    '      '  and  property  damage  as  above  prescribed." 

amended.  i-      i-        .r  fe  h 

^^25i^*s.*'87,  (^)  ^^^  ^^^^  section  87  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
(1930,  0.  47,  the  following  subsection: 

s.  6),  ° 

Special    '  (la)   Notwithstanding    the    provisions    of   subsection   1, 

p^'ii^y.  where    the    coverage    prescribed    thereby    is    incon- 

sistent with  the  coverage  required  under  any  other 
Act  or  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Superintendent, 
unsuitable  to  any  special  form  of  contract  he  may 
approve  a  form  of  motor  vehicle  liability  policy 
sufficient  or  appropriate  to  insure  the  risks  required 
or  proposed  to  be  insured,  and  any  form  of  policy 
so  approved  shall  be  valid. 

^®25i^*s.*87,      (4)  Subsection  3  of  said  section  87  is  amended  by  striking 

(i930,^c.  47,  ^^^  ^^^  words  "in  his  opinion,  specifying  the  reasons  therefor, 

am^e\'ided.       ^^^  ^^^"^  °^  poHcy  does  not  comply  with  the  law  of  Ontario" 

and  substituting  therefor  the  words  "the  form  of  policy  is 

not  approved,  specifying  the  reasons  therefor." 

^^25i^*s.*'87,  (5)  The  said  section  87  is  further  amended  by  adding 
s.^6h^'  °"  '*^'  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

amended. 

Notification  /f>\     i-ir,  ,        .  .  .  ..    ^  . 

of  accidents  l"j    Where  a  person,  who  is  not  a  resident  of  Ontario, 

jy  insurers.  jg  ^  party  to  an  action  for  damages  arising  out  of 

a  motor  vehicle  accident  in  Ontario  for  which 
indemnity  is  provided  by  a  motor  vehicle  liability 
policy,  the  insurer  named  in  the  policy  shall,  as 
soon  as  it  has  knowledge  of  the  action  from  any 
source,  and  whether  or  not  liability  under  such 
policy  is  admitted,  notify  the  Registrar  in  writing, 
specifying  the  date  and  place  of  the  accident  and 
the  names  and  addresses  of  the  parties  to  the  action 

138 


Section  22.  The  amendments  to  clauses  (a)  and  (b)  of  subsection  1 
are  to  make  it  clear  that  a  motor  vehicle  liability  policy  need  not  insure 
against  both  public  liability  and  property  damage,  unless  such  policy  is 
offered  as  proof  of  financial  responsibility. 

The  addition  of  subsection  la  is  to  provide  for  special  forms  of  risk 
such  as  passenger  liability  insurance  for  public  vehicles  and  contingent 
liability  risks,  etc. 

The  amendment  of  subsection  4  is  to  enable  the  Superintendent  to 
disapprove  forms  which  in  his  opinion  are  improper  even  if  quite  valid  in 
law. 

The  added  subsections  9  and  10  are  to  assist  in  obtaining  information 
as  to  accidents  and  as  to  insurance  carried  bv  non-residents. 


138 


and  of  the  insurer,  which  notification  shall  be  open 
to  inspection  by  parties  to  the  action. 

Default  of  (10)    Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Part  contained, 

insurer  to  i         t-»       •  c^         j  o  > 

notify.  the   Registrar   may  decline   to  accept   as   proof  of 

financial  responsibility  the  certificates  of  any  insurer 
which  fails  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  sub- 
section 9. 

Rev.  Stat  23.  Subsection  1  of  section  89  of  The  Hishway  Traffic  Act 

C.    ^51,    S.    89,   .  Ill-  •  r  1     <!•  .  .. 

subs.  1  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word     investigates     in  the 

s.  6)  '    '      'first  line  the  words  "and  every  Crown  attorney  and  police 
amended.       ^^^^j.  having  a  knowledge  of." 

mel?t'"oTA^o"t.      ^'*-  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^  comc  iuto  forcc  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


138 


Section  23.  This  amendment  is  to  enlarge  and  facilitate  the  means 
for  obtaining  speedy  information  as  to  fatal  accidents  for  the  purposes  of 
the  Department. 


138 


> 
> 

n 


X 

w 

o 


0^5 


o 

tn 

l^- 

'"*■ 

K3 

>3 

o 

St 

s 

1— » 

era 

a> 


H 

o 

> 


r 
r 


No.  138 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 


Mr.  Henry  (York,  East) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  138 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.  J  fhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- 
ment Act,  1931. 

Rev.  Stat.,         2.  Clause  (g)    of    section    1    of    The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
ci.  g,  '   '   '     is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  'Tublic  Works  and" 

amended.         .      ^,       ^     ^  i- 

m  the  first  Ime. 

o^^25'i^*s^4'         3.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.  1.  ^Qi  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  every  trailer" 

amended.  . 

in  the  second  hne. 

s.  4,  subs.  3,  (2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  4  is  amended  by 
striking  out  all  of  the  words  after  the  word  "goods"  in  the 
eighth  line. 

(3)  The   said    section    4    is   further    amended    by    adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


S.  4, 
amended. 


mfmber  plate  (^^)   Every   trailer    while    being   drawn   on   a   highway 

on  trailer.  shall  have  exposed  on  the  back  thereof,  in  a  con- 

spicuous position,  a  number  plate  furnished  by  the 
Department  showing  in  plain  figures  the  number  of 
the  permit  issued  for  the  current  year. 

0^251^1^9'         **• — ^'^^  Subsection  1  of  section  9  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.'i  ■   '     Act  is  amended   by  adding  at   the  end   thereof   the  words 

amended.         ,,.  ^       c  ,  ,       ,, 

from  the  front  or  rear,  as  the  case  may  be. 

fi.Vh'^^'^^'      (^)  Clause   (a)   of  subsection    18  of  the  said  section  9  is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  "from  the 
front  and  from  the  rear  of  the  vehicle." 


^751^1^*11,        ^    Subsection  1  of  section  11  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

c"48  s  ^if^°^^  enacted  by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

amended."     Act,  1930  (No.  2),  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word 

"vehicle"  in  the  first  line  the  words  "other  than  a  motorcycle." 

138 


6.  Section  22  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  byRev.stat.. 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended.   ' 


(4a)   If  a  motor  vehicle   which  shows  evidence  of  having  Garages 
been  involved  in  a  serious  accident  or  having  been  poHceTn   ^ 
struck  by  a  bullet  is  brought  into  a  garage  or  repair  [o'^^lr* 
shop  the  person  in  charge  of  the  garage  or  repair  f^f^^j^^^^g 
shop  shall  forthwith  report  the  same  to  the  nearest «.'' showing 

•         •     I  •     •         1  1-  rr  •      •  1        Signs  of 

provmcial   or   municipal   police   oiricer,   giving   the  shooting. 
name  and  address  of  the  owner  or  operator  and 
also  the  permit  number  and  a  description  of  the 
vehicle. 

7.  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  Rev.  stat. 
the  following  section :  amen\ied. 

27a.— (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  sections  26  and  Unnecessary 
27  no  motor  vehicle  shall  be  driven  upon  a  highway  pr<^hibited. 
at  such  a  slow  rate  of  speed  as  to  impede  or  block 
the  normal  and  reasonable  movement  of  traffic 
thereon  except  when  such  slow  rate  of  speed  is 
necessary  for  safe  operation  having  regard  to  all 
the  circumstances. 

(2)  Any  person  who  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of  p®'^^i*^>'- 
this  section  shall  incur  for  the  first  offence  a  penalty 
of  not  less  than  $5  and  not  more  than  $50  and  for 
any  subsequent  offence  not  less  than  $10  and  not 
more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  license  or  permit, 
or  both,  may  be  suspended  for  any  period  not 
exceeding  thirty  days. 

8.  Subsection  8  of  section  31  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^(^if^25-?^s^ii 
as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Highway  Traffic  A  mendment  subs,  s 
Act,    1929,   is  amended   by  striking  out   the  words  "Publics.  8), '    '     ' 
Works  and"  in  the  second  line.  amended. 

9.  Subsection  1  of  section  34  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  as  ^^25-^^1^*3^ 
enacted  by  subsection  1  of  section  7  of  The  Highway  ^^^^Cq9|5\  43' 
Amendment  Act,  1930  (No.  2),  is  amended  by  striking  outs.  7,  subs.  1'), 
all  of  the  words  after  the  word  "vehicle"  in  the  seventh  line 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "provided  that  the 
Department  may  by  regulation  designate  any  vehicle  or 
classes  of  vehicles  to  which  any  or  all  of  the  provisions  of 
this  subsection  shall  not  apply." 

10.  Subsection  1  of  section  35  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ylc/ Rev.  stat.. 
as  enacted  by  subsection    1  of  section  8  of   The  Highway  suts^'i^'^^' 
Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1930  (No.  2),  is  amendied  by  adding ^^|^^'u^,s^^y 
thereto  the  following  clauses:  amended. 

138 


Rule  for 
right  turn  at 
intersections. 


(b)  The  driver  or  operator  of  a  vehicle  intending  to 
turn  to  the  right  into  an  intersecting  highway  shall 
approach  such  intersection  and  turn  as  closely  as 
practicable  to  the  right  curb  or  edge  of  the  travelled 
portion  of  the  highway. 


Rule  for 
left  turn  at 
intersections. 


(c)  The  driver  or  operator  of  a  vehicle  intending  to  turn 
to  the  left  into  an  intersecting  highway  shall  approach 
such  intersection  as  closely  as  practicable  to  the 
centre  line  of  the  highway  and  continue  beyond  the 
centre  of  the  intersection  before  turning. 


Signal  for 
left  turn. 


(d)  The  driver  or  operator  of  a  vehicle  upon  a  highway 
before  turning  to  the  left  from  a  direct  line  shall 
first  see  that  such  movement  can  be  made  in  safety, 
and  if  the  operation  of  any  other  vehicle  may  be 
affected  by  such  movement  shall  give  a  signal 
plainly  visible  to  the  driver  or  operator  of  such 
other  vehicle  of  the  intention  to  make  such  move- 
ment. 


Mode  of 
signalling  for 
left  turn. 


How 
to  signal 
manually. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  251, 
amended. 


Parking  cars 
on  highways 
and  at 
curves. 


Removal  of 
car  parked  at 
prohibited 
place. 


(e)  The  signal  required  in  clause  (d)  shall  be  given 
either  by  means  of  the  hand  and  arm  in  the  manner 
herein  specified  or  by  a  mechanical  or  electrical 
signal  device  which  has  been  approved  by  the 
Department. 

(/)  Whenever  the  signal  is  given  by  means  of  the  hand 
and  arm  the  driver  or  operator  shall  indicate  his 
intention  to  turn  by  extending  the  hand  and  arm 
horizontally  from  and  beyond  the  left  side  of  the 
vehicle. 

11.   The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  section : 

35a. — (1)  No  person  shall  park  or  leave  standing  any 
vehicle,  whether  attended  or  unattended,  upon  the 
travelled  portion  of  a  highway,  outside  of  a  city, 
town  or  village,  when  it  is  practicable  to  park  or 
leave  such  vehicle  off  the  travelled  portion  of  such 
highway;  provided  that,  in  any  event,  no  person 
shall  park  or  leave  standing  any  vehicle,  whether 
attended  or  unattended,  at  a  curve  upon  such  a 
highway  unless  a  clear  view  of  such  vehicle  may  be 
obtained  from  a  distance  of  at  least  two  hundred 
feet  in  each  direction  upon  such  highway. 

(2)  Whenever  a  police  constable  or  an  oflficer  appointed 
for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall 
find  a  vehicle  upon  a  highway  in  violation  of  the 
provisions    of    this    section,    he    may    move    such 

138 


vehicle  or  require  the  driver  or  operator  or  other 
person  in  charge  of  such  vehicle  to  move  the  vSame. 

(3)  The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  the  Disabled 
driver  or  operator  of  a  vehicle  which  is  so  disabled 

while  on  a  highway  that  it  is  impossible  to  avoid 
temporarily  a  violation  of  such  provisions. 

(4)  Any  person  who  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of  Penalty, 
this  section  shall  incur  for  the  first  offence  a  penalty 

of  not  less  than  $5  and  not  more  than  $50  and  for 
any  subsequent  offence  not  less  than  $10  and  not 
more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  license  or  permit, 
or  both,  may  be  suspended  for  any  period  not 
exceeding  thirty  days. 

12.  Section  39  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  ^^5 1^*^*39 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended. 

(la)  No  person  shall,  while  on  the  travelled  portion  of  a  Soiicit- 

I  .    ,  ...  •  1       r  1         1    •  if^g  rides 

highway,  solicit  a  ride  from  the  driver  or  operator  prohibited, 
of  a  motor  vehicle  other  than  a  public  vehicle. 

13.  Subsection  1  of  section  44  of  The  Highivay  Traffic  Act^^^^-^^^^^'^ 
is  amended  by  striking  out  all  of  the  words  after  the  word  subs. 1, 

...       ,,  .        ,       /  ,    ,.  amended. 

Act    in  the  fourth  line. 

14.  Clauses  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  of  section  47a  of  The  Highway  nev.  stat.. 
Traffic  Act  as  enacted  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  agso.'c' 47^ 
Amendment  Act,  1930,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substi- Infended. 
tuted  therefor: 

(a)  Such  notice  or  process  may  be  served  by  leaving  a  service  of 
copy  thereof  with  or  at  the  oflfice  of  the  Registrar, 
together  with  a  bond  in  form  and  by  sureties 
approved  by  the  Registrar  in  the  sum  of  $200 
conditioned  on  the  failure  of  the  plaintiff  to  prevail 
in  the  action  for  the  purpose  of  reimbursing  the 
defendant  for  the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  by 
him  in  defending  the  action  in  Ontario. 

(6)    Such  service  shall  be  sufficient  vservice  if  notice  of  Sufficiency 

01  SGrVlCG 

such  service  and  a  copy  of  the  notice  and  process  are 
forthwith  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  defendant 
and  the  defendant's  return  receipt  is  filed  with  the 
registrar  or  clerk  of  the  court  in  which  the  action  or 
proceeding  is  brought. 

15.  Subsection  3  of  section  53  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^^^^^51^*^*53 
is  repealed.  subs.  3. 

^  repealed. 

138 


Rev.  Stat.  iQ    Subsection  1  of  section  58  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

subs.  1,  IS  amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  and  figures     under 

amended.  .         a  ^,,  •        t         -ii-  i  i  ir  it 

section  16  in  the  ninth  hne  the  words  and  hgures  or  section 
66,"  and  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  the  name,  address 
and  description  of  his  employer"  in  the  tenth  and  eleventh 
lines,  and  by  inserting  after  the  words  and  figures  "under 
section  16"  in  the  sixteenth  line  the  words  and  figures  "or 
section  66,  as  the  case  may  be." 

c.^251,  s.  Vo,  17.  Clause  (/)  of  section  70  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
^i^To,  c.  47,  as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
repealed.       -^^^f  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

"State."  (/)     "State"  means  any  state  of  the  United  States  of 

America  or  the  District  of  Columbia. 

0^^251^*6*72  ^^- — ^^)  Subsection  1  of  section  72  of  The  Highway 
s.ubs  i  'Traffic  Act  as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
^„?'  \  J  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  adding  after  the  words 
"owner's  permit"  in  the  first  line  the  words  "or  permits." 


amended. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  251,  s.  72 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  section  72  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
ti9-^b"^c   47  ^^  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
^' ^^  A  A        Act,   1930,   is  amended   by   adding  at  the  end   thereof  the 
following  words: 

"provided  that  the  police  magistrate  or  justice  of 
the  peace  before  whom  such  person  was  charged 
may,  in  his  discretion,  by  a  written  permit  signed  by 
him,  authorize  the  operation  of  such  motor  vehicle 
to  the  boundaries  of  the  province  by  such  route  and 
by  such  person  as  the  permit  may  describe." 

c^^25i^*6.*V3,  1^-  Section  73  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  as  enacted  by 
(i93o,  c.  47,  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Sre'^ct  oT''^  (1^)  The    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council,    upon    the 

with  states  report  of   the   Minister   that  a   state   has   enacted 

^^J'illl  legislation  similar  in  effect  to  subsection  1  and  that 

BHIlllH,r  ,  , 

legislation.  such  legislation  extends  and  applies  to  judgments 

rendered  and  become  final  against  residents  of  that 
state  by  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in 
Ontario,  may,  by  proclamation,  declare  that  the 
provisions  of  subsection  1  shall  extend  and  apply 
to  judgments  rendered  and  become  final  against 
residents  of  Ontario  by  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction  in  such  state. 

^^25i^*s*'77  ^^"  Section  77  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  as  enacted  by 
(1930,' c.' 47;  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is 

amended.  .•  .,0 


amended  by  inserting  at  the  commencement  thereof  the 
words  "Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsection  2a  of 
vsection  78." 

21.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  78  of  The  Highway  f^^i,^^^;-^^^ 
Traffic  Act  as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic V^^?^^^^  ^  ^^ 
Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  bv  inserting;  at  the  com-^-^)  '  ^ 

1  f     1  1      <<<-    1  •'  t  •   •  -amended. 

mencement  thereof  the  words  Subject  to  the  provisions  or 
subsection  2a  of  section  78. 

(2)  The  said  section  78  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  theo.  2.51,  s. '75. 
r  11  •  1  .•  (i9.'?o,  c.  47, 
lollowing  subsection:                                                                             .s.  6) 

amended. 

(2a)   In    the    case  of  an  owner  of  ten  or   more  motor  ^'®®*  ^^  ^^'■^• 
vehicles  to  whom  this  Part  applies,  proof  of  financial 
responsibility  in  a  form  and  in  an  amount,  not  less 
than  $50,000,  satisfactory  to  the  Minister,  may  be 
accepted  as  sufficient  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part. 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  vsaid  section  78  is  repealed  and  the  c. ^251,  s.  Vs. 
following  substituted  therefor:  I'losb^c   47 

.s.  6 )  '     ' 
repealed. 

(3)    A  person  who  is  not  a  resident  of  Ontario  may,  for  ^ 

the  purposes  of  this  Part,  give  proof  of  financial  non-resi- 
responsibility  as  provided  in  subsection  1  or  by 
filing  a  certificate  of  insurance  in  form  approved  by 
the  Registrar  issued  by  any  insurer  authorized  to 
transact  insurance  in  the  state  or  province  in  which 
such  person  resides,  provided  such  insurer  has  filed 
with  the  Registrar  in  the  form  prescribed  by  him: 

(a)  a  power  of  attorney  authorizing  the  Registrar 
to  accept  service  of  notice  or  process  for 
itself  and  for  its  insured  in  any  action  or 
proceeding  arising  out  of  a  motor  vehicle 
accident  in  Ontario; 

(b)  an  undertaking  to  appear  in  any  such  action 
or  proceeding  of  which  it  has  knowledge;  and 

(c)  an  undertaking  not  to  set  up  as  a  defence  to 
any  claim,  action  or  proceeding  under  a  motor 
vehicle  liability  policy  issued  by  it,  a  defence 
which  might  not  be  set  up  if  such  policy  had 
been  issued  in  Ontario  in  accordance  with  the 
law  of  Ontario  relating  to  motor  vehicle 
liability  policies,  and  to  satisfy  up  to  the 
limits  of  liability  stated  in  the  policy,  any 
judgment  rendered,  and  become  final  against 
it  or  its  insured  by  a  court  in  Ontario  in  any 
such  action  or  proceeding, 

138 


c^^2^'i^\^*78  (^)  '^^^  ^^^^  section  78  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
(i93o,' c.  47,' following  subsection: 

amended. 

Default  of  (4)    If  an  insurer  which  has  filed  the  documents  described 

insurer.  j^  subsection  3  defaults  thereunder,  certificates  of  any 

such  insurer  shall  not  thereafter  be  accepted  as  proof 
of  financial  responsibility  under  this  Part  so  long  as 
such  default  continues,  and  the  Registrar  shall  forth- 
with notify  the  Superintendent  of  Insurance  and  the 
registrar  of  motor  vehicles  or  other  officer  or  officers, 
if  any,  in  charge  of  registration  of  motor  vehicles 
and  the  licensing  of  operators  in  all  provinces  and 
states  where  the  certificates  of  such  insurer  are 
accepted  as  proof  of  financial  responsibility. 

?^25i^*s*'87       22.— (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection   1   of  section  87  of   The 

subs,  i,  c]  a.  Highway  Traffic  Act  as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway 

8.6),'   ■     '   Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  adding  at  the 

end  thereof  the  words  "for  both  injury  to  the  person  and 

property  damage  as  above  prescribed;  or,". 

?^®25i^*s*'87  ^^^  Clause  h  of  said  subsection  1  is  amended  by  adding 
subs,  i,  ci.  6.'  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  "or  for  both  injury  to  the  person 
8.  6), '   ■      '  and  property  damage  as  above  prescribed." 

nmended. 

^^2bx^f"8i  ^^^  ^^^  ^^^^  section  87  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
(1930,' c.  47,'  the  following  subsection: 

Special    '  (la)  Notwithstanding    the    provisions    of   subsection   1, 

poiicy^^  where    the   coverage    prescribed    thereby   is   incon- 

sistent with  the  coverage  required  under  any  other 
Act  or  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Superintendent, 
unsuitable  to  any  special  form  of  contract  he  may 
approve  a  form  of  motor  vehicle  liability  policy 
sufficient  or  appropriate  to  insure  the  risks  required 
or  proposed  to  be  insured,  and  any  form  of  policy 
so  approved  shall  be  valid. 

?®25i^*s.*'87,      (^)  Subsection  3  of  said  section  87  is  amended  by  striking 

(1930,^0.  47.  °"^  ^^^  words  "in  his  opinion,  specifying  the  reasons  therefor, 

anf^Aded        *^^  ^^^^  °^  policy  does  not  comply  with  the  law  of  Ontario" 

and  substituting  therefor  the  words  "the  form  of  policy  is 

not  approved,  specifying  the  reasons  therefor." 

^^25i^*s.*'87.  (5)  The  said  section  87  is  further  amended  by  adding 
^(1930,' c.  47,'  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

amended. 

of°a,ccidente  (9)    Where  a  person,  who  is  not  a  resident  of  Ontario, 

by  insurers.  jg  ^  party  to  an  action  for  damages  arising  out  of 

a    motor    vehicle    accident    in    Ontario    for    which 

138 


8 

indemnity  is  provided  by  a  motor  vehicle  liability 
policy,  the  insurer  named  in  the  policy  shall,  as 
soon  as  it  has  knowledge  of  the  action  from  any 
source,  and  whether  or  not  liability  under  such 
policy  is  admitted,  notify  the  Registrar  in  writing, 
specifying  the  date  and  place  of  the  accident  and 
the  names  and  addresses  of  the  parties  to  the  action 
and  of  the  insurer,  which  notification  shall  be  open 
to  inspection  by  parties  to  the  action. 

(10)    Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Part  contained,  /^lul^er^o^ 
the   Registrar  may  decline   to  accept  as  proof  of^otify- 
financial  responsibility  the  certificates  of  any  insurer 
which  fails  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  sub- 
section 9. 

23.  Subsection  1  of  section  89  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  as  ^®25i^*8*'89 
enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  -^^^i /Vofo^ 
1930,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "investigates"  ins.  6)  ' 

the  first  line  the  words   "and  every   Crown   attorney  and 
police  officer  having  a  knowledge  of." 

24.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  msnt^oTAl^t. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


138 


> 

> 
o 


M 

O 


o 

u> 

•-t 

•-1 

s. 

o 

Co 

Oo 

>i 

to 

^ 

S3 

>i 

^ 

Oo 

o 

a 

C/) 

^ 

-t 

^ 

f-t- 

<-(■ 

^ 

Cl 

?^ 

nr 

fa- 

^. 

<s>. 

0^ 

^ 

1— » 

3 

0^ 

Ca» 

U) 

U) 

o 
p 
3 

3 

H 

sr 


05 


03 

r 
r 


o 

> 


No.'l39 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare. 


Mr.  Henry  (York,  East) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  139  1931 


BILL 


Short  title. 


An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Public 
Welfare. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Department  of  Public 
Welfare  Act,  1931. 


Interpreta-  g.    In  this  Act,- 

m^nr^-'^*'  (a)    "Department"     shall     mean     the     Department    of 

Public  Welfare. 

"Minister."  (^^^    "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 

Council  for  the  time  being  in  charge  of  the  Depart- 
ment. 

Department       3.  There  shall  be  a  department  of  the  public  service  of 
weifere°       Ontario  to  be  known  as  "The  Department  of  Public  Welfare" 
over  which  the  Minister  shall  preside  and  have  charge. 

Jurisdiction       4    -pj^g  Department  shall  administer  such  Acts,  and  regu- 
Department.  lations  made  thereunder,  as  may  be  provided  therein  or  as 
may  from  time  to  time  be  designated  by  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council. 

Kartment.      ^    The  Department  may,- 

(a)  institute  enquiry  into  and  collect  information  and 
statistics  relating  to  all  matters  of  public  welfare; 

(&)  disseminate  information  in  such  manner  and  form 
as  may  be  found  best  adapted  to  promote  public 
welfare ; 

(c)  secure  the-  observance  and  execution  of  the  pro- 
visions of  all  Acts  and  regulations  dealing  with 
matters  of  public  welfare ; 

139 


Explanatory  .\oti:s 

Consequent  upon  the  appointment  of  a  Minister  of  Public  Welfare 
it  is  necessary  to  provide  adequate  legislation  to  enable  him  and  his 
Department  to  function. 

Legislation  of  a  similar  character  was  passed  upon  the  appointment 
of  the  Minister  of  Labour. 


139 


{d)  investigate,  inspect  and  report  upon  all  activities, 
agencies,  organizations,  associations  or  institutions 
having  for  their  object  the  social  welfare  or  care  of 
men,  women  and  children  in  Ontario  and  which 
are  not  under  the  control  of  any  other  department 
of  the  public  service  of  Ontario; 

{e)  recommend  to  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
regulations  respecting  welfare  institutions,  organi- 
zations, or  agencies  and  governing  the  soliciting 
of  alms,  food,  clothing,  moneys  and  contributions  of 
any  kind  for  charitable  or  benevolent  purposes  in 
Ontario. 

report^.'  ^-  ^^^    Department    shall    submit    to    the    Lieutenant- 

Governor  in  Council  an  annual  report  upon  the  affairs  and 
work  of  the  Department  as  he  may  require,  and  such  report 
shall  be  laid  before  the  Assembly  within  twenty-one  days 
after  the  commencement  of  the  next  Session. 

cim-ltabie^^'^  '^ •  ^^^  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom- 
institutions.  mendation  of  the  Minister  may  from  time  to  time  declare 
any  charitable  institution  or  class  or  classes  of  charitable 
institutions  to  be  subject  to  the  control  of  the  Minister 
and  may  with  respect  thereto  make  regulations  relating  to 
any  such  charitable  institution  or  institutions  and  their  affairs 
and  particularly  in  respect  to  the  procuring  of  funds  from 
the  public  and  as  to  their  application. 

ment'of"  ^"  ^^^    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council    may  upon    the 

inspectors,  recommendation  of  the  Minister  appoint  any  officer  of  the 
Department  as  an  inspector  for  the  purposes  of  any  Act 
administered  by  the  Department,  where  provision  is  not  made 
in  such  Act  for  the  appointment  of  an  inspector,  and  an 
inspector  so  appointed  shall  have  such  powers  and  perform 
such  duties  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  prescribed  by  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


9.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


139 


X 

M 

> 

2; 

?i. 

» 
►< 

1:^ 

c^ 

< 

i- 

0 

«■ 

?r 

0^ 

m 

ftj 

o 


7^ 


> 

3 

> 

n 

PI- 

0    (^ 

>-<->   c/] 

33"^ 

C    0 

2;  12. 

2 

^  crq 

p 

^^ 

r 

CL  ft> 

>-*> 

•   *o 

fu 

•-t 

r-h 

3 

(T> 

3 

No.  139 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare. 


Mr.  Henry  (York,  East) 


TORONTO 

I'rintkd  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  139  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Public 
Welfare. 

HIS  MAJESr\',  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         j    This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Department  of  Public 
Welfare  Act,  1931. 

IiUerpreta-  ^     j^^  ^j^j^   .^^^  _ 

riienr''^  (a)    "Department"     shall     mean     the     Department    of 

Public  Welfare. 

"Minister."  ^^^    "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 

Council  for  the  time  being  in  charge  of  the  Depart- 
ment. 

Deljartment       3.  There  shall  be  a  department  of  the  public  service  xof 
weTfire.^       Ontario  to  be  known  as  "The  Department  of  Public  Welfare" 
over  which  the  Minister  shall  preside  and  have  charge. 

Jurisdiction        ^    'j-j^^  Department  shall  administer  such  Acts,  and  regu- 
Departmeut.  lations  made  thereunder,  as  may  be  provided  therein  or  as 
may  from  time  to  time  be  designated  by  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council. 

Kartment.      ^    The  Department  may,- 

(a)  institute  enquiry  into  and  collect  information  and 
statistics  relating  to  all  matters  of  public  welfare; 

(b)  disseminate  information  in  such  manner  and  form 
as  may  be  found  best  adapted  to  promote  public 
welfare ; 

(c)  secure  the  observance  and  execution  of  the  pro- 
visions of  all  Acts  and  regulations  dealing  with 
matters  of  public  welfare; 

139 


(d)  investigate,  inspect  and  report  upon  all  activities, 
agencies,  organizations,  associations  or  institutions 
having  for  their  object  the  social  welfare  or  care  of 
men,  women  and  children  in  Ontario  and  which 
are  not  under  the  control  of  any  other  department 
of  the  public  service  of  Ontario; 

(e)  recommend  to  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
regulations  respecting  welfare  institutions,  organi- 
zations, or  agencies  and  governing  the  soliciting 
of  alms,  food,  clothing,  moneys  and  contributions  of 
any  kind  for  charitable  or  benevolent  purposes  in 
Ontario. 

6.  The    Department    shall    submit    to    the    Lieutenant- fpporf' 
Governor  in  Council  an  annual  report  upon  the  affaire  and 
work  of  the  Department  as  he  may  require,  and  such  report 
shall  be  laid  before  the  Assembly  within  twenty-one  days 
after  the  commencement  of  the  next  Session. 

7.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  fecom- ^j^°^^j.^[.'j|^,<^^'^'' 

mendation  of  the  Minister  may  from  time  to  time  declare ''i'"''' 

any  charitable  institution  or  class  or  classes  of  charitable 
institutions   to   be   subject   to   the   control   of   the   Minister 

and  may  with  respect  thereto  make  regulations  relating  to 
any  such  charitable  institution  or  institutions  and  their  affairs 
and  particularly  in  respect  to  the  procuring  of  funds  from 
the  public  and  as  to  their  application. 

8.  The    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council    may  upon    theAppoiut- 
recommendation  of  the  Minister  appoint  any  officer  of  the  inspectors. 
Department  as  an   inspector  for  the  purposes  of  any  Act 
administered  by  the  Department,  where  provision  is  not  made 

in  such  Act  for  the  appointment  of  an  inspector,  and  an 
inspector  so  appointed  shall  have  such  powers  and  perform 
such  duties  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  prescribed  by  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 

9.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  £°"l'"^f"'i®'. 

•'       ^  ment  of  Act. 

It  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


139 


n: 

» 
o 


1-^ 

&3 

u. 

rr 

a. 

Oj 

^ 

1— » 

S5 

73 

rt 

§. 

»s.. 

1    . 

8 

\C 

cyq 

'^ 


o 

g 

3- 

?i- 

KJ 

>3 

Oj 

«> 

^ 

o 

CL 

Pi- 

> 

3 

> 

o 

<-h 

o 

•-t 

l->^ 

w 

^ 

c 

o 

a; 

(-t 

o' 

TQ 

:s: 

<-i- 

JL 

^ 

D 

S 

rD 

•o 

p 

<-\ 

i-h 

3 

(Ti 

D 

^     Ll.       — 1 
3^  3        w*J 


2: 

O 


o 


No.  140 

2nd  Session,  18tii  Le(3islature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  McMaster  University  Lands  Act,  1931. 


Mr.  Monteith 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Maihsty 


No.   140  1931 

BILL 

The  McMaster  University  Lands  Act,  1931. 


H 


IS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title  J    q-j^jg  ^(,(.   j^^y   |3g  j,|(-gj   ^g    Yjjg   McMaster  University 

Lands  Act,  1931. 

Lands  on  2.  The  lands  described  as  follows,  namely, — 

Bloor  Sti'eet,  '  -^  ' 

Toronto, 

Province.  "All  and  singular  that  certain  parcel  or  tract  of  land  and 

premises  situate,  lying  and  being  in  the  said  city  of 
Toronto  (containing  by  admeasurement  one  and 
forty-three  one-hundredths  (1  43/lOOths)  acres 
more  or  less)  being  parts  of  park  lots  numbers  twelve 
and  thirteen,  more  particularly  described  as  follows: 
Commencing  in  the  southerly  limit  of  Bloor  Street 
at  a  point  where  a  stone  monument  has  been  planted 
at  the  distance  of  seven  hundred  and  eighty-six  feet 
on  a  course  north  seventy-four  degrees  east  from  the 
easterly  limit  of  St.  George  Street;  thence  north 
seventy-four  degrees  east  or  along  the  southerly  limit 
of  Bloor  Street  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  to  a  stone 
monument;  thence  south  sixteen  degrees  east  or  at 
right  angles  to  Bloor  Street  two  hundred  and  fifty 
feet  to  a  stone  monument  and  thence  south  seventy- 
four  degrees  west  or  parallel  to  Bloor  Street  two 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  to  a  stone  monument  and 
thence  north  sixteen  degrees  west  or  at  right  angles 
to  Bloor  Street,  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  to  the 
place  of  beginning.  Save  and  except  the  strip  of 
land  containing  3,414  8/10  square  feet  taken  from 
the  front  of  said  parcel  for  the  widening  of  Bloor 
Street,  by  the  city  of  Toronto  under  the  authority 
of  by-law  number  9416,  finally  passed  November 
28th,  A.D.  1922; 

are  hereby  vested  in  His  Majesty  the  King  in  the  right  of  the 
Province  of  Ontario  for  the  general  purposes  of  the  Province, 

140 


free  from  all  trusts,  covenants,  conditions,  restrictions,  liens, 
charges  and  encumbrances  whatsoever. 

Commence-  r»     't>i  •      a  i     n  ■  r  ,         ,  ,  ■    i 

ment  of  Act.      c5.    1  his  Act  shall  come  mto  lorce  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


140 


L^        ^ 


■>i 

n 

c^ 

?i. 

13- 

>3 

K) 

S 

«> 

Oo 

S 

1 

a. 

55 

y^ 

0^ 

a 

5. 


r 

3 

> 
o 


CO 
I— t 

r 
r 


No.  140 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  McMaster  University  Lands  Act,  1931. 


Mr.  Monteith 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  140 


1931 


BILL 


Short  title. 


The  McMaster  University  Lands  Act,  193 1. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act   may  be  cited   as   The   McMaster  University 
Lands  Act,  1931. 


Lands  on 
Bloor  Street, 
Toronto, 
vested  in 
Province. 


2.  The  lands  described  as  follows,  namely, — 

"All  and  singular  that  certain  parcel  or  tract  of  land  and 
premises  situate,  lying  and  being  in  the  city  of 
Toronto  in  the  county  of  York  and  Province  of 
Ontario  (containing  by  admeasurement  one  and 
forty-three  one-hundredths  (1  43/lOOths)  acres,  be 
the  same  more  or  less)  and  being  parts  of  park  lots 
numbers  twelve  and  thirteen,  more  particularly 
described  as  follows:  Commencing  in  the  southerly 
limit  of  Bloor  Street  at  a  point  where  a  stone  monu- 
ment has  been  planted  at  the  distance  of  seven 
hundred  and  eighty-six  feet  on  a  course  north 
seventy-four  degrees  east  from  the  easterly  limit 
of  St.  George  Street;  thence  north  seventy-four 
degrees  east  or  along  the  southerly  limit  of  Bloor 
Street  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  to  a  stone  monu- 
ment; thence  south  sixteen  degrees  east  or  at  right 
angles  to  Bloor  Street  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
to  a  stone  monument  and  thence  south  seventy- 
four  degrees  west  or  parallel  to  Bloor  Street  two 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  to  a  stone  monument  and 
thence  north  sixteen  degrees  west  or  at  right  angles 
to  Bloor  Street,  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  to  the 
place  of  beginning.  Save  and  except  the  strip  of 
land  containing  3,414  8/10  square  feet  taken  from 
the  front  of  said  parcel  for  the  widening  of  Bloor 
Street,  by  the  city  of  Toronto  under  the  authority 
of  by-law  number  9416,  finally  passed  November 
28th,  A.D.  1922; 


140 


are  hereby  vested  in  His  Majesty  the  King  in  the  right  of  the 
Province  of  Ontario  for  the  general  purposes  of  the  Province, 
free  from  all  trusts,  covenants,  conditions,  restrictions,  liens, 
charges  and  encumbrances  whatsoever. 

3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  ment  of  Act. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


140 


U) 

"1 

t\J 

t— k 

n 

;:* 

o 

a 

o 

05 

rr 

?i- 

nr 

?5- 

p- 

U) 

>i 

N3 

>s 

Ni 

s 

h- ' 

<% 

Cn 

«> 

Oj 

Cft 

ex. 

1 

P- 

a 

<?>. 

O 

0^ 

1— » 

I—' 

o 

0^ 

U) 

Ca) 

Ca) 

a 
<■ 


r 

3 
a- 


td 

r 
r 


No.  141 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Superannuation  and  Benefit  Funds  for  Firemen. 


Mr.  Murphy  (St.  Patrick) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.    141 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  Superannuation  and  Benefit 
Funds  for  Firemen. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Firemen  s  Superannuation 
and  Benefit  Fund  Act,  1931. 


Establish- 
ment of 
Benefit 
Fund; 
payment  to 
cover 
accrued 
liability; 
power  to 
borrow 
money. 


2. — (1)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  municipal  corporation 
mentioned  in  schedule  "A"  to  this  Act  to  establish,  prior  to 
the  first  day  of  January,  1933,  a  superannuation  and  benefit 
fund  for  the  benefit  of  the  permanent  employees  of  the  fire 
department,  hereinafter  called  the  "firemen,"  and  to  pay  into 
such  fund  the  amounts  set  opposite  the  names  of  each  cor- 
poration (or  such  increased  or  decreased  amount  as  the 
Superintendent  of  Insurance  may  certify  to  be  necessary,  to 
cover  the  accrued  liability  at  that  date) ;  and  may  borrow 
money  for  that  purpose  by  the  issue  of  debentures  payable 
within  a  period  not  exceeding  twenty  years  without  obtaining 
the  assent  of  the  electors  entitled  to  vote  on  money  by-laws. 


Annual 
contribu- 
tion by 
munici- 
pality. 


(2)  It  shall  also  be  the  duty  of  every  such  municipal  cor- 
poration to  pay  into  the  fund  annually  at  least  two  per 
centum  of  the  total  amount  of  the  annual  wages  or  salaries 
paid  to  the  firemen. 


funi^  ^^            ^'^^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^^^^  be  known  as  "The  Firemen's  Super- 
annuation and  Benefit  Fund  of ," 

(inserting  the  name  of  each  municipal  corporation)  hereinafter 
called  the  "Fund." 


Revenue 
of  fund. 


(4)  The  proceeds  of  all  fines  which  may  from  time  to  time 
be  imposed  upon  the  firemen,  and  all  moneys  required  to  be 
paid  into  the  said  fund  by  the  municipal  corporation,  and 
any  other  moneys  which  may  from  time  to  time  be  legiti- 
mately applied  thereto  by  the  council  of  the  corporation, 
shall  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  said  fund. 


141 


Explanatory  Notes 

This  Bill  is  the  same  as  Bill  156  which  was  introduced  in  1930  with 
some  minor  amendments  to  Schedules  "A"  and  "B." 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  bring  about  the  establishment  of  a  com- 
pulsory superannuation  and  benefit  fund  for  the  members  of  fire  depart- 
ments in  the  several  cities  and  towns  mentioned  in  Schedule  "A"  and  to 
ensure  that  the  fund  will  be  commenced  on  a  sound  actuarial  basis  the 
municipalities  are  required  to  pay  into  the  fund  the  amounts  set  forth 
against  them  respectively  in  the  schedule  and  authority  is  given  for  the 
issue  of  debentures  to  obtain  funds  for  such  purpose. 

In  future  years  the  municipality  is  to  pay  two  per  cent,  of  the  total 
wages  of  the  firemen  into  the  fund  and  the  firemen  are  to  have  deducted 
an  amount  not  exceeding  seven  per  cent,  of  their  wages. 

The  Bill  contains  the  necessary  provisions  with  respect  to  the  manage- 
ment and  operation  of  the  fund,  the  scale  of  pensions  and  benefits  which 
may  be  paid  from  the  fund  and  as  to  the  allowances  which  are  to  be  paid 
to  the  families  of  deceased  firemen. 

The  Department  of  Insurance  will  have  control  of  the  operation  of 
this  fund. 


141 


Contribu- 
tions by 
firemen. 


3. — (1)  Every  fireman  on  the  department  at  the  date  of 
the  estabUshment  of  the  fund  shall  be  eligible  to  participate 
in  the  said  fund  and  shall  contribute  semi-monthly  an  amount 
not  greater  than  a  maximum  of  seven  per  centum  of  the  gross 
amount  of  his  wages  or  salary  as  deemed  necessary  by  the 
initial  actuarial  report. 


New 
firemen 
over  26 
excluded. 


(2)  No  firemen  over  the  age  of  twenty-six  years  shall  be 
appointed  after  the  date  of  the  establishment  of  the  fund  to 
the  fire  department  nor  allowed  to  participate  in  the  said  fund. 


New 
firemen 
under  26 
must  have 
medical 
examina- 
tion. 


(3)  Every  fireman  under  the  age  of  twenty-six  years 
appointed  after  the  date  of  the  establishment  of  the  fund 
shall  participate  in  the  said  fund  provided  he  has  passed  a 
satisfactory  medical  examination  by  a  medical  officer  of  the 
municipality,  and  contributes  thereto  as  provided  in  this  Act. 


Contribu- 
tions to  be 
deducted 
from 
pay-sheet. 


(4)  The  payments  provided  to  be  paid  into  the  fund  by 
this  Act  shall  be  deducted  on  the  pay  sheet  in  like  manner  as 
any  other  stoppages  upon  the  certificate  of  the  chief  of  the 
fire  department,  and  shall  be  paid  over  semi-monthly  in  a 
lump  sum  to  the  municipal  treasurer  who  shall  be  the  treasurer 
of  the  said  fund. 


Manage- 
ment of 
fund  by 
committee. 


4.  The  fund  shall  be  under  the  management  and  control 
of  a  committee  which  shall  be  called  "The  Firemen's  Super- 
annuation and  Benefit  Fund  Committee,"  hereinafter  called 
the  committee. 


Representa- 
tion upon 
committee. 


5.  The  committee  shall  consist  of  one  member  of  the 
municipal  council  to  be  appointed  annually  by  the  council, 
the  clerk,  the  treasurer,  and  the  solicitor,  if  any,  of  the 
municipality,  the  chief  of  the  fire  department,  and  one 
representative  of  the  firemen  to  be  elected  annually  by  the 
members  of  the  department  who  are  eligible  to  participate 
in  the  fund. 


Investment 
of  fund. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  150. 


6.  All  moneys  accumulated  in  the  said  fund  shall  be 
invested  from  time  to  time  on  the  recommendation  of  the 
committee,  approved  by  the  Board  of  Control,  if  any,  other- 
wise by  the  municipal  council,  in  such  securities  as  a  trustee 
may  invest  in  under  The  Trustee  Act. 


Payments 
out  of  fund. 


7.  No  money  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  said  fund  by  the 
treasurer  unless  ordered  by  the  committee  and  sanctioned  by 
the  Board  of  Control,  if  any,  otherwise  by  the  municipal 
council. 


Annual 
report  of 
treasurer. 


8.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  treasurer  to  prepare  an 
annual  report  immediately  after  the  close  of  each  year  and 
present  the  said  report  to  the  committee  at  its  regular  meeting 

141 


in  February,  which  report  shall  give  the  receipts  and  disburse- 
ments of  the  preceding  calendar  year  in  detail,  and  include  a 
balance  sheet  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  fund  as  at  the 
close  of  the  said  year. 


Actuarial 
investiga- 
tion. 

Rev.  Stat, 
c.  222. 


Audit. 


Benefits, 
allowances 
and 
pensions. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  222. 


9.  An  actuarial  investigation  of  the  assets  and  liabilities 
of  the  fund  shall  be  made  at  least  once  in  every  three  years  by 
a  qualified  actuary  as  defined  in  The  Insurance  Act  appointed 
by  the  committee  and  the  results  of  the  investigations  shall 
be  included  in  the  treasurer's  report  and  a  copy  thereof  shall 
be  filed  with  the  Superintendent  of  Insurance  forthwith  upon 
completion. 

10.  At  the  end  of  each  year  and  at  such  other  time  as  the 
municipal  council  may  determine  the  books  and  accounts  of 
the  treasurer  shall  be  audited  by  the  municipal  auditor  who 
shall  report  to  the  municipal  council  and  to  the  committee. 

11.  The  firemen  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefits,  allow- 
ances and  pensions  set  out  in  schedule  "B"  to  this  Act; 
provided  that,  where  the  valuation  balance  sheet  of  the  fund 
prescribed  by  subsection  1  of  section  220  of  The  Insurance  Act 
shows  a  surplus  of  assets  of  more  than  five  per  centum  over 
and  above  all  net  liabilities,  the  committee  may,  with  the 
approval  of  a  qualified  actuary  as  defined  in  The  Insurance 
Act,  and  upon  filing  a  certificate  of  his  approval  with  the 
Superintendent  of  Insurance,  put  into  effect  new  benefits  or 
benefits  additional  to  those  set  out  in  schedule  "B"  to  this 
Act. 


Application 

for 

benefits. 


12.  Every  application  for  a  pension  or  an  allowance  must 
come  before  the  committee  and  a  report  on  the  case  be  sent 
in  for  the  approval  of  the  Board  of  Control,  if  any,  otherwise 
by  the  municipal  council,  and  in  cases  of  difference  between 
the  committee  and  the  council  the  judgment  or  decision  of 
the  council  shall  be  final. 


Appoint- 
ment of 
medical 
board. 


Committee 
to 

designate 
beneficiary. 


13.  In  all  cases  where  a  fireman  claims  a  benefit  under 
sections  2  or  3  of  schedule  "B"  or  is  reported  by  the  medical 
officer  of  the  department  as  physically  or  mentally  unfit  for 
further  service  the  committee  shall  appoint  a  medical  board  of 
reputable  physicians  to  enquire  into  the  case  and  report  to 
the  committee,  which  medical  board  shall  be  composed  as 
follows:  one  appointed  by  the  committee  whose  fees  shall  be 
paid  by  the  fund;  a  second  appointed  by  the  claimant  who 
shall  pay  his  fee;  a  third  appointed  by  the  municipal  council 
whose  fees  shall  be  paid  by  the  corporation. 

14.  All  pensions,  allowances  and  benefits  payable  out  of 
the  fund  shall  be  paid  to  the  person  designated  by  the 
committee. 


141 


Secretary  to       15.  The  secretary  shall  keep  a  correct  pension  list  which 
pension  list,   shall  set  forth  the  name,  rank,  date  of  birth,  description  and 
service  of  each  pensioner,  amount  of  pension,  and  the  cir- 
cumstances under  which  the  pension  was  granted. 


Committee 
may  make 
by-laws  and 
regulations. 


16.  The  committee  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Board  of 
Control,  if  any,  otherwise  by  the  municipal  council  make 
such  by-laws,  rules  and  regulations  as  are  necessary  for  the 
election  of  the  representative  of  the  firemen  upon  the  com- 
mittee and  for  the  proper  administration  of  the  fund. 


Provisions  of 
Insurance 
Act  to 
apply. 


17.  Municipal  superannuation  and  benefit  funds  created 
under  the  authority  of  this  Act  shall  for  the  purposes  of  The 
Insurance  Act  be  deemed  to  be  fraternal  societies  and  subject 
to  the  provisions  of  the  said  Act  applicable  to  fraternal  societies 
the  membership  of  which  is  confined  to  municipal  employees. 


Commence-        18.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 

ment  of  Act.  .  .  .       ^  .    .  J       f 

It  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


141 


SCHEDULE  "A" 

As  AT  30th  June,  1929 

Accrued 

Municipality  Liability. 

Brantford $93,500 

Chatham 61,000 

East  Windsor 15,500 

Fort  William 68,000 

Gait 16,000 

Guelph 33,000 

Kingston 75,500 

Kitchener 40,500 

London 120,000 

Niagara  Falls 45,000 

North  Bay 20,500 

Oshawa 20,500 

Peterborough 26,000 

Port  Arthur 67,500 

Sarnia 14,500 

Sault  Ste.  Marie 59,000 

St.  Catharines 49,500 

St.  Thomas 13,500 

Walkerville 11,000 

Welland 25,000 

Windsor 72,000 

Woodstock 38,000 

Total $985,000 


SCHEDULE  "B" 

Schedule  of  Benefits 

(1)  On  resignation  (except  where  worn  out  in  service). 
Length  of  service  and  benefit: 

(a)  10  years  and  under — none. 

(b)  Over   10  years  up  to   15  years;    Allowance  of  one-half  of  his 
contributions. 

(c)  Over  15  years  up  to  20  years;   Allowance  of  three-quarters  of  his 
contributions. 

(d)  Over  20  years;  allowance  of  20  days'  salary  for  each  full  year  of 
service  completed. 

(2)  On  resignation  (where  worn  out  in  service). 
Length  of  service  and  benefit: 

(a)  Up  to  15  years;   allowance  of  20  days'  salary  for  each  full  year 
of  service  completed. 

(b)  Over  15  years  up  to  20  years;    allowance  of  one  month's  salary 
for  each  full  year  of  service  completed. 

(c)  Over  20  years  up  to  25  years;   pension  of  three^eighths  salary  for 
life. 

(d)  Over  25  years;   pension  of  one-half  salary  for  life. 
141 


(3)  On  disablement  from  injuries  received  in  the  lawful  execution  of  duty, 
so  as  to  be  wholly  or  permanently  incapacitated  from  further  service 
as  a  fireman. 

(o)   Pension  of  one-half  salary  for  life. 

Provided,  however,  that  the  pension  to  which  a  fireman  shall  be 
entitled  under  the  foregoing  subsections  Nos.  2  and  3  shall  not  in  any  case 
be  greater  than  the  pension  specified  on  retirement  after  thirty  years' 
continuous  service,  under  subsection  5  hereof,  but  such  fireman  shall  be 
entitled  to  receive  only  the  maximum  pension  under  subsection  5  of  this 
section. 

(4)  On  death  from  any  cause  while  in  the  service  the  sum  of  a  minimum 
amount  of  at  least  $2,000  and  a  maximum  of  $3,500,  Provided  that 
the  same  amount  shall  be  paid  to  all  ranks. 

(5)  On  retirement  after  thirty  years  continuous  service: 

Pension   of  one-half   salary   for   life.     Provided,    however,   that   the 
maximum  allowance  shall  be  fixed  at  $2,000  per  annum. 

(6) — (a)  In  estimating  the  length  of  service,  those  firemen  who  resigned 
or  were  dismissed,  and  were  subsequently  reappointed  will  count 
their  service  from  the  date  of  their  last  appointment. 

(b)  Pensions  shall  be  payable  half-monthly  on  the  first  and  sixteenth 
days  of  each  month. 

(7)  In  the  event  of  a  pensioner  dying  before  he  has  drawn  an  aggregate 
amount  of  pension  equal  to  what  his  death  benefit  would  have  been 
under  subsection  4,  preceding,  had  he  died  in  the  service  immediately 
before  the  commencement  of  his  pension,  then  there  will  be  payable 
the  amount  of  the  said  death  benefit,  less  the  aggregate  amount 
which  he  had  drawn  as  pension. 

(8)^ — (fl)  In  calculating  the  amount  of  any  pension  payable  under  the 
provisions  of  clause  b  or  d  oi  subsection  2,  subsection  3,  or  subsection  5 
of  this  section,  the  salary  upon  which  such  pension  is  based  shall  be 
the  average  salary  or  wages  received  by  the  person  in  respect  of 
whom  such  pension  is  payable  during  the  last  three  years  of  his  service. 

(b)  In  case  of  any  other  allowance  or  benefit  provided  for  in  this  section 
which  is  based  on  salary,  such  salary  shall  in  all  cases  where  the 
applicant  has  served  for  ten  years  or  more,  be  the  average  during  the 
last  ten  years  of  his  service  of  his  salary  or  wages  upon  which  he  has 
paid  a  percentage  to  the  Fund  and  in  all  cases  where  the  applicant 
has  served  less  than  ten  years,  shall  be  the  average  during  the  whole 
time  of  his  service  of  the  salary  or  wages  upon  which  he  has  paid  a 
percentage  to  the  Fund. 


141 


1—* 
JO 


C 


^ 
P 


JT 


a 

0X1 


tSO 

C. 

k-» 

a 

o 

V) 

?i- 

=r 

<:^ 

>3 

to 

a- 

en 

0^ 

'^ 

OX) 

> 

3 

> 

W 

O 

3 

-1 
IT) 

n> 

C/5 

IJ^X3 

rt 

n> 

^ 

n 

C 

5' 

3 

CfQ 

D- 

Ul 

CAi 

•-"^ 

c 

O 

X) 

"1 

a» 

31 

"1 

■-t 

3 

(D 

3 

3 

rD 

C 

3 

5' 

3 

fu 

3 

CL 

r 
r 


No.  142 

2nd  Session,  18tii  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Health  Act. 


Mr.  Murphy  (St.  Patrick) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  142  1931 

BILL 

An  Act   to  amend  The  Public  Health  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assenililv  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  fallows: 

c.  262,  s.  sVa,  1.  Subsection  2  of  section  87a  of  llie  Public  Health  Act 
(1930,  c.  52,  as  enacted  by  section  3  of  77ze  Public  Health  Act,  1930,  is 
repealed.        repealed. 

ment^oTAct       ^-  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


142 


Explanatory  Note 

The  repealed  subsection  exempted  from  any  by-law  passed  under 
section  87a,  hairdressing  establishments  where  less  than  three  persons 
are  employed. 

The  object  of  this  amendment  is  to  make  all  hairdressing  establish- 
ments subject  to  the  by-law  when  it  is  approved  by  the  Department  of 
Health. 


142 


'if' 


^ 

p 


n 


1^ 
o 

-1 


0^ 


> 

> 
o 


3 
n) 

CL 

H 
nr 

c 
cr 


rD 


> 


CO 

I— ( 

r 
r 


No.  143 

2nd  Session,  18tii  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Bees  Act. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Pkintkr  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  143  1031 

BILL 

All  Act  to  amend  The  Bees  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         I    xhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Bees  Act,  1931. 

c^%^i/*s^*9         2-  Subsection  2  of  section  9  of  The  Bees  Act  is  repealed 
subs  2       '    and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed.  ° 

Destruction  (2)    If  the  inspector  finds  that  foul  brood  exists  in  a 

disease  virulent   or    malignant    type   he    may   immediately 

malignant.  destroy    by    fire   all    colonies    of    bees   so   afTected, 

together  with  the  hives  occupied  by  them  and  the 

contents  of  such  hives  and  all  tainted  appurtenances 

that  cannot  be  disinfected. 

^^^Ji^^^'^^Nr,       3.  Subsection  1  of  section  12  of  The  Bees  Act  is  amended 

0.   314,  S.    12,  »i    •  1         r  II- 

subs.  1,  by  striking  out  the  word  '  certificate     m  the  fourth  Ime  and 

amended.         .  .  t       ,.  ,  ,      i  in  •     >»  i  i 

mserting   in   lieu   thereof    the   word      permit,      so   that   the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

fnfe^cted  (^)    ^^^  owner  or  possessor  of  an  apiary  shall  not  sell, 

bees  or  barter,  give  away  or  remove  from  the  premises  any 

bees  or  used  apiary  appliances  or  apparatus  until  he 
has  secured  a  permit  from  the  Provincial  Apiarist 
that  such  bees,  used  apiary  appliances  or  apparatus 
have  been  properly  disinfected  and  are  free  from 
disease. 

Rev.  Stat.  4.  Section  13  of  The  Bees  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 

um^nlied.  ^^'  the  words  "being  authorized  by  the  Inspector"  in  the  fourth 

line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "receiving  a  permit 

from  the  Provincial  Apiarist,"  so  that  the  section  will  now 

read  as  follows: 

Selling  13.    Any   person   whose   bees   have   been   destroyed    or 

bles' after  treated  for  foul  brood  who  sells  or  offers  for  sale 

extfoshfg*  °'"  any  bees,  hives  or  appurtenances  of  any  kind  after 

appliances. 

143 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  This  gives  the  inspector  power  to  go  ahead  and  destroy 
bees  found  to  be  infected  with  foul  brood  whereas  by  the  present  Act  he 
may  only  order  this  to  be  done.  Delay  in  carrying  out  the  inspector's 
orders  is  found  to  cause  an  increase  in  the  disease. 


Section  3.  This  merely  provides  for  the  substitution  of  the  word 
"permit"  for  the  word  "certificate"  used  in  the  present  Act  in  order  to 
make  the  meaning  clearer. 


Section  4.  The  present  Act  makes  it  an  offence  for  any  person  whose 
bees  have  been  destroyed  or  treated  for  foul  brood  to  sell  or  offer  for 
sale  such  bees,  hives  or  appurtenances  before  being  authorized  so  to  do 
by  the  inspector.  By  the  proposed  amendment  this  authorization  must 
take  the  form  of  a  permit  from  the  Provincial  Apiarist. 


143 


such  destruction  or  treatment  and  before  receiving 
a  permit  from  the  Provincial  Apiarist  so  to  do,  or 
who  exposes  in  his  bee-yard,  or  elsewhere,  any 
infected  comb  honey  or  other  infected  thing,  or 
conceals  the  fact  that  such  disease  exists  among 
his  bees,  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  less  than  $20 
or  more  than  $50,  or  he  may  be  imprisoned  for  a 
term  not  exceeding  two  months. 

Rev.  Stat.  5.  Section  15  of  The  Bees  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following 

c.   314    s.    15 

repealed.'      '  substituted  therefor : 


Employment 
of  special 
constables 
where 

owner    offers 
resistance. 


15.  Where  such  owner  or  possessor  of  bees  offers  resist- 
ance to  or  obstructs  the  inspector,  a  justice  of  the 
peace  may,  upon  the  complaint  of  the  inspector, 
cause  a  sufficient  number  of  special  constables  to  be 
sworn  in  who  shall,  under  the  directions  of  the 
inspector,  proceed  to  the  premises  of  such  owner  or 
possessor  and  assist  the  inspector  to  seize  all  the 
diseased  colonies  and  infected  appurtenances  and 
burn  them  forthwith,  and  if  necessary  the  inspector 
or  constables  may  arrest  the  owner  or  possessor  and 
bring  him  before  a  justice  of  the  peace  to  be  dealt 
with  according  to  the  provisions  of  the  next  preced- 
ing section. 


ment^o^f^A^jt.      ^'  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


143 


Section  5.  The  present  section  15  provides  that  where  the  owner  or 
possessor  of  bees  "disobeys  the  directions  of  the  inspector  or  offers  resist- 
ance to  or  obstructs  him,  a  justice  of  the  peace  may — etc."  The  change 
is  necessary  owing  to  the  amendment  made  by  section  2  of  the  Bill  which 
provides  that  the  inspector  himself  may  destroy  the  bees  instead  of  ordering 
this  to  be  done. 


143 


JO 

w 

w 
o 


Oo 

t\j 

::* 

s 

?i- 

f5- 

>3 

>i 

C^ 

c^ 

1- 

Pi- 

ri. 

^. 

a 

a 

0^ 

0^5 

o 


o 


>i 


C/J       S 


a 

0^ 


> 

3 

> 
O 


3 

rt> 

3 

H 

3* 


r 
r 


> 


No.  143 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Bees  Act. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


Short  title. 


No.  143  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Bees  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Bees  Act,  1931. 


f^Iii^B^Q,        2.  Subsection  2  of  section  9  of  The  Bees  Act  is  repealed 
repealed         ^"^  ^^^  following  substituted  therefor: 

Destruction  (2)    If  the  inspector  finds  that  foul   brood  exists  in  a 

diseaee  virulent   or   malignant    type   he    may   immediately 

ma  ignan  .  destroy   by    fire   all    colonies   of    bees   so   affected, 

together  with  the  hives  occupied  by  them  and  the 

contents  of  such  hives  and  all  tainted  appurtenances 

that  cannot  be  disinfected. 

c^Yi4^*8.*'i2      ^-  Subsection  1  of  section  12  of  The  Bees  Act  is  amended 
am'end^ed        ^^  Striking  out  the  word  "certificate"  in  the  fourth  line  and 

inserting   in   lieu   thereof   the  word    "permit,"   so   that   the 

subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

fnfecte^d  (1)    ^he  Owner  or  possessor  of  an  apiary  shall  not  sell, 

arUcies  barter,  give  away  or  remove  from  the  premises  any 

bees  or  used  apiary  appliances  or  apparatus  until  he 
has  secured  a  permit  from  the  Provincial  Apiarist 
that  such  bees,  used  apiary  appliances  or  apparatus 
have  been  properly  disinfected  and  are  free  from 
disease. 

Rev.  Stat.  4.  Section  13  of  The  Bees  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 

O    314    s     13  .  .  JO 

amended.  '  the  words  "being  authorized  by  the  Inspector"  in  the  fourth 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "receiving  a  permit 
from  the  Provincial  Apiarist,"  so  that  the  section  will  now 
read  as  follows: 

Selling  13.    Any   person    whose   bees   have   been   destroyed   or 

bees  after  treated  for  foul  brood  who  sells  or  offers  for  sale 

exp\slrfg    °^  any  bees,  hives  or  appurtenances  of  any  kind  after 

appliances. 

143 


such  destruction  or  treatment  and  before  receiving 
a  permit  from  the  Provincial  Apiarist  so  to  do,  or 
who  exposes  in  his  bee-yard,  or  elsewhere,  any 
infected  comb  honey  or  other  infected  thing,  or 
conceals  the  fact  that  such  disease  exists  among 
his  bees,  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  less  than  $20 
or  more  than  $50,  or  he  may  be  imprisoned  for  a 
term  not  exceeding  two  months. 

5.  Section  15  of  The  Bees  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  Rev^^stat.^_ 
substituted  therefor:  repealed. 

15.    Where  such  owner  or  possessor  of  bees  offers  resist- Emp^oy^e"^* 
ance  to  or  obstructs  the  inspector,  a  justice  of  the  constables 

,  ,    .  r      I        •  where 

peace  may,  upon  the  complamt  or  the  mspector,  owner  offers 
cause  a  sufficient  number  of  special  constables  to  be 
sworn  in  who  shall,  under  the  directions  of  the 
inspector,  proceed  to  the  premises  of  such  owner  or 
possessor  and  assist  the  inspector  to  seize  all  the 
diseased  colonies  and  infected  appurtenances  and 
burn  them  forthwith,  and  if  necessary  the  inspector 
or  constables  may  arrest  the  owner  or  possessor  and 
bring  him  before  a  justice  of  the  peace  to  be  dealt 
with  according  to  the  provisions  of  the  next  preced- 
ing section. 

6.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  Sel^t'^oTAct. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


143 


w 

a; 
m 
o 

n 


ft) 

Oj 

"-1 

t\J 

V 

1 

►^ 

0 

3 

0 

3 

0 

<0 

sr 

©- 

sr 

?^ 

3- 

«^ 

u> 

^ 

N> 

>i 

bO 

^ 

H-* 

S" 

C/i 

a 

C/J 

«». 

0) 

a. 

I-* 

0X> 

t— » 

a 

K* 
0 

8 
0^ 

U> 

C/J 

OJ 

> 

3 


3 

3 

a 

H 

3- 

CO 
n> 
n 


DO 

r 
r 


> 


No.  144 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  regulate  Barber  Shops  in  the  Province  of  Ontario. 


Mr.  McBrien 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 
Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  144 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  regulate  Barber  Shops  in  the  Province 

of  Ontario. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Barbers'  Regulation  Act, 
1931. 


Interpre- 
tation. 


2.  In  this  Act, — 


'Barber." 


'Board." 


'Minister." 


Regulations. 


Board  of 
Examiners, 
constitution 
and  powers. 


(a)  "Barber"  shall  mean  a  person  engaged  at  the  vocation 
of  barber  who  can  skillfully  and  in  a  sanitary  manner, 
shave,  cut  hair,  shampoo,  give  facial  massage,  scalp 
massage,  and  other  work  pertaining  to  the  barber 
trade  as  may  be  required  by  the  regulations  under 
this  Act; 

{b)  "Board  shall  mean  the  Board  of  Examiners  appointed 
under  this  Act; 

(c)  "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 
Council  for  the  time  being  charged  by  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  with  the  administration  of  this 
Act; 

{d)  "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  under  the 
authority  of  this  Act. 

3. — (1)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint 
a  Board  of  Examiners  which  shall  be  composed  of  three 
persons,  all  practical  master  and  journeyman  barbers,  who  shall, 
subject  to  the  regulations,  issue  licenses  to  such  applicants 
therefor  as  shall  satisfy  the  Board  that  they  are  suitable 
persons  to  be  permitted  to  carry  on  the  occupation  of  barber, 
and  shall  pay  the  fee  on  such  licenses  prescribed  by  the 
regulations. 


144 


Explanatory  Notk 

This  Bill  provides  for  the  control  of  the  occupation  of  barber  by  a 
board  of  examiners  to  be  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
and  authorizes  the  making  of  regulations  for  the  granting  of  licenses  to 
applicants,  with  penalties  for  carrying  on  business  without  a  license. 

Provision  is  made  for  the  making  of  regulations  by  the  Department  of 
Health  relating  to  the  sanitary  and  other  precautions  to  be  taken  in  barber 
shops,  the  regulations  to  be  enforced  by  the  local  medical  officer  of  health. 
The  Bill  also  prohibits  the  carrying  on  of  the  occupation  of  barber  by 
persons  suffering  from  certain  diseases. 

The  Bill  expressly  provides  that  nothing  therein  shall  apply  to  ladies' 
hairdressing  establishments  and  beauty  parlours. 


144 


of^offlce.  (^^  ^^^  ^^®^  members  of  the  Board  shall  serve  for  the 

following  periods — the  first  appointee,  one  year;  the  second 
appointee,  two  years;  and  the  third  appointee,  three  years. 
All  subsequent  members  of  the  Board  shall  hold  office  for 
three  years  and  be  elected  by  ballot  in  such  manner  as  may  be 
provided  for  by  the  by-law  of  the  associations  at  the  annual 
meetings  of  the  association  or  at  a  special  meeting  called  for 
that  purpose. 

ment  U)*case       (^)  I"  the  event  of  any  resignation  or  death  of  any  member 
tibrfor^death  ^^  ^^^  Board,  the  Board  may  appoint  a  successor  for  the 
unexpired  time. 

Quorum.  4.,  Any  two  members  of  the  Board  shall  form  a  quorum. 

Secretary.  g    ^Yhe  Board  may  appoint  some  person  to  be  secretary  of 

the  Board. 

Register.  q    Yhe  secretary  of  the  Board  shall  keep  a  register  in  which 

shall  be  entered  the  name  of  every  person  to  whom  a  license 
is  granted  under  the  Act,  the  date  at  which  the  same  is 
granted  and  also  his  place  of  residence  at  time  of  application 
for  license. 

Reguiiations.       7    Yhe  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  from  time  to 
time  make  regulations, — 

(a)  for  the  granting  of  licenses  to  applicants  under  this 
Act,  and  the  evidence  to  be  furnished  by  candidates 
as  to  sobriety,  good  character  and  freedom  from 
communicable  disease,  also  their  previous  training 
and  experience; 

(b)  determining  the  duration  of  such   licenses  and   the 

method  of  renewal  for  same; 

(c)  fixing  the  fees  to  be  paid  by  applicants  for  any  license 

or  renewal  thereof; 

(d)  prescribing  the  cause  for  which  any  license  may  be 
revoked,  cancelled  or  suspended; 

(e)  fixing  the  fees  or  other  remuneration  to  be  paid  to  the 

members  and  staff  of  the  Board. 

nUes'as'to  ^'  ^^^^V  Person  engaged  in  the  occupation  of  barber  at 

the  time  of  the  passing  of  this  Act,  and  who  applies  to  the 
Board  for  a  certificate  of  qualification  on  or  before  the  1st 
day  of  July,  1931,  shall  upon  furnishing  such  evidence  as  to 
sobriety,  good  character,  freedom  from  communicable  disease, 

144 


and  experience  as  the  Board  may  require,  and  upon  payment 
of  the  prescribed  fee,  be  entitled  to  receive  a  certificate  of 
qualification  from  the  Board. 

deriwioi/of'"       ^-  Any  persou  aggrieved  by  the  decision  of  the  Board  may 
the  Board,     appeal  therefrom  to  the  Minister  after  such   notice  as  the 

Minister  may  prescribe,  and  the  decision  of  the  Minister  shall 

be  final. 

Minister"  ^^    '^^e  Board  shall  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  January 

in  every  year,  make  to  the  Minister  a  report  in  writing  for  the 
year  ending  on  the  31st  day  of  December  of  the  previous  year 
showing, — - 

(a)  the  number  of  licenses  granted  by  them  during  the 
preceding  year  and  the  persons  to  whom  granted; 

(b)  the  number  of  applications  refused  during  the  preced- 

ing year,  and  the  cause  for  refusing  same; 

(c)  the  number  of  licenses  revoked,  cancelled  or  suspended 

during  the  preceding  year,  and  the  cause  for  refusal 
of  same; 

(d)  the  amount  of  fees  received  by  them  from  applicants 
for  licenses  and  renewals  thereof  during  the  preceding 
year; 

(e)  travelling  and  other  expenses  of  the  Board,  also  the 

fees,  salary  or  other  remuneration  received  by  the 
Board  or  any  member  thereof,  and 

(/)  such  other  matters  as  may  be  directed  by  the  Minister, 
or  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 

Audits  o'  ^  --      .T>,  . 

recei,pts  and        11.    1  he  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Board  shall  be 
tiires.  audited   by  a  chartered  accountant,   not  a  member  of  the 

Board,  and  the  fees,  salary, .  or  other  remuneration 
paid  to  the  Board  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  fees  received  from 
candidates  or  others,  and  shall  in  all  cases  be  subject  to 
approval  by  the  Minister. 

to  be  exposed  12.  A  license  held  by  any  person  under  the  Act  shall  at  all 
o  view.  times  be  exposed  to  view  in  the  place  of  business  carried  on 
by  such  person,  or  in  the  place  of  business  in  which  he  is 
employed,  and  failure  to  keep  such  license  so  displayed  shall 
be  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  lack  of  qualification  under  the 
Act. 

144 


Penalties.  J3    After  the  expiration  of  three  months  from  the  date  of 

the  pubHcation  of  the  notice  of  the  organization  of  the  Board, 
every  person  who,  not  being  the  holder  of  a  Hcense  issued  by 
the  Board,  or  a  renewal  thereof,  carries  on  the  business  of  an 
operating  barber,  or  is  employed  as  such,  or  who  uses  any 
signs,  letters  or  any  other  means  of  advertising  himself  as  a 
barber,  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $25  for  each  and 
every  offence. 

how^re'cover-      1^-  The  penalties  provided  by  this  Act  shall  be  recoverable 
Rev  Stat       Under  The  Summary  Convictions  Act. 

C.  121.  ' 

^/p"rovinc\ai      ^^-  ^^^  Department  of  Health,  subject  to  the  approval  of 
Board  of       the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  mav  make  regulations: 

Health.  '  " 

(a)  prescribing  the  sanitary  precautions  to  be  used  by 
barbers ; 

{b)  prescribing  the  method  of  sterilizing  or  cleaning  of 
any  articles  kept  or  used  in  a  barber  shop  or  in  the 
occupation  of  a  barber; 

(c)  prescribing  the  conditions  in  which  barbers  shall  keep 
their  persons  and  clothing  whilst  engaged  in  their 
occupation ; 

{d)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  treatment  by  barbers  of 
dead  bodies  or  of  persons  who  are  suffering  from  any 
communicable  disease; 

(g)  "prescribing  the  penalties  incurred  for  violation  of  the 
regulations  of  the  Department  of  Health,  and  for  the 
suspension  or  cancellation  of  the  license  of  any  barber 
found  guilty  of  such  violation. 

16. — (1)  The  regulations  under  this  section  shall  be 
enforced  by  the  local  board  of  health  and  medical  officer  of 
health  for  every  municipality. 

(2)  A  copy  of  such  regulations  shall  be  delivered  or  trans- 
mitted by  the  Department  of  Health  to  every  licensed  barber, 
and  a  copy  of  such  regulations  shall  be  displayed  in  a 
prominent  place  in  the  shop  in  which  the  business  of  a  barber 
is  carried  on. 

proiiibited.  17. — (1)  No  person  shall  carry  on  the  occupation  of  a 
barber  who  has  any  form  of  tuberculosis,  or  venereal  disease, 
or  any  contagious  or  infectious  disease,  and  no  license  or 
renewal  thereof  shall  be  granted  to  any  such  person. 

144 


(2)   Every  person  who  knowingly  contravenes  the  provisions 
of  subsection  1  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $50. 

to' enter  18.  Any  member  of  the  Board  or  any  inspector  of  any  local 

premises.  board  of  health  on  presentation  of  written  authority  may  enter 
any  barber  shop,  and  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  neces- 
sary to  determine  whether  the  provisions  of  this  Act  are  being 
complied  with. 

Penalty  for         \Q    ^ny  persou  who  interferes  with  or  obstructs  a  member 

interfering.         r    ,       t-.  i  .  rr  •  •        .  ■  r     i 

oi  the  Board,  or  other  omcer  or  mspector  m  the  exercise  oi  the 
powers  conferred  on  him  by  this  Act  shall  be  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $200. 

Suspension         20.  The  Minister  may  suspend  or  revoke  a  license  issued 

or  revocation  ^u*      a    4^ 

of  license.       Under  this  Act. 

Exceptions  21.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  apply  to  ladies'  hairdressing 
establishments  and  beauty  parlours. 

Date  of  22.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 

conunence-      .  .  .       t-i 

ment.  it  recei\es  the  R()\-al  Assent. 


1^4 


o 

til 


54. 

I 


CO 

a 

0^ 


o 

c^ 

sr 

«H. 

to 

>a 

a 
» 

CL 

^ 

a 

t— ' 

0^5 

>o 

Co 

> 

> 


o 

^ 

■< 

crq 

>-!. 

C_ 

3 

O 

P 

(t 

17 

O 
—1^ 

w 

O 

p 

3 

cr 

(-(• 

rt) 

P 

•-» 

3. 

p* 

^ 

O 

"O 

Cd 
r 


3- 
(T» 


No.  145 

2xn  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural  Representatives  Act. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  145  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural  Representatives 

Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         -|    jj^jg  ^^j.  j^^y  j^g  ^j^g^j  ^g  jY,^  ^  vricuJhiral  Representatives 
Act,  1931. 

f^Vi^B^l'         ^-  Section    4   of    The   Agricultural   Representatives   Act   is 
repealed.        repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

*^r°nt*^  4. — (1)  The  county  council  shall  in  each  year  on  or  before 

a  date  to  be  fixed  by  the  Minister  of  Agriculture 
pay  into  a  bank  to  the  credit  of  the  agricultural 
representative  in  charge  of  each  office  in  the  county 
the  sum  of  $500  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  in 
carrying  on  the  work  of  the  agricultural  repre- 
sentative, and  such  sum  shall  be  paid  out  from 
time  to  time  by  the  agricultural  representative  with 
the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  or  of 
the  officer  designated  as  provided  in  section  3. 

statement.  ^^^    ^^  annual  Statement  of  the  disposition  of  the  sum 

so  set  apart  together  with  a  statement  of  the  work 
carried  on  by  each  agricultural  representative  in 
the  county  during  the  preceding  year  shall  be 
furnished  to  the  county  council. 

ment"oTAct.      ^*  '^^^^  ^^^  shAX  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


145 


Explanatory  Notk 

Under  the  present  law  where  there  is  more  than  one  agricultural 
representative  appointed  in  each  county  or  union  of  counties  only  one  of 
them  is  entitled  to  have  deposited  to  his  credit  the  said  sum  of  $500. 
In  some  places  two  or  more  counties  are  grouped  together  for  agricultural 
purposes  in  which  there  are  established  one  or  more  agricultural  offices 
in  charge  of  a  chief  agricultural  representative  having  one  or  more  assist- 
ants. By  the  proposed  amendment  each  chief  representative  will  have 
$500  deposited  to  his  credit  to  be  used  in  the  furtherance  of  agricultural 
de\elopment. 


145 


w 

C 


fi- 


Pi- 


s 
y^ 


i\i 


-S 

n 

^ 

?»- 

S* 

>3 

Ki 

>a 

'^ 

Oj 

t^ 

a 

-n 

^ 

Cu 

0^ 

> 

3 

> 

0 

r+ 

PC 

r+ 

rD 

0 

"O 

-[ 

ft3 

3 

ro 

rD 

3 

3 

r+ 

CL 

P 

(-+ 

H 

<■ 

3- 

ro 

fD 

en 

> 
0 

> 

ri- 

0' 

C 

r 
r 


No.  145 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural  Representatives  Act. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  145 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural   Representatives 

Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Agricultural  Representatives 
Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  73,  6.  4, 
repealed. 


2.  Section    4   of    The   Agricultural   Representatives   Act   is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


County 
grants. 


Annual 
statement. 


(2) 


(1)  The  county  council  shall  in  each  year  on  or  before 
a  date  to  be  fixed  by  the  Minister  of  Agriculture 
pay  into  a  bank  to  the  credit  of  the  agricultural 
representative  in  charge  of  each  office  in  the  county 
the  sum  of  $500  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  in 
carrying  on  the  work  of  the  agricultural  repre- 
sentative, and  such  sum  shall  be  paid  out  from 
time  to  time  by  the  agricultural  representative  with 
the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  or  of 
the  officer  designated  as  provided  in  section  3. 

An  annual  statement  of  the  disposition  of  the  sum 
so  set  apart  together  with  a  statement  of  the  work 
carried  on  by  each  agricultural  representative  in 
the  county  during  the  preceding  year  shall  be 
furnished  to  the  county  council. 


ment'^oTi^ct       ^'  ^^^^  '^^^  ^^^''  conie  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


145 


w 

W 

d 

ft) 


•^ 

g 

g 

1-^ 

•^ 

•-1 

Uj 

•-1 

t\J 

-1 

►>«i 

o 

;:* 

O 

a 

o 

t^ 

a- 

pi- 

s- 

ei- 

s- 

Ck> 

>a 

KJ 

>i 

KJ 

>3 

« 

Cn 

r^ 

U> 

S 

ri- 

<-t- 

I 

S' 

1 

O 

0^5 

I-* 

a 

0^ 

Oo 

Oj 

Oo 

3 

> 

O 

rf 

J« 

rt- 

ft 

o 

"O 

-1 

fu 

a> 

3 

n 

rD 

3 

3 

r+ 

Cu 

P 

rt- 

H 

< 

3- 

n 

ro 

03 

> 

o 

> 

crp 

r-h 

o' 

C 

r+ 

c 

-n 

P 

r 

r 


No.  146 

2Nn  Session,  18th  Lkgislaturi:,  Oxtario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural  Associations  Act. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  146 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural  Associations  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  mav  be  cited  as  The  Agricultural  Associations 
Act,  1931. 


c^Vo  ^*^2'  ^-  Section  2  of  The  Agricultural  A  ssociations  Act  is  amended 

amended.       by  Striking  out  the  words  "Ontario  Seed  Growers'  Association" 

in  the  twenty-second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the 

words  "Ontario  Field  Crop  and  Seed  Growers'  Association." 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  70,  s.   17, 
amended. 


Grants 
from 

municipal 
councils. 


3.  Section    17    of    77?^    Agricultural    Associations    Act    is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


(2) 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


The  municipal  council  of  any  city,  town,  village, 
county  or  township  in  Ontario  may  grant  or  loan 
money  or  grant  land  in  aid  of  any  agricultural 
association  formed  within  the  limits  of  the  muni- 
cipality, or  partly  within  the  limits  of  such  muni- 
cipality and  partly  within  the  limits  of  other  muni- 
cipalities, or  wholly  within  the  limits  of  an  adjoining 
municipality,  when  such  association  has  made 
returns  to  the  Minister  as  required  by  this  Act, 
provided  always  that  the  total  amount  or  value  of 
the  money  or  land  heretofore  or  hereafter  granted  or 
loaned  by  any  municipality  to  an  agricultural 
association  under  this  section  shall  not  exceed 
$5,000  in  the  case  of  a  city,  $2,000  in  the  case  of  a 
town  and  $1,000  in  the  case  of  a  village. 


4.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


146 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  2.  Change  in  name  of  association. 


Section  3.  At  the  present  time  the  municipal  council  has  power  to 
make  grants  to  agricultural  societies  but  not  to  agricultural  associations. 
The  proposed  amendment  gives  power  to  make  grants  to  associations  also. 


146 


w 
2; 

z 

M 

C 


U) 

tNj 

^-» 

->e 

s 

n 

^ 

Pi-  ■ 

a- 

>3 

>3 

to 

>3 

t^ 

C/J 

S 

0 

e 

-% 

© 

S- 

CL 

Pi- 

0^ 

C5 

- 

3^5 

> 

3 

> 
n 

rt 
c-l- 

>o 


3 

3 

a. 


en    3" 

??> 
-^  orq 

o' 

3 


GO 

r 


No.  146 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural  Associations  Act. 


Mr,  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  146 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Agricultural  Associations  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Agricultural  Associations 
Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat, 
o.  70,  s.  2, 
amended. 


2.  Section  2  of  The  Agricultural  Associations  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  the  words  "Ontario  Seed  Growers'  Association" 
in  the  twenty-second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the 
words  "Ontario  Field  Crop  and  Seed  Growers'  Association." 


c^^TO.^s.^iV,       3.  Section    17    of    The  .Agricultural    Associations    Act    is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Grants 
from 

municipal 
councils. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


(2)  The  municipal  council  of  any  city,  town,  village, 
county  or  township  in  Ontario  may  grant  or  loan 
money  or  grant  land  in  aid  of  any  agricultural 
association  formed  within  the  limits  of  the  muni- 
cipality, or  partly  within  the  limits  of  such  muni- 
cipality and  partly  within  the  limits  of  other  muni- 
cipalities, or  wholly  within  the  limits  of  an  adjoining 
municipality,  when  such  association  has  made 
returns  to  the  Minister  as  required  by  this  Act, 
provided  always  that  the  total  amount  or  value  of 
the  money  or  land  heretofore  or  hereafter  granted  or 
loaned  by  any  municipality  to  an  agricultural 
association  under  this  section  shall  not  exceed 
$5,000  in  the  case  of  a  city,  $2,000  in  the  case  of  a 
town  and  $1,000  in  the  case  of  a  village. 

4.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


146 


w 

o 


Pi 

■-t 

U. 

P3 

"1 

tsj 

I-* 

0 

^ 

0 

s 

0 

O) 

xr 

Pi- 

D- 

?i. 

D- 

^* 

c^ 

>3 

to 

>i 

Ni 

J^a 

t— ' 

S 

Cn 

^ 

00 

E 

CA 

a 

r^ 

© 

-n 

rt 

1— » 
0 

<s>. 
0^a 

0 

0^ 

SO 

pi- 

0^5 

Ck> 

C*J 

Oj 

> 

> 

o 

(-+ 

>o 

^  £J 
o  3 

Q.  ft 
p  3 

I'h 

n-  crq 
-t^ 

o* 

c 


CO 

l-H 

r 
r 


No.  147 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act. 


JVlR.  AL\RTIN  (Hamilton) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  147 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Landlord  and   Tenant 
Act,  1931. 


2.   The  Landlord  and   Tenant  Act  is  amended  by  adding 


Rev.  Stat. 

amended.       thereto  the  following  section: 


Rent  to 
cease  when 
premises 
destroyed 
or  rendered 
useless. 


15a.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  any  lease  or  other 
instrument  in  writing  signed  by  the  tenant,  where 
the  premises  leased  are  destroyed  or  rendered 
uninhabitable  or  useless  by  fire,  explosion  or  other 
accident,  the  lease  shall  thereupon  cease  and 
determine  and  the  landlord  shall  have  no  claim 
for  rent  accrued  or  accruing  due  beyond  the  date 
upon  which  such  accident  took  place,  and  the  rent 
shall  be  apportionable  to  that  date. 


ment"oTAl;t.      3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


147 


Explanatory  Note 

Judgment  recently  delivered  by  one  of  the  county  judges  was  to  the 
effect  that  where  premises  were  destroyed  by  fire  after  the  date  upon 
which  the  rent  was  payable  the  landlord  could  claim  not  only  rent  for 
the  month  in  which  the  accident  occurred  but  a  further  month's  rent  in 
lieu  of  notice.  The  amendment  is  intended  to  make  the  rent  stop  when 
when  the  accident  occurs  and  to  make  it  apportionable  to  that  date. 


147 


p 
3 


o_ 

^ 

bO 

>c 

-1 

«> 
a 

^ 

a. 

^ 

^  ■ 

I-* 

s 

0^5 

> 

3 

> 

n 


3 

3 
3    ^ 

o    " 

'        3 

CL 


&3 

3 
CL 


r 

r 


No.  148 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  148 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Companies  Act,  1931. 


c^^2i8^*s*'2        ^'  Subsection    1    of   section    2   of    The    Companies   Act   is 
subs  j  amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "five"  in  the  second  line 

amended.  .         .      ..       ^ .  ^     ,  ,   .^  ,  ,, 

and  msertmg  m  lieu  thereoi  the  word     three. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  218,  s.  5, 
repealed. 


3.  Section  5  of  The  Companies  Act  as  amended  by  section  2 
of  The  Companies  Act,  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor : 


Issue  of 
shares 
"Without 
nominal  or 
par  value. 


5. — (1)  The  letters  patent  or  any  supplementary  letters 
patent  of  any  company  may  provide  for  the  issue 
of  any  or  all  of  the  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of 
such  company  without  any  nominal  or  par  value. 


Equality 
of  no  par 
value  shares. 


(2)  Each  share  of  the  capital  stock  without  nominal 
or  par  value  shall  be  equal  to  every  other  such 
share  of  the  capital  stock  subject  to  the  preferences, 
restrictions  or  other  conditions  attached  to  any 
class  of  shares. 


Particulars 

on 

certificate. 


(3)  Every  certificate  of  shares  without  nominal  or  par 
value  shall  have  plainly  written  or  printed  upon  its 
face  the  number  of  such  shares  which  it  represents 
and  the  number  of  such  shares  which  the  company 
is  authorized  to  issue,  and  no  such  certificate  shall 
express  any  nominal  or  par  value  of  such  shares. 


Price  to  be 
fixed  by- 
directors. 


(4)  In  the  absence  of  other  provisions  in  that  behalf 
in  the  letters  patent,  supplementary  letters  patent 
or  by-laws  of  the  company,  the  issue  and  allotment 
of  shares  without  nominal  or  par  value  authorized 
by  this  section  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  for 


148 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  Heretofore  the  minimum  number  of  petitioners  was  five 
and  the  minimum  number  of  shareholders  five.  The  minimum  is  now  cut 
down  to  three  in  each  case.  This  is  in  accordance  with  the  modern  law 
elsewhere. 

Section  3.  This  section  changes  the  law  regarding  shares  of  no  par 
value  and  makes  The  Companies  Act  more  modern.  These  subsections 
have  been  used  in  other  places  and  are  considered  the  most  suitable 
regarding  shares  of  this  type. 


148 


Holder  not 
liable  to 
creditors, 
etc. 


Minimum 
capital. 


Shares 

heretofore 

issued. 


such  consideration  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  company;  and  in  fixing  the  amount 
of  such  consideration,  except  in  respect  of  shares 
without  nominal  or  par  value  having  a  preference 
as  to  principal,  the  board  may  provide  that  a  part 
thereof  may  be  set  aside  as  a  distributable  surplus. 

(5)  Any  and  all  shares  issued  as  permitted  by  this 
section  shall  be  deemed  fully  paid  and  non-assessable 
on  receipt  by  the  company  of  the  consideration  for 
the  issue  and  allotment  thereof,  and  the  holder  of 
such  shares  shall  not  be  liable  to  the  company  or 
to  its  creditors  in  respect  thereof. 

(6)  The  amount  of  capital  with  which  the  company 
shall  carry  on  business  shall  be  not  less  than  the 
aggregate  amount  of  the  par  value  of  outstanding 
fully  paid  par  value  shares,  if  any,  or  of  any  less 
amount  paid  up  on  par  value  shares,  together 
with  the  amount  of  the  consideration  received 
upon  the  issue  and  allotment  of  the  shares  without 
nominal  or  par  value  from  time  to  time  outstanding 
exclusive  of  such  part  of  such  consideration  as  may 
be  set  aside  as  distributable  surplus  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  subsection  4  hereof. 

(7)  Nothing  in  subsection  6  contained  shall  be  deemed 
to  affect  the  capital  of  companies  incorporated 
under  the  provisions  of  Part  I  of  this  Act  in  respect 
of  shares  without  nominal  or  par  value  issued 
before  the  coming  into  force  of  subsection  6  where 
the  letters  patent  of  such  companies  with  supple- 
mentary letters  patent,  if  any,  granted  to  such 
companies  before  or  after  the  coming  into  force  of 
subsection  6  provide  that  the  capital  shall  be  at 
least  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  aggregate  par  value  of 
all  issued  shares  having  par  value  plus  a  sum  in 
dollars  in  respect  to  every  issued  share  without  par 
value,  plus  such  amounts  as  from  time  to  time  by 
by-law  of  the  company  may  be  transferred  thereto. 

(8)  In  the  case  of  any  shares  without  nominal  or  par 
value  which  were  issued  before  the  date  of  the 
coming  into  force  of  this  Act,  or  of  any  such  shares 
which  may  be  issued  thereafter  without  there 
having  been  made,  on  or  before  the  issue  and  allot- 
ment thereof  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  Act,  a  declaration  that  any  specified  proportion 
of  the  consideration  to  be  received  therefor  shall  be 
capital,  the  directors  may  at  any  time  pass  a  by-law 
for  either  or  both  of  the  following  purposes,  namely: 


148 


(a)  declaring  that  a  specified  portion  of  the  con- 
sideration received  for  any  such  shares,  whether 
issued  before  or  after  the  coming  into  effect  of  this 
Act,  shall  be  capital;  or  (b)  approving  the  con- 
sideration received  for  and  confirming  the  issue 
of  any  such  shares  which  were  issued  for  a  con- 
sideration not  fixed  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act,  and  upon  such  by-law  being 
sanctioned  by  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  votes  cast 
at  a  special  general  meeting  of  the  shareholders  of 
the  company  duly  called  for  considering  the  same 
the  Provincial  Secretary,  upon  being  satisfied  of 
the  expediency  and  bona  fide  character  thereof, 
may  grant  supplementary  letters  patent  confirming 
the  said  by-law. 

Rev  Stat  4.    Subsection    1   of  section    16  of   The   Companies  Act  is 

C.  218,  s.   16,  ^ 

subs.  1,  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amended.  ^  o  o 

ing  or  sub-  (j)    Consolidating  or  subdividing  any  shares,  either  with 

share's"^  or  without  par  value. 

Rev  Stat  5 — (J)  fhc  clausc  lettered  e  in  subsection  1  of  section  23 

c.218,s.   2.S,  ^' 

•subs.  1,  ci.  f ,  of  The  Companies  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words 

amended.         ,i      ,  .  .        ^,,,  ,  ,  r 

subject  to  section  96    at  the  commencement  thereof. 
Acquiring  (2)  The  clausc  lettered  m  in  subsection  1  of  the  said  section 

s  119. res  in, 

other  23  as  amended  by  section  4  of  The  Companies  Act,  1930,  is 

companies.       -        ,  ,     ,    1  1  i-  r  1  1    li   1  m    •         1 

Rev.  Stat.,     further  amended  by  addmg  after  the  word     thereof     in  the 

c    218    s    23  .  . 

subs.  1'.  ci.  ,«;  second  line  the  words  "as  an  entirety  or  substantially  as  an 
^J^^^^^^-      entirety." 

Disposing   of  -' 

property. 

Rev.  Stat.,.        (3)  Subsection   1   of  section   23  of   The   Companies  Act  is 

c    218    s    23    r  . 

subs.  i.  '       further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

amended. 

pr°o^ure*°  (^)    ^°  procure  the  company  to  be  registered  and  recog- 

ami^repre°-'^  nized    in   any   foreign   country   or   province   of   the 

sentation.  Dominion    of    Canada,    and    to    designate    persons 

therein  according  to  the  laws  of  such  foreign  country 
or  province  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada  to  represent 
the  company  and  to  accept  service  for  and  on 
behalf  of  the  company  of  any  process  or  suit; 

Payment  of  (5)    to  issue  and  allot  fully  paid  shares  of  the  capital 

personal  stock  of  the  Company  in  payment  or  part  payment 

property  by  r  t  1  *.  u        J 

allotment  of  oi    any    real    or    personal    property    purchased    or 

^  ^'^^^'  otherwise  acquired  by  the  company; 

^s^J^^t."t'on  (/)     to  distribute  among  the  shareholders  of  the  company 

shareholders.  in  kind,  specie  or  otherwise  as  may  be  resolved,  by 

way   of  dividend,    bonus   or   in   any   other   manner 

148 


Section  4.  There  has  been  some  doubt  in  the  past  regarding  the  power 
of  the  Minister  to  issue  Supplementary  Letters  Patent  consolidating  or 
subdividing  any  shares  either  with  or  without  par  value.  The  Minister 
has  been  doing  this,  but  this  section  removes  any  doubt  as  to  his  power 
in  doing  so. 

Section  5. — (1)  This  subsection  does  away  with  the  old  law  which 
stated  that  a  company  could  not  purchase  shares  in  other  companies  unless 
authorized  so  to  do  by  a  by-law  confirmed  by  the  shareholders.  This  law 
is  antiquated,  and  has  been  repealed  in  most  places.  The  repeal  of  this 
will  allow  for  directors  to  arrange  for  the  purchase  of  shares  in  other 
companies,  and  will  do  away  with  the  necessity  of  going  to  the  shareholders. 

(2)  As  the  law  now  stands  a  company  may  not  sell  any  portion  whatever 
of  its  undertaking  without  the  consent  of  the  shareholders.  The  amend- 
ment will  permit  a  company  to  sell  portions  of  its  undertaking  without 
such  consent,  provided  the  portion  sold  is  not  an  entirety  or  substantially 
an  entirety  of  the  company's  business. 

(3)  The  following  clauses,  (r),  (s),  (t)  and  (u),  are  simply  adding 
powers  to  the  ancillary  powers  contained  in  section  23.  These  powers,  in 
the  past,  have  had  to  be  asked  for  by  petitioners  and  have  been  granted 
always  on  request.  By  their  insertion  in  section  23  it  follows  that  all 
companies,  in  future,  would  have  these  powers  as  soon  as  incorporated 
without  specially  asking  for  them. 


148 


deemed  advisable,  any  property  or  assets  of  the 
company  or  any  proceeds  of  the  sale  or  disposal  of 
any  property  of  the  company  and  in  particular  any 
shares,  bonds,  debentures,  debenture  stock  or 
other  securities  of  or  in  any  other  company  belonging 
to  the  company,  or  of  which  it  may  have  power 
to  dispose;  provided,  however,  that  no  such  distri- 
bution shall  effect  a  reduction  of  the  capital  of  the 
company,  except  made  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  The  Companies  Act; 

costs^and  ^^  (^)    to  pay  out  of  its  funds  all  costs  and  expenses  of  or 

expenses.  incidental  to  the  incorporation  and  organization  of 

the  company. 

^^218^*8.^31,      ^- — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  31  of  The  Companies  Act 
amended        *^  amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "five"  in  the  third  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "three." 

c^^2i8,^s!^3i,      (2)  Subsection   3  of  section   31   of   The   Companies  Act  is 
amended        amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "five"  in  the  third  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "three." 

0^^218^*8.* 40,  7.  Subsection  1  of  section  40  of  The  Companies  Act  is 
amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "this  Act"  in  the  third 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  ''The  Companies 
Information  Act.'' 

c.  2iV,  s.'eia,      8. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  64a  of  The  Companies  Act 
c^  32^'s.  7),    as  enacted  by  section  7  of  The  Companies  Act,  1928,  is  further 
amended.       amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "shall"  in  the  twelfth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "may." 

cYis^^s^oia,      (2)  The  said   section   64a   is   further  amended   by  adding 
c^  3^2^'s.  7),    thereto  the  following  subsections: 

amended. 

Notice  of  (3)    Where  at  a  meeting  called  as  hereinbefore  provided 

coniproiTiis© 

or  arrange-  dissentient   votcs   are  cast   by   shareholders  of  one 

there  are  or  more  classes  affected,  and  where,  notwithstanding 

votes!*'^'^*  such  dissentient  votes,  the  compromise  or  arrange- 

ment is  agreed  to  by  the  holders  of  three-fourths  of 
each  class  represented,  it  shall  be  necessary  that 
the  company  notify  each  shareholder  in  such  manner 
as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  said  judge  of  the  time 
and  place  when  application  will  be  made  to  the 
judge  for  the  sanction  of  the  compromise  or  arrange- 
ment. 


subs.  1, 
amended. 


meaning  of. 


'Arrange- 

J^ent'"— -  ^^  (4)    Xhe    expression    "arrangement"    in    the    preceding 

subsections    shall    be    construed    as    extending    to 
a  reorganization  of  the  share  capital  of  the  company 

148 


Section  6.    This  follows  the  amendment  contained  in  section  2. 


Section  7.  This  is  put  in  to  remedy  a  mistake  in  the  Act,  as  The 
Companies  Act  does  not  require  annual  statements,  but  they  are  required 
under  The  Companies  Informatioti  Act. 


Section  8. — (1)  The  substitution  of  the  word  "may"  for  "shall"  will 
mean  that  the  Provincial  Secretary  need  not  issue  Supplementary  Letters 
Patent  unless  he  thinks  fit. 

(2)  This  amendment  will  take  care  of  a  compromise  or  arrangement 
where  there  are  dissentient  votes.  The  meaning  of  the  word  '  'arrangement" 
is  defined. 


148 


by  the  consolidation  of  shares  of  different  classes  or 
by  the  division  of  shares  into  shares  of  different 
classes  or  by  both  of  these  methods. 


9.  Subsection   2   of  section   75   of   The   Companies  Act  is 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.  218,  s.  75,  ,^ 

subs.  2,  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "subject  to  the  by-laws 

at  the  commencement  thereof. 


amended. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  218,  s.  82 
subss.  .3,  4, 
(1928,  c.  32, 
s.  9;    1930, 
o.  37,  s.  9) 
repealed. 

Copy  of 
by-law 
creating 
redeemable 
or  conver- 
tible shares 
to  be  filed. 


10.  Subsections  3  and  4  of  section  82  of  The  Companies 
Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  next  preceding  subsection  shall  not  apply  to 
any  by-law  which  creates  or  attempts  to  create 
redeemable  or  convertible  preference  shares,  but  a 
copy  of  such  by-law  certified  under  the  seal  of  the 
company  must  be  filed  forthwith  in  the  office  of 
the  Provincial  Secretary. 


0^^218^*8*89       ^^-  Section    89    of    The    Companies   Act   is   amended    by 
amended.       adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Director 
not  to  be 
a  bankrupt. 


(4)  No  person  who  is  an  undisscharged  bankrupt  shall 
hold  office  as  a  director  and  where  any  director 
becomes  a  bankrupt  he  shall  thereupon  cease  to 
be  a  director. 


Rev  Stat  ^2.  Subsection  2  of  section  95  of  The  -Companies  Act  is 

0.   218,  S.  95,  _  ... 

subs.  2,  amended  by  adding  after  the  word  "company"  in  the  ninth 

line  the  words  "or  any  of  its  shareholders  or  creditors." 

^^218^*8* 96       ^*^-  Section  96  of  The  Companies  Act  is  repealed. 

repealed. 

c^Yis^*'^*"         •'-'^-   -^^^  Companies  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended.       following  section : 


Purchase  of 
shares  for 
benefit  of 
employees. 


1526. — (1)  A  company  may  provide  in  accordance  with 
any  scheme  for  the  time  being  in  force  money  for  the 
purchase  by  trustees  of  fully  paid  shares  in  the 
company  to  be  held  by  or  for  the  benefit  of  employees 
of  the  company,  including  any  director  holding  a 
salaried  employment  or  office  in  the  company; 


Loans  to 
employees  to 
purchase 
shares. 


(2)  A  company  may  make  loans  to  persons  bona  fide 
in  the  employment  of  the  company  with  a  view  to 
enabling  those  persons  to  purchase  fully  paid  shares 
in  the  company  to  be  held  by  themselves  by  way  of 
beneficial  ownership. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


15.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


148 


Section  9.  The  deletion  of  the  words  "Subject  to  the  by-laws"  will 
prevent  the  company  from  making  any  attempt  by  by-law  to  alter  the 
rights  of  joint  holders  of  stock. 


Section  10.  This  simply  clarifies  the  law  regarding  the  filing  of  a 
by-law  creating  redeemable  or  convertible  preference  shares,  and  it  states 
that  such  a  by-law  only  must  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Provincial  Secretary. 


Section  11.    This  provides  that,  in  future,  no  person  who  is  an  undis- 
charged bankrupt  may  be  a  director,  and  is  new. 


Section  12.    This  amendment  deals  with  the  question  of  directors  voting 
on  contracts,  and  clarifies  the  law  regarding  this  matter. 


Section  13.    See  section  5. 


Section  14.  This  section  gives  power  to  a  company  to  arrange  for  the 
purchase  of  shares  for  the  benefit  of  employees  and  also  gives  power  to 
make  loans  to  employees  to  purchase  shares.  There  is  no  power  at  present 
in  The  Ontario  Companies  Act  but  elsewhere  similar  legislation  has  been 
adopted. 


148 


I 


I. 

0^ 


n 

N3 


> 


P3 

3 

n 

3 
H 

n 

o 
3 

3 


> 

n 


r 

r 


No.  148 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  148 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Companies  Act,  1931. 


Rev  Stat  2.  Subsection    1    of   section    2    of    The    Companies   Act   is 

subs,  i,      '   amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "five"  in  the  second  line 

amended.  ,.  .....  -,  idi  m 

and  msertmg  m  lieu  thereoi  the  word    three. 


Rev.  Stat.. 
c.  218,  8.  5. 
repealed. 


3.  Section  5  of  The  Companies  Act  as  amended  by  section  2 
of  The  Companies  Act,  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Issue  of 
shares 
without 
nominal  or 
par  value. 


5. — (1)  The  letters  patent  or  any  supplementary  letters 
patent  of  any  company  may  provide  for  the  issue 
of  any  or  all  of  the  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of 
such  company  without  any  nominal  or  par  value. 


Equality 
of  no  par 
value  shares. 


(2)  Each  share  of  the  capital  stock  without  nominal 
or  par  value  shall  be  equal  to  every  other  such 
share  of  the  capital  stock  subject  to  the  preferences, 
restrictions  or  other  conditions  attached  to  any 
class  of  shares. 


Particulars 
on 

certificate. 


Price  to  be 
fixed  by- 
directors. 


(3)  Every  certificate  of  shares  without  nominal  or  par 
value  shall  have  plainly  written  or  printed  upon  its 
face  the  number  of  such  shares  which  it  represents 
and  the  number  of  such  shares  which  the  company 
is  authorized  to  issue,  and  no  such  certificate  shall 
express  any  nominal  or  par  value  of  such  shares. 

(4)  In  the  absence  of  other  provisions  in  that  behalf 
in  the  letters  patent,  supplementary  letters  patent 
or  by-laws  of  the  company,  the  issue  and  allotment 
of  shares  without  nominal  or  par  value  authorized 
by  this  section  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  for 


148 


such  consideration  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  company;  and  in  fixing  the  amount 
of  such  consideration,  except  in  respect  of  shares 
without  nominal  or  par  value  having  a  preference 
as  to  principal,  the  board  may  provide  that  a  part 
thereof  may  be  set  aside  as  a  distributable  surplus. 

(5)  Any   and    all    shares   issued    as   permitted    by    this  ""^f/t J"^* 
section  shall  be  deemed  fully  paid  and  non-assessable  g[g^'*'^''"' 
on  receipt  by  the  company  of  the  consideration  for 

the  issue  and  allotment  thereof,  and  the  holder  of 
such  shares  shall  not  be  liable  to  the  company  or 
to  its  creditors  in  respect  thereof. 

(6)  The   amount   of  capital   with   which    the  company  ^i^^l^"™ 
shall  carry  on  business  shall  be  not  less  than  the 
aggregate  amount  of  the  par  value  of  outstanding 

fully  paid  par  value  shares,  if  any,  or  of  any  less 
amount  paid  up  on  par  value  shares,  together 
with  the  amount  of  the  consideration  received 
upon  the  issue  and  allotment  of  the  shares  without 
nominal  or  par  value  from  time  to  time  outstanding 
exclusive  of  such  part  of  such  consideration  as  may 
be  set  aside  as  distributable  surplus  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  subsections  4  and  8  hereof. 

(7)  Nothing  in  subsection  6  contained  shall  be  deemed 
to  aflfect  the  capital  of  companies  incorporated 
under  the  provisions  of  Part  I  of  this  Act  in  respect 
of  shares  without  nominal  or  par  value  issued 
before  the  coming  into  force  of  subsection  6  where 
the  letters  patent  of  such  companies  with  supple- 
mentary letters  patent,  if  any,  granted  to  such 
companies  before  or  after  the  coming  into  force  of 
subsection  6  provide  that  the  capital  shall  be  at 
least  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  aggregate  par  value  of 
all  issued  shares  having  par  value  plus  a  sum  in 
dollars  in  respect  to  every  issued  share  without  par 
value,  plus  such  amounts  as  from  time  to  time  by 
by-law  of  the  company  may  be  transferred  thereto. 

(8)  In  the  case  of  any  shares  without  nominal  or  par  heret^ofore 
value   which   were   issued   before   the  date   of   the'^^"^**- 
coming  into  force  of  this  Act,  or  of  any  such  shares 

which  may  be  issued  thereafter  without  there 
having  been  made,  on  or  before  the  issue  and  allot- 
ment thereof  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  Act,  a  declaration  that  any  specified  proportion 
of  the  consideration  to  be  received  therefor  shall  be 
capital,  the  directors  may  at  any  time  pass  a  by-law 
for  either  or  both  of  the  following  purposes,  namely: 


148 


(a)  declaring  that  a  specified  portion  of  the  con- 
sideration received  for  any  such  shares,  whether 
issued  before  or  after  the  coming  into  effect  of  this 
Act,  shall  be  capital ;  or  (b)  approving  the  con- 
sideration received  for  and  confirming  the  issue 
of  any  such  shares  which  were  issued  for  a  con- 
sideration not  fixed  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act,  and  upon  such  by-law  being 
sanctioned  by  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  votes  cast 
at  a  special  general  meeting  of  the  shareholders  of 
the  company  duly  called  for  considering  the  same 
the  Provincial  Secretary,  upon  being  satisfied  of 
the  expediency  and  bona  fide  character  thereof, 
may  grant  supplementary  letters  patent  confirming 
the  said  by-law. 

Rev  Stat  4.    Subsection    1   of  section    16  of   The   Companies  Act  is 

C.  218,  s.   16,  .  .  ^ 

subs.  1,  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amended.  jo  o 

ing  or  sub-  (j)    consolidating  or  subdividing  any  shares,  either  with 

dividing  -.i         ^  i 

shares.  oi"  Without  par  value. 

Rev  Stat  5_ — (1)  Xhe  clause  lettered  e  in  subsection  1  of  section  23 

subs.  1,  ci.  e,  of  The  Companies  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words 

amended.  .  ,  j  tr> 

"subject  to  section  Q6"  at  the  commencement  thereof. 

sh^ares  ii'^'  (2)  The  clausc  lettered  m  in  subsection  1  of  the  said  section 

other  23  as  amended  by  section  4  of  The  Companies  Act,  1930,  is 

Rev.  Stat.;  further  amended  by  adding  after  the  word  "thereof"  in  the 
subs.  1,  ci.  m!  second  line  the  words  "as  an  entiretv  or  substantially  as  an 
amended.       entirety." 

Disposing   of  ■' 

property. 

Rev.  Stat.,         (3)  Subsection    1   of  section   23  of   The   Companies  Act  is 

c218s''3r 

subs,  i,  ■  "" '  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

amended. 

procure*^  (^)    to  procure  the  company  to  be  registered  and  recog- 

ami^repre°-"  nized   in   any  foreign   country  or   province  of  the 

sentation.  Dominion    of    Canada,    and    to    designate    persons 

therein  according  to  the  laws  of  such  foreign  country 
or  province  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada  to  represent 
the  company  and  to  accept  service  for  and  on 
behalf  of  the  company  of  any  process  or  suit; 

rea.T'Jr  "*  of  (s)    to  issue  and  allot  fully  paid  shares  of  the  capital 

personal  stock  of  the  Company  in  payment  or  part  payment 

property  rjy  r  ,  i  j  i  i 

allotment  of  oi    any    real    or    personal    property    purchased    or 

otherwise  acquired  by  the  company; 

arnong  "*'°'^  (0     to  distribute  among  the  shareholders  of  the  company 

shareholders.  in  kind,  Specie  or  otherwise  as  may  be  resolved,  by 

way  of  dividend,   bonus  or  in   any  other  manner 

148 


deemed  advisable,  any  property  or  assets  of  the 
company  or  any  proceeds  of  the  sale  or  disposal  of 
any  property  of  the  company  and  in  particular  any 
shares,  bonds,  debentures,  debenture  stock  or 
other  securities  of  or  in  any  other  company  belonging 
to  the  company,  or  of  which  it  may  have  power 
to  dispose;  provided,  however,  that  no  such  distri- 
bution shall  effect  a  reduction  of  the  capital  of  the 
company,  except  made  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  The  Companies  Act; 

(u)    to  pay  out  of  its  funds  all  costs  and  expenses  of  or  Pi^yment  of 
incidental  to  the  incorporation  and  organization  of  expenses. 
the  company. 

6. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  31  of  The  Companies  ^c/Rev  stat., 
is  amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "five"  in  the  third  line  subs,  i, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "three." 

(2)  Subsection   3  of  section  31   of   l^he  Companies  Act  is  Rej  .  stat 
amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "five"  in  the  third  line  subs,  .s, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "three." 

7.  Subsection    1    of  section   40  of   The   Companies  Act  isRev  stat. 

c218s40 

amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "this  Act"  in  the  third  subs,  i, 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "The  Companies 
Information  Act." 

8. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  64a  of  The  Companies  Actf^^^^^^l^^^^^ 
as   enacted    by   section    7   of    The    Companies  Act,   1928,    is^i9|8,^  ^ 
amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "shall"  in  the  twelfth  line  amended, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "may,"  so  that  the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

(2)   If  the  shareholders  or  class  of  shareholders,  as  theJ"dge  may 

^    '  .  sanction 

case  may  be,  present  m  person  or  by  proxy  at  the  compromise 

1  1  r  iri         I  ri       i         ^f  approved 

meetmg,  by  three-iourths  or  the  shares  ot  each  class  by  three- 

,  ,      ^,  ■  .  fourths  of 

represented  agree  to  the  compromise  or  arrangement  shareholders, 
either  as  proposed  or  as  altered  or  modified  at  such 
meeting,  called  for  the  purpose,  such  compromise  or 
arrangement    may    be    sanctioned    by    a    judge    as 
aforesaid,  and  if  so  sanctioned  such  compromise  or 
arrangement  and  any  reduction  or  increase  of  share 
capital    and    any    provision    for    the    allotment    or 
disposition  thereof  by  sale  or  otherwise  as  therein 
set    forth,    may    be    confirmed    by    supplementary  confirma- 
letters  patent,  which  shall  be  binding  on  the  com- slfp'^pl^men- 
pany,  and  the  shareholders  or  class  of  shareholders,  patent"^"^ 
as  the  case  may  be. 

(2)  The  said  section   64a  is  further  amended   by  adding  Rev.  stat.. 
thereto  the  following  subsections:  (i928' 

C.  32.  8.  7). 
■\  4o  amended. 


Notice  of 
compromise 
or  arrange- 
ment when 
there  are 
dissentient 
votes. 


(3)  Where  at  a  meeting  called  as  hereinbefore  provided 
dissentient  votes  are  cast  by  shareholders  of  one 
or  more  classes  affected,  and  where,  notwithstanding 
such  dissentient  votes,  the  compromise  or  arrange- 
ment is  agreed  to  by  the  holders  of  three-fourths  of 
each  class  represented,  it  shall  be  necessary  that 
the  company  notify  each  shareholder  in  such  manner 
as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  said  judge  of  the  time 
and  place  when  application  will  be  made  to  the 
judge  for  the  sanction  of  the  compromise  or  arrange- 
ment. 


"Arrange- 
ment"— 
meaning  of. 


(4)  The  expression  "arrangement"  in  the  preceding 
subsections  shall  be  construed  as  extending  to 
a  reorganization  of  the  share  capital  of  the  company 
by  the  consolidation  of  shares  of  different  classes  or 
by  the  division  of  shares  into  shares  of  different 
classes  or  by  both  of  these  methods. 


Rev.  Stat.,        9.  Subsection   2   of  section   75  of   The  Companies  Act  is 

c.  218    s    75 

siibs.  2,  '      'amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "subject  to  the  by-laws" 
at  the  commencement  thereof. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  218,  s.  82 
subss.  3,  4, 
(1928,  0.  32, 
s.  9;    1930, 
c.  37,  s.  9) 
repealed. 

Copy  of 
by-law 
creating 
redeemable 
or  conver- 
tible shares 
to  be  filed. 


10.  Subsection  3  as  enacted  by  section  9  of  The  Companies 
Act,  1928,  and  subsection  4  as  enacted  by  section  9  of  The 
Companies  Act,  1930,  of  section  82  of  The  Companies  Act  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  next  preceding  subsection  shall  not  apply  to 
any  by-law  which  creates  or  attempts  to  create 
redeemable  or  convdcrtible  preference  shares,  but  a 
copy  of  such  by-law  certified  under  the  seal  of  the 
company  must  be  filed  forthwith  in  the  oflEice  of 
the  Provincial  Secretary. 


11.  Section    89    of    The    Companies   Act   is    amended    by 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.  218,   s.  89,       ...  ,  1        r    11         •  1 

amended.       adding  thereto  the  loUowing  subsection 


Director 
not  to  be 
a  bankrupt. 


(4)  No  person  who  is  an  undischarged  bankrupt  shall 
hold  office  as  a  director  and  where  any  director 
becomes  a  bankrupt  he  shall  thereupon  cease  to 
be  a  director. 


Rev.  Stat.,  12.  Subsection  2  of  section  95  of  The  Companies  Act  is 
subs^.^2,^'  ^^' amended  by  adding  after  the  word  "company"  in  the  ninth 
amended.       jjj^g  |-}^g  words  "or  any  of  its  shareholders  or  creditors." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  218,  s.  96. 
repealed. 

Rev.  Stat., 
c.  218, 
amended. 


13.  Section  96  of  The  Companies  Act  is  repealed. 

14.  The  Companies  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  sectio  n : 


148 


1526. — (1)  A  company  may  provide  in  accordance  with  P^^^'jpg^^^^j.of 
any  sclieme  for  the  time  being  in  force  money  for  the  beneflt  of 

1  1  f     r    11  •  1       1  •  1      employeea. 

purchase  by  trustees  oi  luUy  paid  shares  m  the 
company  to  be  held  by  or  for  the  benefit  of  employees 
of  the  company,  including  any  director  holding  a 
salaried  employment  or  office  in  the  company ; 

(2)    A  company  may  make  loans  to  persons   bona  fide  ^mp?oyees  to 
in  the  employment  of  the  company  with  a  view  to  purchase 
enabling  those  persons  to  purchase  fully  paid  shares 
in  the  company  to  be  held  by  themselves  by  way  of 
beneficial  ownership. 

15.  Clause  d  of  section  318a  as  enacted  by  section  11  of 
The  Companies  Act,  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(d)  That   the   balance  sheet   does   not  show   as   assets  ^^J^g^*^*- 
unpaid  balances  owing  by  agents  or  other  insurers  s.  3 isa,  ci.  d 
whose  accounts  have  not  been  verified  within  the  o.  37.8.  ii), 

J.  •       ,       J  repealed. 

next  precedmg  nmety  days. 

16.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  ment"oTA%. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


148 


> 

> 


ta 

u> 

P 

t\J 

►" 
n 

l-l 

o 

a. 

O 

1 

o 

to 

Ck) 

>a 

KJ 

>3 

K) 

1— » 

1 

0^a 

O 

S 
crcs 

1— ' 

^ 

Ck> 

U) 

OO 

3 

fD 

3 
O- 

H 

n 

o 
3 
•o 

3 


r 
r 


> 


Nu.  149 

2ni)  Si^ssioN,   18x11  Legislatuki':.  Oxtario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Information  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbkrt  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  149 


1931 


BILL 


All  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Information  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Companies  Information 
Act,  1931. 


1928,  c.  33, 
s.  5, 
amended. 


Appoint- 
ment of 
Accountant 
.on 
application. 


Expenses, 
who  shall 
bear. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


2.  Section  5  of  The  Companies  Information  Act,  1928,  is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(2)  (a)  The  Provincial  Secretary  may  upon  the  application 
of  any  ten  shareholders  each  of  whom  has  been  a 
shareholder  for  not  less  than  six  months  immediately 
preceding  the  date  of  the  application  or  upon  the 
application  of  more  than  one-third  of  the  total 
number  of  shareholders  appoint  an  accountant  to 
audit  the  books  of  the  company  and  to  report  thereon ; 

(6)  The  expenses  incidental  to  such  audit  shall  be 
defrayed  by  the  shareholders  applying  for  the  same 
or  the  officers  of  the  company  or  the  company  itself, 
as  the  Provincial  Secretary  shall  direct. 

3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


149 


Explanatory  Notes 

Clause  (a)  of  the  proposed  subsection  gives  the  Provincial  Secretary 
power  to  appoint  an  accountant  to  audit  the  books  of  a  company  on  the 
appHcation  of  ten  shareholders  who  have  been  shareholders  for  not  less 
than  six  months  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  the  application  or 
upon  the  application  of  more  than  one-third  of  the  total  number  of  share- 
holders. 


Clause  (b)  gives  the  Provincial  Secretary  power  to  direct  as  to  whether 
the  expenses  are  to  be  borne  by  the  shareholders  applying  for  the  audit 
or  the  officers  of  the  company  or  the  company  itself. 


149 


>3 
Pi. 
0^ 


s 

c 

^ 

?i- 

3- 

>c 

K> 

>3 

1 

a. 

7^ 

> 


n 


-'    D- 

>  n* 

3 

2. 


2 
r 

r 


No.  149 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Information  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  149 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Companies  Information  Act. 


Short  title. 


HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Companies  Information 
Act,  1931. 


1928,  c.  33, 
s.  5, 
amended. 


Appoint- 
ment of 
Accountant 
on 
application. 


Expenses, 
who  shall 
bear. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


2.  Section  5  of  The  Companies  Information  Act,  1928,  is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(2)  (a)  The  Provincial  Secretary  may  upon  the  application 
of  any  ten  shareholders  each  of  whom  has  been  a 
shareholder  for  not  less  than  six  months  immediately 
preceding  the  date  of  the  application  or  upon  the 
application  of  more  than  one-third  of  the  total 
number  of  shareholders  appoint  an  accountant  to 
audit  the  books  of  the  company  and  to  report  thereon ; 

(&)  The  expenses  incidental  to  such  audit  shall  be 
defrayed  by  the  shareholders  applying  for  the  same 
or  the  officers  of  the  company  or  the  company  itself, 
as  the  Provincial  Secretary  shall  direct. 

3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


149 


> 
n 
> 

r 
> 


•-1 

Oo 

-1 

t^o 

•1 

•-» 

o 

p« 

o 

S 

O 

to 

rr 

R- 

=r 

©- 

tr- 

"^ 

Co 

>a 

N3 

>i 

to 

^ 

1— » 

s 

Cn 

«i 

u* 

1 

0^ 

1. 

0^3 

I— » 

0'^ 

Ck> 

Cn> 

Oj 

> 

> 


-t  3 
g    3 

3         Nj- 

>  n> 

3 

2. 


to 
t— ( 

r 

r 


No.  150 

2nd  Session,   18tii  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  for  the  Better  Protection  of  Owners  and  Operators 
of  Storage  Battery  Service  Stations. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  150 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  for  the  Better   Protection   of   Owners   and 
Operators  of  Storage  Battery  Service  Stations. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Battery  Service  Stations 
Protection  Act,  1931. 


IMtei-jiret, 
lion. 

"Battery 

service 

station." 


Ijrietor 


2.   In  this  Act, — 

(a)  "Battery  service  station"  shall  mean  any  building  or 
part  of  a  building  within  or  in  connection  with  which 
any  service  is  rendered  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business  upon  a  storage  battery  by  recharging, 
repairing  or  supplying  parts  therefor; 

{b)  "Proprietor"  shall  mean  any  proprietor  or  owner  of  a 
battery  service  station ; 


Rental 
storage 
battery  to 
be  marlvetl . 


Identiflca- 
tiou  not 
to  be 
removed. 


(r)  "Storage  battery"  shall  include  any  electrical  storage 
battery,  generator,  electrical  motor  distributor  and 
the  necessary  wires,  wiring  or  parts  thereof. 

3.  Every  proprietor  who  supplies  a  storage  battery  to  any 
person  under  an  agreement  for  hire  thereof  shall  print,  paint, 
stamp  or  emboss  thereon  the  word  "rental"  or  securely 
attach  thereto  a  tag  or  disk  with  the  word  "rental"  printed, 
painted,  stamped  or  embossed  thereon,  together  with  such 
other  name  or  mark  sufficient  to  identify  such  storage  battery 
as  being  the  property  of  such  proprietor. 

4.  No  person  shall  remove,  deface,  alter  or  destroy,  or 
cause  to  be  removed,  defaced,  altered  or  destroyed  the  word 
"rental"  or  any  such  tag  or  disk  or  any  identification  name  or 
mark  printed,  painted,  stamped,  embossed  on  or  attached  to 
any  storage  battery  except  a  storage  battery  of  which  he  is 
the  owner. 


150 


Explanatory  Notes. 

This  Act  is  for  the  protection  of  garage  owners  who  are  engaged  in 
the  business  of  renting  storage  batteries. 

The  return  of  their  property  cannot  be  enforced  under  the  present 
laws  of  the  Province  of  Ontario.  They  cannot  remove  their  own  property 
from  an  automobile  without  the  consent  of  the  owner  without  becoming 
liable  to  certain  penalties  and  as  a  result  large  sums  of  money  are  lost 
by  the  garage  owners  annually  through  the  illegal  retention  of  their 
property  by  certain  automobile  owners.  Additional  sums  of  money  are 
lost  annually  through  the  non-payment  of  rental  charges.  As  the  result 
of  these  conditions  the  operating  charges  of  these  stations  are  tremendously 
increased. 

Under  the  present  law  a  magistrate  cannot  issue  a  summons  or  a 
warrant  and  the  only  remedy  is  to  sue  in  the  division  court.  This  is 
costly  and  the  delay  so  great  that  the  expense  is  seldom  worth  while. 
In  other  words,  under  the  present  law,  automobile  owners  may  deliberately 
keep  a  battery  which  they  have  rented. 

By  the  proposed  amendment  the  owners  of  automobile  service  stations 
shall  have  a  quick,  convenient  and  inexpensive  method  of  regaining  their 
rightful  property. 


150 


to^have*^hL  ^-  Exccpt  as  herein  provided  no  proprietor  shall  receive  or 
own  storage  retain  in  his  possession  any  rental  storage  battery  of  which 
only.  he  is  not  the  owner;  provided  that  in  cases  of" emergency  he 

may  receive  and  retain  a  rental  storage  battery  if  within  two 
days  from  the  receipt  thereof  he  notifies  the  proprietor  whose 
name  or  mark  is  printed,  painted,  stamped  or  embossed 
thereon,  or  on  a  tag  or  disk  attached  thereto,  of  the  receipt 
of  such  rental  storage  battery. 

battery  ^-   ^o   person   shall   retain   in   his  possession   for  a  longer 

retafned  period  than  fourteen  days,  without  the  written  consent  of  the 
not  longer  owner,  any  storage  battery  upon  which  the  word  "rental"  is 
fourteen         printed,  painted,  stamped  or  embossed,  or  to  which  is  attached 

a  tag  or  disk  with  the  word  "rental"  printed,  painted,  stamped 

or  embossed  thereon. 

may  btfhUd  7.  Where  any  person  retains  in  his  possession  for  a  longer 
storage  period  than  fourteen  days  a  rental  storage  battery  of  which  he 

not*?eturned  ^^  "°^  ^^^  owner,  notice  shall  be  sent  to  him  by  registered  mail 
at  his  last-known  address  to  return  forthwith  to  the  owner 
thereof  such  rental  storage  battery,  and  if  within  two  days  of 
the  mailing  of  the  registered  letter  such  storage  battery  has 
not  been  returned  the  owner  may  lay  an  information  under 
oath  before  a  police  magistrate  who  shall  thereupon  issue  a 
summons  directed  to  the  person  failing  to  return  the  storage 
battery  calling  upon  him  to  appear  at  the  time  and  place 
named  in  the  summons  to  show  cause  why  such  storage 
battery  has  not  been  returned. 

m-d"r\etura  8.  If  the  policc  magistrate  finds  that  the  owner  is  entitled 
batterv^o  ^^  ^^^^  return  of  the  storage  battery,  he  shall  order  such  return 
owner  and      to  be  made  and  if  the  storage  battery  has  been  damaged  or 

payment  of  ,,,,,,,  •    •  i 

rental  and     cannot  be  returned  he  shall  order  the  person  retammg  the 

damages.  ,  i  i  r  i  i 

same  to  pay  to  the  owner  the  value  oi  such  storage  battery  or 
compensate  him  for  the  damage  and  in  addition  may  order 
that  such  person  shall  forthwith  pay  to  the  owner  whatever 
rental  may  be  owing  for  the  use  of  such  storage  battery 
together  with  the  charges  for  recharging,  making  repairs  to 
or  supplying  parts  for  such  storage  battery,  and  if  the  person 
retaining  the  storage  battery  fails  to  carry  out  the  order 
of  the  magistrate  the  magistrate  may  order  him  to  be  im- 
prisoned for  a  period  not  exceeding  ten  days. 


Penalty. 


9.  Any  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  sections 
4,  5  or  6  shall  be  guilty  of  an  offence  against  this  Act  and  shall 
be  liable  upon  conviction  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $20  for  each 
such  offence  and  in  default  of  payment  thereof  shall  be 
imprisoned  for  a  period  not  exceeding  ten  days. 


150 


of^Rev^stat.      1^-  ^^^    Summary    Convictions   Act    shall    apply    to    the 
c.  121.  laying  of  informations  and  the  enforcement  of  orders  made 

under  sections  7,  8  and  9, 

Senro^Act. .    H-  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


150 


Ui 


0^5 


ex. 

a, 

a" 

0^a 


0«9 


> 

3 

s?- 

-J    rt 

^?r 

O^ 

T3     ri- 

rt>   =r 

e  Bette 

rators  c 
Service 

Dd 

c 

rPr 

>f  St 
Sta 

ILL 

;     ^ 
i      c 

r?.  o    O 

c 

tecti 
rage 
ions. 

CO  3 

^O 

(-1-   "-^ 

^  O 

-<  ^ 

p 

m 

•-t 
en 

No.  151 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  Y,  1031 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  and  School  Accounts  Audit  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

PkINTKD    by    HivRBKRT   H.    BaLL 

Printkr  to  Till-.   KiNc's  Most  F.xri-.i.i.i.N  i    Mati  stv 


No.  151  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  and  School 
Accounts  Audit  Act. 

HIS  MAJEST\',  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 

Short  title.         \    This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Municipal  and  School 
Accounts  Audit  Act,  1931. 

i^%v.^stat^^        2.  Section  10  of  The  Municipal  and  School  Accounts  Audit 
amended.   '   Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

e^xtenVt'o  ^^^^  ^^    audit   of   the  ■  boolcs,    accounts,    vouchers   and 

ofloc'iY^  money  of  any  municipal   corporation   made  under 

vitiiity  this  Act  shall,  if  the  auditor  deems  it  desirable  or 

c-onimission.  •       i      i  i  /-         i  i-         r      i 

necessary,  mclude  or  be  conhned  to  an  audit  oi  the 
books,  accounts,  vouchers  and  money  of  any  com- 
mission managing  a  public  utility  work  or  under- 
taking of  a  municipal  corporation  other  than  a 
public  utility  work  or  undertaking  for  the  supply  of 
electrical  power  or  energy  obtained  directly  or  in- 
directly from  The  Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission 
of  Ontario. 

mentofAct.       3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


151 


Explanatory  Note 

It  is  doubtful  whether  under  the  present  Act  the  Provincial  Municipal 
Auditor  may  make  or  direct  to  be  made  an  audit  of  the  accounts  of  a  local 
utility  commission,  which  it  may  be  very  desirable  to  have  audited. 
The  amendment  is  to  extend  the  scope  of  an  audit  under  the  Act  to  the 
accounts,  etc.,  of  a  commission  except  in  the  case  of  a  local  Hydro  Com- 
mission the  accounts  of  which  are  now  subjected  to  an  independent  audit 
made  by  the  Provincial  Hydro  Commission. 


151 


> 

3 
> 

n 


I. 


R-        =r 


>3 


O 

>5 

3 
G- 

o 


2 
r 

r 


No.  151 


2Nn  Session,  18tii  Legislature,  ONTARro 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Ac;t  to  amend  The  Municipal  and  School  Accounts  Audit  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  151 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  and  School 
Accounts  Audit  Act. 


H 


IS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 


enacts  ns  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  Ihis  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Municipal  and  School 
Accounts  Audit  Act,  1931. 


^^2ii'^s\'o        ^'  ^^^'tio"  ^^  *^f  ^^^  Municipal  and  School  Accounts  Audit 
amended.   '   Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Audit  to 
extend  to 
accounts 
of  local 
utility 
commission. 


(la)  An  audit  of  the  books,  accounts,  vouchers  and 
money  of  any  municipal  corporation  made  under 
this  Act  shall,  if  the  auditor  deems  it  desirable  or 
necessary,  include  or  be  confined  to  an  audit  of  the 
books,  accounts,  vouchers  and  money  of  any  com- 
mission managing  a  public  utility  work  or  under- 
taking of  a  municipal  corporation  other  than  a 
public  utility  work  or  undertaking  for  the  supply  of 
electrical  power  or  energy  obtained  directly  or  in- 
directly from  The  Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission 
of  Ontario. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


151 


^ 

1^ 

1^ 

&3 
•-t 

Oo 

■1 

t\) 

"1 

t~» 

n 

::5 

O 

S 

o 

to 

sr 

fi. 

3- 

?i- 

!3- 

to 

>a 

K> 

^ 

tsi 

>a 

^j 

a 

Cyi 

OJ 

S 

r*- 

Ci 

r+ 

c^ 

"1 

© 

3- 

?!. 

D- 

^ 

a 

S- 

■- 

r*. 

^ 

<^. 

•• 

^. 

O 

0^3 

1— k 

O 

a 

0^5 

I— ' 

so 

s 

0^ 

Oj 

Oo 

CaJ 

> 

3 

> 

o 

r-l- 
O 

2-  ^ 
5^  ^ 

r-t-    P^ 

3 
CL 

ISi 

n 
tr 
o 
o 


r 
r 


No.  152 

2ni)  Session,  18th  Legislature,  OxTARro 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Ditches  and  Watercourses  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TO  RONTO 
Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball   • 
Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  152 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ditches  and 
Watercourses  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 

Short  title.         j    This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ditches  and  Watercourses 
Amendment  Act,  1931. 

^®7i'c^*'^*i -         2.— (1)  Section  15  of  The  Ditches  and  Watercourses  Act  is 

C.  316.  S.  lo,  ^    ' 

amended.       amended  by  adding  the  following  subsection: 


Engineer  to 
establish 
bench  marks 
and  refer 
thereto  in 
his  award. 


(7a)  The  engineer  in  making  his  survey  shall  establish 
sufficient  bench  marks  or  permanent  levels  by  which 
a  ditch  may  be  governed,  and  shall  also  in  his  award, 
sufficiently  record  the  descriptions,  locations  and 
elevations  of  every  bench  mark  or  permanent  level 
by  which  a  ditch  is  to  be  governed,  and  whether  such 
bench  marks  or  permanent  levels  were  established 
by  him  or  by  some  other  engineer. 


^^ne^^s^Vi         (2)  Subsection    8   of   the  said  section   15  is  repealed    and 

subs.  8.  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed.  ° 


Penalty  for 
interference 
with  work  or 
bench  marks 
of  engineer. 


Rev.  Stat., 
C.  121. 


Commeiice- 
ment  of  Act. 


(8)  Any  person  who  interferes  with  or  obstructs  the 
engineer  or  his  assistants  in  the  exercise  of  the 
powers  conferred  by  subsection  7  or  interferes  with, 
removes  or  destroys  any  bench  mark  or  permanent 
level  mark  established  under  subsection  (7a)  shall 
incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $100  recoverable  under 
The  Summary  Convictions  Act. 

3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Roval  Assent. 


152 


Explanatory  Note 

Difticuliy  is  often  experienced  in  locating  old  bench  marks  and  levels 
governing  ditches  constructed  under  this  Act  and  it  is  found  that  in  many 
cases  none  were  established.  It  is  desirable  to  overcome  this  condition 
which  at  times  leads  to  incurring  of  unnecessary  delay  and  expense. 


]^2 


Pi- 


tSJ 


? 

o 

to 

§- 

tr 

>i 

tsi 

::« 

c% 

Oj 

s 

1 

-1 

1 

I— » 
O 

a' 

0^ 

> 

> 


n 

O     3 
O    Q- 

sr 

P 

3 


2 
r 
r 


No.  152 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Ditches  and  Watercourses  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  152 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ditches  and 
Watercourses  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 


short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ditches  and  Watercourses 
Amendment  Act,  1931. 


^^^ie^s^z        2. — (1)  Section  15  of  The  Ditches  and  Watercourses  Act  is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  the  following  subsection: 


Engineer  to 
establish 
bench  marks 
and  refer 
thereto  in 
his  award. 


(7fl)  The  engineer  in  making  his  survey  shall  establish 
sufficient  bench  marks  or  permanent  levels  by  which 
a  ditch  may  be  governed,  and  shall  also  in  his  award, 
sufficiently  record  the  descriptions,  locations  and 
elevations  of  every  bench  mark  or  permanent  level 
by  which  a  ditch  is  to  be  governed,  and  whether  such 
bench  marks  or  permanent  levels  were  established 
by  him  or  by  some  other  engineer. 


c^Ti6^s^*i5         (^)  Subsection    8   of    the  said  section  15  is  repealed   and 

subs.  8        '   the  following  substituted  therefor: 
repealed.  ° 


Penalty  for 
interference 
with  work  or 
bench  marks 
of  engineer. 


Rev.  Stat.. 
c.  121. 


(8)  Any  person  who  interferes  with  or  obstructs  the 
engineer  or  his  assistants  in  the  exercise  of  the 
powers  conferred  by  subsection  7  or  interferes  with, 
removes  or  destroys  any  bench  mark  or  permanent 
level  mark  established  under  subsection  la  shall 
incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $100  recoverable  under 
The  Summary  Convictions  Act. 


Commence-       3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 

ment  of  Act.  .  .  ,      -r^         ,    .  j       r- 

it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


152 


> 

> 


>• 

^ 

g 

1-^ 

Ml 

H^ 

u. 

tsj 

)*.« 

o 

?* 

o 

s 

o 

«o 

3- 

f4- 

s- 

ei. 

tr 

NJ 

>i 

K5 

>a 

K3 

>a 

•^I 

s$ 

Cyi 

Cfe 

Oj 

?5 

rl- 

fi 

r-t- 

c 

n 

?5 

s- 

e»- 

pr 

©- 

CL 

Pi. 

<s>. 

«r^. 

«^. 

a 

3 

O     3 
O    CL 

>a 

2.  ^ 

cr 

Cfi 

P 

3 

a- 


r 
r 


No.  153 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Drainage  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  153 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Drainage  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : — 

Short  title.        j    jj^jg  ^^,^   j^^y   j-^g   ^.j^gj^   ^g    Yhe   Municipal  Drainage 
Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  241,  s.  8, 
amended. 


2.  Section  8  of  The  Municipal  Drainage  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Engineer 
to  report  on 
bench 
marks. 


(11a)  The  engineer  or  surveyor  shall  also  in  his  report, 
plans,  specifications  and  profiles  sufficiently  record, 
the  descriptions,  locations  and  elevations  of  every 
bench  mark  or  permanent  level  by  which  a  drainage 
work  is  to  be  governed. 


Rev.  Stat., 
0.  241,  s.  9, 
subs.  2, 
repealed. 

Engineer  to 
establish 
bench 
marlcs. 


3.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  9  of  The  Municipal  Drainage 
Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  engineer  or  surveyor  in  making  his  survey  shall 
establish  sufficient  bench  marks  or  permanent  levels 
by  which  a  drainage  work  may  be  governed. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  241,  s.  9, 
amended. 


(2)  The  said  section  9  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection : 


Penalty  for 
interference 
with  work  or 
bench  marks 
of  engineer. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  121. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  241, 
amended. 


(3)  Any  person  who  interferes  with  or  obstructs  the 
engineer  or  his  assistants  in  the  exercise  of  the  powers 
conferred  by  subsection  1  or  interferes  with,  removes 
or  destroys  any  bench  mark  or  permanent  level  mark 
established  under  subsection  2  shall  incur  a  penalty 
not  exceeding  $100  recoverable  under  The  Summary 
Convictions  Act. 

4.   The   Municipal  Drainage  Act  is   amended   by   adding 
thereto  the  following  section: 


153 


Explanatory  Notes 

Sections  2  and  3.  Difficulty  is  often  experienced  in  locating  old  bench 
marks  and  levels  governing  drainage  works  constructed  under  this  Act 
and  it  is  found  in  many  cases  that  none  were  established.  It  is  desirable 
to  overcome  this  condition  which  at  times  leads  to  incurring  of  unnecessary 
delay  and  expense. 


Section  4.  To  simplify  and  reduce  the  expense  of  issue  of  debentures 
where  several  drainage  works  have  been  constructed  at  about  the  s<\me 
time,  it  will  be  of  advantage  to  consolidate  all  the  debentures  in  one  issue. 

153 


^r separate  ^^^- — (^)  Where  two  or  more  works  have  been  under- 

drainage  taken  and  the  by-laws  provided  for  by  section  21  or 

works  may  .  ^  ^  ,       r   , 

be  con-  section  87  have  been  passed,  instead  oi  borrowing 

the  separate  sums  thereby  authorized  to  be  borrowed 
and  issuing  debentures  therefor,  the  council  by  a 
consoHdating  by-law,  may  provide  for  borrowing  the 
aggregate  of  such  separate  sums  and  for  issuing  one 
series  of  debentures  therefor. 

(2)  A   consolidating   by-law   shall   show   by   recitals  or 

otherwise  in  respect  to  which  separate  by-laws  it  is 
passed. 

(3)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  that  a  conolidating  by-law 
shall  impose  any  rate  to  provide  for  the  payment  of 
the  debentures  issued  under  it  or  the  interest  thereon, 
but  the  rates  imposed  by  the  separate  by-laws  shall 
be  levied,  collected  and  applied  for  that  purpose. 

(4)  The  provisions  of  sections  22  to  25  shall  not  apply  to 

a  consolidating  by-law  passed  under  this  section. 

ment"oTA^ct.      5-  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


153 


> 
n 

> 

> 


0^ 


a 

Pi- 

a 

0^3 


O 


N3 


>i 


0^ 


> 

> 
o 


o 
3 


3 


t3 


r 
r 


No.  153 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Drainage  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  153 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Drainage  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 


Short  title.         1    xhis  Act  may   be 
Amendment  Act,  1931. 


cited   as   The   Municipal  Drainage 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  241,  s,  8, 
amended. 


2.  Section  8  of  The  Municipal  Drainage  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Engineer 
to  report  on 
bench 
marks. 


(11a)  The  engineer  or  surveyor  shall  also  in  his  report, 
plans,  specifications  and  profiles  sufficiently  record 
the  descriptions,  locations  and  elevations  of  every 
bench  mark  or  permanent  level  by  which  a  drainage 
work  is  to  be  governed. 


Rev.  Stat.,         3, — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  9  of  The  Municipal  Drainage 
siibs.  2,     '     Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substitiited  therefor: 

repealed. 


Engineer  to 
establish 
bench 
marks. 


(2)  The  engineer  or  surveyor  in  making  his  survey  shall 
establish  sufficient  bench  marks  or  permanent  levels 
by  which  a  drainage  work  may  be  governed. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  241,  s.  9, 
amended. 


(2)  The  said  section  9  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection : 


Penalty  for 
interference 
with  work  or 
bench  marks 
of  engineer. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  121. 


(3)  Any  person  who  interferes  with  or  obstructs  the 
engineer  or  his  assistants  in  the  exercise  of  the  powers 
conferred  by  subsection  1  or  interferes  with,  removes 
or  destroys  any  bench  mark  or  permanent  level  mark 
established  under  subsection  2  shall  incur  a  penalty 
not  exceeding  $100  recoverable  under  The  Summary 
Convictions  Act. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  241, 
amended. 


4.  The  Municipal  Drainage  Act  is  amended   by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section: 


153 


25a. — (1)  Where  two  or  more  works  have  been  under- P^^®'^*"'^!! 

^   ^  for  separate 

taken  and  the  by-laws  provided  for  by  section  21  or  drainage 

riTi  I  t-  iri  •       works  may 

section  o7  have  been  passed,  instead  ot  borrowing  be  con- 

the  separate  sums  thereby  authorized  to  be  borrowed 

and  issuing  debentures  therefor,  the  council  by  a 

consoHdating  by-law,  may  provide  for  borrowing  the 

aggregate  of  such  separate  sums  and  for  issuing  one 

series  of  debentures  therefor. 

(2)  A   consolidating   by-law   shall   show   by   recitals   or 

otherwise  in  respect  to  which  separate  by-laws  it  is 
passed. 

(3)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  that  a  conolidating  by-law 
shall  impose  any  rate  to  provide  for  the  payment  of 
the  debentures  issued  under  it  or  the  interest  thereon, 
but  the  rates  imposed  by  the  separate  by-laws  shall 
be  levied,  collected  and  applied  for  that  purpose. 

(4)  The  provisions  of  sections  22  to  25  shall  not  apply  to 

a  consolidating  by-law  passed  under  this  section. 

5.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  ment"oTA^ct. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


153 


u> 


g 

p 


s 

n 

S. 

K3 

^ 

to 

> 

~~J 

^ 

Cn 

n 

ft 

^ 

(-h 

> 

p- 

=r 

> 

a 

1— ' 

>< 

U) 

Co 

1 

I. 

a 


o 

!3* 


N) 

04 


vO 


>3 

a 

0X» 


> 

> 


o 


CD 

r 
r 


No.  154 

2nd  Shssion,   18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Local  Improvement  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Bali- 
Printer  TO  THE  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  154 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  2^5,  s.  46, 
amended. 


CoiisoHdat- 
iag  l)y-la\v 
ma.v 

authorize 
debentures 
of  different 
term.s  of 
years. 


Rev.  .Stilt  , 
c.  23r>,  s.  50, 
subs.  2, 
repealed. 


Assessment 
of  cost  of 
waterworks 
on  rateable 
property 
in  area. 


BILL 


1931 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Local  Improvement  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  and  by  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 

1.  Section  46  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(4)  In  cities  a  consolidating  by-law  passed  under  sub- 
section 1  may  authorize  the  issue  of  debentures  in 
one  series  notwithstanding  that  some  of  such  deben- 
tures may  be  for  different  terms  of  years  from  the 
other  debentures  to  be  issued  thereunder,  provided 
the  sum  to  be  raised  in  each  year  under  the  consoli- 
dating by-law  shall  equal  the  aggregate  of  the  sums 
which  would  have  been  raised  under  the  separate 
by-laws  had  no  consolidating  by-law  been  passed. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  59  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  When  the  work  undertaken  is  the  construction  of 
waterworks  the  whole  cost  of  construction  and  the 
annual  cost  of  managing  and  maintaining  the  work 
shall  be  assessed  by  a  special  rate  on  the  whole 
rateable  property  in  the  area,  and  with  respect  to 
any  such  work  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  serve 
notice  of  intention  to  construct  the  work  upon 
owners  of  the  lots  in  the  area  and  the  provisions  of 
section  12  with  respect  to  service  of  notice  and  the 
provisions  of  sections  M  to  44  of  this  Act  shall  not 
apply  to  the  work. 

3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Roval  Assent. 


154 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  The  purpose  of  this  amendment  is  to  permit  that  in  cities 
all  local  improvement  debenture  issues  may  be  dealt  with  in  one  by-law 
notwithstanding  that  portions  of  the  issues  are  for  a  different  period  of 
years  from  the  remaining  portions  thereof.  Doubt  exists  as  to  the  present 
power  to  do  so. 


Section  3.  The  present  provision  as  to  assessment  of  cost  of  water- 
works in  a  township  or  village  area  is  incomplete  as  it  fails  to  exclude 
applications  of  certain  sections  which  are  inapplicable  where  the  cost  is 
put  on  the  rateable  property  and  not  assessed  against  the  frontage.  Sub- 
section 2  is  therefore  rewritten  to  exclude  necessity  for  service  of  notice 
on  the  frontagers  or  for  preparation  of  si>ecial  assessment  rolls  and  holding 
a  court  of  revision. 


154 


ir* 


S 


^o 

03 

>--> 

s 

-t 

<^ 

ex. 

o 

>3 

s- 

>i 

c^ 

^si 

55 

Pi 

Oj 

O 

O, 

Pc 

> 

3 

> 
O 


O 
P 

3 

^  H 
n   ^ 

r^  r 
o 
o 
p 


3 

o 

< 


2 
r 
r 


No.  154 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Local  Improvement  Act. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 
Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  154 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Local  Improvement  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  and  by  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 


Rev.  Stat,, 
c.  235,  s.  46. 
amended. 


Consolidat- 
ing by^aw 
may 

authoris;e 
debentures 
of  different 
terms  of 
years. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  235,  8.  59, 
subs.  2, 
repealed. 


Assessment 
of  cost  of 
waterworks 
on  rateable 
property 
m  area. 


1.  Section  46  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(4)  In  cities  a  consolidating  by-law  passed  under  sub- 
section 1  may  authorize  the  issue  of  debentures  in 
one  series  notwithstanding  that  some  of  such  deben- 
tures may  be  for  different  terms  of  years  from  the 
other  debentures  to  be  issued  thereunder,  provided 
the  sum  to  be  raised  in  each  year  under  the  consoH- 
dating  by-law  shall  equal  the  aggregate  of  the  sums 
which  would  have  been  raised  under  the  separate 
by-laws  had  no  consolidating  by-law  been  passed. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  59  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  When  the  work  undertaken  is  the  construction  of 
waterworks  the  whole  cost  of  construction  and  the 
annual  cost  of  managing  and  maintaining  the  work 
shall  be  assessed  by  a  special  rate  on  the  whole 
rateable  property  in  the  area,  and  with  respect  to 
any  such  work  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  serve 
notice  of  intention  to  construct  the  work  upon 
owners  of  the  lots  in  the  area  and  the  provisions  of 
section  12  with  respect  to  service  of  notice  and  the 
provisions  of  sections  34  to  44  of  this  Act  shall  not 
apply  to  the  work. 


ment"oTAot.     ^'  ^^^^  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
*  it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


154 


> 

> 

*o 

Oj 

*o 

t\J 

2. 

a. 

■-t^ 

1 

t—k 

^ 

l_k 

^ 

Ui 

a 

w 

c^ 

<-t- 

1. 

r+ 

a. 

(-* 

r». 

1—' 

^. 

O 

s 

o 

s 

OJ 

(y<a 

Os) 

0^3 

o 


> 
> 


o 
3 

3    3 
g    G. 

^  H 

r  r 
o 
o 

l-H 

3 

•-t 
o 
< 

CO 


)— < 
r 
r 


c 


i 


No.  155 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  Confirm  Tax  Sales  and  Deeds. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printicd  by  Hkrbkrt  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  thk  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  155  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  Confirm  Tax  Sales  and  Deeds. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 

Short  title.  I    Yhh  Act  may  i)e  cited  as  The  Tax  Sales  Confirmation 

Art,  1931. 

firmation  of  2.  All  salcs  of  land  situate  within  any  municipality  in 
and  deeds.  Ontario  held  prior  to  the  31st  day  of  December,  1928  and 
purporting  to  have  been  made  for  arrears  of  taxes  payable  to 
a  municipal  corporation  in  respect  to  the  lands  so  sold  are 
confirmed  and  declared  to  be  legal,  valid  and  binding,  and  all 
convevances  of  lands  so  sold,  executed  as  required  by   The 

Rev.  Stat.,  A  '  ,      A     .  ■  1  -.111 

c.  L'.is.  Assessment  Act,  purportmg  to  convey  the  said  lands  to  the 

purchaser  thereof  or  his  heirs,  or  assigns  or  to  such  municipal 
corporation  are  also  confirmed  and  declared  to  be  legal,  valid 
and  binding  and  shall  have  the  effect  of  vesting  the  lands  so 
sold,  and  the  same  are  hereby  vested,  in  the  purchaser  or  his 
heirs,  or  assigns  and  in  his  heirs  and  assigns  or  in  the  said 
municipal  corporation  and  its  successors  and  assigns  as  the 
case  may  be  in  fee  simple  or  otherwise  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  estate  or  interest  sold  free  and  clear  of  and  from  all 
right,  title  and  interest  whatsoever  of  the  owners  thereof  at 
the  time  of  such  sale,  or  their  assigns,  and  of  all  charges  and 
encumbrances  thereon  and  dower  therein  except  taxes  accruing 
after  those  for  non-payment  of  which  the  said  lands  were  so 
sold. 

Htigat?on  not      *^-  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  affect  or  prejudice 

affected.         the  rights  of  any  person  under  any  action,  litigation  or  other 

proceeding  now  pending,  but  the  same  may  be  proceeded  with 

and  finally  adjudicated  upon  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the 

same  extent  as  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed. 

^o'^iinds'foi-'      ■*•  This  Act  shall  not  apply  to  lands  forfeited  to  the  Crown 
feited  under   under  The  Minins.  Tax  Act. 

Rev.  Stat.,  ^ 

c.  28. 

Commence-        5.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 

msnt  of  Act.  •,  ■  .in  i    a 

it  receives  the  Koyal  Assent. 
155 


Explanatory  Note 

III  1929  by  chapter  64  all  municipal  tax  sales  and  tax  deeds  prior  to 
1925  were  confirmed.  The  purpose  of  this  Act  is  to  extend  such  con- 
firmation up  to  31  December,  1928.     Pending  litigation  is  not  affected. 


155 


Ut 

Cnj 

;::* 

^ 

?i. 

?i-, 

>2 

>0 

? 

S5 

a 

Pi. 

pi. 

>3 


> 

n 

r-f- 

<-<■ 

o 

n 

o 

p^ 

-1 

Z 

■"* 

D3 

p 

►^ 

►—1 

p 

r 

(-* 

X 

k. 

Cn 

an 

Cn 

£L 

m 

c 

re 


No.  155 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  Confirm  Tax  Sales  and  Deeds. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  155  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  Confirm  Tax  Sales  and  Deeds. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 

Short  title.         J    This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Tax  Sales  Confirmation 
Act,  1931. 

firmation  of  2.  All  sales  of  land  situate  within  any  municipality  in 
andSds.  Ontario  held  prior  to  the  31st  day  of  December,  1928  and 
purporting  to  have  been  made  for  arrears  of  taxes  payable  to 
a  municipal  corporation  in  respect  to  the  lands  so  sold  are 
confirmed  and  declared  to  be  legal,  valid  and  binding,  and  all 
conveyances  of  lands  so  sold,  executed  as  required  by  The 
o.  238.  '  Assessment  Act,  purporting  to  convey  the  said  lands  to  the 
purchaser  thereof  or  his  heirs,  or  assigns  or  to  such  municipal 
corporation  are  also  confirmed  and  declared  to  be  legal,  valid 
and  binding  and  shall  have  the  effect  of  vesting  the  lands  so 
sold,  and  the  same  are  hereby  vested,  in  the  purchaser  or  his 
heirs,  or  assigns  and  in  his  heirs  and  assigns  or  in  the  said 
municipal  corporation  and  its  successors  and  assigns  as  the 
case  may  be  in  fee  simple  or  otherwise  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  estate  or  interest  sold  free  and  clear  of  and  from  all 
right,  title  and  interest  whatsoever  of  the  owners  thereof  at 
the  time  of  such  sale,  or  their  assigns,  and  of  all  charges  and 
encumbrances  thereon  and  dower  therein  except  taxes  accruing 
after  those  for  non-payment  of  which  the  said  lands  were  so 
sold. 

H«gat?on  not      ^'  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  afifect  or  prejudice 

affected.        the  rights  of  any  person  under  any  action,  litigation  or  other 

proceeding  now  pending,  but  the  same  may  be  proceeded  with 

and  finally  adjudicated  upon  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the 

same  extent  as  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed. 

t^^ilnds^fo^r-^     4.  This  Act  shall  not  apply  to  lands  forfeited  to  the  Crown 

felted  under  under  The  Mining  Tax  Act. 

Rev.  Stat.,  * 

c.  28. 

Commence-        5.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
ment  of  Act.  j^  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


> 

3 
> 


pj 
■^ 

Oo 

CD 

t\J 

"1 

i~^ 

n 
rr 

S. 

o 

1 

Oo 

to 

^ 

K3 

^ 

to 

s 

--J 

5$ 

C/i 

«> 

C/J 

?5 

r-t- 

e 

f^ 

Q 

-1 

^ 

_pT- 

&: 

s- 

CL 

&t 

1— » 

^ 

1— ' 

s 

I-* 

0^5 

Ca> 

Oj 

Ca) 

n 

o 

3 


H 

C/} 


05 

3 
CL 

o 

n> 

a. 


l-H 

r 
r 


No.  156 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs  Act. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  156 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs 

Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  285,  8.  2, 
amended. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs 
Act,  1931. 

2.  Section  2  of  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs  Act  as 
amended  by  section  3  of  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs 
Act,  1930,  is  further  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word 
"matter"  in  the  thirteenth  line,  the  following  words:  "requiring 
that  a  proportion  of  the  films  available  for  distribution  to 
exhibitors,  and  the  films  exhibited  in  each  theatre,  shall  be 
of  British  manufacture  and  origin,  and  fixing  such  proportions 
on  a  monthly  or  yearly  basis." 


156 


Explanatory  Note 

The  proposed  amendment  gives  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
authority  to  require  every  film  exchange  to  have  available  for  distribution 
and  every  motion-picture  theatre  to  exhibit  a  percentage  of  films  of  British 
manufacture  and  origin. 


156 


a 

r 
o 


I 

0^ 


Pi- 

a 

0^5 


a 

0^ 


> 

> 
o 

3  3 

r^      a. 

>^ 
r^    P 


P 

3 


dd 

l-H 

r 


No.  156 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs  Act. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  156 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs 

Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  285,  s.  2, 
amended. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs 
Act,  1931. 

2.  Section  2  of  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs  Act  as 
amended  by  section  3  of  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs 
Act,  1930,  is  further  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word 
"matter"  in  the  thirteenth  line,  the  following  words:  "requiring 
that  a  proportion  of  the  films  available  for  distribution  to 
exhibitors,  and  the  films  exhibited  in  each  theatre,  shall  be 
of  British  manufacture  and  origin,  and  fixing  such  proportions 
on  a  monthly  or  yearly  basis." 


156 


o 

r 
o 

•T3 


Uj 


o 

3- 

s. 

o 

Oj 

>i 

bO 

1— » 

^ 

On 

Cfi 

Q 

r+ 

r^ 

?5- 

rr 

"* 

r*. 

■o 

f\J 

•-t 

»-» 

s 

o 

l>) 

?i^ 

sr 

<^ 

>i 

K3 

^ 

§ 

4^ 

1 

0X> 

I— ' 

OK) 

> 

3 

> 
o 

3  3 
p  H 

^-^    P 


p 

3 


D3 

r 

r 


No.   157 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Private  Hospitals. 


Mr.  Robb 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  157 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  Private  Hospitals. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Private  Hospitals  Act, 
1931. 


Interpre- 
tation. 

"Depart- 
ment." 


2.  In  this  Act,— 

{a)  "Department"  shall  mean  the  Department  of  Health 
for  Ontario; 


"House." 


"Inspector." 


(6)  "House"  shall  include  any  building,  tent  or  other 
structure,  whether  permanent  or  temporary,  intended 
for  human  habitation;  and  where  there  are  two  or 
more  such  structures  in  the  occupation  of  the  same 
person  and  situate  on  the  same  piece  of  land  they 
shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  a  single  house  within 
the  meaning  of  this  Act; 

(c)  "Inspector"  shall  mean  an  officer  of  the  Department 
designated  as  an  inspector; 


"Maternity 
hospital." 


{d)  "Maternity  hospital"  shall  mean  a  private  hospital 
for  the  reception  and  care  of  patients  in  or  in  respect 
of  child-birth ; 


"Medical 
and  surgical 
hospital." 


"Minister. 


"Patient." 


{e)  "Medical  and  surgical  hospital"  shall  mean  a  private 
hospital  for  the  reception  of  any  class  of  patients 
other  than  those  last  mentioned; 

(/)  "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 
Council  charged  for  the  time  being  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act ; 

(g)  "Patient"  shall  mean  a  person  admitted  to  a  private 
hospital  for  the  purposes  of  treatment; 


157 


Explanatory  Note 

General  Note. — ^With  the  repeal  of  The  Hospitals  and  Charitable 
Institutions  Act  it  is  necessary  to  provide  for  private  hospitals  which  are 
now  covered  by  sections  25  to  43  of  the  repealed  Act. 

This  new  Act  is  to  a  great  e.\tent  a  re-enactment  of  the  above-mentioned 
provisions  with  such  additions  as  are  desirable  to  transfer  control  thereof 
to  the  Department  of  Health  and  to  make  regulations  so  that  private 
hospitals  may  be  brought  into  line  with  the  institutional  legislation  being 
passed  at  this  Session. 

In  future  it  is  intended  to  limit  the  application  of  the  Act  to  private 
hospitals  which  have  four  or  more  patients  instead  of  two  patients  as  at 
present. 


157 


"Private 
hospital." 


(h)  "Private  hospital"  shall  mean  a  house  in  which  four 
or  more  patients  are  or  may  be  admitted  for  treat- 
ment other  than, — 


(i)  a   hospital    under    The   Public  Hospitals   Act, 
1931; 

(ii)  a  sanatorium  under   The  Sanatoria  for  Con- 
sumptives Act; 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  355. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  233. 


Regu- 
lations." 


"Superin- 
tendent." 


"Treat- 
ment." 


(iii)  a  hospital  or  other  establishment  or  institution 
wholly  or  mainly  supported  by  provincial  aid ; 

(iv)  an  institution  in  respect  of  which  a  license 
under  The  Private  Sanitarium  Act  is  in  force, 
or 

(v)  an  institution  for  the  reclamation  and  cure 
of  habitual  drunkards  established  under  The 
Municipal  Act 

and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 
private  hospital  shall  include  a  convalescent  home,  rest 
home,  private  sanatorium  for  consumptives,  private 
refuge  for  the  aged  or  infirm  and  any  other  hospital,  home 
refuge  or  other  premises  which  may  be  declared  by  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  to  be  subject  to  this  Act. 

it)  "Regulations"  shall  mean  any  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

0)  "Superintendent"  shall  mean  the  person  who  has  for 
the  time  being  the  direct  and  actual  superintendence 
and  charge  of  a  private  hospital; 

{k)  "Treatment"  shall  mean  and  include  the  stay,  main- 
tenance, observation,  care,  nursing  and  treatment  of 
a  patient. 


3.  The  several  private  hospitals  licensed  under  The 
Hospitals  and  Charitable  Institutions  Act  shall  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act  be  deemed  to  have  had  their  respective  licenses 
renewed  until  the  30th  day  of  September,  1932,  subject 
however  to  the  right  of  the  Minister  to  revoke  any  such  license 
and  subject  to  payment  of  the  fee  for  renewal  of  a  license. 

4.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Minister  may  make  such  regulations  with 
respect  to  private  hospitals  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for : 

(a)  their  construction,   establishment,   licensing,   altera- 
tion, equipment,  maintenance  and  repair; 


157 


(b)  their  classifications,  grades  and  standards; 

(c)  their  inspection,  control,  government,  management, 

conduct,  operation  and  use; 

(d)  their  superintendents,   staffs,  officers,  servants  and 
employees  and  the  powers  and  duties  thereof; 

(e)  the   admission,    treatment,    conduct,    discipline   and 

discharge  of  patients; 

(/)  the  classification  of  patients; 

(g)  the    records,    books,    accounting    systems,    audits, 
reports  and  returns  to  be  made  and  kept;  and 

(h)  all  other  matters  affecting  private  hospitals. 

6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Department  and  it  shall  have 
power  to  administer  and  enforce  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations. 

6.  The  Minister,  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council,  may  designate  one  or  more  officers  of 
the  Department  to  be  inspectors  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations,  and  the  powers  and  duties  of  such 
inspectors  shall  be  as  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

7.  Every  private  hospital  shall  have  power  to  carry  on  its 
undertaking  as  may  be  authorized  by  any  general  or  special 
Act  under  which  it  was  created,  established,  incorporated  or 
empowered  so  to  do,  but  where  the  provisions  of  any  general 
or  special  Act  heretofore  passed  conflict  with  the  provisions 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and 
the  regulations  shall  prevail. 

for  hospital.  8. — (1)  No  house  shall  be  used  as  a  private  hospital  except 
under  the  authority  of  a  license  issued  by  the  Minister  under 
this  Act. 


Penalty. 


(2)  If  any  house  is  used  as  a  private  hospital  in  breach  of 
this  section  the  occupier  and  all  persons  concerned  in  the 
management  of  the  house,  or  in  the  admission  to  or  treatment 
of  any  patient  therein,  shall  severally  incur  a  penalty  not 
exceeding  $25  for  every  day  during  which  such  use  is  continued. 


Application 
for  license. 


9. — (1)  Every  application  for  a  license  to  keep  a  priv^ate 
hospital  shall  be  made  in  writing  to  the  Minister  and  shall 
contain  the  following  particulars: 

157 


(a)  the  full  name,  place  of  abode  and  occupation  of  the 
applicant; 

(b)  a  statement  of  the  estate  or  interest  of  the  applicant 

in  the  house  in  respect  of  which  the  license  is  desired ; 

(c)  a  statement  of  the  number  of  patients  proposed  to  be 

admitted  in  the  house  and  in  each  room  or  apartment 
of  the  house; 

(d)  a  description  of  the  situation  of  the  house; 

(e)  a  plan  of  the  house  on  a  scale  of  not  less  than  an 

eighth  of  an  inch  to  the  foot; 

(/)  a  statement  of  the  length,  breadth  and  height  of  every 
room  and  apartment  in  the  house,  including  operating 
and  subsidiary  rooms; 

(g)  a  statement  of  the  rooms  or  apartments  to  be  used 
exclusively  by  patients,  and  of  those  to  be  used 
exclusively  by  the  licensee  or  the  superintendent  or 
by  persons  other  than  patients; 

(h)  a  statement  of  the  sanitary  arrangements,  ventilation, 
heating  and  water  supply  of  the  house; 

(i)  a  full  description  of  the  fire  escapes  of  the  house  and 
the  facilities  proxided  for  use  in  case  f)f  fire; 

(j)  a  statement  as  to  the  classes  of  patients  proposed  to 
be  admitted. 

of^appu-"^"        (2)  Every  such  application  shall  be  verified  by  the  statutory 
cation.  declaration  of  the  applicant  and  shall  be  accompanied  by  a 

Fee.  feeofSlS. 

Approval.  jq    ^^^  license  shall  be  granted  unless  the  house  and  its 

location  with  regard  to  adjoining  dwelling  houses  are  approved 
by  an  Inspector  as  suitable  for  the  purposes  indicated  in  the 
application,  and  the  Minister  is  satisfied  as  to  the  character 
and  fitness  of  the  applicant. 

oViicensed  H- — (1)    Every  private  hospital   shall    according   to    the 

hos^^tais.       tenor  of  the  license  issued  in  respect  thereof  be  either: 


Alaternity. 
Medical. 


(a)  a  licensed  maternity  hospital ;  or 

(b)  a  licensed  medical  and  surgical  hospital ;  or 


and*med*icai.  (^)  ^   hospital   licensed   both   as  a   maternity  and   as  a 

medical  and  surgical  hospital. 

157 


Number 
of  patients. 


(2)  Every   license   shall    state    the   maximum    number   of 
patients  who  may  be  admitted  in  the  hospital  at  any  one  time. 


Limitation 
of  patients. 


(3)  A   license   may   be   limited    to   the   admission   of   any 
particular  class  or  classes  of  patients. 


Duration 
of  license. 


(4)  Every  license  shall  expire  on  the  30th  day  of  September 
next  following  the  date  of  its  issue,  but  may  be  renewed  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations. 


Annual  fee.        12.  The  fee  for  renewal  of  a  license  shall  be  $5. 

of"uoen°e"  ^^'  ^^^^"  ^  license  has  been  issued  to  two  or  more  persons 

notwith-        jointly,  and  during  the  currency  thereof  any  of  those  persons 
death  of  one  dies  leaving  the  other  or  others  surviving,  the  license  shall 
licensees.        remain  in  force  and  have  the  same  effect  as  if  granted  to  the 
survivor  or  survivors. 


Transfer  of 
license  upon 
application 
of  licensee. 


14.  On  the  application  in  writing  signed  by  the  licensee 
and  by  any  person  to  whom  he  desires  that  his  license  shall 
be  transferred,  the  Minister  may,  by  endorsement  on  the 
license  or  othei-wise  in  writing,  transfer  the  license  to  that 
person,  and  thereupon  that  person  shall  become  the  licensee 
of  the  private  hospital  with  the  same  rights  and  obligations 
as  if  the  license  had  been  granted  to  him. 


^voc'at^on'of      ^^- — ^^^  ^^  *^^  licensee  or  the  sole  surviving  licensee  dies 
ij'^ense  upon  the  Minister  may,  by  endorsement  on  the  license  or  otherwise 

death  of  .  .    .  r  ,        i-  •  i    i 

licensee.  m  writmg,  transfer  the  license  to  any  person  nommated  by 
the  executors  or  administrators  of  the  deceased  licensee,  and 
that  person  shall  thereupon  become  the  licensee  of  the  private 
hospital  with  the  same  rights  and  obligations  as  if  the  license 
had  been  granted  to  him. 


Continu- 
ation of 
license  until 
revoked. 


(2)  During  the  currency  of  a  license  and  any  renewal 
thereof  and  until  the  license  is  revoked  under  this  Act  the 
private  hospital  shall  continue  to  be  a  licensed  hospital,  and 
the  superintendent  and  other  officers  shall  be  deemed  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  to  continue  in  office  in  the  same  manner 
as  if  the  licensee  were  still  living. 


Revocation 
under  such 
circum- 
stances. 


Revocation 
of  license. 


(3)  If  the  license  is  not  transferred  under  the  authority  of 
this  section  within  two  months  after  the  death  of  the  licensee 
or  of  the  sole  surviving  licensee  the  Minister  may  by  writing 
under  his  hand  revoke  the  license,  and  notice  of  the  revocation 
shall  be  published  in  the  Ontario  Gazette. 

16. — (1)  A  license  may  at  any  time  be  revoked  by  the 
Minister,  if 


157 


Default  in 
payment  of 
i  cense  fee. 


Conviction 
of  offences 
against  Act. 


Premises 
unsanitary. 


(a)  the  licensee  has  made  default  for  three  months  in 
paying  the  annual  license  fee; 

(b)  the  licensee  or  superintendent  has  been  convicted  of 

an  offence  against  this  Act  or  of  any  offence  punish- 
able by  imprisonment;  or 

(r)  in  the  opinion  of  an  Inspector  the  hospital  premises 
are  unsanitary  or  without  proper  fire  protection,  or 
the  private  hospital  is  managed  or  conducted  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  revocation  of  the  license  is  required 
in  the  public  interest. 


Notice 

to    li'-i.i. 


(2)  Before  a  license  is  revoked  the  Minister  shall  giv^e  notice 
to  the  licensee  or  superintendent  of  the  ground  on  which  it  is 
proposed  to  revoke  the  license,  and  shall  afford  to  him  an 
opportunity  of  showing  cause  why  the  license  should  not  be 
revoked. 


Servii'o 
of  notice. 


(3)  Any  such  notice  may  be  given  to  the  licensee  or  superin- 
tendent, either  personally  or  by  leaving  it  at  the  hospital  with 
an  officer  or  employee  thereof  or  by  mailing  the  same  by  regis- 
tered letter  postage  prepaid  addressed  to  such  licensee  or 
superintendent  at  the  hospital  and  the  revocation  shall  be 
effected  by  writing  under  the  hand  of  the  Minister,  and  notice 
of  the  revocation  shall  be  published  in  the  Ontario  Gazette. 


Provincial  (4)  The  decision  of  the  Minister  as  to  the  revocation  of  a 

^ecre  ary       license  shall  be  final  and  conclusive  and  shall  not  be  questioned 
in  any  court  or  in  any  proceeding. 


Approval  IjV 
Inspector  oi' 
structui-al 


Penalty. 


Superin- 
tendent of 
licensed 
hospital. 


17. — (1)  No  structural  alteration  of  or  addition  to  any 
private  hospital  shall  be  made  until  a  plan  of  the  proposed 
alteration  or  addition  has  been  given  to  and  approved  by  an 
Inspector. 

(2)  If  any  alteration  or  addition  is  made  in  breach  of  this 
section  the  licensee  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $100. 

18. — (1)  For  every  private  hospital  there  shall,  if  required 
by  the  regulations,  at  all  times  be  a  superintendent  resident 
on  the  premises  who  may  be  the  licensee  himself,  if  qualified 
under  this  section,  and  shall  be  either  a  legally  qualified 
medical  practitioner  or  a  trained  graduate  nurse. 


approv\°L^  (2)  ^o  person  other  than  a  licensee  shall  be  appointed  as 
the  superintendent  until  his  name  and  qualification  have  been 
notified  to  an  Inspector  and  he  has  approved  of  the  appoint- 
ment. 


157 


Acting 
superin- 
tendent. 


(3)  During  the  temporary  absence,  illness  or  incapacity 
of  the  superintendent  the  licensee  may,  without  notice  to  the 
Inspector,  appoint  as  acting  superintendent  any  other  person 
qualified  in  accordance  with  this  section ;  and  every  person  so 
appointed  shall,  while  he  so  acts,  be  deemed  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act  to  be  the  superintendent,  but  he  shall  not  so  act, 
whether  under  the  same  or  successive  appointments,  for  a 
longer  continuous  period  than  four  weeks. 


Penalty.  ^4^   jf  ^^  j^,.,y  ti^g  ^  private  hospital  is  used  as  such  while 

there  is  no  duly  qualified  superintendent,  or  while  the  superin- 
tendent is  not  resident  on  the  premises,  the  licensee  shall  incur 
a  penalty  not  exceeding  $25  for  every  day  during  which  it  is 
so  used. 


Exemption 
by  Provincial 
Secretary. 


(5)  The  Minister  may,  because  of  special  circumstances  and 
on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  he  thinks  fit,  by  warrant  under 
his  hand  temporarily  exempt  any  private  hospital  from  the 
requirements  of  subsection  1. 


drawai  of  (6)  Any  exemption  .so  granted  may  be  withdrawn  by  him 

exemption,     ^y  notice  Under  his  hand  and  delivered  to  the  licensee  of  the 
hospital. 


Register  of 
patients. 


19.— (1)  In  every  private  hospital  there  shall  be  kept  a 
register  of  patients  in  which  shall  be  entered  the  following 
particulars: 


Name,  etc., 
of  patients. 


Naipe 

of  medical 

practitioner. 

Date 

of  patient's 

departure 

or  death. 


Other 
particulars. 


(a)  the  name,  age  and   usual   place  of  abode  of  every 
patient,  and  date  of  his  admission  into  the  hospital; 

(b)  the  name  of  the  medical  practitioner,  if  any,  attending 

each  patient; 

(c)  the  date  at  which  each  patient  leaves  the  hospital  or, 

in  the  event  of  the  death  of  a  patient  in  the  hospital, 
the  date  of  his  death ; 

(d)  such  other  particulars  as  may  be  prescribed  by  an 

Inspector. 


Entry  of 
particulars. 


(2)  Such  particulars  shall  be  entered  in  the  register  as  soon 
as  practicable  after  the  occurrence  of  the  act  or  event  to  which 
the  entry  relates. 


Penalties. 


(3)   Every  person  who  knowingly  makes  in  the  register  an 
untrue  entry  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $200. 


Idem. 


(4)  Every  licensee  who  fails  to  make  or  cause  to  be  made 
any  entry  in  the  register  required  by  this  Act  to  be  made 
therein  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $50. 


157 


bvTns*ector       ^^-   Every  private  hospital  and  the  registers  thereof  shall 
at  all  times  be  open  to  inspection  by  an  Inspector. 


Power 
of  Inspector 
to  enter  un- 
licensed 
premises. 


Penalty. 


21.  If  an  Inspector  believes  or  suspects  that  any  house  is 
used  as  a  private  hospital  without  being  licensed  he  may 
at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  by  himself,  or  by  any 
person  authorized  by  him,  enter  and  inspect  such  house  and 
every  part  thereof;  and  any  person  who  prevents  or  obstructs 
or  attempts  to  prevent  or  obstruct  any  such  entry  or  inspection 
shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $200. 


Use  of 

licensed 

hospitals. 


Penalty. 


22. — (1)  A  private  hospital  shall  not  be  used  for  any 
purpose  other  than  the  purposes  in  respect  of  which  the 
license  is  granted  and  purposes  reasonably  incidental  thereto. 

(2)  If  a  private  hospital  is  used  in  any  manner  contrary  to 
the  provisions  of  this  section  the  licensee  and  superintendent 
shall  severally  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $25  for  every  day 
during  which  it  is  so  used. 


Reception 
in  licensed 
hospital  of 
more  than 
authorized 
number  of 
patients. 


23.  If  at  any  time  a  private  hospital  is  used  for  the  treat- 
ment of  a  greater  number  of  patients  than  is  permitted  by  the 
license,  or  for  the  admission  of  any  patient  of  a  class  not 
authorized  by  the  license,  the  licensee  and  the  superintendent 
shall  severally  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $25  for  every  day 


Penalty.        during  which  it  is  so  used. 


d'eemed'the  -"*• — (1)  ^he  Superintendent  of  a  private  hospital  shall  be 

cert^am^'^  ^°^  deemed  to  be  the  occupier  of  the  house  for  the  purpose  of 

purposes.  giving  notice  under  The  Public  Health  Act  of  any  patient  found 

c.  262.      '  or  suspected  to  be  suffering  from  any  communicable  disease. 


Idem. 


Rev.  Stat., 


(2)  The  superintendent  of  a  private  hospital  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  the  occupier  thereof  for  the  purpose  of  giving  notice  or 
information  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act  of  the  death  of  any 
person  or  of  the  birth  of  any  child  in  the  hospital. 


Penalties. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  121. 


25.  Any  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  or  of  any  regulation  made  thereunder  where  a  penalty 
is  not  provided  herein  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  less  than  $5 
and  not  exceeding  $500,  and  all  penalties  provided  for  herein 
shall  be  recoverable  under  The  Summary  Convictions  Act. 


of^pro^ofin  ^^- — (^)   In  any  prosccution  for  an  offence  against  this  Act 

prosecutions,  the  burden  of  proving  that  any  person  residing  in  a  house  and 
there  receiving  medical  treatment  is  not  a  patient  within  the 
meaning  of  this  Act  shall  be  upon  the  person  charged. 


157 


Idem.  (2)  In  any  prosecution  for  an  offence  against  this  Act  the 

burden  of  proving  that  a  license  is  in  force,  and  of  proving  its 
terms,  and  that  any  person  apparently  having  the  charge, 
control  or  management  of  a  private  hospital  is  not  the  superin- 
tendent thereof  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act  shall  be  upon 
the  person  charged. 

Commence-       27.  This  Act  shall  come   into   force  on    the    1st    day    of 
October,  1931. 


157 


o 

a 


.1 


to 


> 
> 


ro 
o 

5* 

<' 


o 


W 

r 
r 


No.   157 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Private  Hospitals. 


Mr.  Robb 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  157 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  Private  Hospitals. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Private  Hospitals  Act, 
1931. 


Interpre- 
tation. 

"Depart- 
ment." 


2.  In  this  Act, — 

(a)  "Department"  shall  mean  the  Department  of  Health 
for  Ontario; 


"House." 


"Inspector." 


"Maternity 
hospital." 


{h)  "House"  shall  include  any  building,  tent  or  other 
structure,  whether  permanent  or  temporary,  intended 
for  human  habitation;  and  where  there  are  two  or 
more  such  structures  in  the  occupation  of  the  same 
person  and  situate  on  the  same  piece  of  land  they 
shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  a  single  house  within 
the  meaning  of  this  Act; 

(c)  "Inspector"  shall  mean  an  officer  of  the  Department 
designated  as  an  inspector; 

{d)  "Maternity  hospital"  shall  mean  a  private  hospital 
for  the  reception  and  care  of  patients  in  or  in  respect 
of  child-birth; 


"Medical 
and  surgical 
hospital." 


"Minister." 


"Patient." 


{e)  "Medical  and  surgical  hospital"  shall  mean  a  private 
hospital  for  the  reception  of  any  class  of  patients 
other  than  those  last  mentioned; 

(/)  "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 
Council  charged  for  the  time  being  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act ; 

(g)  "Patient"  shall  mean  a  person  admitted  to  a  private 
hospital  for  the  purposes  of  treatment; 


157 


(h)   "Private  hospital"  shall  mean  a  house  in  which  four  J^Pj'y^^Jj® , 
or  more  patients  are  or  may  be  admitted  for  treat- 
ment other  than, — 

(i)  a   hospital    under    The   Public   Hospitals   Act, 
1931; 

(ii)  a  sanatorium  under   The  Sanatoria  for  Con- 
sumptives Act,  1931; 

(iii)  a  hospital  or  other  establishment  or  institution 
wholly  or  mainly  supported  by  provincial  aid ; 

(iv)  an  institution  in  respect  of  which  a  license  ^^55^*^*' 
under  The  Private  Sanitarium  Act  is  in  force, 
or 

(v)  an  institution  for  the  reclamation  and  cure  R®^-  Stat. 

.  c.  233. 

of  habitual  drunkards  established  under  The 

Municipal  Act 

and,  without  restricting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 
private  hospital  shall  include  a  convalescent  home,  rest 
home,  private  sanatorium  for  consumptives,  private 
refuge  for  the  aged  or  infirm  and  any  other  hospital,  home 
refuge  or  other  premises  which  may  be  declared  by  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  to  be  subject  to  this  Act. 

{i)  "Regulations"  shall  mean  any  regulations  made  under  j^^.s^-g  ,, 
this  Act; 

0')  "Superintendent"  shall  mean  the  person  who  has  for  J.'^^^J'g^^'"^'^: 
the  time  being  the  direct  and  actual  superintendence 
and  charge  of  a  private  hospital; 

{k)  "Treatment"  shall  mean  and  include  the  stay,  main- "Treat- 
tenance,  observation,  care,  nursing  and  treatment  of 
a  patient. 

3.  The  several  private  hospitals  licensed  under  The 
Hospitals  and  Charitable  Institutions  Act  shall  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act  be  deemed  to  have  had  their  respective  licenses 
renewed  until  the  30th  day  of  September,  1932,  subject 
however  to  the  right  of  the  Minister  to  revoke  any  such  license 
and  subject  to  payment  of  the  fee  for  renewal  of  a  license. 

4.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Minister  may  make  such  regulations  with 
respect  to  private  hospitals  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for: 

(a)  their  construction,   establishment,   licensing,   altera- 
tion, equipment,  maintenance  and  repair; 

157 


(b)  their  classifications,  grades  and  standards; 

(c)  their  inspection,  control,  government,  management, 

conduct,  operation  and  use; 

(d)  their  superintendents,   staffs,  officers,  servants  and 
employees  and  the  powers  and  duties  thereof; 

(e)  the   admission,    treatment,    conduct,    discipline   and 

discharge  of  patients; 

(/)  the  classification  of  patients; 

(g)  the    records,    books,    accounting    systems,    audits, 
reports  and  returns  to  be  made  and  kept ;  and 

(h)  all  other  matters  affecting  private  hospitals. 

5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Department  and  it  shall  have 
power  to  administer  and  enforce  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations. 

6.  The  Minister,  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council,  may  designate  one  or  more  officers  of 
the  Department  to  be  inspectors  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations,  and  the  powers  and  duties  of  such 
inspectors  shall  be  as  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

7.  Every  private  hospital  shall  have  power  to  carry  on  its 
undertaking  as  may  be  authorized  by  any  general  or  special 
Act  under  which  it  was  created,  established,  incorporated  or 
empowered  so  to  do,  but  where  the  provisions  of  any  general 
or  special  Act  heretofore  passed  conflict  with  the  provisions 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and 
the  regulations  shall  prevail. 

for  hospital.  8. — (1)  No  house  shall  be  uscd  as  a  private  hospital  cxcept 
under  the  authority  of  a  license  issued  by  the  Minister  under 
this  Act. 

Penalty.  (2)  If  any  house  is  used  as  a  private  hospital  in  breach  of 

this  section  the  occupier  and  all  persons  concerned  in  the 
management  of  the  house,  or  in  the  admission  to  or  treatment 
of  any  patient  therein,  shall  severally  incur  a  penalty  not 
exceeding  $25  for  every  day  during  which  such  use  is  continued. 


Application 
for  license. 


9. — (1)  Every  application  for  a  license  to  keep  a  private 
hospital  shall  be  made  in  writing  to  the  Minister  and  shall 
contain   the  following  particulars: 

157 


(a)  the  full  name,  place  of  abode  and  occupation  of  the 
applicant; 

(b)  a  statement  of  the  estate  or  interest  of  the  applicant 

in  the  house  in  respect  of  which  the  license  is  desired; 

(c)  a  statement  of  the  number  of  patients  proposed  to  be 

admitted  in  the  house  and  in  each  room  or  apartment 
of  the  house; 

(d)  a  description  of  the  situation  of  the  house; 

(e)  a  plan  of  the  house  on  a  scale  of  not  less  than  an 

eighth  of  an  inch  to  the  foot; 

(/)  a  statement  of  the  length,  breadth  and  height  of  every 
room  and  apartment  in  the  house,  including  operating 
and  subsidiary  rooms; 

(g)  a  statement  of  the  rooms  or  apartments  to  be  used 
exclusively  by  patients,  and  of  those  to  be  used 
exclusively  by  the  licensee  or  the  superintendent  or 
by  persons  other  than  patients; 

(h)  a  statement  of  the  sanitary  arrangements,  ventilation, 
heating  and  water  supply  of  the  house ; 

(i)  a  full  description  of  the  fire  escapes  of  the  house  and 
the  facilities  provided  for  use  in  case  of  fire; 

(J)  a  statement  as  to  the  classes  of  patients  proposed  to 
be  admitted. 

(2)  Every  such  application  shall  be  verified  by  the  statutory  of®appfi-'°" 
declaration  of  the  applicant  and  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  nation. 
fee  of  $15.  Fee. 

10.  No  license  shall  be  granted  unless  the  house  and  its'^PP'"^^''^^- 
location  with  regard  to  adjoining  dwelling  houses  are  approved 
by  an  Inspector  as  suitable  for  the  purposes  indicated  in  the 
application,  and  the  Minister  is  satisfied  as  to  the  character 
and  fitness  of  the  applicant. 

11. — (1)    Every  private  hospital  shall    according  to    the  ^'j^censed 
tenor  of  the  license  issued  in  respect  thereof  be  either:  hospitals. 

(a)  a  licensed  maternity  hospital ;  or  *  ^^^^  ^' 

(b)  a  licensed  medical  and  surgical  hospital ;  or  Medical. 

(c)  a  hospital  licensed  both  as  a  maternity  and  as  a  ^J^*®[^^5cai. 

medical  and  surgical  hospital. 

157 


S"p^filnts.         (2)  Every   license   shall   state   the   maximum   number   of 
patients  who  may  be  admitted  in  the  hospital  at  any  one  time. 

Limitation  ,^^     a     i-  i         i-      •       i  i  ,      .      . 

of  patients.        {6}  A   license  may   be   limited   to   the   admission   of  any 
particular  class  or  classes  of  patients. 


Duration 
of  license. 


(4)  Every  license  shall  expire  on  the  30th  day  of  September 
next  following  the  date  of  its  issue,  but  may  be  renewed  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations. 


Annual  fee. 


12.  The  fee  for  renewal  of  a  license  shall  be  $5. 


of'i'icens^e'^  13.  When  a  license  has  been  issued  to  two  or  more  persons 

st°a*ndfng        jointly,  and  during  the  currency  thereof  any  of  those  persons 
death  of  one  dies  leaving  the  other  or  others  surviving,  the  license  shall 

of  joint  .      .      /^  ,   ,  „  ^     ..  ,  . 

licensees.        remain  in  torce  and  have  the  same  effect  as  if  granted  to  the 
survivor  or  survivors. 


Transfer  of 
license  upon 
application 
of  licensee. 


14.  On  the  application  in  writing  signed  by  the  licensee 
and  by  any  person  to  whom  he  desires  that  his  license  shall 
be  transferred,  the  Minister  may,  by  endorsement  on  the 
license  or  otherwise  in  writing,  transfer  the  license  to  that 
person,  and  thereupon  that  person  shall  become  the  licensee 
of  the  private  hospital  with  the  same  rights  and  obligations 
as  if  the  license  had  been  granted  to  him. 


SvTcSn^of  ^^- — ^^)  ^^  *^^  licensee  or  the  sole  surviving  licensee  dies 
death^of  ^°"  the  Minister  may,  by  endorsement  on  the  license  or  otherwise 
licensee.  in  writing,  transfer  the  license  to  any  person  nominated  by 
the  executors  or  administrators  of  the  deceased  licensee,  and 
that  person  shall  thereupon  become  the  licensee  of  the  private 
hospital  with  the  same  rights  and  obligations  as  if  the  license 
had  been  granted  to  him. 


Continu- 
ation of 
license  until 
revoked. 


(2)  During  the  currency  of  a  license  and  any  renewal 
thereof  and  until  the  license  is  revoked  under  this  Act  the 
private  hospital  shall  continue  to  be  a  licensed  hospital,  and 
the  superintendent  and  other  officers  shall  be  deemed  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  to  continue  in  office  in  the  same  manner 
as  if  the  licensee  were  still  living. 


Revocation 
under  such 
circum- 
stances. 


Revocation 
of  license. 


(3)  If  the  license  is  not  transferred  under  the  authority  of 
this  section  within  two  months  after  the  death  of  the  licensee 
or  of  the  sole  surviving  licensee  the  Minister  may  by  writing 
under  his  hand  revoke  the  license,  and  notice  of  the  revocation 
shall  be  published  in  the  Ontario  Gazette. 

16. — (1)  A  license  may  at  any  time  be  revoked  by  the 
Minister,  if 


157 


(a)  the  licensee  has  made  default  for  three  months  in  payment  of 
paying  the  annual  license  fee;  i cense  ee. 

(b)  the  licensee  or  superintendent  has  been  convicted  o{^°^^i^^°^ 

an  ofTence  against  this  Act  or  of  any  offence  punish- ^eainst  Act. 
able  by  imprisonment;  or 

(c)  in  the  opinion  of  an  Inspector  the  hospital  premises  ^^®^'fj®^j.y 

are  unsanitary  or  without  proper  fire  protection,  or 
the  private  hospital  is  managed  or  conducted  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  revocation  of  the  license  is  required 
in  the  public  interest. 

(2)  Before  a  license  is  revoked  the  Minister  shall  give  notice  ?i°,V„°®o„„ 
to  the  licensee  or  superintendent  of  the  ground  on  which  it  is 
proposed  to  revoke  the  license,  and  shall  afford  to  him  an 
opportunity  of  showing  cause  why  the  license  should  not  be 
revoked. 

(3)  Any  such  notice  may  be  given  to  the  licensee  or  superin-  of ^Jj^fce 
tendent,  either  personally  or  by  leaving  it  at  the  hospital  with 

an  officer  or  employee  thereof  or  by  mailing  the  same  by  regis- 
tered letter  postage  prepaid  addressed  to  such  licensee  or 
superintendent  at  the  hospital  and  the  revocation  shall  be 
effected  by  writing  under  the  hand  of  the  Minister,  and  notice 
of  the  revocation  shall  be  published  in  the  Ontario  Gazette, 

(4)  The  decision  of  the  Minister  as  to  the  revocation  of  a  pr1)vhicia° 
license  shall  be  final  and  conclusive  and  shall  not  be  questioned  Inal^*^^^ 
in  any  court  or  in  any  proceeding. 

17. — (1)  No  structural  alteration  of  or  addition   to  any  iil^pector  of^ 
private  hospital  shall  be  made  until  a  plan  of  the  proposed  |*[griuons. 
alteration  or  addition  has  been  given  to  and  approved  by  an 
Inspector. 

(2)  If  any  alteration  or  addition  is  made  in  breach  of  this  P^^^ity- 
section  the  licensee  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $100. 

18. — (1)  For  every  private  hospital  there  shall,  if  required fe"fcfe" to f 
by  the  regulations,  at  all  times  be  a  superintendent  resident  ^^olpff.fi 
on  the  premises  who  may  be  the  licensee  himself,  if  qualified 
under   this  section,   and   shall   be  either  a   legally   qualified 
medical  practitioner  or  a  trained  graduate  nurse. 

(2)  No  person  other  than  a  licensee  shall  be  appointed  as  ^"^p^^^^j^'^ 
the  superintendent  until  his  name  and  qualification  have  been 
notified  to  an  Inspector  and  he  has  approved  of  the  appoint- 
ment. 

157 


Acting 
superin- 
tendent. 


(3)  During  the  temporary  absence,  illness  or  incapacity 
of  the  superintendent  the  Hcensee  may,  without  notice  to  the 
Inspector,  appoint  as  acting  superintendent  any  other  person 
quahfied  in  accordance  with  this  section ;  and  every  person  so 
appointed  shall,  while  he  so  acts,  be  deemed  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act  to  be  the  superintendent,  but  he  shall  not  so  act, 
whether  under  the  same  or  successive  appointments,  for  a 
longer  continuous  period  than  four  weeks. 


Penalty.  (4)  jf  ^^  ^j^y  ^j^ig  ^  private  hospital  is  used  as  such  while 

there  is  no  duly  qualified  superintendent,  or  while  the  superin- 
tendent is  not  resident  on  the  premises,  the  licensee  shall  incur 
a  penalty  not  exceeding  $25  for  every  day  during  which  it  is 
so  used. 


Exemption 
by  Provincial 
Secretary. 


(5)  The  Minister  may,  because  of  special  circumstances  and 
on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  he  thinks  fit,  by  warrant  under 
his  hand  temporarily  exempt  any  private  hospital  from  the 
requirements  of  subsection  1. 


drawai  of  (6)  Any  exemption  so  granted  may  be  withdrawn  by  him 

exemption.     |3y  notice  under  his  hand  and  delivered  to  the  licensee  of  the 
hospital. 


Register  of 
patients. 


19. — (1)  In  every  private  hospital  there  shall  be  kept  a 
register  of  patients  in  which  shall  be  entered  the  following 
particulars: 


Name,  etc., 
of  patients. 


Name 

of  medical 

practitioner. 

Date 

of  patient's 

departure 

or  death. 


Other 
particulars. 


(a)  the  name,  age  and  usual  place  of  abode  of  every 
patient,  and  date  of  his  admission  into  the  hospital; 

(b)  the  name  of  the  medical  practitioner,  if  any,  attending 

each  patient; 

(c)  the  date  at  which  each  patient  leaves  the  hospital  or, 

in  the  event  of  the  death  of  a  patient  in  the  hospital, 
the  date  of  his  death ; 

(d)  such  other  particulars  as  may  be  prescribed  by  an 

Inspector. 


parucu°ars.  (^)  Such  particulars  shall  be  entered  in  the  register  as  soon 
as  practicable  after  the  occurrence  of  the  act  or  event  to  which 
the  entry  relates. 


Penalties. 


(3)  Every  person  who  knowingly  makes  in  the  register  an 
untrue  entry  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $200. 


Idem.  (4)  Every  licensee  who  fails  to  make  or  cause  to  be  made 

any  entry  in  the  register  required  by  this  Act  to  be  made 
therein  shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $50. 


157 


8 

20.  Every  private  hospital  and  the  registers  thereof  shall  by^nspector 
at  all  times  be  open  to  inspection  by  an  Inspector. 

21.  If  an  Inspector  believes  or  suspects  that  any  house  isPp^er 

,  .     *^      ,  ....  ,     .         ,.  ,    ,  of  Inspector 

used  as  a  private  hospital  without  being  hcensed  he  may  to  enter  un- 

at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  by  himself,  or  by  any  premises. 

person  authorized  by  him,  enter  and  inspect  such  house  and 

every  part  thereof;  and  any  person  who  prevents  or  obstructs 

or  attempts  to  prevent  or  obstruct  any  such  entry  or  inspection 

shall  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $200.  Penalty. 

Use  of 

22. — (1)  A   private   hospital   shall   not   be   used   for  any  licensed 
purpose  other   than   the  purposes  in   respect  of  which   the 
license  is  granted  and  purposes  reasonably  incidental  thereto. 

(2)  If  a  private  hospital  is  used  in  any  manner  contrary  to 
the  provisions  of  this  section  the  licensee  and  superintendent 
shall  severally  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $25  for  every  day 
during  which  it  is  so  used. 

23.  If  at  any  time  a  private  hospital  is  used  for  the  treat-  ^^^icenlVd 
ment  of  a  greater  number  of  patients  than  is  permitted  by  the  hospital  of 

,.  i-  ,  ...f  .  f  ,  more  than 

license,  or  tor  the  admission  oi  any  patient  oi  a  class  not  authorized 
authorized  by  the  license,  the  licensee  and  the  superintendent  patients. 
shall  severally  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  $25  for  every  day 
during  which  it  is  so  used.  Penalty. 

24. — (1)  The  superintendent  of  a  private  hospital  shall  be^^j^*^^^g 
deemed  to  be  the  occupier  of  the  house  for  the  purpose  of  "g^t^a^jf  ^°^ 
giving  notice  under  The  Public  Health  Act  of  any  patient  found  R^^P^^f.^; 
or  suspected  to  be  suffering  from  any  communicable  disease,  c.  262. 

(2)  The  superintendent  of  a  private  hospital  shall  be  deemed  ^'^®"^- 
to  be  the  occupier  thereof  for  the  purpose  of  giving  notice  or 
information  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act  of  the  death  of  any^^g^*^*- 
person  or  of  the  birth  of  any  child  in  the  hospital. 


25.  Any  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  of  p®"^'*^®^- 
this  Act  or  of  any  regulation  made  thereunder  where  a  penalty 
is  not  provided  herein  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  less  than  $5 
and  not  exceeding  $500,  and  all  penalties  provided  for  herein 
shall  be  recoverable  under  The  Summary  Convictions  Act.  ^^21^*^*" 

26. — (1)   In  any  prosecution  for  an  offence  against  this  Act^^M^den^.^ 
the  burden  of  proving  that  any  person  residing  in  a  house  and  prosecutions. 
there  receiving  medical  treatment  is  not  a  patient  within  the 
meaning  of  this  Act  shall  be  upon  the  person  charged. 

157 


^^®'^*  (2)  In  any  prosecution  for  an  offence  against  this  Act  the 

burden  of  proving  that  a  license  is  in  force,  and  of  proving  its 
terms,  and  that  any  person  apparently  having  the  charge, 
control  or  management  of  a  private  hospital  is  not  the  superin- 
tendent thereof  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act  shall  be  upon 
the  person  charged. 

Commence-       27.  This  Act  shall  come   into   force   on    the    1st    day    of 
"^^"*°'^^*- October,  1931. 


157 


> 
> 

o 


o 

a 


> 

X3 

C*j 

P 

■-1 

t-^ 

2, 

^ 

o 

s. 

H- ' 

>i 

KJ 

^ 

Si 

>i 

C/) 

s^ 

~-I 

<^ 

»4^ 

J$ 

f-h 

^ 

i. 

1 

h- » 

«». 

5; 

^. 

O 

s 

a 

s 

1—' 

o^a 

O 

(^ 

0X> 

o 

5' 

crc? 

<!* 

P 


o 


r 


o 


»4 


No.  158 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  the  Practice  of  Veterinary  Science. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  158 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  the  Practice  of  Veterinary  Science. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1 .  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Veterinary  Science  Practice 
Act,  1931. 


Interpreta- 
tion,— 

"Associa- 
tion." 


2.  In  this  Act,— 

(a)   "Association"    shall    mean    the   Ontario   Veterinary 
Association ; 


"Board." 
"Minister." 


{h)  "Board"  shall  mean  the  Veterinary  Practice  Board; 

(c)  "Minister"  shall  mean  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for 
the  Province  of  Ontario ; 


"Registrar." 


"Veterinary 
science." 


{d)  "Registrar"  shall  mean  the  Registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Veterinary  Association ; 

(e)  "Veterinary  science"  shall  mean  the  application  of 
medicine  or  surgery  to  the  ailments  of  any  kind  of 
live  stock  or  domestic  animals,  except  as  regards 
parturition,  castration,  spaying  and  dehorning. 
R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  1.    Amended. 


Ontario 

Veterinary 

Association. 


3.  All  persons  duly  qualified  and  registered  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  to  practise  veterinary  science  shall  con- 
stitute the  Ontario  Veterinary  Association,    New. 


Corporate 
name  and 
powers. 


4,  The  Association  shall  be  a  corporate  body  by  the  name 
aforesaid,  having  a  common  seal,  with  power  to  make  by-laws, 
rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  governing 
its  members,  and  to  fix  the  fees  of  admission  and  annual  fees, 
and  shall  prescribe  the  form  of  certificate  to  be  issued  under 
this  Act.    New. 


158 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  2.     Interpretation  section.    Clauses  (a),  (b)  and  (d)  are  new. 


Section  3.    This  is  new  and  provides  for  the  constitution  of  the  Ontario 
Veterinary  Association. 


Section  4.    This  is  new  and  gives  the  Association  power  to  make  by-laws, 
rules  and  regulations  governing  the  members. 


158 


^Ijuired*^  5.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  June,  1931,  no  person  shall 

practise  veterinary  science  for  fees  in  Ontario  without  a  certi- 
ficate entitling  him  so  to  do.      R.S.O.    1927,   c.   208,   s.    2. 

Amended. 


Board  to 

approve 

certificates. 


6.  Such  certificates  shall  be  issued  annually  by  the  Registrar 
to  recognized  graduates  in  veterinary  science  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  a  board  of  three  members  to  be  appointed  each 
year  by  the  Association  and  to  be  known  as  the  Veterinary 
Practice  Board.    New. 


Registrar's 
duties. 


7.  The  Registrar  shall  be  appointed  each  year  by  the 
Association  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Registrar  to  issue 
the  necessary  certificates  and  to  make  and  keep  a  correct 
register  of  those  receiving  certificates  each  year  and  to  remove 
delinquents  from  the  register  from  time  to  time  as  recommended 
by  the  Board.    New. 


Applications 

for 

certificates. 


8.  Applications  for  certificates  shall  be  made  to  the  Regis- 
trar and  referred  by  him  to  the  Board  and  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Board  to  carefully  examine  the  evidence  submitted  as 
to  the  standing  of  each  applicant  for  such  certificate  and 
recommendations  shall  be  made  only  in  the  cases  of, — 


(a)  graduates    in    veterinary    science    of    the    Ontario 
Veterinary  College  or  of  the  University  of  Toronto; 


or 


(6)  graduates  in  veterinary  science  of  any  veterinary 
college  or  university  recognized  by  the  Board  as 
being  at  least  equal  in  standing  to  the  Ontario 
Veterinary  College,  and  who  have  passed  an  examina- 
tion conducted  by  the  Board  equivalent  to  that 
prescribed  by  the  University  of  Toronto  for  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Veterinary  Science.  R.S.O. 
1927,  c.  208,  s.  4.    Amended. 


Persons 
exempt. 


1920.  0.  51. 

Rev.  Stat., 
c.  208. 


f  9.  Persons  who  at  the  time  of  the  passing  of  this  Act  have 
received  certificates  from  the  Minister  under  the  provisions  of 
clause  c  of  section  5  of  The  Veterinary  Science  Practice  Act, 
1920,  or  under  the  provisions  of  The  Veterinary  Science 
Practice  Act,  R.S.O.  1927,  chapter  208,  shall  be  exempt  from 
the  operations  of  this  Act.    New. 


Cancellation 

of 

certificates. 


10.  The  Registrar,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Board,  may  cancel  any  certificate  upon  evidence  that  the 
holder  thereof  has  been  convicted  in  the  courts  of  an  indictable 
offence,  or  is  of  bad  repute  through  disgraceful  conduct,  or  is 
in  default  of  any  fees  payable  by  him  to  the  Association, 
whereupon  such  person  shall  cease  to  have  any  of  the  privileges 


158 


Section  5.  This  is  the  same  as  present  section  2  except  that  under  the 
present  Act  the  certificate  is  issued  by  the  Minister  whereas  by  the  proposed 
Act  it  will  be  issued  by  the  Registrar  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Board. 


Section  6.    This  is  new  and  provides  for  the  annual  issue  of  certificates 
to  recognized  graduates  in  veterinary  science. 


Section  7.    This  is  new  and  provides  for  the  appointment  of  the  registrar 
and  sets  out  his  duties. 


Section  8.  This  is  taken  from  the  present  section  4  but  provides  that 
the  application  for  a  certificate  be  made  to  the  Registrar  instead  of  to  the 
chairman  of  the  Board,  and  clause  (b)  contains  an  additional  provision 
that  graduates  in  veterinary  science  in  any  college  equivalent  in  standing 
to  the  Ontario  Veterinary  College  must  pass  an  examination  conducted 
by  the  Board. 


Section  9.  This  is  taken  from  clause  (c)  of  the  present  section  4  and  is 
for  the  protection  of  laymen  who  have  been  granted  permission  to  practise 
veterinary  science  although  not  graduates  of  any  university. 


Section  10.  This  is  taken  from  the  present  section  5  but  provides  that 
the  Registrar  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Board  may  cancel  a  certi- 
ficate, instead  of  this  being  done  by  the  Minister  and  adds  an  additional 
provision  that  the  certificate  may  be  cancelled  in  the  case  of  a  person  who 
"is  of  bad  repute  through  disgraceful  conduct  or  who  is  in  default  of  any 
fees  payable  to  the  Association." 


158 


of  a  veterinary  surgeon  under  this  Act. 
s.  5.    Amended. 


R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208, 


Conducting 
courses  in 
veterinary 
science. 


11.  No  person  or  persons,  association,  company  or  organi- 
zation shall  hereafter  conduct  in  Ontario  courses  in  veterinary 
science  for  which  fees  are  charged  or  certificates  or  diplomas 
granted  without  a  certificate  of  authorization  from  the 
Minister,  and  a  certificate  shall  only  be  issued  after  investiga- 
tion by  the  Board  has  shown  that  the  requirements  of  admis- 
sion and  courses  of  study  and  instruction  are  at  least  equal  in 
standard  to  that  of  the  Ontario  Veterinary  College.  R.S.O. 
1927,  c.  208,  s.  6.    Amended. 


Use  of  titles 
restricted. 


12.  No  person,  other  than  a  graduate  in  veterinary  science 
of  a  recognized  college  or  university,  shall  use  the  title 
"Veterinary,"  "Veterinarian,"  "Veterinary  Surgeon"  or 
append  to  his  name  any  of  these  titles,  or  any  abbreviation 
thereof,  and  no  graduate  in  veterinary  science  shall  use  any 
title  or  degree  which  has  not  been  conferred  on  him  by  a 
recognized  college  or  university.  R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  7. 
Amended. 


p^rofess*ionai        ^^-  ^^^  person  holding  a  certificate  from  the  Registrar 
fees.  shall  be  entitled  to  professional  fees  in  attending  any  court 

of  law  in  such  cases  as  relate  to  the  veterinary  profession. 

R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  8.    Amended. 


Penalty. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  121. 


14.  Any  person  violating  any  provision  of  this  Act  shall  be 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  more  than 
$100  nor  less  than  $50  to  be  recoverable  by  the  Association 
under  The  Summary  Convictions  Act.  R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  9. 
Amended. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  208, 
repealed. 


15.   The  Veterinary  Science  Practice  Act,  being  chapter  208 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  1927,  is  repealed. 


inent^ol-^Act    '  ^^    ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^^  ^orce  on  the  1st  day  of  June, 
1931. 


158 


Section  11.    This  is  the  same  as  the  present  section  6  except  that  the 
word  "or"  in  the  third  line  has  been  substituted  for  the  word  "and." 


Section  12.    This  is  the  same  as  the  present  section  7  with  the  addition 
of  the  words  "Veterinary"  and  "Veterinarian." 


Section  13.  This  is  taken  from  the  present  section  8  which  provides 
that  a  veterinary  surgeon  shall  be  entitled  to  $4  per  day  when  called  as  a 
witness  in  any  court  to  give  a  professional  opinion  or  in  consequence  of 
any  professional  service  rendered  by  him. 


Section  14.  This  is  taken  from  the  present  section  9.  The  proposed 
section  clearly  sets  out  that  the  penalty  is  to  be  recoverable  by  the 
Association. 


Section  15.     Repeal  section. 


158 


'Z 

w 
d 


ft) 


Oj 


a 

O-CJ 


t\i 


5_ 

n 

to 

r<i 

!=r 

1 

ts3 

el- 

a 

l-» 

^ 

0^ 

> 

o 

> 

o 

rt- 

<2 

f^  JS 

<-i-  w 

fD  "O 

•t   n 

g'l 

CO 

"^  5 

HH 

«<  ore? 

r 

^3- 

o   5^ 

r 

li.  n 

(^   ._ 

3   ^ 

o    -t 

fT>    P 

•     O 

rt 

o' 

rt 

No.  158 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  the  Practice  of  Veterinary  Science. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  158 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  the  Practice  of  Veterinary  Science. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


Interpreta- 
tion,— 

"Associa- 
tion." 


"Board." 
"Minister." 

"Registrar." 


"Veterinary 
science." 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Veterinary  Science  Practice 
Act,  1931. 

2.  In  this  Act, — 

(a)  "Association"  shall  mean  the  Ontario  Veterinary 
Association ; 

{h)  "Board"  shall  mean  the  Veterinary  Practice  Board; 

(c)  "Minister"  shall  mean  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for 
the  Province  of  Ontario; 

{d)  "Registrar"  shall  mean  the  Registrar  of  the  Ontario 
Veterinary  Association ; 

{e)  "Veterinary  science"  shall  mean  the  application  of 
medicine  or  surgery  to  the  ailments  of  any  kind  of 
live  stock  or  domestic  animals,  except  as  regards 
parturition,  castration,  spaying  and  dehorning. 
R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  1.    Amended. 


Ontario 

Veterinary 

Association. 


3.  All  persons  duly  qualified  and  registered  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  to  practise  veterinary  science  shall  con- 
stitute the  Ontario  Veterinary  Association.    New. 


Corporate 
name  and 
powers. 


4.  The  Association  shall  be  a  corporate  body  by  the  name 
aforesaid,  having  a  common  seal,  with  power  to  make  by-laws, 
rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  governing 
its  members,  and  to  fix  the  fees  of  admission  and  annual  fees, 
and  shall  prescribe  the  form  of  certificate  to  be  issued  under 
this  Act.    New. 


158 


5.  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  June,  1931,  no  person  shall  fJ^^J'^j^g^^*® 
practise  veterinary  science  for  fees  in  Ontario  without  a  certi- 
ficate entitling  him  so  to  do.     R.S.O.    1927,   c.   208,   s.    2. 
Amended. 

6.  Such  certificates  shall  be  issued  annually  by  the  Registrar  approve^ 
to  recognized  graduates  in  veterinary  science  upon  the  recom-  certificates, 
mendation  of  a  board  of  three  members  to  be  appointed  each 

year  by  the  Association  and  to  be  known  as  the  Veterinary 
Practice  Board.    New. 

7.  The   Registrar  shall   be  appointed  each   year  by   the  ^ufie^s.'^^'^'^ 
Association  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Registrar  to  issue 

the  necessary  certificates  and  to  make  and  keep  a  correct 
register  of  those  receiving  certificates  each  year  and  to  remove 
delinquents  from  the  register  from  time  to  time  as  recommended 
by  the  Board.    New. 

8.  Applications  for  certificates  shall  be  made  to  the  Regis-  fo?^  '^^  ^^'^^ 
trar  and  referred  by  him  to  the  Board  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  certificates, 
of  the  Board  to  carefully  examine  the  evidence  submitted  as 

to  the  standing  of  each  applicant  for  such  certificate  and 
recommendations  shall  be  made  only  in  the  cases  of, — 

(a)  graduates  in  veterinary  science  of  the  Ontario 
Veterinary  College  or  of  the  University  of  Toronto; 
or 

(b)  graduates  in   veterinary  science  of  any  veterinary 

college  or  university  recognized  by  the  Board  as 
being  at  least  equal  in  standing  to  the  Ontario 
Veterinary  College,  and  who  have  passed  an  examina- 
tion conducted  by  the  Board  equivalent  to  that 
prescribed  by  the  University  of  Toronto  for  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Veterinary  Science.  R.S.O. 
1927,  c.  208,  s.  4.    Amended. 

9.  Persons  who  at  the  time  of  the  passing  of  this  Act  have  Sfempt. 
received  certificates  from  the  Minister  under  the  provisions  of 
clause  c  of  section  5  of  The  Veterinary  Science  Practice  Act, 
1920,   or   under    the   provisions   of    The    Veterinary   Science 
Practice  Act,  R.S.O.  1927,  chapter  208,  shall  be  exempt  from  Rev.gStat.. 
the  operations  of  this  Act.    New. 

10.  The    Registrar,    upon    the    recommendation    of    the  Jf '^^«"^*'°" 
Board,  may  cancel  any  certificate  upon  evidence  that  the '^e''*'^^^*®^- 
holder  thereof  has  been  convicted  in  the  courts  of  an  indictable 
offence,  or  is  of  bad  repute  through  disgraceful  conduct,  or  is 

in  default  of  any  fees  payable  by  him  to  the  Association, 
whereupon  such  person  shall  cease  to  have  any  of  the  privileges 

158 


of  a  veterinary  surgeon  under  this  Act. 
s.  5.    Amended. 


R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208, 


Conducting 
courses  in 
veterinary 
science. 


11.  No  person  or  persons,  association,  company  or  organi- 
zation shall  hereafter  conduct  in  Ontario  courses  in  veterinary 
science  for  which  fees  are  charged  or  certificates  or  diplomas 
granted  without  a  certificate  of  authorization  from  the 
Minister,  and  a  certificate  shall  only  be  issued  after  investiga- 
tion by  the  Board  has  shown  that  the  requirements  of  admis- 
sion and  courses  of  study  and  instruction  are  at  least  equal  in 
standard  to  that  of  the  Ontario  Veterinary  College.  R.S.O. 
1927,  c.  208,  s.  6.    Amended. 


Use  of  titles 
restricted. 


12.  No  person,  other  than  a  graduate  in  veterinary  science 
of  a  recognized  college  or  university,  shall  use  the  title 
"Veterinary,"  "Veterinarian,"  "Veterinary  Surgeon"  or 
append  to  his  name  any  of  these  titles,  or  any  abbreviation 
thereof,  and  no  graduate  in  veterinary  science  shall  use  any 
title  or  degree  which  has  not  been  conferred  on  him  by  a 
recognized  college  or  m^iiversity.  R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  7. 
Amended. 


prf?ess*ionai        ^^'  "^"^  person  holding  a  certificate  from  the  Registrar 
fees.  shall  be  entitled  to  professional  fees  in  attending  any  court 

of  law  in  such  cases  as  relate  to  the  veterinary  profession. 

R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  8.    Amended. 


Penalty. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  121. 


14.  Any  person  violating  any  provision  of  this  Act  shall  be 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  more  than 
$100  nor  less  than  $50  to  be  recoverable  by  the  Association 
under  The  Summary  Convictions  Act.  R.S.O.  1927,  c.  208,  s.  9. 
Amended. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  208 


15.  The  Veterinary  Science  Practice  Act,  being  chapter  208 
repealed.       of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  1927,  is  repealed. 


SentTfTc't       *^'  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^^  ^"^o  ^o^c^  o"  the  1st  day  of  June, 
1931. 


158 


M 

2; 
W 
O 


> 

t\i 

p 

"O 

Cjo 

1 

a 
Pi- 

•-1 

Ki 

•-t^ 

s. 

0 

0 

Co 

I-* 

to 

>i 

>3 

I—' 

0-^ 

pr 

Pi. 

0^ 

1—' 

Co 

OJ 

> 

> 
O 
t-t- 

<S 

(D  "V 
-t     fD 

P   s- 
-I    3 

n  p 
•     o 


W 

I— H 

r 
r 


No.  159 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  appropriate  $5,000,000  for  Northern  Development 

Purposes. 


Mr.  Finlayson 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  159 


1031 


Short  title. 


Additiomtl 
appropria- 
tion of 
$5,000,000. 

Rev.  Stat. 
0.  36;  1917 
c.  13;  1919 
c.  15. 


BILL 


An  Act    to  appropriate  $5,000,000    for  Northern 
Development  Purposes. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Northern  Ontario  Appro- 
priation Act,  1931. 

2.  In  addition  to  the  amounts  provided  by  the  Northern 
Ontario  Appropriation  Acts,  heretofore  enacted,  there  shall 
be  set  apart  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  sum 
of  $5,000,000  and  the  same  shall  be  applied  for  the  purposes 
set  out  in  The  Northern  Development  Act  and  in  The  Returned 
Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Land  Settlement  Acts,  or  any  of  them. 


addfiTionai  ^-  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  place  to  the 

required         credit  of  the  said  funds  such  additional  sum  as  may  be  required 

to  meet  payments,  which  may  be  authorized  to  be  met  out 

of  the  said  fund  and  for  the  purposes  set  out  in  the  said  Acts 

or  any  of  them. 

ment'^o^f^A^Jt.      ^r.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  it 
receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


159 


2 

r 
> 

O 
2 


2 


>3 


ex. 


>0 


"l^t     °^ 


> 

:z: 

3 

o 

> 

"1 

o 

t-f- 

(T 

rf- 

•^ 

o 

3 

iU 

^ 

o 

CL 

•o 

o 

2 

"O 

5J" 

3 

(V 

^ 

l-f- 

Cn 

o 

o 
o 

•o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

to 

l-H 

r 

r 


No.  159 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislaturk,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  appropriate  $5,000,000  for  Northern  Development 

Purposes. 


Mr.  Finlayson 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  159  1931 


BILL 


Short  title. 


An  Act    to  appropriate  $5,000,000    for  Northern 

ncvel()]:>nient  Piir])oses. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  tiie  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Northern  Ontario  Appro- 
priatio7i  Act,  1031. 


^^.^iil?H?^         2.  In  addition  to  the  amounts  provided  by  the  Northern 

tio'^  of  Ontario  Appropriation  Acts,  heretofore  enacted,  there  shall 

be  set  apart  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the  sum 

G.  36;' 19 17     of  $5,000,000  and  the  same  shall  be  applied  for  the  purposes 

set  out  in  The  Northern  Development  Act  and  in  The  Returned 

Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Land  Settlement  Acts,  or  any  of  them. 


13; 1919 

i: 


addfiflouai  •^-  The  LieutenaiU-Governor  in  Council  may  place  to  the 

required         credit  of  the  said  funds  such  additional  sum  as  may  be  required 

to  meet  payments,  which  may  be  authorized  to  be  met  out 

of  the  said  fund  and  for  the  purposes  set  out  in  the  said  Acts 

or  any  of  them. 

ment^oTA^ct.      4.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  it 
receives  the  Royal  Asvsent. 


159 


I? 

r 
> 

ill 
o 


> 

x: 

U) 

•n 

:? 

^ 

I—* 

>c 

Cfi 

c^ 

rt- 

O 

Pi- 

1— ' 

r». 

O 

a 

Oj 

O^a 

o 


1-^ 

t\J 

i>~» 

?i 

o 

C/) 

?i- 

5* 

>i 

to 

>0 

n 

Cn 

s 

<s>. 
>5 

1 

a 

O^a 

t— ' 

0^5 

> 

23 

3 

o 

> 

n 

fD 

(-^ 

-1 

O 

3 

fU 

< 

O 

n 

XJ 

o* 

•n 

"O 

SJ" 

3 

r-l- 

Q 

3 

4^ 

r+ 

Cn 

c 

■-1 

O 

o 
o 

ts 

o 

o 

o 

CO    O 


D3 

r 

r 


No.  160 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Guelph  Railway  Act,  1921. 


Mr.  Cooke 


TORONTO 

Printed  bv  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  160  1931 


BILL 


Short  title. 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Guelph  Railway 
Act,  192 1. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Guelph  Railway  Act,  1931. 


imencfecL^'  ^  ^^'^  Giielph  Railway  Act,  1921,  as  amended  by  The 
Guelph  Railway  Act,  1923,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  section : 

by'the^ccfm-  ^^- — ^^^  ^^^  Commission  is  hereby  authorized  without 

mission.  obtaining  the  consent  of  the  corporation  to  issue 

bonds  of  the  Commission  to  the  principal  amount  of 
S300,000,  dated  1st  May,  1931,  bearing  such  rate  of 
interest,  not  exceeding  5  per  centum  per  annum 
maturing  on  such  date  not  later  than  1st  May,  1971, 
payable  at  such  place  and  being  in  such  form  as  the 
Commission  may  determine,  and  to  sell,  pledge  or 
otherwise  dispose  of  the  said  bonds  upon  such  terms 
as  the  Commission  may  determine.  The  said  bonds 
and  any  proceeds  from  the  sale,  pledge  or  other 
disposition  thereof,  to  the  extent  that  the  same  may 
be  necessary,  shall  be  employed  by  the  Commission 
in  repaying  or  retiring  bonds  of  the  Commission  to 
the  principal  amount  of  $300,000  maturing  1st  May, 
1931,  heretofore  issued  by  the  Commission  under 
the  authority  of  section  4,  including  any  of  said 
bonds  maturing  1st  May,  1931,  which  have  been 
acquired  by  the  Commission. 

Bonds  may  (2)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  authorize 

be  guaran-  ^    '  .  ■' 

teed  by  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  for  and  on  behalf  of  the 

Pro  VI 11 CG . 

Province,  to  guarantee  the  payment  of  the  principal 
of,  and  interest  on  the  bonds  of  the  Commission 
authorized  by  this  section,  and  the  form  of  the 
guarantee  and  the  manner  of  its  execution  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 

160 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  This  section  provides  for  the  issue  of  bonds  to  retire  those 
maturing  on  the  1st  day  of  May,  1931,  and  contains  the  usual  provision 
for  Government  guarantee. 


160 


Application 
of  deben- 
tures 

heretofore 
issued. 


(3)  Upon  the  payment  or  retirement,  or  provision  for  the 
payment  or  retirement  of  the  said  bonds  of  the 
Commission  to  the  principal  amount  of  S300,000, 
maturing  1st  May,  1931,  debentures  to  the  principal 
amount  of  S300,000  heretofore  issued  by  the  cor- 
poration, and  deposited  with  the  Commission  pur- 
suant to  section  5,  shall  be  held  and  dealt  with  by 
the  Commission  and  the  corporation  in  the  manner 
and  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  and  for  the 
purposes  set  forth  in  section  5,  and  in  the  agreement 
set  out  as  schedule  "A"  to  the  same  extent  and  effect 
as  if  the  said  debentures  had  been  issued  and 
deposited  with  the  Commission  in  respect  of  the 
bonds  of  the  Commission  authorized  to  be  issued 
under  this  section,  instead  of  the  said  bonds  matur- 
ing 1st  May,  1931,  and  all  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  said  agreement  relating  to  the  said  bonds, 
maturing  1st  May,  1931,  shall  apply  equally  to  the 
bonds  authorized  to  be  issued  by  the  Commission 
under  this  section,  provided  that  an  annual  sinking 
fund  sufficient  to  repay  at  their  maturity  the  bonds 
to  be  issued  under  this  section,  shall  be  set  aside  in 
each  year  during  the  currency  of  said  bonds,  and 
until  applied  to  the  repayment  of  said  bonds  at 
maturity,  may  be  invested  in  securities  authorized 
for  investments  by  trustees  in  Ontario. 


^^l^'J.wPk       3.  Subsection  5  of  section  5  of  The  Guelph  Railway  Act, 
amended.       1921,  as  amended  by  The  Guelph  Railway  Act,  1923,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  the  words  "under  section  9"  in  the  fourth  line 
and  by  substituting  therefor  the  word  "hereunder." 

ment"oTAct.      "*•  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


160 


Section  3.    This  corrects  what  was  probably  an  oversight  in  the  drafting 
of  subsection  5  of  section  5  of  The  Guelph  Railway  Act,  1921. 


160 


n 
o 
o 


a. 
I 


I. 

I 


n 
3- 

«. 

to 

>0 

1 

8 

1— » 

0^ 

> 

3 
> 


3 

>  3 
o   D- 

r  o 

c 

3* 


03 
I— « 

r 
r 


No.  160 

2nd  Session,  18th  Li<A.l^l,AlUkK,  (Xmakio 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Guelph  Railway  Act,  1921. 


Mr.  Cooke 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.   160  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  ameiifl  The  Giielph  Railway 
Act,  1921. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  he  cited  as  The  Guclph  Railway  Act,  1031. 

Imended^"^'  2-  '^'^'^'  <^^''"'^M  Raihvay  Act,  1931,  as  amended  by  The 
Guclph  Railway  Act,  1923,  is  further  amended  by  addimj  thereto 
the  following  section : 

bylhi'^c'oln-  6rt.    -(1)  The  Commission  is  hereby  authorized  without 

'"'ssion.  obtaining   the   consent  of   the  corporation   to   issue 

bonds  of  the  Commission  to  the  principal  amount  of 
$300,000,  dated  1st  May,  1931,  bearing  such  rate  of 
interest,  not  exceeding  5  per  centum  per  annum 
maturing  on  such  date  not  later  than  1st  May,  1971, 
payable  at  such  place  and  being  in  such  form  as  the 
Commission  may  determine,  and  to  sell,  pledge  or 
otherwise  dispose  of  the  said  bonds  upon  such  terms 
as  the  Commission  may  determine.  The  said  bonds 
and  any  proceeds  from  the  sale,  pledge  or  other 
disposition  thereof,  to  the  extent  that  the  same  may 
be  necessary,  shall  be  emplo-yed  by  the  Commission 
in  repaying  or  retiring  bonds  of  the  Commission  to 
the  principal  amount  of  $300,000  maturing  1st  May, 
1931,  heretofore  issued  by  the  Commission  under 
the  authority  of  section  4,  including  any  of  said 
bonds  maturing  1st  May,  1931,  which  have  been 
acquired  by  the  Commission. 

be°gulran-^  (2)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  authorize 

teed  by  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  for  and  on  behalf  of  the 

Province.  _, 

rrovmce,  to  guarantee  the  payment  of  the  principal 
of,  and  interest  on  the  bonds  of  the  Commission 
authorized  by  this  section,  and  the  form  of  the 
guarantee  and  the  manner  of  its  execution  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 

160 


(3)   Upon  the  payment  or  retirement,  or  provision  for  tlie  ^y  uebeii-"'^ 
payment  or   retirement   of   the   said   bonds   of   the''"''^^ 

K^  .      .  ...  f    -,  heretofore 

Commission  to  the  principal  amount  of  $300,000,  issued, 
maturing  1st  May,  1931,  debentures  to  the  principal 
amount  of  $300,000  heretofore  issued  by  the  cor- 
poration, and  deposited  with  the  Commission  pur- 
suant to  section  5,  shall  be  held  and  dealt  with  by 
the  Commission  and  the  corporation  in  the  manner 
and  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  and  for  the 
purposes  set  forth  in  section  5,  and  in  the  agreement 
set  out  as  schedule  "A"  to  the  same  extent  and  effect 
as  if  the  said  debentures  had  been  issued  and 
deposited  with  the  Commission  in  respect  of  the 
bonds  of  the  Commission  authorized  to  be  issued 
under  this  section,  instead  of  the  said  bonds  matur- 
ing 1st  May,  1931,  and  all  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  said  agreement  relating  to  the  said  bonds, 
maturing  1st  May,  1931,  shall  apply  equally  to  the 
bonds  authorized  to  be  issued  by  the  Commission 
under  this  section,  provided  that  an  annual  sinking 
fund  sufficient  to  repay  at  their  maturity  the  bonds 
to  be  issued  under  this  section,  shall  be  set  aside  in 
each  year  during  the  currency  of  said  bonds,  and 
until  applied  to  the  repayment  of  said  bonds  at 
maturity,  may  be  invested  in  securities  authorized 
for  investments  by  trustees  in  Ontario. 

3.  Subsection  5  of  section  5  of  The  Guelph  Railway  -^^/.g^f^suiil^.^ 
1921,  as  amended  by  The  Guelph  Railway  Act,  1923,  is  amended  amended. 
by  striking  out  the  words  "under  section  9"  in  the  fourth  line 

and  by  substituting  therefor  the  word  "hereunder." 

4.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  clay  upon  which  ^^e^t."™o®f^Alrt. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


160 


n 
o 
o 


> 

"0 

Oj 

-1 

:j 

Cl- 

^ 

>3 

w 

"i 

(-^ 

a 

55. 

h- ' 

^. 

o 

~s 

Oj 

0^5 

«s» 

n 

Oj 

e^ 

3- 

l:^ 

to 

>a 

PS 

c^ 

S 

f5 

r-h 

f5 

O 

> 

> 


3 

.>  3 

n   a. 

r  O 

c 

rr 

i 


ro 


No.  161 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.   161 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat. 
0.  110, 
ss.  5-13, 
repealed. 


2.  Sections  5  to  13  inclusive  of  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act 
are  repealed. 

3.  Section  14  of  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act  is  repealed  and 


Rev.  Stat. 

repealed.     '  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Right  of 
action  not 
affected. 


14.  No  person  aggrieved  by  a  seizure  or  sale  of  goods 
under  a  chattel  mortgage  or  by  a  distress  for  rent 
or  for  default  in  payment  of  any  instalment  of 
principal  or  interest  secured  by  any  instrument  under 
the  terms  of  which  the  vendor  retains  the  right  to 
take  possession  of  any  chattel  sold  by  him  for  default 
in  payment  of  any  instalment  of  principal  or  interest, 
shall  be  barred  from  any  action  or  remedy  which  he 
would  have  had  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.   110,  s.   15, 
subs.  1, 
amended. 


4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  15  of  The  Costs  of  Distress 
Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  "chattel  mortgage" 
in  the  fifth  line  the  words  "or  for  default  in  payment  of  any 
instalment  of  principal  or  interest  secured  by  any  instrument 
under  the  terms  of  which  the  vendor  retains  the  right  to  take 
possession  of  any  chattel  sold  by  him  for  default  in  payment  of 
any  instalment  of  principal  or  interest,"  so  that  the  subsection 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Furnishing 
statement   of 
demand    and 
costs. 


(1)  A  person  who  makes  a  distress  shall  give  a  statement 
in  writing  of  the  demand,  and  of  all  the  costs  and 
expenses  of  the  distress,  signed  by  him,  to  the  person 
on  whose  goods  the  distress  is  made,  and  a  person 
who  makes  a  seizure  under  a  chattel  mortgage  or  for 
default  in  payment  of  any  instalment  of  principal  or 


161 


Section  2.  The  sections  repealed  are  those  which  permit  offenders 
against  the  provisions  of  this  Act  to  be  brought  before  a  magistrate. 
The  matter  is  entirely  a  civil  one  and  should  be  dealt  with  accordingly. 

Section  3.  This  is  a  re-arrangement  of  the  wording  of  the  present 
section  14  in  order  to  bring  it  into  conformity  with  the  amendments 
made  to  section  3  by  1929,  c.  34,  s.  2,  and  with  the  exception  of  the  part 
relating  to  the  magistrate's  order,  which  has  been  omitted,  makes  no 
change  in  the  law. 


Section  4. — (1).  The  amendment  is  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  the 
section  into  conformity  with  section  3  as  amended  in  1929. 


161 


interest  secured  by  any  instrument  under  the  terms 
of  which  the  vendor  retains  the  right  to  take  posses- 
sion of  any  chattel  sold  by  him  for  default  in  payment 
of  any  instalment  of  principal  or  interest,  shall  give 
to  the  person  in  possession  of  the  goods  seized  a 
statement  in  writing  signed  by  him  of  the  demand 
and  of  the  costs  charged  in  respect  of  the  seizure 
and  subsequent  proceedings. 

c.^iio,  s.  15,      (-2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  15  is  repealed  and  the 
repealed.       following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  An  appeal  may  be  made  from  such  taxation  to  a 


judge  of  the  county  or  district  court. 

is  Act  shall  come  inl 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


ment"oTA^ct.      ^-  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 


161 


(2).  This  provides  for  an  appeal  from  the  decision  of  ihe  division 
court  clerk  to  a  judge  of  the  county  or  district  court. 


161 


PS 

2 
o 
w 


ft. 

I 


a 
ft- 

»^. 

a 


o 

3- 


^ 


a 


> 

a 

> 


3 

3 

n 

o 


2, 

o 


No.  161 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  161 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  110, 
ss.  5-13, 
repealed. 


2.  Sections  5  to  13  inclusive  of  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act 
are  repealed. 

3.  Section  14  of  The  Costs  of  Distress  Act  is  repealed  and 


Rev.  Stat, 

repealed'.     '  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Right  of 
action  not 
affected. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.   110,  8.   15, 
subs.  1, 
amended. 


14.  No  person  aggrieved  by  a  seizure  or  sale  of  goods 
under  a  chattel  mortgage  or  by  a  distress  for  rent 
or  for  default  in  payment  of  any  instalment  of 
principal  or  interest  secured  by  any  instrument  under 
the  terms  of  which  the  vendor  retains  the  right  to 
take  possession  of  any  chattel  sold  by  him  for  default 
in  payment  of  any  instalment  of  principal  or  interest, 
shall  be  barred  from  any  action  or  remedy  which  he 
would  have  had  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  15  of  The  Costs  of  Distress 
Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  "chattel  mortgage" 
in  the  fifth  line  the  words  "or  for  default  in  payment  of  any 
instalment  of  principal  or  interest  secured  by  any  instrument 
under  the  terms  of  which  the  vendor  retains  the  right  to  take 
possession  of  any  chattel  sold  by  him  for  default  in  payment  of 
any  instalment  of  principal  or  interest,"  so  that  the  subsection 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Furnishing 
statement  of 
demand    and 
costs. 


(1)  A  person  who  makes  a  distress  shall  give  a  statement 
in  writing  of  the  demand,  and  of  all  the  costs  and 
expenses  of  the  distress,  signed  by  him,  to  the  person 
on  whose  goods  the  distress  is  made,  and  a  person 
who  makes  a  seizure  under  a  chattel  mortgage  or  for 
default  in  payment  of  any  instalment  of  principal  or 


161 


interest  secured  by  any  instrument  under  the  terms 
of  which  the  vendor  retains  the  right  to  take  posses- 
sion of  any  chattel  sold  by  him  for  default  in  payment 
of  any  instalment  of  principal  or  interest,  shall  give 
to  the  person  in  possession  of  the  goods  seized  a 
statement  in  writing  signed  by  him  of  the  demand 
and  of  the  costs  charged  in  respect  of  the  seizure 
and  subsequent  proceedings. 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  15  is  repealed  and  the  c^^J'i 0^*^3*15 
following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. 

(5)  An  appeal  may  be  made  from  such   taxation  to  a    ^^^^  ' 
judge  of  the  county  or  district  court. 

5.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  ment'"oTA^ct. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


161 


> 


n 
w 


2. 

s. 

o 

a- 

1 

O 

Co 

H- ' 

>c 

to 

>0 

to 

l:^ 

cn 

<^ 

^J 

<% 

Cn 

«> 

rt 

1. 

13- 

1. 

a. 

(— ' 

ti. 

?! 

^« 

1—* 

»— * 

OJ 

U) 

> 

> 
n 

O 

3 

3 

>h2 
n 

o 


No.  162 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Coroners  Act. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.   162 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act   to  nnicnd  The  CoroiKM's  Act. 

HIS  MAJl'.hlA,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Asseml)ly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  77/e  Coroners  Act,  1931. 


c^T2:i!*^s.*'2,        ^-  Section  2  of  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.   '    thereto  the  following  subsectioH : 


Supervising 
coroner, — 
appoint- 
ment of. 


(la)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
coroner  who  shall  have  jurisdiction  throughout  the 
Province  and  shall  act  in  an  advisory  capacity  to 
coroners  generally  and  shall  have  such  powers  and 
perform  such  duties  with  respect  to  the  office  of 
coroner  throughout  the  Province  as  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  may  prescribe. 


Rev.  Stat, 
o.  123, 
amended. 


3.   The   Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section : 


Travelling 
expenses, 
postage, 
forms,  etc. 


4n.  In  addition  to  the  fees  provided  for  by  this  Act,  all 
reasonable  and  necessary  travelling  and  other 
expenses  incurred  by  the  coroner  and  the  cost  of 
supplying  the  coroner's  office  with  necessary  postage, 
forms  and  stationery,  shall  be  payable  by  the 
municipal  corporation. 


^^i^is^^k^'^e,        4:-— (1)  Subsection   1  of  section  6  of  The  Coroners  Act  is 

amended.       amended  by  striking  out  the  words   "the  coroner"   in  the 

eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "a  coroner." 


(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  6  is  amended  by  striking 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  123,  s.  6, 

ame^iided.       out  the  words  "an  expert"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  the  word  "experts." 


c^^i23^^s^*8,        ^-  Section    8   of    The   Coroners   Act   is   repealed   and    the 
repealled.        following  substituted  thcrefor : 


162 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  This  provides  for  the  appointment  of  a  supervising  coroner 
with  jurisdiction  throughout  the  Province. 


Section  3.  There  is  no  provision  under  the  Act  as  it  stands  for  postage, 
telephone  calls  and  incidentals.  The  suggested  section  provides  for  these 
items  and  provides  also  for  the  supplymg  of  forms  and  other  stationery 
by  the  municipality.    This  is  already  the  practice  in  some  municipalities. 


Section  4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  6  now  provides  that  information 
shall  be  given  to  "the  coroner"  having  jurisdiction  in  the  place  where  the 
body  of  the  deceased  person  is.  The  amendment  is  to  take  care  of  the 
situation  in  places  where  there  may  be  more  than  one  coroner  having 
jurisdiction. 

(2)  The  present  subsection  4  of  section  6  provides  that  the  coroner, 
with  the  sanction  of  the  Crown  Attorney,  may  employ  an  expert  to  assist 
him  in  the  inquiry.  In  some  cases  it  is  found  necessary  to  employ  more 
than  one  expert. 

Section  5.  This  is  intended  to  correct  an  error  in  the  present  section  8 
where  it  speaks  of  a  warrant  to  hold  an  inquest  when  it  should  be  a  warrant 
to  take  charge  of  the  body  in  cases  where  a  death  occurs  in  one  municipality 
while  the  cause  of  death  was  in  another  jurisdiction. 

162 


t^^events^  8.  Where  the  death  is  beheved  to  be  the  result  of  violence, 

occurrrng  misadventure  or  other  matters  occurring  at  a  place 

jurisdiction.  beyond  the  jurisdiction  of  the  coroner,  he  shall  issue 

his  warrant  to  take  possession  of  the  body  as  provided 
in  section  6,  and  shall  view  the  body  and  make  such 
further  inquiry  as  may  be  required  to  satisfy  himself 
whether  or  not  an  inquest  is  necessary  and  if  he 
finds  that  an  inquest  is  necessary  he  may,  with  the 
consent  of  the  Crown  Attorney,  issue  the  warrant 
for  the  inquest  returnable  before  the  coroner  having 
jurisdiction  at  such  place  and  the  inquest  shall  be 
conducted  by  such  coroner  as  though  the  death  had 
taken  place  in  his  jurisdiction  and  he  had  issued 
the  warrant;  but  the  coroner  issuing  the  warrant 
may  take  evidence  to  prove  the  fact  of  death,  the 
identity  of  the  body  and  the  post  inortem  examina- 
tion of  the  body,  and  such  evidence  shall  be  trans- 
mitted to  and  received  by  the  coroner  holding  the 
inquest  as  part  of  the  proceedings  before  him. 

0^^23^*8*10       ^-  Section  10  of  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
amended.       qu^-  ^-^g  words  "twenty  cents"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "fifteen  cents." 

Rev.  Stat.  7. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  12  of  The  Coroners  Act  is 

subs,  i,'         amended  by  inserting  the  words  "aeroplane,  motor  vehicle" 
ame    e  .       ^f^gj-  ^j^g  word  "embankment"  in  the  fourth  line,  so  that  the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

Power  of  (\\  Where  a  coroner  has  ordered  an  inquest  upon  the 

coroner  to  ^    '  i         i     i  •    i  • 

take  charge  body  of  a  pcrsou  who  has  met  death  by  violence  in 

the  wreck  of  a  building,  bridge,  structure,  embank- 
ment, aeroplane,  motor  vehicle  or  railway  train,  the 
coroner  may  take  charge  of  all  wreckage  and  place 
a  constable  or  constables  in  charge  thereof  so  as  to 
prevent  persons  from  disturbing  such  wreckage  until 
the  jury  at  the  inquest  has  viewed  the  same,  or  the 
coroner,  where  there  is  no  jury,  has  made  such 
examination  as  he  deems  necessary. 

?'T23^*s*i2       (2)  The  said  section  12  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended.     '  following  subscction : 

interfering  (4)  Where  a  death  has  occurred  in  the  wreck  of  a  building, 

wreckage.  bridge.    Structure,    embankment,    aeroplane,    motor 

vehicle  or  railway  train  every  person  who,  except  for 
the  purpose  of  saving  life  or  relieving  human  suffer- 
ing, without  authority  from  the  coroner,  interferes 
with,  destroys  or  carries  away,  or  alters  the  position 
of  such  wreckage  or  any  part  thereof,  or  anything  in 

162 


Section  6.  The  amendment  is  in  order  to  make  the  mileage  rate  uniform 
throughout  the  Act.  In  the  present  section  10  the  rate  is  20  cts.  per 
mile  while  elsewhere  it  Is  15  cts. 


Section  7. —  (1)  The  amendment  is  intended  to  provide  for  taking 
charge  of  the  wreckage  of  "an  aeroplane"  or  "motor  vehicle"  which  are 
not  included  in  the  present  section,  so  that  the  evidence  may  be  preserved 
until  the  coroner  has  had  an  opportunity  of  inspecting  the  wreck. 


(2)  The  subsection  added  is  intended  to  penalize  persons  who,  except 
for  the  purpose  of  saving  life  or  relieving  human  suffering,  destroy  the 
evidence  by  interfering  with,  destroying  or  carrying  away  the  wreckage. 
This  happened  last  year  when  persons  made  away  with  the  evidence  by 
setting  fire  to  an  aeroplane  which  had  crashed  resulting  in  the  death  of 
the  pilot. 


162 


3 

any  way  connected  therewith,  shall  incur  a  penalty 
of  not  less  than  $25  nor  more  than  $100,  and  where 
it  appears  that  the  offence  was  committed  wilfully 
and  with  the  intention  of  making  away  with  or 
destroying  evidence,  the  person  committing  such 
offence  shall  be  liable  to  imprisonment  for  a  period 
not  exceeding  six  months. 

0^^123^**^*'  ^-   -^^^^    Coroners  Act  is  amended   by   adding   thereto   the 

amended.       following  section : 

Fggs  for  

special  16a. — (1)   The  coroner  may  grant   to  any  person  who 

attends  and  gives  evidence  at  his  instance,  such  sum 
in  addition  to  ordinary  witness  fees  as  he  may  deem 
reasonable  and  sufficient  to  compensate  the  witness 
for  preparing  a  plan,  furnishing  any  article  or  doing 
any  work  for  use  at  the  inquest,  for  his  costs  and 
charges  in  preparing  such  plan,  furnishing  such 
article  or  doing  such  work,  and  upon  the  fiat  of  the 
Attorney-General  may  direct  the  payment  of  a 
special  fee  to  an  expert  witness. 

How  costs  (2)  Such  costs  and  expenses  or  special  fee  shall  be  borne 

borne  and  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as  the  other  expenses 

^'^    ■  of  holding  an  inquest. 

^^23^*6*19       ^- — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  19  of  The  Coroners  Act  is 
^"'^^  iA^        amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  "in  addition 

amended.  ... 

to  the  medical  practitioner  making  the  post  mortem  examma- 
tion,"  so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

medical  ^^^  T\\&  coroner  may  issue  his  warrant  for  the  attendance 

attendant  before  him  or  at  the  inquest  of  the  legally  qualified 

01   uGCORSGCl.  1"         1  •     •  *c  1  111 

medical  practitioner,  it  any,  who  attended  the 
deceased  at  his  death,  or  during  his  last  illness,  or 
of  any  other  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner, 
in  or  near  the  place  where  the  death  occurred,  but 
he  shall  not  without  the  consent  of  the  Crown 
Attorney,  order  the  attendance  of  more  than  one 
medical  practitioner  in  addition  to  the  medical 
practitioner  making  the  post  mortem  examination. 

c^T23^*s.*i9,      (2)  Subsection   2   of  the  said   section    19  is  amended   by 

Impended        Striking  out  the  words  "twenty  cents"  in  the  third  line  and 

inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "fifteen  cents." 

^^123^*^*24       ^^'  Subsection    1   of  section   24  of   The   Coroners  Act  is 
subs.  j^J      'amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "ten  cents"  in  the  fifth 

and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "fifteen 

cents." 

162 


amended. 


Section  8.  The  section  added  is  intended  to  give  the  coroner  similar 
powers  to  those  which  a  judge  now  has  in  criminal  cases  of  paying  special 
witness  fees  where  plans  of  buildings,  models  or  other  similar  matters 
have  been  prepared  for  use  at  the  inquest  and  also  to  enable  him  to  direct 
the  payment  of  a  special  fee  for  expert  testimony  where  the  Attorney 
Cieneral  issues  a  fiat  for  that  purpose. 


Section  9. — (1)  The  present  subsection  1  of  section  19  gives  the  coroner 
power  to  call  before  him  or  at  the  inquest  the  medical  practitioner  who 
attended  the  deceased,  or  any  other  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner 
in  or  near  the  place  where  the  death  occurred.  By  the  proposed  amend- 
ment he  may,  without  the  consent  of  the  Crown  Attorney,  order  the 
attendance  of  a  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner  in  addition  to  the 
medical  practitioner  making  the  post  mortem  examination. 


(2)  The  amendment  is  to  make  uniform  the  mileage  rate  allowed  in 
the  case  of  a  medical  witness. 


Section  10.  By  the  piesent  subsection  the  mileage  rate  to  jurors  is 
10  cents.  The  proposed  change  to  15  cents  is  in  order  to  make  the  mileage 
rate  uniform  throughout  the  Act. 


162 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  123.  s.  25, 
amended. 


11.  Section  25  of  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  the  words  "in  writing"  in  the  third  Hne,  and  by  adding 
at  the  end  of  the  said  section  the  words  "but  where  the  consent 
of  the  Crown  Attorney  is  given  verbally  he  shall  as  soon  as 
convenient  confirm  the  same  in  writing  to  the  coroner,"  so 
that  the  section  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Viewing 
of  body  may 
be  dispensed 
with. 


25.  It  shall  not  be  necessary  for  a  jury  to  view  the  body 
upon  which  an  inquest  is  being  held  when  the 
coroner,  with  the  consent  of  the  Crown  Attorney, 
directs  that  the  viewing  of  the  body  shall  be  dis- 
pensed with  but  where  the  consent  of  the  Crown 
Attorney  is  given  verbally  he  shall  as  soon  as  con- 
venient confirm  the  same  in  writing  to  the  coroner. 


Rev.  Stat.,         12.   The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 

ainended.         following  sectiou  : 


Seal  not 
necessary. 


Rev.  Stat. 
C.   123, 
sched.  "A. 
item  d. 
repealed. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


48.  In  all  proceedings  under  this  Act  it  shall  not  be 
necessary  for  any  coroner  or  other  person  to  attach 
or  affix  any  seal  to  any  inquisition,  document  or 
process,  and  no  inquisition,  document  or  process 
shall  be  invalidated  by  reason  of  the  lack  of  a  seal 
even  though  the  inquisition,  document  or  process 
purports  to  be  sealed. 

13.  Item  d  in  schedule  "A"  to  The  Coroners  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

{d)  Necessary  travel,  per  mile S     .15 

When  by  railway,  per  mile 10 

14.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


162 


Section  11.  Under  the  present  section  25  it  is  not  necessary  for  a 
jury  to  view  the  body  when  the  coroner,  with  the  consent  in  writing  of  the 
Crown  Attorney,  directs  that  the  viewing  of  the  body  is  to  be  dispensed 
with.  The  omission  of  the  words  "in  writing"  allows  this  consent  to 
be  given  by  telephone  and  other  more  direct  methods  with  provision  for 
later  confirmation. 


Section  12.  This  dispenses  with  the  affixing  of  a  seal  to  documents  by 
coroners. 


Section  13.  This  decreases  the  mileage  rate  from  20  cents  to  15  cents 
in  order  to  make  the  mileage  rate  uniform. 


162 


2 
o 
w 


u> 

tNi 

:j 

a 

a. 

R- 

^ 

>3 

^ 

<^ 

g 

6 

Ci. 

ei- 

ri. 

^ 

S 

a 

0^5 

0^a 

> 

3 
> 

n 


to 

>3 

3- 

1 

a 

h— * 

Or« 

O 

U) 

05 

3 

3 
CL 

H 

3- 

n 

o 
o 

3 


s 

r 
r 


No.  162 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Coroners  Act. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  162 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Coroners  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Coroners  Act,  1931. 


^^J^gStat.^        2.  Section  2  of  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.   '   thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Supervising 
coroner, — 
appoint- 
ment of. 


(la)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a 
coroner  who  shall  have  jurisdiction  throughout  the 
Province  and  shall  act  in  an  advisory  capacity  to 
coroners  generally  and  shall  have  such  powers  and 
perform  such  duties  with  respect  to  the  office  of 
coroner  throughout  the  Province  as  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  may  prescribe. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  123, 
amended. 


3.  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 


Travelling 
expenses, 
postage, 
forms,  etc. 


4a.  In  addition  to  the  fees  provided  for  by  this  Act,  all 
reasonable  and  necessary  travelling  and  other 
expenses  incurred  by  the  coroner  and  the  cost  of 
supplying  the  coroner's  office  with  necessary  postage, 
forms  and  stationery,  shall  be  payable  by  the 
municipal  corporation. 


c^Y23?*s^*6,        ^' — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Coroners  Act  is 

aniend^ed        amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "the  coroner"   in  the 

eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "a  coroner." 

c.  123,  s.  6,        (2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  6  is  amended  by  striking 
anieiided.       out  the  words  "an  expert"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  the  word  "experts." 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  123,  s.  i 
repealled. 


5.  Section    8   of    The    Coroners  Act   is   repealed   and   the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


162 


8.  Where  the  death  is  believed  to  be  the  result  of  violence,  t^®ev*^  *t"® 
misadventure  or  other  matters  occurring  at  a  place  occurn-ng 
beyond  the  jurisdiction  of  the  coroner,  he  shall  issue  jurisdiction. 
his  warrant  to  take  possession  of  the  body  as  provided 
in  section  6,  and  shall  view  the  body  and  make  such 
further  inquiry  as  may  be  required  to  satisfy  himself 
whether  or  not  an  inquest  is  necessary  and  if  he 
finds  that  an  inquest  is  necessary  he  may,  with  the 
consent  of  the  Crown  Attorney,  at  any  time  during 
the  course  of  the  proceedings  transfer  the  inquest 
to  the  coroner  having  jurisdiction  at  such  place 
and  the  inquest  shall  be  conducted  by  such  coroner 
as  though  the  death  had  taken  place  in  his  jurisdic- 
tion and  he  had  issued  the  warrant;  but  the  coroner 
issuing  the  warrant  may  take  evidence  to  prove  the 
fact  of  death,  the  identity  of  the  body  and  the 
post  mortem  examination  of  the  body,  and  such 
evidence  shall  be  transmitted  to  and  received  by 
the  coroner  holding  the  inquest  as  part  of  the 
proceedings  before  him. 

6.  Section  10  of  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  striking  Rev.  stat. 
out  the  words  "twenty  cents"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  amended, 
in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "fifteen  cents." 

7. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  12  of  The  Coroners  Act  is^®J'23^*s.*i2. 
amended  by  inserting  the  words  "aeroplane,  motor  vehicle,  |^^^|^^^^ 
boat,   machine,  apparatus,"  after  the  word   "embankment" 
in  the  fourth  line,  so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as 
follows: 

(1)  Where  a  coroner  has  ordered  an  inquest  upon  the  ^o°  oner*to 
body  of  a  person  who  has  met  death  by  violence  in  of '^vvreckale 
the  wreck  of  a  building,  bridge,  structure,  embank- 
ment, aeroplane,  motor  vehicle,  boat,  machine, 
apparatus  or  railway  train,  the  coroner  may  take 
charge  of  all  wreckage  and  place  a  constable  or 
constables  in  charge  thereof  so  as  to  prevent  persons 
from  disturbing  such  wreckage  until  the  jury  at  the 
inquest  has  viewed  the  same,  or  the  coroner,  where 
there  is  no  jury,  has  made  such  examination  as  he 
deems  necessary. 

(2)  The  said  section  12  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  p^^'i^s^^s.^  12. 

following  subsection :  amended. 

(4)  Where  a  death  has  occurred  in  the  wreck  of  a  building,  ^iu^^®'^^'^* 
bridge,    structure,    embankment,    aeroplane,    motor ^^'"^^^'^^se. 
vehicle,  boat,  machine,  apparatus  or  railway  train 
every  person  who,  except  for  the  purpose  of  saving 
life  or  relieving  human  suffering,  without  authority 

162 


from  the  coroner,  interferes  with,  destroys  or  carries 
away,  or  alters  the  position  of  such  wreckage  or 
any  part  thereof,  or  anything  in  any  way  connected 
therewith,  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  less  than 
S25  nor  more  than  $100,  and  where  it  appears  that 
the  offence  was  committed  wilfully  and  with  the 
intention  of  making  away  with  or  destroying 
evidence,  the  person  committing  such  ofifence  shall 
be  liable  to  imprisonment  for  a  period  not  exceeding 
six  months. 

^^^oo^*'^*-  8.   The   Coroners  Act  is  amended   by  adding  thereto  the 

c-  123,  f    ,,         .  .  J  b 

amended.         tollowmg  section : 

erfeciaf"^  ^^^- — (^)   ^^^  coroucr  may  grant  to  any  person  who 

services.  attends  and  gives  evidence  at  his  instance,  such  sum 

in  addition  to  ordinary  witness  fees  as  he  may  deem 
reasonable  and  sufficient  to  compensate  the  witness 
for  preparing  a  plan,  furnishing  any  article  or  doing 
any  work  for  use  at  the  inquest,  for  his  costs  and 
charges  in  preparing  such  plan,  furnishing  such 
article  or  doing  such  work,  and  upon  the  fiat  of  the 
Attorney-General  may  direct  the  payment  of  a 
special  fee  to  an  expert  witness. 

How  costs  (2)  Such  costs  and  expenses  or  special  fee  shall  be  borne 

borne  and  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as  the  other  expenses 

^^'  ■  of  fyDlding  an  inquest. 

Rev  Stat.         9. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  19  of  The  Coroners  Act  is 

c.  i^s,  s.  ly,  .   . 

subs.  1,  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  "in  addition 

to  the  medical  practitioner  making  the  post  mortem  examina- 
tion," so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

medical  ^^^  T\\&  coroner  may  issue  his  warrant  for  the  attendance 

attendant  before  him  or  at  the  inquest  of  the  legally  qualified 

medical  practitioner,  if  any,  who  attended  the 
deceased  at  his  death,  or  during  his  last  illness,  or 
of  any  other  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner, 
in  or  near  the  place  where  the  death  occurred,  but 
he  shall  not  without  the  consent  of  the  Crown 
Attorney,  order  the  attendance  of  more  than  one 
medical  practitioner  in  addition  to  the  medical 
practitioner  making  the  post  mortem  examination. 

0^^123^*8*19       (^)  Subsection   2   of  the  said  section   19  is  amended   by 

subs.  2  striking  out  the  words  "twenty  cents"  in  the  third  line  and 

inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "fifteen  cents." 

Re v^  Stat. ^^       10.  Subsection    1   of  section   24  of   The   Coroners  Act  is 
subs,  i,        'amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "ten  cents"  in  the  fifth 

and  sixth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "fifteen 

cents." 

162 


11.  Section  25  of  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  striking ^^^^33^*^^*25 
out  the  words  "in  writing"  in  the  third  Hne,  and  by  adding  amended, 
at  the  end  of  the  said  section  the  words  "but  where  the  consent 

of  the  Crown  Attorney  is  given  verbally  he  shall  as  soon  as 
convenient  confirm  the  same  in  writing  to  the  coroner,"  so 
that  the  section  will  now  read  as  follows : 

25.  It  shall  not  be  necessary  for  a  jury  to  view  the  body  viewing  ^ 
upon    which    an    inquest    is    being   held    when    the  be  dispensed 

...  ,      ,        f^  •  with. 

coroner,  with  the  consent  ot  the  Crown  Attorney, 
directs  that  the  viewing  of  the  body  shall  be  dis- 
pensed with  but  where  the  consent  of  the  Crown 
Attorney  is  given  verbally  he  shall  as  soon  as  con- 
venient confirm  the  same  in  writing  to  the  coroner. 

12.  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  theRev.  stat., 

c    123 
following  section :  amended. 

46.  In  all  proceedings  under  this  Act  it  shall  not  be^®^J,g^°*y 
necessary  for  any  coroner  or  other  person  to  attach 
or  affix  any  seal  to  any  inquisition,  document  or 
process,  and  no  inquisition,  document  or  process 
shall  be  invalidated  by  reason  of  the  lack  of  a  seal 
even  though  the  inquisition,  document  or  process 
purports  to  be  sealed. 

13.  Item  d  in  schedule  "A"  to  The  Coroners  Act  is  repealed  ^^23^*^*' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ftem'^d,  "^^ ' 

repealed. 

{d)  Necessary  travel,  per  mile $     -15 

When  by  railway,  per  mile 10 

14.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  Sen t^oTAct. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


162 


s 

> 

1-* 

o 

n 

to 

JO 

©- 

rr 

?i. 

nr 

"^ 

1—' 

>a 

to 

>2 

to 

§3 

^ 

rf- 

§ 

§ 

On 

a 

n 

O 

0^ 

3- 

o 

J3* 

I-* 

Oj 

Ck) 

> 

13 

> 
O 


o 
p 
3 

(T) 

3 
D- 

H 
n» 

n 

o 
o 

3 


> 


2 
r 
r 


No.  163 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act,  1930 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  163  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Security  Frauds 
Prevention  Act,  1930. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title  1-  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention 

Act,  1931. 

1930,  c.  39,        2. — (1)  Section  2  of  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

"Board."  ^^^^   "Board"    shall    mean   such    board,    commission   or 

body  of  persons,  or  such  person  as  may  be  appointed 
or  designated  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
to  administer  this  Act. 

1930,  c.  39,        (2)  The  clause  lettered  e  in  the  said  section  2  is  repealed 
repeaft^®  ®'  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

"Registrar."  (^)     "Registrar"   shall   mean    the   person   appointed   by 

the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  to  act  as 
Registrar  of  the  Board  under  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

3.   The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act  is  further  amended 
ime°ud*^ed^^'    by  adding  thereto  the  following  section  to  precede  Part  I : 


"Board." 


2a. — (1)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  from  time 
to  time,  by  regulation  or  otherwise  may 

(a)  appoint,  establish  or  designate  any  board, 
commission  or  body  of  persons  or  any  person 
as  a  Board  to  administer  this  Act ; 

(6)  provide  for  the  appointment  of  the  members, 
officers  and  employees  of  the  Board ; 


163 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2. — (1)  "Board"  is  defined,  enabling  the  administration  of 
the  Act  to  be  assigned  to  any  person,  or  to  any  commission  now  in  existence 
or  to  be  formed. 


(2)  "Registrar"  is  redefined  to  harmonize  with  the  other  amendments. 


Section  3.  A  new  section  is  added  enabling  a  new  Board  to  be  appointed 
or  an  existing  Board  to  be  designated  to  administer  the  Act.  The  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor in  Council  is  clothed  with  other  appropriate  powers. 
The  Board  is  enabled  to  review  all  registrations. 


163 


(c)  prescribe  powers  and  duties  for  any  of  them 
on  the  Board,  and 

(d)  approve  the  salaries  of  such  members,  officers 
and  employees  as  fixed  by  the  Board. 

„  (2)    The  Board  shall  have  and  assume  all  powers  con- 

To  assume  ^   ''  ,«  ^  ,ii-ia 

duties  on  ferred  upon  the  Attorney  General  by  the  said  Act, 

tion,  and    regulations,    which    shall    thereafter    be    read 

accordingly,  mutatis  mutandis,  and  the  Board  shall 

assume  and  continue  the  entire  administration  of 

the  said  Act  and  all  proceedings  pending  thereunder 

on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor 

by   his    proclamation,    whereupon    all    registrations 

shall    be    reduced    to    temporary    registrations   and 

subject  to  review  by  the  Board. 


Court 


(3)    Where  the  Board  is  a  Court  of  record  or  is  a  member 

action  in  of  another  Board  which  is  a  court  of  record,  pro- 

name  of  f  •  o  J  J 

Attorney-  ccedings  under  subsection  4  of  section  8  and  under 

section  12  shall  be  instituted  in  the  name  of  the 
Attorney  General. 

Expenses.  ^^^    jj^  ^^^^  absence  of  an\    special  appropriation  of  the 

Legislature  available  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  all 
moneys  necessary  to  meet  the  salaries  and  expenses 
necessarily  incurred  in  the  administration  of  this 
Act  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue 
Fund. 

s.  3,  'subs.  'i.      4. — (1)  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  3  of  The  Security 
amended.       Frauds  Prevention  Act  is  amended   by   adding   at   the  end 
thereof  the  word  "or". 

1930,  0.  39,         (2)  Section   3   of    The   Security   Frauds   Prevention  Act   is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

offldais  (3)    No  person  who  becomes  a  member  or  official  of  a 

approved.  partnership  or  an  official  of  a  company,  after  the 

partnership  or  company  has  been  registered  under 
subsection  2  shall  trade  in  securities  as  such  until  the 
partnership  or  company  has  received  from  the 
Registrar  written  permission  for  such  person  so  to 
trade. 

s.®i4,'s''ubs^'i.      5.  Subsection    1    of   section    14    of    The    Security    Frauds 

amended.     'Prevention  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and 

the  broker  shall  be  guilty  of  an  offence"  in  the  last  two  lines. 

1930,  0.  39,        6.  Section    15   of   The   Security   Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
^mikded.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections : 

163 


Should  the  Board  designated  be  one  that  is  a  court  of  record  under 
any  other  statute  it  would  not  do  to  have  it  apply  for  an  injunction  to 
another  court,  so  in  such  a  case  the  application  is  to  be  made  in  the  name 
of  the  Attorney  General.  The  same  applies  to  the  initiation  of  bank- 
ruptcy proceedings,  etc. 

Provision  is  here  made  for  payment  of  the  expenses  of  the  Board. 


Section  4.  This  amendment  is  to  clarify  section  3  of  the  Act,  owing 
to  difficulties  encountered  in  a  recent  prosecution. 


Section  5.  These  words  are  already  impliedly  repealed  by  section  231.\ 
of  The  Criminal  Code. 


Section  6.  This  amendment  is  to  make  it  clear  that  brokers  must 
obtain  specific  contracts  from  their  customers  before  making  use  of  their 
stock,  and  enables  the  Board  to  control  contracts  which  are  unreasonable. 

163 


Contracts 
on  con- 
firmations 
void. 


Contracts 
with 

customers 
to  be  in 
writing. 


(2)  No  conditions  of  trading  or  form  of  contract  inserted 
in  written  confirmations  of  transactions  shall  be 
binding  upon  any  customer. 

(3)  No  contract  between  a  broker  and  his  customer 
relating  to  the  rights  of  a  broker  in  respect  of  any 
security, 

(a)  deposited  by  the  customer  for  safekeeping,  or 

(b)  deposited  by  the  customer  as  collateral  to 
secure  his  account,  or 

(c)  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired  by  the 
broker  for  the  purpose  of  being  carried  upon 
margin  for  the  customer, 

shall  be  binding  upon  the  customer. 


unless    it    is    in    writing    and    signed    by    the 
customer,  or 


May  be 
declared 
unreason- 
able by 
Board. 


(ii)  in  respect  of  any  right  thereby  conferred 
upon  the  broker,  where  the  Board  by  notice 
in  writing  to  every  stock  exchange  operating 
in  Ontario  has  declared  such  right  to  be 
unreasonable. 


1930,  c.  39, 
6.  25, 
repealed. 


7.  Section   25   of    The  Security   Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Change  of 
accounting 
system  or 
business 
connection. 


25.  Any  executive  committee  may  in  writing,  require 
any  person  or  company  whose  affairs  have  been 
audited  or  are  being  audited  to  alter,  supplement 
or  replace  any  system  of  book  or  record  keeping  or 
the  course  or  method  of  handling  securities,  borrow- 
ing moneys  or  generally  conducting  business,  in  any 
manner  or  to  alter  or  dispense  with  any  financial 
arrangement  or  business  association  or  affiliation, 
direct  or  indirect,  of  which  the  executive  committee 
disapproves,  and  to  comply  with  any  recommenda- 
tion made  by  the  exchange  auditor  and  any  require- 
ment of  such  executive  committee. 


1930,  c.  3^, 
6.  31, 
amended. 


8.  Section  31  of  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
amended  by  inserting  at  the  commencement  thereof  the 
following  words  "The  Board,  subject  to  the  approval  of." 


163 


Section  7.  This  amendment  is  made  to  give  the  exchanges  greater  power 
over  their  members  by  enabling  the  exchanges  to  control  business  methods 
and  associations.     The  portions  added  are  underlined. 


Section  8   enables   the    Board  to  make  its  own  regulations,  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


163 


8.^32,"  subs^  4.      ^-  Subsection    4   of    section    32    of    The   Security    Frauds 
amended.       Prevention  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 

words  "or  of  the  Crown  Attorney  of  the  County  or  District 

in  which  the  ofifence  took  place." 


1930,  c. 
s.  36, 
repealed 


39, 


10.  Section  36  of  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention   Act  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Expenses. 
Rev.  Stat., 
c.  25. 


36.  Section  17  of  The  Audit  Act  shall  apply  mutatis 
mutandis  as  if  the  provisions  thereof,  except  the 
references  to  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  were 
enacted  in  and  formed  part  of  this  Act. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


11.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


163 


Section  9.  This  enables  the  Crown  Attorney  as  well  as  the  Board  to 
authorize  a  prosecution  under  the  Act,  and  is  intended  to  save  time  where 
salesmen  are  operating  without  registration. 


Section  10.  This  is  a  redraft  of  the  previous  section  made  applicable 
to  the  administration  by  the  Board. 


Section  11.  Commencement  of  Act. 


163 


w 

n 

m 


>i 

ex. 
a 

OK, 


a 
a 

0^5 


O 

rr 


?     6- 


a 

0^ 


> 

3 

> 

O 

rt- 

*V  o 

"1 

ro   !i3 

si 

Cfl 

3     H 

p— < 

^- 

r 
r 

r-  CD 

re 

h-  n 

vO  c 

o  ?; 

•  *< 

^ 

"1 

p 

c 

Q- 

No.  163 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act,  1930 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  163  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Security  Frauds 
Prevention  Act,  1930. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.        1-  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention 
Act,  1931. 

1930,  c.  39.        2. — (1)  Section  2  of  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
amended.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

^^^  '  (aa)  "Board"    shall    mean   such   board,    commission   or 

body  of  persons,  or  such  person  as  may  be  appointed 
or  designated  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
to  administer  this  Act. 

1930,  c.  39,        (2)  The  clause  lettered  e  in  the  said  section  2  is  repealed 
repealed'.''^  ^'  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

"Registrar."  C^)     "Registrar"   shall   mean   the   person   appointed   by 

the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  to  act  as 
Registrar  of  the  Board  under  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  and  the  regulations. 

3.   The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act  is  further  amended 
amend°ed.  '    by  adding  thereto  the  following  section  to  precede  Part  I: 


"Board." 


2a. — (1)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  from  time 
to  time,  by  regulation  or  otherwise  may 

(a)  appoint,  establish  or  designate  any  board, 
commission  or  body  of  persons  or  any  person 
as  a  Board  to  administer  this  Act; 

(b)  provide  for  the  appointment  of  the  members, 
officers  and  employees  of  the  Board ; 


163 


(c)  prescribe  powers  and  duties  for  any  of  them 
on  the  Board,  and 

(d)  approve  the  salaries  of  such  members,  officers 
and  employees  as  fixed  by  the  Board. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  have  and  assume  all  powers  con-r^, 

.  ^  lo  assume 

lerred  upon  the  Attorney  General  by  the  said  Act,  duties  on 

and    regulations,    which    shall    thereafter    be    read  tion. 

accordingly,  mutatis  mutandis,  and  the  Board  shall 

assume  and  continue  the  entire  administration  of 

the  said  Act  and  all  proceedings  pending  thereunder 

on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor 

by   his    proclamation,    whereupon    all    registrations 

shall    be   reduced    to    temporary   registrations   and 

subject  to  review  by  the  Board. 

(3)  Where  the  Board  is  a  Court  of  record  or  is  a  member  court 
of  another  Board  which  is  a  court  of  record,  pro-  nanie^Jf 
ceedings  under  subsection  4  of  section  8  and  under  Attorney- 
section   12  shall  be  instituted  in  the  name  of  the 
Attorney  General. 

(4)  In  the  absence  of  any  special  appropriation  of  the  ^^P^^ses. 
Legislature  available  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  all 
moneys  necessary  to  meet  the  salaries  and  expenses 
necessarily   incurred   in    the   administration   of   this 

Act  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue 
Fund. 

1930    c.  39 

4. — (1)  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  3  of  The  Security  s.  3, 'subs,  'i, 
Frauds  Prevention  Act  is   amended   by   adding  at   the  end  amended, 
thereof  the  word  "or". 

(2)  Section   3   of   The   Security   Frauds  Prevention  Act  is  i^^o,  c.  39. 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended. 

Ngw 

(3)  No  person  who  becomes  a  member  or  official  of  a  officials 
partnership  or  an  official  of  a  company,  after  the  approved, 
partnership  or  company  has  been  registered  under 
subsection  2  shall  trade  in  securities  as  such  until  the 
partnership  or  company  has  received  from  the 
Registrar  written  permission  for  such  person  so  to 
trade. 

5.  Subsection    1    of   section    14   of    The   Security    Frauds l^  i^' subs.' i. 
Prevention  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and^'"^"'^^'*- 
the  broker  shall  be  guilty  of  an  offence"  in  the  last  two  lines. 

6.  Section    15   of   The  Security   Frauds  Prevention   Act  is  i930.  c.  39. 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended. 

163 


Terms  of 
contracts 
may  be 
declared 
unreason- 
able. 


(2)  No  term  in  a  contract  between  a  broker  who  acts 
as  an  agent  and  any  customer  relating  to  any  right 
of  the  broker  in  respect  of  any  security  shall  be 
binding  upon  the  customer  where  the  Board  by 
notice  in  writing  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the 
broker  and  to  every  stock  exchange  operating  in 
Ontario  has  declared  such  right  to  be  unreasonable. 


1930,  c.  39. 

S.  25, 
repealed. 


7.  Section   25   of   The  Security   Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Change  of 
accounting 
system  or 
business 
connection. 


25.  Any  executive  committee  may  in  writing,  require 
any  person  or  company  whose  affairs  have  been 
audited  or  are  being  audited  to  alter,  supplement 
or  replace  any  system  of  book  or  record  keeping  or 
the  course  or  method  of  handling  securities,  borrow- 
ing moneys  or  generally  conducting  business,  in  any 
manner  or  to  alter  or  dispense  with  any  financial 
arrangement  or  business  association  or  affiliation, 
direct  or  indirect,  of  which  the  executive  committee 
disapproves,  and  to  comply  with  any  recommenda- 
tion made  by  the  exchange  auditor  and  any  require- 
ment of  such  executive  committee. 


1930.  c.  39.        g_  Section   31   of   The  Security   Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
amended.       amended   by   inserting   at   the   commencement   thereof   the 
following  words  "The  Board,  subject  to  the  approval  of." 


1930,  c.  39, 
s.  32,  subs.  4, 
amended. 


9.  Subsection  4  of  section  32  of  The  Security  Frauds 
Prevention  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
words  "or  of  the  Crown  Attorney  of  the  County  or  District 
in  which  the  offence  took  place." 


1930,  c.  39,        jQ    Section  36  of  The  Security  Frauds  Prevention  Act  is 
repealed.        repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Expenses. 
Rev.  Stat., 
c.  25. 


36.  Section  17  of  The  Audit  Act  shall  apply  mutatis 
mutandis  as  if  the  provisions  thereof,  except  the 
references  to  the  Deputy  Attorney  General  were 
enacted  in  and  formed  part  of  this  Act. 


ment"o^f^A^c't.      ^l*  '^his  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  by  his  Proclamation. 


163 


2 
n 


> 

Uj 

-1 

tSi 

•-t 

^ 

l-t 

;? 

n 

S 

o 

Co 

Pi. 

3* 

?i- 

tr 

«-k 

H- ' 

>i 

Ca> 

1:^ 

to 

>3 

c« 

«> 

o 

<:^ 

Cn 

f5 

_f-t- 

B 

(-»■ 

© 

(-h 

1 

H- ' 

p- 

p* 

1— >• 

o 

0^ 

1— » 

o 

0^ 

1— ' 

Oj 

Ck> 

> 

> 

n 


<  3 


o 

> 

n 
)-«.  n 
\o  c 
'^  2. 

o  ^ 

•   ^ 


No.  164 

2m)  Session,  18tii  Legislatukk,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Children's  Protection  Act. 


Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 

Printkd  by  Herbert  H.  Hm.l 
Printkr  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


Xo.    164 


1931 


BILL 


All  Act  to  amend  The   Children's   Protection  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY',  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


liev.  .Slat. 
C   279,  S.    1, 
clause  e. 
repealed . 


1.  This  Act   may   be   cited   as   The   Children's  Protection 
Amendment  Act,  1931. 

2.— (1)  Clause  e  of  section  1  of  The  Children's  Protection  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


"iViini«tei."  {c)   "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 

Council  charged  for  the  time  being  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  279,  s.  ], 
clause  /, 
repealed. 

"Muniei- 
pality." 


Kev.  Stat, 
c.  279,  s.  : 
amended. 


Mode  of 
incorpora- 
tion and 
model  con- 
stitution, 


(2)  Clause /of  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(/)  "Municipality"  shall  mean  a  county,  city  or  separated 
town,  except  that  in  a  territorial  district  it  shall 
mean  a  city,  town,  village  or  township. 

3.  Section  32  of  The  Children's  Protection  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(2)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  mode  of  incorporation  of 
children's  aid  societies  and  the  fees,  if  any,  to  be  paid 
on  incorporation,  and  may  for  such  societies  prescribe 
a  model  or  standard  form  of  constitution  and  b^'-laws 
with  power  to  approve  any  variations  therefrom  as 
the  circumstances  applicable  in  respect  to  any  such 
societv  mav  seem  to  warrant. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


4.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Ro\al  Assent. 


164 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  Definitions  of  Minister  and  Municipality  altered  to  conform 
with  standard  practice  adopted  in  institutional  legislation  at  this  Session. 


Section  3.  This  amendment  is  to  simplify  and  standardize  incorpora- 
tion of  Children's  Aid  Societies. 


164 


^ 
w 


3 


0^ 


h^ 

o 

^ 

to 

>3 

<^ 

Cn 

c^ 

© 

i-h 

» 

?J- 

rr 

a- 

«a. 

^. 

0^ 

> 

3 

> 

O 

r^ 

r+ 

hd  0 

3  Sf 

sr  3 

^  q 

2 

r-^    3 

O^ 

r 

3     H 

r 

^^ 

^  n 

3- 

O- 

-t 

rD 

No.  164 

2nd  Session,  IStii  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Children's  Protection  Act. 


Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.   164 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The   Children's   Protection  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be-  cited   as   The   Children's  Protection 
Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  279,  s.  1, 

repealed.       is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


2. — (1)  Clause  e  of  section  1  of  The  Children's  Protection  Act 


•Minister."  (e)   "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 

Council  charged  for  the  time  being  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act. 


(2)  Clause  /  of  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  the  following 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  279,  s.  1, 

clause  /         substituted  therefor : 

repealed. 


"Munici- 
pality." 


(/)  "Municipality"  shall  mean  a  county,  city  or  separated 
town,  except  that  in  a  territorial  district  it  shall 
mean  a  city,  town,  village  or  township. 


c^^279^*s*'32       *^"  Section  32  of  The  Children's  Protection  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.     '  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Alode  of 
incorpora- 
tion and 
model  con- 
stitution, 
etc. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


(2)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  mode  of  incorporation  of 
children's  aid  societies  and  the  fees,  if  any,  to  be  paid 
on  incorporation,  and  may  for  such  societies  prescribe 
a  model  or  standard  form  of  constitution  and  by-laws 
with  power  to  approve  any  variations  therefrom  as 
the  circumstances  applicable  in  respect  to  any  such 
society  may  seem  to  warrant. 

4.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


164 


so 


•-t 
p 


t^ 

g 

> 

Oj 

•1 

1- 

►^ 

■-t^ 

a. 

n 
:3- 

Ol 

H-k 

>a 

to 

>3 

K3 

>a 

C/) 

«> 

«<r 

«i 

C/i 

f5 

c-h 

R 

r-t- 

?i 

<-h 

& 

" 

?i- 

jr 

Pi. 

13- 

ex. 

H^ 

•s>. 

^. 

*!*. 

0^ 

0^5 

0^5 

t— ' 

u> 

Oj 

> 


ha  o 
3  I 

^  i 

>  =^ 

^  n 

13- 


CU 


r 


No.  165 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act. 


Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.   165 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         j    j|-,;g  ja^^^  j^^y  |jg  cited  as  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge 
Amendment  Act,  193 L 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  349,  s.  4, 
amended. 


2.  Section  4  of  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  the  words  "Provincial  Secretary"  in  the  second 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Minister  of  Public 
Welfare." 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  349, 
amended. 


3.  Wherever  in  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  reference 
is  made  to  the  inspector  or  inspectors  of  prisons  and  public 
charities  the  said  Act  shall  be  construed  and  deemed  to  refer 
to  an  inspector  appointed  under  The  Department  of  Public 
Welfare  Act,  1931. 


c^^349^*s*'i3       4.  Section  13  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
amended.       ^-j^g  words   ''The  Hospitals  and   Charitable  Institutions  Act'' 

and    inserting   in    lieu    thereof    the   words    ''The    Charitable 

Institutions  Act,  1931." 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  349, 
amended. 


5.   The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Art  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section : 


Liability 
for  indigent 
inmates 
from  muni- 
cipalities 
in  other 
districts. 


13a. — (1)  Where  an  inmate  in  a  district  house  of  refuge 
was  at  the  time  of  his  admission  a  resident  in  a  muni- 
cipality in  a  territorial  district  other  than  the  one 
for  which  the  house  of  refuge  is  established,  such 
municipality  shall  if  the  inmate  is  an  indigent  person 
be  liable  to  pay  to  the  board  for  the  maintenance  of 
such  inmate  at  the  rate  of  ninety  cents  per  day  for 
every  day  in  which  he  is  an  inmate  in  the  house  of 
refuge. 


165 


Explanatory  Notes 

Sections  2,  3  and  4.  These  amendments  are  necessary  by  reason  of  the 
transfer  of  administration  over  District  Houses  of  Refuge  from  the  Pro- 
vincial Secretary  to  the  Minister  of  Public  Welfare. 


Section  5.  The  object  of  this  amendment  is  to  protect  a  territorial 
district  which  has  established  a  House  of  Refuge  against  the  expense  of 
maintaining  indigent  inmates  who  reside  in  outside  municipalities. 


165 


^^sident*"  (2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section  an  inmate  shall  be 

deemed  to  be  a  resident  in  a  municipality  if  he  actually 
resided  therein  for  three  months  out  of  the  five 
months  next  preceding  admission  to  the  house  of 
refuge. 

ment"of^Act.      6.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


165 


50 


00 
■-t 

p 

3 


n 

ei. 

3- 

>o 

tsj 

>a 

a 

Cn 

r5 

1. 

S 

s 

[^ 

0^ 

> 

3 

> 

o 


/d  3 


l-H 

r 
r 


No.  165 

2nd  Session,  18tii  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act. 


]Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  165 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         J    jj^ig  j^^^  ^^^  j^g  ^,j^.g^j  .^g  j-y^g  District  Houses  of  Refuge 
Amendment  Act,  1931. 

c!^^349^*s.*'4,       ^-  Section  4  of  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  is  amended 
amended.       by  striking  out  the  words  "Provincial  Secretary"  in  the  second 

line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Minister  of  Public 

Welfare." 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  349, 
amended. 


3.  Wherever  in  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  reference 
is  made  to  the  inspector  or  inspectors  of  prisons  and  public 
charities  the  said  Act  shall  be  construed  and  deemed  to  refer 
to  an  inspector  appointed  under  The  Department  of  Public 
Welfare  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  349,  s.   13, 
amended. 


4.  Section  13  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out 
the  words  ''The  Hospitals  and  Charitable  Institutions  Act'^ 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  ''The  Charitable 
Institutions  Act,  1931.'' 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  349, 
amended. 


5.  The  District  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section : 


Liability 
for  indigent 
inmates 
from  muni- 
cipalities 
in  other 
districts. 


13a. — (1)  Where  an  inmate  in  a  district  house  of  refuge 
was  at  the  time  of  his  admission  a  resident  in  a  muni- 
cipality in  a  territorial  district  other  than  the  one 
for  which  the  house  of  refuge  is  established,  such 
municipality  shall  if  the  inmate  is  an  indigent  person 
be  liable  to  pay  to  the  board  for  the  maintenance  of 
such  inmate  at  the  rate  of  ninety  cents  per  day  for 
every  day  in  which  he  is  an  inmate  in  the  house  of 
refuge. 


165 


(2)   For  the  purposes  of  this  section  an  inmate  shall  be  ^'^L®'"^!.'^*' <.°m 
1  II  '1  •  •   •      I-       •/•!  II       Resident, 

deemed  to  be  a  resident  m  a  mumcipahty  it  he  actually 

resided    therein   for   three   months  out  of   the   five 

months  next  preceding  admission   to  the  house  of 

refuge. 

6.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  ment^oTAct. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


165 


D3 

3 


> 

Oj 

^s» 

t~^ 

-1_ 

s. 

Co 

K-l. 

>a 

KJ 

>C 

K3 

>3 

Cfl 

J$ 

^I 

<^ 

Cyi 

5$ 

r1- 

e 

r+ 

R 

(-h 

a 

fi- 

fr 

fi- 

3- 

?i. 

H^ 

ri. 

<r^. 

ri. 

o 

^ 

js 

s 

OtJ 

Or^ 

■0 

0^5 

> 


PC  5 

(T)     CL 


(T> 


r 
r 


No.  166 

2nd  Session,  ISth  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Industrial  Schools  Act. 


Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  166 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The   Industrial  Schools  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Industrial  Schools  Act, 
1931. 


Rev.  Stat.. 
c.  .S29,  s.  1, 
cl.  f, 
repealed. 

"Minister. 


2. — (1)  The  clause  lettered/  in  section  1  of  The  Industrial 
Schools  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(/)  "Minister"  shall  mean  that  member  of  the  Executive 
Council  to  whom  for  the  time  being  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act  is  assigned. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  1, 
amended. 


(2)  The  said  section  1  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clauses: 


"Regu- 
lations. 


"Advisory 
Board." 


{i)  "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  by  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  under  the  authority 
of  this  Act; 

{j)  "Advisory  Board"  shall  mean  The  Industrial  Schools 
Advisory  Board  appointed  under  this  Act. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  2, 
subs.  2, 
repealed. 


3.  Subsection  2  of  section  2  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  (a)  An  industrial  school  shall  not  be  erected  or 
acquired  until  the  site  and  plans  of  the  buildings  have 
been  approved  in  writing  by  the  Minister,  and  no 
change  in  the  site  and  no  sale  or  disposal  of  any 
portion  thereof,  and  no  structural  alteration  in  the 
building  shall  be  made  until  the  like  approval  has 
been  given. 

{h)  The  Board  shall  submit  all  rules,  regulations  and 
policies  of  training  to  the  Minister  for  approval. 


166 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2. — (1)  In  the  present  section  "Minister"  is  interpreted  to 
mean  "The  Provincial  Secretary  of  Ontario  or  other  member  of  the 
Executive  Council  charged  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  with 
the  administration  of  this  Act." 


(2)   Interpretation  of  "regulations"  and  "Advisory  Board." 


Section  3.  The  present  Act  {jermits  a  society  to  erect  a  school  and  pass 
laws  before  seeking  the  approval  of  the  Minister.  The  intention  of  the 
change  is  to  control  the  tyj^e  of  construction  and  also  to  determine  the 
rules,  regulations,  policies  and  method  of  instruction. 


166 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  i:; 
repealed. 


4.  Section  12  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Children 
committed 
to  industrial 
school  may 
be  sent  to 
training 
school. 


12.  Whenever  a  child  may  be  sent  to  an  industrial  school 
such  child  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Minister, 
be  sent  to  a  training  school  established  under  The 
Ontario  Training  Schools  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
0.  329,  s.  13, 
repealed. 

Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  14, 
amended. 


5.  Section  13  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed. 

6.  Section  14  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  the  word  "inspector"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Advisory  Board,"  so  that  the  section 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Religious 
per.suasion  of 
offenders. 


14.  The  judge  or  Advisory  Board  shall  endeavour  to 
ascertain  the  religious  persuasion  to  which  the  child 
belongs,  and  shall  as  far  as  practicable  send  a  Roman 
Catholic  child  to  a  Roman  Catholic  industrial  school 
and  a  child  of  any  other  religious  persuasion  to  a 
school  established  by  and  with  the  sanction  of  a 
board  of  public  school  trustees. 


^®3^29^g^V7,        '^ •  Subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act 
aniended        ^^  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "or  inspector"  in  the 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "or  Minister," 
so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Particulars 
to  be  set  out 
in  order. 


(1)  The  judge  or  Minister  shall  in  his  order  designate  the 
school  to  which  the  child  is  to  be  sent  and  the  person 
in  whose  custody  he  is  to  be  conveyed  to  the  school, 
and  shall  where  practicable  state  the  name,  age  and 
parentage  of  the  child,  his  religious  persuasion  and 
the  municipality  liable  for  his  maintenance. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  18, 
repealed. 


8.  Section  18  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


18.  The  judge  shall  deliver  to  the  person  having  the 
execution  of  the  order  the  depositions  taken  by  him 
or  a  certified  copy  thereof  which  depositions  or  copy 
shall  be  delivered  to  the  general  superintendent  or 
oflficer  receiving  the  child  into  the  industrial  school, 
which  depositions  shall  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of 
the  Advisory  Board. 


f.729^i^.\'9,       9.— (1)  Subsections  1  and 
repealed."'     Schools  Act  are  repealed. 


2  of  section  19  of  The  Industrial 


166 


Sfction  4.  The  present  section  provifies  that  wherever  a  child  may  he 
sent  to  an  industrial  school  he  may  be  sent  to  any  other  institution  approved 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  under  the  provisions  of  The  Bovs' 
IVe.'fare  Home  and  School  Act.  This  Act  is  being  repealed  and  The  Ontario 
Training  Schools  Art,  /'>.»/.  will  lake  its  place. 


Section  5.  The  section  repealed  provides  that  the  inspector  may  direct 
that  a  child  who  has  been  placed  in  a  foster  home  be  sent  to  an  industrial 
school.     The  authority  of  the  inspector  is  transferred  to  the  Minister. 

Section  6.  This  substitutes  "Advisory  Board"  for  "inspector." 


Section   7.  This  substitutes  "Minister"  for  "inspector." 


Section  8.  One  of  the  duties  of  the  Advisory  Board  will  be  to  determine 
what  school  is  suitable  for  the  child.  It  will  be  necessary  for  it  to  have  at 
its  disposal  copies  of  the  commitment  orders  and  depositions  so  that  it 
may  determine  what  shall  be  the  DvoDf-r  Ttiethod  (if  treating  the  delinf]ucnt 
child. 


Section  9. — (1)  The  subsection  (1)  repealed  provides  that  within  three 
years  from  the  date  of  the  order  the  child  shall  be  given  into  the  custody 
of  his  parents,  apprenticed  or  placed  in  a  foster  home.  Subsection  [2) 
provides  for  the  return  of  the  child  to  the  industrial  sch(K)l  if  the  inspector 
deems  the  return  in  the  interest  of  the  child. 

166 


r'^^^G^s^^ig         ^^^  Subsection    3   of   the   said   section    19   is   amended    by 
.subs.  3.  strikinjj^  out  the  word  "inspector"  in  the  fourth  Hne  and  insert- 

amended.  .  .         ,.  ,  r       ,  ,     ,,  ,        •  M  1  1  1 

ing  in  heu  thereoi  the  word     regulations,     so  that  the  sub- 
section will  now  read  as  follows: 


Supervision 

after  leaving 
sch(jol. 


(3)  An  industrial  school  board  shall  exercise  and  maintain 
supervision  over  every  child  committed  to  its 
guardianship  after  leaving  the  school,  and  shalt  keep 
such  records  and  provide  for  such  visits  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329.  s.  20, 
amended. 


lO.  Section  20  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  "or  until  the  Advisory 
Board  otherw  i?e  provides  that  the  guardianship  of  the  industrial 
school  shall  cease  and  determine,"  so  that  the  section  will  now 
read  as  follows; 


Persons 
eonmiitti  d 
to  remain 
under 

{rur.rdianship 
until  2J 
year.s  old. 


20.  Subject  to  tiic  i>ro\i.-ions  of  section  22  every  child 
committed  to  an  industrial  school  shall  remain  under 
the  guardianship  of  the  industrial  school  board,  and 
it  shall  possess  and  exercise  all  the  rights  and  powers 
of  a  i)arent  in  regard  to  such  child  until  he  shall 
attain  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  or  until  the 
ad^'isory  board  otherwise  provides  that  the  guardian- 
ship of  the  industrial  school  shall  cease  and  determine. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  21, 
repealed. 

Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  22, 
repealed. 


11.  Section  21  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed. 

12.  Section  22  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


22.  The  Minister  may,  at  any  time,  order  that  a  child  be 
transferred  from  one  industrial  school  to  another  or 
to  any  school  approved  of  under  The  Ontario  Training 
Schools  Act,  1931,  or  to  any  foster  home,  or  may 
order  that  a  child  be  discharged  from  an  industrial 
school  either  absolutely  or  on  such  conditions  as  he 
may  think  fit  and  the  child  shall  be  transferred  or 
discharged  accordingly;  or  may  direct  that  a  child 
who  has  been  placed  in  a  foster  home  under  the  pro- 
visions of  The  Children  s  Protection  Act,  or  who  has 
been  placed  in  a  training  school  under  the  provisions 
of  The  Ontario  Training  Schools  Act,  1931,  shall  be 
sent  to  an  industrial  school. 


o!  3^29^8^*24,        13-  Section  24  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and 
repealed.        ^]^^  following  substituted  therefor: 


Children 
placed  out 
to  i-emain 
under 
control  of 
advisory 
board. 


24.  The  Advisory  Board  may  permit  a  child  sent  to  the 
industrial  school  to  live  at  a  foster  home  or  at  the 
dwelling  of  any  trustworthy  and  respectable  person 


166 


Section  9.-12)  This  authority,  previously  vested  in  the  inspector,  is 
transferred  to  the  Minister  who  may  make  regulations  with  the  approval 
of  the  Lieutenant-(iovernor  in  Council. 


Section  10.  Previously  there  uas  no  pt(nision  tor  the  return  of  the 
child  to  his  parents  or  guardians  before  the  age  of  twenty-one  years.  The 
amendment  makes  it  possible  for  the  Minister,  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  Advisory  Board,  to  terminate  the  guardianship  of  the  industrial 
school. 


Section  11.  The  section  repealed  sets  out  the  duties  of  the  inspector. 
The  duties  defined  in  this  section  are  included  in  the  duties  of  the  Advisory 
Board  as  contained  in  the  new  section  37  provided  for  in  section  17  of  the 
Bill. 

Section  12.  The  new  section  is  changed  in  order  to  mak  it  concur 
with  the  new  Traininfi  Schools  Act  and  to  transfer  to  the  Minister  the 
responsibility  previously  given  to  the  inspector  under  section  13  of  the 
Act  (repealed  by  section  5  of  the  Bill)  and  to  widen  the  Minister's  powers. 


Section  13.  The  new  section  substitutes  "Advisory  Board"  for 
"industrial  school  board"  and  provides  that  the  local  superintendent  of 
the  Children's  Aid  Society  shall  approve  of  the  foster  home  or  dwelling. 


166 


approved  of  by  the  local  superintendent  of  the 
Children's  Aid  Society,  but  the  control  of  the  in- 
dustrial school  board  shall  not  thereby  be  abated  or 
diminished  nor  the  liability  of  any  municipality  for 
the  maintenance  of  such  child  altered  except  as 
directed  by  the  Advisory  Board. 

c^ 329^8^ 25         ^'^-  Section  25  of  l^he  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.       striking  out  the  words  "industrial  school  board"  in  the  second 

line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Advisory  Board," 

so  that  the  section  will  now  read  as  follows: 

be'deemed  25.   If  the  child  leaves  the  person  with  whom  he  is  placed 

schooT  ^"^^"^  without  the  permission  of  the  Advisory  Board,  or 

refuses  to  return  to  the  school  he  shall  be  deemed  to 

have  escaped  from  the  school. 

c^1/29^s'!27,        1^-  Section  27  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and 
repealed.    '    the  following  substituted  therefor : 

^^'""^''""  27.  Where  the  maintenance  of  a  child  is  not  otherwise 

fully  provided  for,  the  municipality  in  which  the 
child  resided  for  a  period  of  three  months  within  the 
five  months  next  prior  to  his  admission  to  the  school, 
shall  pay  the  sum  of  fifty  cents  per  day  towards  the 
expense  of  maintenance. 

c^s^i^o^w^HO         1^-  Section  30  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.       striking   out   the   word    "inspector"    in    the   fourth    line   and 

inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word   "Minister,"  so  that  the 

section  will  now  read  as  follows: 

Ls'^Board.  ^^-   Every  industrial  school  board  may  make  rules  for  the 

management  and  discipline  of  the  industrial  school 
established  by  it,  but  such  rules  shall  not  take  effect 
until  approved  in  writing  by  the  Minister. 

?  8^29^*'^*  '         l*^-   ^^^    Industrial   Schools   Act   is    amended    by    adding 
amended.       thereto  the  following  sections: 

Board'!''^'  35.— (1)  For    the    purpose   of   this   Act    there   shall    be 

established  an  advisory  board  of  three  members 
which  shall  be  known  as  The  Industrial  Schools 
Advisory  Board. 

ment.'"*"  (2)  The  members  of  the  Advisory  Board   shall   be  ap- 

pointed by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  with 
the  powers  and  for  the  purposes  herein  prescribed. 

of^offlce.  (3)  The  members  shall  be  appointed  for  a  period  of  two 


vears. 


166 


Section   14.  As   all    paroles   will    rest    with    the   Advisory    Hoard    the 
termination  of  parole  should  also  rest  with  that  body. 


Section  15.  It  is  sometimes  difficult  to  determine  the  municipality  in 
which  a  delinquent  child  has  resided  for  one  year  previous  to  being  sen- 
tenced. The  proposed  section  brings  this  Act  in  line  with  the  residence 
sections  in  all  other  Acts  and  will  assist  in  determining  the  child's  domicile. 


Section   16.  The  amendment  brings  this  section  in  line  with  clause  ih) 
of  subsection  2  of  section  2  provided  for  in  section  3  of  the  Bill. 


Section  17.  The  new  section  35  provides  for  the  appointment  of  the 
Advisory  Board,  section  36  provides  for  the  making  of  regulations  by  the 
said  Board,  section  37  sets  out  the  duties  of  the  Board  and  section  38 
provides  for  a  proper  system  of  accounting  and  records. 


166 


SeTa^y.'  (4)  The  Lieutenant-Govemor  in  Council  may.  from  time 

to  time,  appoint  one  of  the  members  of  the  Advisory 
Board  to  be  the  chairman  thereof  and  another  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  to  be  the  secretary  thereof, 

appointed:  (5)   Members  of  the  Advisor>-  Board  shall  he  eliijible  for 

reappointment. 

fo'^e'^pSs.  (6)  The    members   of    the   Advisory    Board    shall    serve 

without  remuneration  except  that  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  may  fix  a  per  diem  allowance  to 
be  payable  to  each  member  for  attendance  at  the 
meetings  of  the  Board  and  every  member  shall  be 
entitled  to  his  reasonable  and  necessary  travelling 
expenses  as  certified  by  the  chairman  for  attendance 
at  such  meetings  and  in  the  transaction  of  the 
business  of  the  Board. 

Regulations.  :?/:         /i  \    c-    i   •  i  ,         -       ,  t  • 

viO. — (1)  Subject  to  the  <ii)pr()\al  ol  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council,  the  Advisory  Board  may  make 
regulations, — 

(a)  defining  the  duties,  powers  and  responsibilities 
of  the  Advisory  Board ; 

(h)  defining  the  type  of  courses,  \ocational, 
academic  and  ph\sical.  to  be  provided  by  the 
industrial  schools  and  setting  the  standard  for 
instruction. 

of  Advisoiv  37. — (1)   It  shall  be  the  dutv  of  the  Advisorv  Board, — 

Board. 

(a)  to  receive  a  copy  of  the  commitment  order  of 
every  child  sent  to  an  industrial  school ; 

(b)  to    obtain    a    report    of    his    previous    record, 

previous  social  history,  school  standing, 
mental  intelligence,  physical  condition  and 
religious  denomination; 

(c)  to  designate  the  industrial  or  other  school  in 

which  the  child  is  to  be  placed  for  training 
after  commitment  and  the  type  of  instruction 
suited  to  the  mental  intelligence  of  the  child; 

(d)  to  make  recommendations  pertaining  to  his 
parole  and  define  the  conditions  under  which 
he  may  receive  parole; 


166 


(e)  to  give  the  child  over  to  the  custody  of  his  or 
her  parents,  or  apprentice  or  place  out  in  a 
foster  home  as  soon  as  practicable  after  com- 
mitment, or  cause  the  child  to  be  returned  to 
the  school  if  deemed  necessary. 

by  c'min?ii^  ^^-  ^^^  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom- 

mendation of  the  Minister,  may  make  such  regu- 
lations in  respect  to  industrial  schools  as  may  .be 
deemed  necessary  for, — 

(a)  the  records,  books,  accounting  systems,  audits, 
reports  and  returns  to  be  made  and  kept  by 
industrial  schools. 

(b)  the  better  carrying  out  of  the  provisions  of  this 

Act. 

ment'of'Act.      ^^-  ^^^^  ^^^  ^hall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


166 


JO 


3 


> 

3 

> 

o 

r-^ 

r-^ 

O 

^ 

3 

Oj 

a 

-1 

►-» 

g. 

c^ 

CL 

1 

& 

§ 

rl- 

r*  0) 

fi- 

S- 

=r 

^  ^ 

a 

o 

a 

0^ 

3 
CL 

C 

CD 
n 

3* 

o 
o 


03 

r 

r 


No.  166 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Industrial  Schools  Act. 


Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


Kliort  title. 


No.  166  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Industrial  Schools  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: — 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Industrial  Schools  Act, 
1931. 


•f^-\i<f^^\'         ^- — (^)  ^^^  clause  lettered  /  in  section  1  of  The  Industrial 
'••  f.  '       '     Schools  Art  is  repealed  and  the  following:  substituted  therefor: 

leppaleti.  " 

'  -^^""^''''   '  (/)   "Minister"  shall  mean  that  member  of  the  Executive 

Council  to  whom  for  the  time  being  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act  is  assigned. 

(\1{2"9^s^*i;         (2)  The  said  section  1  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
iiinetidod.       the  following  clauses: 

hukms""  (0   "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  by  the 

Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  under  the  authority 
of  this  Act; 

kutuw'^^^  0')  "Advisory  Board"  shall  mean  The  Industrial  Schools 

Advisory  Board  appointed  under  this  Act. 

<^1?29'^r!  2;         *^-  Subsection  2  of  section  2  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is 
repealed         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  (a)  An  industrial  school  shall  not  be  erected  or 
acquired  until  the  site  and  plans  of  the  buildings  have 
been  approved  in  writing  by  the  Minister,  and  no 
change  in  the  site  and  no  sale  or  disposal  of  any 
portion  thereof,  and  no  structural  alteration  in  the 
building  shall  be  made  until  the  like  approval  has 
been  given. 

{b)  The  Board  shall  submit  all  rules,  regulations  and 
policies  of  training  to  the  Minister  for  approval. 

166 


4.  Station  12  ol  I  he  Iiuinstruil  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and  ^.'\j\„r"^''.:, 
the  following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. 

12.  Whenever  a  child  may  be  sent  to  an  iiuhisLrial  school  ,^j|j,'J[||j't',^.^, 
such  child  may,  with  the  ai)proval  of  the  Minister,  *'V"''"'''^''iai 

,  .    .  ,        ,  1  i.   ,  '  Kchool  may 

be  sent  to  a  trammg  school  established  under  77?e  Resent  to 
Ontario  Training  Schools  Act,  1931.  s.-h-.i  ^ 

5.  Section  13  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed.  ^}%i^^'^\:y 

repealed. 

6.  Section  14  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by  ^^%^,„^*'."V'i 
stnkmgout  the  word    mspector     in  the  first  line  and  inserting  !i'»cnded. 
in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Advisory  Board,"  so  that  the  section 

will  now  read  as  follows: 

14.  The  judge  or  Advisory  Board  shall  endeavour  to  ^e^rHuasion  of 
ascertain  the  religious  persuasion  to  which  the  child  offenders, 
belongs,  and  shall  as  far  as  practicable  send  a  Roman 
Catholic  child  to  a  Roman  Catholic  industrial  school 
and  a  child  of  any  other  religious  persuasion  to  a 
school  established  by  and  with  the  sanction  of  a 
board  of  public  school  trustees. 

7.  Subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act^^^.^.i^^^^^^.^ 
is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "or  inspector"  in  the^^'^^^^j;^^^'^ 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "or  Minister," 

so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

(1)  The  judge  or  Minister  shall  in  his  order  designate  the  fo 'be  set 'out 
school  to  which  the  child  is  to  be  sent  and  the  person '"  "I'^er. 
in  whose  custody  he  is  to  be  conveyed  to  the  school, 
and  shall  where  practicable  state  the  name,  age  and 
parentage  of  the  child,  his  religious  persuasion  and 
the  municipality  liable  for  his  maintenance. 

8.  Section  18  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and  ^^  3'^-9^^j^\^ 
the  following  substituted  therefor:  repealed.    ' 

18.  The  judge  shall  deliver  to  the  person  having  the 
execution  of  the  order  the  depositions  taken  by  him 
or  a  certified  copy  thereof  which  depositions  or  copy 
shall  be  delivered  to  the  general  superintendent  or 
officer  receiving  the  child  into  the  industrial  school, 
which  depositions  shall  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of 
the  Advisory  Board. 

9. — (1)  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  19  of  The  Industrial  c.^:v29.  ^.  \b. 
Schools  Act  are  repealed.  repealed. "" 

166 


J^  3^29^1^*19,        (2)  Subsection   3  of  the  said  section    19   is  amended   by 
amended        striking  out  the  word  "inspector"  in  the  fourth  Hne  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "regulations,"  so  that  the  sub- 
section will  now  read  as  follows: 


Supervision 
after  leaving 
school. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  20, 
amended. 


(3)  An  industrial  school  board  shall  exercise  and  maintain 
supervision  over  every  child  committed  to  its 
guardianship  after  leaving  the  school,  and  shall  keep 
such  records  and  provide  for  such  visits  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

10.  Section  20  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  "or  until  the  Advisory 
Board  otherwise  provides  that  the  guardianship  of  the  industrial 
school  shall  cease  and  determine,"  so  that  the  section  will  now 
read  as  follows: 


Persons 
committed 
to  remain 
under 

guardianship 
until  21 
years  old. 


20.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  section  22  every  child 
committed  to  an  industrial  school  shall  remain  under 
the  guardianship  of  the  industrial  school  board,  and 
it  shall  possess  and  exercise  all  the  rights  and  powers 
of  a  parent  in  regard  to  such  child  until  he  shall 
attain  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  or  until  the 
advisory  board  otherwise  provides  that  the  guardian- 
ship of  the  industrial  school  .shall  cease  and  determine. 


11.  Section  21  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  21, 
repealed. 

?32'9^s^22         ^^'  Section  22  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and 
repealed.    '   the  following  substituted  therefor: 

22.  The  Minister  may,  at  any  time,  order  that  a  child  be 
transferred  from  one  industrial  school  to  another  or 
to  any  school  approved  of  under  The  Ontario  Training 
Schools  Act,  1931,  or  to  any  foster  home,  or  may 
order  that  a  child  be  discharged  from  an  industrial 
school  either  absolutely  or  on  such  conditions  as  he 
may  think  fit  and  the  child  shall  be  transferred  or 
discharged  accordingly;  or  may  direct  that  a  child 
who  has  been  placed  in  a  foster  home  under  the  pro- 
visions of  The  Children's  Protection  Act,  or  who  has 
been  placed  in  a  training  school  under  the  provisions 
of  The  Ontario  Training  Schools  Act,  1931,  shall  be 
sent  to  an  industrial  school. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  329,  s.  24, 
repealed. 


Children 
placed  out 
to  remain 
under 
control  of 
advisory 
board. I 


13.  Section  24  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

24.  The  Advisory  Board  may  permit  a  child  sent  to  the 
industrial  school  to  live  at  a  foster  home  or  at  the 
dwelling  of  any  trustworthy  and  respectable  person 

166 


approved  of  by  the  local  superintendent  of  the 
Children's  Aid  Society,  but  the  control  of  the  in- 
dustrial school  board  shall  not  thereby  be  abateci  or 
diminished  nor  the  liability  of  any  municipality  for 
the  maintenance  of  such  child  altered  except  as 
directed  by  the  Advisory  Board. 

14.  Section  25  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by  ^".V^.^s' 25 
striking  out  the  words  "industrial  school  board"  in  the  second  '^'"ended. 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Advisory  Board," 

so  that  the  section  will  now  read  as  follows: 

25.  If  the  child  leaves  the  person  with  whom  he  is  placed  iVe "deemed 
without  the  permission  of  the  Advisory  Board,  or  ^^.j^'^^f/''^'" 
refuses  to  return  to  the  school  he  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  escaped  from  the  school. 

15.  Section  27  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  repealed  and  ^^^^9^*^ 27. 
the  following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. 


Mciinten- 
aiiee. 


27. — (1)  Where  the  maintenance  of  a  child  is  not  otherwise 
fully  provided  for,  the  municipality  in  which  the 
child  resided  for  a  period  of  three  months  within  the 
five  months  next  prior  to  his  admission  to  the  school, 
shall  pay  the  sum  of  fifty  cents  per  day  towards  the 
expense  of  maintenance. 

(2)  Upon  payment  by  a  municipality  to  an  industrial 
school  of  any  account  for  maintenance  of  a  boy  or 
girl  by  reason  of  such  boy  or  girl  having  been  assumed 
to  be  a  resident  in  such  municipality,  and  it  being 
ascertained  that  such  boy  or  girl  was  not  resident 
therein  at  the  time  of  commitment  to  the  industrial 
school  was  a  resident  in  another  municipality  in 
Ontario,  the  municipality  which  made  such  payment 
may  recover  the  amount  thereto  as  a  debt  from  the 
municipality  in  which  such  boy  or  girl  was  resident. 

16.  Section  30  of  The  Industrial  Schools  Act  is  amended  by  ^^^^g^g'' ho, 
striking  out  the  word    "inspector"   in   the   fourth   line  and ''^"^^'"'^®*^- 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word   "Minister,"  so  that  the 

section  will  now  read  as  follows: 

30.  Every  industrial  school  board  may  make  rules  for  the  i.s.  Board, 
management  and  discipline  of  the  industrial  school 
established  by  it,  but  such  rules  shall  not  take  effect 
until  approved  in  writing  by  the  Minister. 

17.  The   Industrial   Schools   Act    is    ameivL^'l    l,^•    adding ^^ag^'^'- 
thereto  the  following  sections:  amended. 

166 


Advisory 
Board. 


Appoint- 
ment. 


Term 
of  office. 


35. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  this  Act  there  shall  be 
established  an  advisory  board  of  three  members 
which  shall  be  known  as  The  Industrial  Schools 
Advisory  Board. 

(2)  The  members  of  the  Advisory  Board  shall  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  with 
the  powers  and  for  the  purposes  herein  prescribed. 

(3)  The  members  shall  be  appointed  for  a  period  of  two 
years. 


Chairman, 
Secretary. 


(4)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may,  from  time 
to  time,  appoint  one  of  the  members  of  the  Advisory 
Board  to  be  the  chairman  thereof  and  another  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  to  be  the  secretary  thereof. 


May  be  re- 
appointed. 


(5)  Members  of  the  Advisory  Board  shall  be  eligible  for 
reappointment. 


Allowances 
for  expenses. 


(6)  The  members  of  the  Advisory  Board  shall  serve 
without  remuneration  except  that  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  may  fix  a  per  diem  allowance  to 
be  payable  to  each  member  for  attendance  at  the 
meetings  of  the  Board  and  every  member  shall  be 
entitled  to  his  reasonable  and  necessary  travelling 
expenses  as  certified  by  the  chairman  for  attendance 
at  such  meetings  and  in  the  transaction  of  the 
business  of  the  Board. 


Regulations. 


36. — Subject  to  the  approval  of.  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council,  the  Advisory  Board  may  make 
regulations, — 


Duties 

of  Advisory 

Board. 


(a)  defining  the  duties,  powers  and  responsibilities 
of  the  Advisory  Board; 

(b)  defining    the    type    of    courses,    vocational, 

academic  and  physical,  to  be  provided  by  the 
industrial  schools  and  setting  the  standard  for 
instruction. 

37. — It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Advisory  Board, — 

(a)  to  receive  a  copy  of  the  commitment  order  of 
every  child  sent  to  an  industrial  school ; 

(b)  to    obtain    a    report   of   his    previous    record, 
previous     social     history,     school     standing. 


166 


mental  intelligence,  physical  condition  and 
religious  denomination; 

(c)  to  designate  the  industrial  or  other  school  in 

which  the  child  is  to  be  placed  for  training 
after  commitment  and  the  type  of  instruction 
suited  to  the  mental  intelligence  of  the  child; 

(d)  to  make  recommendations  pertaining  to  his 
parole  and  define  the  conditions  under  which 
he  may  receive  parole; 

(e)  to  give  the  child  over  to  the  custody  of  his  or 

her  parents,  or  apprentice  or  place  out  in  a 
foster  home  as  soon  as  practicable  after  com- 
mitment, or  cause  the  child  to  be  returned  to 
the  school  if  deemed  necessary. 

38.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  recom-  Regulations 
mendation  of  the  Minister,  may  make  such  regu- 
lations in  respect  to  industrial  schools  as  may  be 
deemed  necessary  for, — 

(a)  the  records,  books,  accounting  systems,  audits, 
reports  and  returns  to  be  made  and  kept  by 
industrial  schools. 

(b)  the  better  carrying  out  of  the  provisions  of  this 
Act. 

18.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  Commence- 

,       ^  ,    .  -^       '  ment  of  Act. 

it  receives  the  Koyal  Assent. 


166 


3 


i> 

t> 

i> 

>-^ 

»— ^ 

H— ^ 

P 

U) 

-1 

iNi 

■-i 

*-^ 

(-5 

;:; 

n^ 

S 

n 

Co 

rr 

?x, 

a. 

D- 

c*> 

^ 

K) 

^ 

rsi 

>3 

h*^ 

5 

Os 

<?4 

Cn 

1 

(J) 

a 

rt 

R 

(-h 

1— ' 
0 

CA3 

0 

0^ 

0 

a 

0^3 

OJ 

C>J 

Oj 

> 

3 
> 


3 
n    3- 


o 

3- 
o 
o 


Cd 

r 
r 


No.  167 

2nd  Session,   18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Act. 


Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

I'KINTKR    TO   THE    KiNG's    MoST    EXCELLENT    ^JAJ^:STY 


No.   167  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         J    -fhig  ^ct  may  be  cited  as  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Amend- 
ment Act,  1931. 

'^^^ii'^'^^'         2.  Wherever  in  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  reference  is  made 

amended.       ^q  ^^1-,^  inspector  or  inspectors  of  prisons  and  public  charities 

the  said  Act  shall  be  construed  and  be  deemed  to  refer  to  an 

inspector  appointed  under  The  Department  of  Public  Welfare 

Act,  1931. 

^^348^-'-*i7       ^'  •^^'^tion  17  of  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.     '  striking  out  the  words  "Provincial  Secretary"  in  the  fourth 

and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Minister 

of  Public  Welfare." 

ment"oTAct       "^^  ^^^^  ^^t  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  it 
receives  the  Ro\'al  Assent. 


167 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendments  contained  in  this  Bill  are  necessary  by  reason  of  the 
transfer  of  administration  over  Houses  of  Refuge  from  the  Provincial 
Secretary  to  the  Minister  of  Public  Welfare. 


167 


u> 


70 

a. 

5 

?5 

a 

&: 

-1 

22 

fa 

yc 

3 

l\> 


~ 

O 

Ol 

P5- 

=r 

>i 

to 

^ 

r^ 

Cn 

?5 

» 

(-I- 

g 

a. 

=r 

«. 

^. 

^ 

o 

Oj 

a 

> 

3 

> 

O 

r-h 

(-^ 

O 

^ 

P 

3 

c 

ro 

0^5 

3 

ft 

O- 

>H 

n 

3* 

rt- 

rt) 

d: 

o 

c 

03 


No.  167 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Act. 


Mr.  Martin  (Brantford) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  M.\jesty 


No.  167  1931 

BILL 

All  Act  to  amend  The  Houses  of  Refucie  Art. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         ^    fhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Amend- 
ment Act,  1931. 

?'^348^*^*''         ^-  Wherever  in  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  reference  is  made 

amended.       |(^  ^Yi^  inspector  or  inspectors  of  prisons  and  public  charities 

the  said  Act  shall  be  construed  and  be  deemed  to  refer  to  an 

inspector  appointed  under  77/6'  Department  of  Public  Welfare 

Act,  1931. 

Rev.  Stat.  3.  Section  17  of  The  Houses  of  Refuge  Act  is  amended  by 

amended',     'striking  out  the  words  'Trovirjcial  Secretary"  in  the  fourth 

and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "Minister 

of  Public  Welfare." 

•Commence-       4,  This  Act  shall  come,  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  it 

ment  of  Act.  .  .       t-.  1    * 

receives  the  Royal  Assent, 


167 


CO 
■-I 

p 

3 


"O 

Oj 

>: 

ri: 

Ci- 

h- 

>i 

in 

0* 

rt 

O 

a- 

1—' 

<s». 

o 

a 

OJ 

3^ 

O 

t«* 

n 

t^ 

rr 

?i- 

S- 

6J 

>3 

KJ 

^ 

^l 

r<i 

Cri 

1 
a 

5S 

!A5 

Cro 

> 

3 

> 

O 

ri- 

r-t- 
O 

orq    3 
(T>    Q- 

^^ 

X 
o 

c 


03 


r 


No.  168 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Sanatoria  for  Consumptives. 


Mr.  Robb 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.    168 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  respecting-  Sanatoria  for  Consinnj^tives. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  f)f  the  Provinre  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 


PART  I. 

INTERPRETATION,    ETC. 

Short  title.         1,  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Sanatoria  for  Consumptives 
Act,  1931. 


Interpreta- 
tion. 

"Associa- 
tion." 


'Boa  I'd." 


'Depen- 
dant." 

{c) 

"Depart- 
ment." 

id) 

"Inspector." 

(e) 

'  'Minister." 

if) 

"Munici- 
pality." 


"Patient." 


2.   In  this  Act,— 

(a)  "Association"  shall  mean  and  include  any  associa- 
tion, body  or  organization  howsoever  incorporated, 
authorized  or  empowered  for  the  purpose  of  estab- 
lishing, maintaining  or  operating  a  sanatorium; 

ib)  "Board"  shall  mean  a  board  of  trustees,  directors, 
commission  or  other  governing  body  or  authority 
of  a  sanatorium ; 

"Dependant"  shall  mean  and  include  a  patient  for 
the  charges  for  whose  treatment  some  other  person 
is  liable  in  law; 

id)  "Department"  shall  mean  the  Department  of 
Health  for  Ontario; 

"Inspector"  shall  mean  an  officer  of  the  Department 
designated  under  this  Act  as  an  inspector; 

"Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 
Council  charged  for  the  time  being  with  the 
administration  of  this  Act; 

(g)  "Municipality"  shall  mean  a  city,  separated  town 
or  county,  except  that  in  a  territorial  district  it 
shall  mean  a  city,  town,  village  or  township; 

(h)  "Patient"  shall  mean  a  person  admitted  to  a  sana- 
torium for  the  purpose  of  treatment; 


168 


Explanatory  Notes 

General  Note. — With  the  general  transfer  of  hospitals  and  sanatoria  to 
the  Ministry  of  Health  and  to  bring  into  effect  some  systematic  and  uniform 
control  over  sanatoria  for  consumptives,  it  is  desirable  to  revise  the  present 
Act  (R.S.O.  1927,  chapter  337)  in  the  same  way  as  is  being  done  in  respect 
to  public  hospitals,  and  comparison  of  this  Bill  with  Bill  No.  114  (Public 
Hospitals)  will  disclose  that  so  far  as  applicable  or  comparable  the  scheme 
adopted  is  the  same. 

Section  2.  Contains  interpretation  clauses  which  are  sufficiently  self- 
explanatory.  Attention  is  directed  to  the  fact  that  these  definitions  corre- 
spond with  those  in  Bill  No.  1 14. 


168 


"Preven- 
torium." 


"Provincial 
aid." 


"Regula- 
tions." 


"Resident." 


"Sana- 
torium." 


"Superin- 
tendent." 


"Territorial 

district." 


"Treat- 
ment." 


"Unorgan- 
ized 
territory." 


(i)  "Preventorium"  shall  mean  a  sanatorium  for 
treatment  of  patients  who  may  not  be  infected  with 
tuberculosis  but  who  are  suspected  as  being  infected 
with  or  are  considered  likely  to  become  infected  with 
tuberculosis  or  who  has  been  exposed  to  infection 
from  tuberculosis; 

(j)  "Provincial  aid"  shall  mean  aid  granted  to  a  sana- 
torium out  of  moneys  appropriated  for  the  purpose 
by  the  Legislature; 

(k)  "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

(/)  "Resident"  shall  mean  a  person  who  has  actually 
resided  in  a  municipality  for  the  period  of  three 
months  within  the  five  months  next  prior  to  ad- 
mission to  a  sanatorium; 

(m)  "Sanatorium"  shall  mean  and  include  any  sana- 
torium, preventorium,  institution,  building  or  other 
premises  or  place,  howsoever  created,  established  or 
incorporated  for  the  treatment  of  patients; 

(w)  "Superintendent"  shall  mean  the  person  who  has 
for  the  time  being  the  direct  and  actual  superin- 
tendence and  charge  of  a  sanatorium ; 

(o)  "Territorial  district"  shall  mean  any  of  the  terri- 
torial districts  set  forth  in  The  Territorial  Division 
Act; 

(P)  "Treatment"  shall  mean  and  include  the  stay, 
maintenance,  observation,  care,  nursing  and  treat- 
ment, preventive  or  otherwise,  of  a  patient  who  is 
infected  or  suspected  of  being  infected  or  who  is 
considered  likely  to  become  infected  with  tuber- 
culosis, or  who  has  been  exposed  to  infection  from 
tuberculosis. 

(q)  "Unorganized  territory"  shall  mean  that  part  of  a 
territorial  district  which  is  without  municipal 
organization. 


Sanatoria 
aided  in 
1930 
approved. 


PART  II. 

DEPARTMENTAL   CONTROL. 

3. — (1)  The  several  institutions  with  their  respective 
properties  and  appurtenances  which  under  The  Sanatoria  for 
Consumptives  Act  received  aid  for  the  year  1930  from  the 
Province  of  Ontario  shall  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be 
deemed  to  be  sanatoria,  as  if  the  same  has  been  approved 
under  this  Act. 


168 


Sections  3  to  7.  Correspond  with  sections  in  Bill  No.  1 14  to  give  adequate 
departmental  control  and  to  provide  for  regulations  so  that  gradually  a 
uniform  system  may  be  evolved. 


168 


New 

sanatoria 
to  be 
approved. 


(2)  No  institution,  building  or  other  premises  or  place 
shall  hereafter  be  created,  established,  incorporated,  operated 
or  used  as  a  sanatorium  until  the  same  has  been  approved  by 
the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


Suspension         (3)  Any  approval  given  or  deemed  to  have  been  given  under 
revocation^    this  Act  in  respect  of  any  sanatorium  may  be  suspended  by 

the    Minister    or    revoked    by    the    Lieutenant-Governor    in 

Council. 


of  approval. 


Regulations       4.    Xhe  Lieut,enant-Governor  in  Council,  upon  the  recom- 
sanatoria.      mendation  of  the  Minister,  may  make  such  regulations  with 
respect  to  sanatoria  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for, — 


Creation, 
construc- 
tion, etc. 


(a)    their  creation,  establishment,  construction,   altera- 
tion, equipment,  maintenance  and  repair; 


Classifica- 
tion, etc. 


(b)    their  classification,  grades  and  standards; 


Inspection, 
operation, 

pto. 


(c)    their  inspection,  control,  government,  management, 
conduct,  operation  and  use; 


(d)  their  inspectors,  superintendents,  staffs,  officers, 
servants  and  employees  and  the  powers  and  duties 
thereof ; 


Patients, 
etc. 


(e)    the  admission,  treatment,  conduct  and  discharge  of 
patients; 


Rates,  etc. 


(/)    the  classification,  length  of  stay,  rates  and  charges 
of  and  for  patients; 


Accounting, 
etc. 


(g)    the  records,  books,  accounting  system,  reports  and 
returns  to  be  made  and  kept  by  sanatoria; 


Provincial 
aid. 


(/?)    the  distribution,  payment,  withholding  and  restora- 
tion of  and  other  matters  affecting  provincial  aid ;  and 


Cieneral. 


(i)     all  other  matters  affecting  sanatoria. 


S-^Act!^"'^"*  3-  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Department  and  it  shall 
have  power  to  administer  and  enforce  the  provisions  of  this 
Act,  and  the  regulations.  And  the  Department  may,  from 
time  to  time,  declare  all  or  any  of  the  regulations  to  be  in 
force  with  respect  to  all  sanatoria  or  any  specified  sanatorium 
or  sanatoria  for  such  time  or  times  as  the  Department  may 
deem  expedient. 


Inspectors. 


6.  The   Minister,   with   the  approval  of   the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  may  designate  one  or  more  officers  of 


168 


the  Department  to  be  inspectors  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  and  the  regulations,  and  the  powers  and  duties  of  such 
inspectors  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Powers  of 
sanatorium. 


7.  Every  sanatorium  approved  or  deemed  to  be  approved 
under  this  Act  may  be  carried  on  under  the  powers  and 
authorities  conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  under 
which  it  was  created,  established,  incorporated  or  empowered, 
but  where  the  provisions  of  any  general  or  special  Act  hereto- 
fore passed  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
shall  prevail. 


PART  III. 


MUNICl  1\'\L    S.'\N ATORIA. 


Establish- 
ment of 
municipal 
sanatorium. 


8.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  any  municipal 
corporation,  including  a  county,  or,  jointly,  any  two  or 
more  such  municipal  corporations,  may  establish  a  sanatorium, 
and  may  for  that  purpose  acquire  land  and  erect  and  equip 
buildings  thereon  and  do  such  other  things  as  may  be  neces- 
sary or  incidental  to  the  establishment,  completion,  main- 
tenance and  operation  of  a  sanatorium,  and  the  carrying  out 
of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


9.  When    two    or    more    municipal    corporations    propose 


Provisional 
agreement       .    . 

for  joint        jomtly  to  establish  a  sanatorium  the  councils  of  such  corpora- 
sanatorium.     .  ,    ,,  ....  . 

tions  shall  provisionally  agree  upon  the  proposal,  respecting 

the  same. 


Submission 
of  proposals 
to  Depart- 
ment. 


10.  Any  municipal  corporation  or  corporations  which 
propose  to  establish  a  sanatorium  shall  submit  the  proposals 
to  the  Department  and  therewith  shall  also  submit  such 
provisional  by-laws,  agreements,  plans,  estimates  and  other 
material  and  information  as  may  be  required  by  the  regu- 
lations. 


Site  in 
another 
munici- 
pality. 


11.  If  the  site  for  a  proposed  sanatorium  is  situate  else- 
where in  Ontario  than  in  the  municipality  or  in  one  of  the 
municipalities,  the  corporation  of  which  is  proposing  or  is  a 
party  to  proposing  its  establishment,  the  Department  shall, 
upon  the  proposals  being  submitted  to  it,  notify  in  writing 
the  head  of  the  municipality  in  which  the  site  is  situate  of 
the  proposals  made,  and  the  council  of  such  municipality, 
shall  within  one  month  after  receipt  of  such  notice,  state  in 
writing  to  the  Department,  the  objections,  if  any,  to  which 
it  may  have  to  the  establishment  of  a  sanatorium  on  such 
site,  but  no  such  objection  shall  necessarily  prevent  approval 
being  given  hereunder. 


168 


Sections  8  to  20.  These  sections  correspond  very  largely  with  sections 
2  to  13  of  the  present  Act  respecting  the  establishment  of  Municipal 
Sanatoria  with  only  some  amendments  or  variations  as  are  deemed  desir- 
able to  clarify  and  improve  procedure  for  establishment. 

Attention  is  directed  to  sections  13  and  16  which  specify  that  the 
original  undertaking  and  any  subsequent  improvements  of  a  Sanatorium 
which  involves  debenture  issues  must  be  assented  to  by  the  electors,  except 
in  the  case  of  a  county  sanatorium  in  respect  to  which  section  14  the  assent 
of  the  electors  is  dispensed  with  if  the  project  receives  a  two-thirds  vote 
of  the  entire  county  council.  This  provision  is  the  same  as  that  of  The 
Highway  Improvement  Act  respecting  county  roads  systems. 


168 


o?deiMn-  ^^  12.  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  proposals,  with  any 
councii.  report  thereon  which  he  may  see  fit  to  make,  to  the  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor in  Council,  and  upon  the  same  being 
approved,  either  as  submitted  or  as  modified  or  altered  in 
any  way  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  such 
approval  shall,  subject  as  hereinafter  provided,  be  sufficient 
authority  for  the  municipal  corporation  or  corporations  to 
establish  a  sanatorium  in  accordance  therewith. 

jP^jpcedure  13.  When    by    approval    of    the    Lieutenant-Governor   in 

lishment.        Council  a  municipal  corporation  is,  or,  jointly,  two  or  more 
by-laws,  etc.  •    •       i  '    •  .1        •       i  ,  ,•   , 

municipal  corporations  are  authorized  to  establish  a  sana- 
torium, the  council  or  councils  of  such  corporation  or  corpora- 
tions, as  the  case  may  be,  may  with  the  assent  of  the  electors 
of  such  municipality  or  municipalities  qualified  to  vote  on 
money  by-laws,  pass  all  by-laws  necessary  to  establish,  erect, 
complete  and  equip  the  sanatorium  and  to  issue  debentures 
to  pay  for  the  cost  thereof  and  where,  jointly,  two  or  more 
municipal  corporations  are  establishing  the  sanatorium  to 
enter  into  an  agreement  respecting  the  same  according  to 
form  approved  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


County 
sanatorium. 


14.  Where  the  municipal  corporation  authorized  by  the 
approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Gevernor  in  Council,  either 
alone  or  jointly  with  another  municipal  corporation,  to 
establish  a  sanatorium  is  a  county,  it  shall  not  be  necessary 
that  any  by-laws  passed  by  the  council  of  such  county, 
under  section  13,  shall  be  assented  to  by  the  electors  qualified 
to  vote  on  money  by-laws  if  such  by-laws  are  passed  with 
the  vote  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the  county 
council. 


? Ys 3^*10  '         1^'  Subject  as  otherwise  herein  provided,  the  provisions 
apply.'  of  The  Municipal  Act  shall  apply  to  all  by-laws  passed  and 

to  all  debentures  issued  by  a  municipal  corporation  under 

this  Act. 


Improve- 
ments for 
sanatorium. 


16.  When  it  is  proposed  by  a  municipal  corporation,  which 
has  or  by  two  or  more  municipal  corporations  which,  jointly, 
have  established  a  sanatorium,  to  make  any  extensions, 
additions,  or  structural  alterations  or  improvements  to  such 
sanatorium,  or  to  erect  any  new  buildings  in  connection 
therewith,  the  powers  and  proceedings  with  respect  to  such 
proposals  and  obtaining  approval  thereof,  and  to  the  passing 
of  by-laws,  issue  of  debentures  and  entering  into  of  agree- 
ments, shall  be  the  same  as  for  the  establishment  of  a  sana- 
torium. 


Board  of 
manage- 
ment. 


17.  When  a  municipal  corporation  has,  or,  jointly,  two 
or  more  municipal  corporations  have  established  a  sanatorium 
the  management  and  control  over  the  same,  and  its  erection, 

168 


Trustees. 


equipment,  maintenance,  operation,  use  and  affairs  generally 
shall  be  vested  in  a  board  composed  of  not  less  than  five 
trustees  to  be  appointed  by  by-law  of  the  establishing  muni- 
cipal corporation  or  in  case  of  the  establishment  of  a  sana- 
torium, jointly,  by  two  or  more  municipal  corporations,  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  entered  into 
respecting  the  same. 

18.  The  qualifications  of  the  trustees  forming  the  board, 
their  term  of  office,  which  shall  not  exceed  five  years,  the 
quorum  of  their  meetings  and  the  manner  of  appointment  of 
successors  and  of  filling  vacancies  in  the  office  of  trustees 
shall  be  provided  for  in  such  by-law  or  agreement;  and  the 
trustees  appointed  shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are 
appointed. 


Corporate 
body. 


19.  The  Board  of  trustees  of  a  sanatorium  shall  be  a 
corporation  under  such  name  as  may  be  designated  in  the 
approval  given  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  for 
its  establishment. 


Chairman. 


20.  The  board  shall  of  its  members  elect  yearly  one  of 
them  to  be  its  chairman  to  hold  office  for  one  year,  or  until 
his  successor  is  appointed;  and  a  vice-chairman  may  also  be 
similarly  elected. 


Agreements 
with  associa- 
tions. 


21.  With  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council,  an  association  which  has  authority  to  establish, 
maintain  and  operate  a  sanatorium  may  enter  into  an  agree- 
ment with  one  or  more  municipal  corporations,  including  a 
county  or  counties,  respecting  the  establishment  of  such 
sanatorium  or  with  respect  to  providing  in  whole  or  in  part 
the  cost  of  erecting,  equipping,  improving,  enlarging,  extend- 
ing or  altering  a  sanatorium  established  by  the  association, 
but  no  by-law  of  a  municipal  corporation  for  the  purpose  of 
providing  any  such  cost,  by  the  issue  of  debentures  or  other- 
wise, shall  be  passed  otherwise  than  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  sections  13  or  14  in  respect  to  by-laws  passed 
thereunder. 


PART  V. 


ALL    SANATORIA 


^^pp^i^cation        22.  The  provisions  of  this  Part  shall  apply  to  all  sanatoria 
whether  established  by  municipal  corporations  or  associations. 


Powers  of 
Board. 


23.  Subject  as  in  this  Act  and  the  regulations  provided, 
or  in  any  agreement  entered  into  under  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  stipulated,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  a 
sanatorium,  and  it  shall  have  power  to  govern,  manage  and 

168 


Section  21.  Is  somewhat  similar  to  section  21  of  the  present  Act, 
except  that  it  is  specifically  stated  that  debenture  issues  must  be  authorized 
by  the  electors. 


Part  V  of  the  Act  contains  provisions  many  of  which  are  in  the  same 
form  as  in  Bill  No.  114. 


168 


control  its  affairs,  and  its  maintenance,  operations  and  use, 
and  the  admission,  treatment,  conduct,  discipline  and  dis- 
charge of  patients  therein,  and  for  such  purposes  the  board 
may  pass  by-laws,  rules  and  regulations,  but  no  such  by-law, 
rule  or  regulation  shall  have  force  or  effect  until  the  same  is 
approved  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  council. 

m'^nt '"/staff  ^^-  Subject  to  the  regulations,  the  board  may  appoint 
such  superintendents,  officers,  staffs,  employees,  and  servants 
of  a  sanatorium  as  from  time  to  time  may  be  necessary  and 
fix  their  salaries  and  prescribe  their  powers  and  duties. 


Powers  of 
expropria- 
tion. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  233. 


25.  With  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council,  the  board  may  pass  by-laws  for  expropriating  any 
land  adjacent  to  or  in  the  vicinity  of  a  sanatorium,  which 
may  be  deemed  requisite  for  or  advantageous  to  its  purposes, 
and  in  that  behalf  may  exercise  the  powers  of  expropriation 
conferred  on  a  municipality  under  The  Municipal  Act,  the 
provisions  of  which  relating  thereto  shall,  mutatis  mutandis, 
apply  to  and  govern  the  exercise  of  such  powers  so  far  as  the 
same  are  applicable  or  necessary  thereto,  and  the  superin- 
tendent in  such  case  shall  exercise  the  powers  and  perform 
the  duties  which  under  the  said  Act  are  to  be  exercised  and 
performed  by  the  clerk  of  the  municipality;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  the  board  of  a  sanatorium  which  has  been  estab- 
lished by  a  municipal  corporation  or  corporations,  shall  not 
exercise  any  such  power  of  expropriation  without  the  consent 
first  obtained  of  the  council  or  councils  of  such  corporation 
or  corporations. 


Exemption 
from 

taxation. 


26.  The  real  property  acquired  and  used  for  the  purpose 
of  and  in  connection  with  a  sanatorium  shall  be  exempt  from 
all  municipal  or  other  taxation,  including  taxation  for  school 
purposes,  except  and  excluding  however,  any  municipal  tax 
or  rate  imposed  in  respect  to  any  public  utility  supplied  to  a 
sanatorium. 


Sale,  etc., 
to  be 
approved. 


27.  No  part  of  any  property  acquired  or  used  for  the 
purposes  of  a  sanatorium  shall  be  sold,  leased,  mortgaged,  or 
otherwise  disposed  of  without  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council. 


Protection 
from 
adverse 
expropria- 
tion. 


28.  No  part  of  any  property  acquired  or  used  for  the 
purposes  of  a  sanatorium  shall  be  expropriated  by  any 
corporation  or  person  having  powers  of  expropriation  under 
any  Act,  without  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council. 


hfg^hwir  ^°      2^-  Nothing  in  sections  27  and  28  contained,  shall  apply 

widening.       ^q  qj-  prevent  the  sale,  disposition  or  expropriation  of  any 

part  of  the  property  acquired  or  used  for  the  purposes  of  a 

168 


Section  26.   Is  to  grant  tax  exemption  to  Sanatoria.     This  is  necessary 
as  The  Assessment  Act  is  silent  thereon.     See  section  19  of  present  Act. 


Sections  27  and  28.  Are  new  and  are  designed  to  insure  continuance  of 
Sanatoria  when  once  established  and  to  prevent  their  disintegration  by 
sale,  expropriation,  etc.  A  saving  clause  as  to  lands  being  taken  for 
highway  widening  is  to  be  found  in  section  29. 


168 


sanatorium  if  the  same  is  required  in  the  widening  of  any 
highway,  if  the  Minister  has  first  approved  thereof. 


Donations. 


30.  The  board  may  accept  from  any  person  donations  of 
property,  real  or  personal,  and  whether  by  will  or  otherwise, 
for  the  endowment,  use  or  benefit  of  a  sanatorium  and 
subject  to  the  terms  of  the  donation  may  apply  the  same 
for  such  purposes. 


Approval 
for  closing 
sanatorium. 


31.  No  sanatorium  which  has  been  approved  and  estab- 
lished may  permanently  be  closed  without  the  approval  of  the 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  and  when  any  sanatorium 
is  closed  or  proposed  to  be  closed  permanently,  the  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor in  Council  may  make  such  provision  for  the 
sale  or  other  disposition  of  the  sanatorium  and  all  the  prop- 
erties and  assets  thereof,  and  for  the  application  of  any 
proceeds  of  such  sale  or  disposition  and  otherwise  in  every 
respect,  as  he  may  deem  proper. 


Medical 

students' 

clinics. 


32.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  any  existing  agreement 
relating  thereto,  every  sanatorium  receiving  provincial  aid 
shall  provide  such  reasonable  facilities  for  giving  instructions 
to  medical  students  of  any  university  as  may  be  required 
by  the  regulations. 


Sanatorium 
to  admit 
patients. 


33.  Except  as  may  otherwise  be  provided  in  this  Act, 
no  sanatorium  receiving  provincial  aid  shall  refuse  to  admit  as 
a  patient  any  person  who  is  in  need  of  treatment. 


Admissions 
to  preven- 
torium. 


34.  A  preventorium,  however,  shall  not  be  required  to 
admit  as  a  patient  any  person  who  is  actually  infected  with 
tuberculosis. 


Admissions 
to  associa- 
tion sana- 
torium. 


35.  Except  as  may  otherwise  be  provided  in  this  Act  or 
in  the  agreement,  no  sanatorium  established  by  an  association 
which  has  entered  into  an  agreement  with  a  municipal  cor- 
poration under  this  Act  shall  refuse  to  admit  as  a  patient  any 
indigent  person  or  dependant  of  an  indigent  person  resident 
in  such  municipality  and  requiring  treatment. 


Refusal  of  36.  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  require  that  any 

communic-  .  ,      .  .  .  ^  ..     . 

able  disease  sanatonum  admit  or  retam  as  a  patient  any  person  suifermg 
from  a  communicable  disease  which  under  The  Public  Health 
Act  or  regulations  made  hereunder  requires  quarantine  and 
placarding. 


Refusal  of 
non- 
residents. 


37.  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  unless  by  refusal 
of  admission,  life  would  thereby  be  endangered,  require  that 
any  sanatorium  admit  as  a  patient  any  person  who  is  not  a 
resident  or  a  dependant  of  a  resident  in  Ontario. 


168 


PART  \T. 


MUNICIPAL  LIABILITY. 


Municipal 
liability  for 
indigent 
patients. 


38. — (1)  Subject  as  in  this  Act  may  otherwise  be  provided, 
when  any  patient  in  a  sanatorium  is  an  indigent  person  or  a 
dependant  of  an  indigent  person,  that  municipality  in  which 
such  person  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission  shall  be 
liable  to  the  sanatorium  for  payment  of  the  charges  for 
treatment  of  such  patient  at  a  rate  not  exceeding  $1.50  per 
day. 


Relief  of 
certain 
munici- 
palities. 


(2)  Where  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister  liability  under 
this  section  would  in  any  year  unduly  burden  any  muni- 
cipality in  a  territorial  district,  other  than  a  city,  the  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor in  Council  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Minister  may  make  special  grants  by  way  of  provincial  aid 
to  relieve  in  whole  or  in  part  such  municipality  from  the 
burden. 


nor^-'^'*^  ^°'       3^-  ^  municipality  may  pay  to  a  sanatorium  the  charges  for 
ma'^l^e*^        treatment  of  a  patient  notwithstanding  that  such   patient 
assumed.       was  not  a  resident  in  such  municipality  at  the  time  of  ad- 
mission to  such  sanatorium. 


Burial 
expenses. 


40. — (1)  In  the  event  of  the  death  in  a  sanatorium  of 
any  patient  who  is  an  indigent  person  or  a  dependant  of  an 
indigent  person,  that  municipality  in  which  such  indigent 
person  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission  shall  pay  to 
the  sanatorium  any  expenses  of  burial  which  it  may  incur, 
but  not  exceeding  $30. 


Contribu- 
tion to  Last 
Post  Fund. 


(2)  If  such  deceased  patient  was  a  member  of  His  Majesty's 
military  or  naval  forces  in  active  service  during  the  Great 
War,  1914-1918,  and  the  burial  was  provided  by  and  paid 
for  from  the  Last  Post  Fund,  the  said  municipality  shall  pay 
the  expenses  of  such  burial,  but  not  exceeding  the  sum  of 
$30  to  the  Last  Post  Fund  upon  proof  of  such  burial  and 
demand  for  payment  made  by  a  properly  accredited  officer 
of  the  said  fund. 


Notice  of 
admission 
to  munici- 
pality. 


41.  LTpon  admission  or  after  admissiofi  to  a  sanatorium 
of  any  patient  who  is  or  is  represented  to  be  or  becomes  an 
indigent  person  or  the  dependant  of  an  indigent  person,  the 
superintendent  shall  by  registered  letter  notify  the  clerk  of 
the  municipality  in  which  such  indigent  person  is  or  is  repre- 
sented to  be  a  resident,  of  such  admission,  giving  such  par- 
ticulars as  may  be  ascertainable  to  enable  the  clerk  to  identify 
the  indigent  person. 


168 


Part  V'l.  Contains  provisions  as  to  municipal  liability  for  indigents,  the 
present  per  diem  rate  of  $1.50  not  being  disturbed  and  the  residence  rule 
of  three  months  out  of  five  now  being  made  applicable  beyond  doubt,  in 
reference  to  Sanatoria. 

The  provisions  as  to  notices,  payment,  recourse,  etc.,  are  as  in  Bill 
No.  114. 


168 


10 


Notice 

disputing 

liability. 


42.  Unless  the  clerk  of  a  municipality  within  fifteen  days 
after  the  date  of  mailing  any  such  notice  to  him,  shall  by 
registered  letter  notify  the  superintendent  from  whom  such 
notice  was  received  that  the  patient  referred  to  therein  was 
not  a  resident  in  the  municipality  at  the  time  of  admission 
as  a  patient  or  is  not  an  indigent  person  or  a  dependant  of 
an  indigent  person,  such  municipality  shall  be  liable  for  the 
charges  for  treatment  of  such  patient  as  provided  in  this  Act. 


Information 
to  be 
furnished. 


43.  The  clerk  of  a  municipality  when  notifying  a  superin- 
tendent that  a  patient  is  not  a  resident  in  the  municipality  or 
is  not  an  indigent  person  or  a  dependant  of  an  indigent 
person,  shall  furnish  such  information  as  he  may  have  ascer- 
tained with  respect  to  such  patient. 


Cases  where 
residence 
not 
presumed. 

Persons 
seeking 
medical  aid. 


Health 
seekers  in 
the  districts. 


Pupils. 


Institu- 
tional 
inmates. 


44.  For  the  purpose  of  this  Act,  no  patient  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  a  resident  in  a  municipality, — 

(a)  by  reason  of  having  gone  to  the  municipality  for  the 
purpose  of  seeking  medical  advice  or  treatment  or 
seeking  admission  or  treatment  in  a  sanatorium  in 
such  municipality;  or 

(b)  if  the  municipality  is  in  a  territorial  district,  and 
such  patient  being  infected  or  likely  or  suspected  of 
being  infected  with  tuberculosis  has  gone  to  such 
municipality  principally  for  the  purpose  of  health 
and  within  one  year  after  going  to  such  munici- 
pality is  admitted  a  patient  in  a  sanatorium;  but 
in  such  cases  the  patient  shall  for  the  purpose  of  this 
Act  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  in  that  municipality 
in  which  he  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  going  to  a 
municipality  in  a  territorial  district;  or 

(c)  if  such  patient  has  been  living  in  the  municipality 
by  reason  of  being  a  pupil  in  any  school,  college, 
university,  or  other  seminary  of  learning  therein 
and  at  the  time  he  became  such  a  pupil  was  not  a 
resident  therein;  but  in  such  cases  the  patient  shall 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be  deemed  to  be  a 
resident  in  that  municipality  in  which  he  was  a 
resident  at  the  time  he  became  such  a  pupil ;  or 

(d)  by  reason  of  having  been  a  patient  or  an  inmate  of 
a  hospital,  sanatorium,  house  of  refuge,  orphanage, 
children's  shelter  or  child  welfare  institution,  gaol, 
reformatory,  prison  or  other  public  institution  in  the 
municipality  and  otherwise  was  not  a  resident 
therein;  but  in  such  cases  the  patient  shall  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  in 
that  municipality  in  which  he  was  a  resident  at  the 
time  he  became  such  an  inmate  or  patient. 


168 


11 


County's 
right  to 
contribu- 
tion. 


'  45.  The  corporation  of  a  county  shall  have  the  right 
to  recover  not  exceeding  one-half  of  the  charges  paid  by  it  in 
respect  to  treatment,  in  a  sanatorium  of  any  patient,  for  which 
it  is  liable  under  this  Act  from  the  corporation  of  the  township, 
town  or  village  forming  a  part  of  the  county  in  which  such 
patient  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission. 


Residence  of 
dependant. 


46.  A  dependant  of  an  indigent  person  shall  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  in  that  municipality 
in  which  such  indigent  person  is  resident. 


Statement.s 
of  account 
to  be 
rendered. 


47.  When  under  this  Act  the  charges  for  treatment  of 
any  patient  or  for  burial  expenses  of  a  deceased  patient  are 
payable  by  a  municipality  the  sanatorium  to  which  such 
patient  was  admitted  shall  from  time  to  time  render  to  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality  statements  of  account  of  any  such 
charges  with  full  particulars  thereof  and  if  the  amount  of  any 
such  account  is  not  paid  within  a  reasonable  time  after  th€ 
same  has  been  rendered  it  may  be  recovered  as  a  debt  in  any 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 


Munlcipt: 
recourse 
against 
patient. 


48.  Upon  payment  by  a  municipality  of  any  account 
rendered  to  it  by  a  sanatorium  for  treatment  of  a  patient  or 
on  payment  by  it  of  any  expenses  of  burial  of  a  deceased 
patient,  such  municipality  may  recover  from  the  patient,  or, 
in  the  event  of  his  decease,  from  his  estate  or  personal  repre- 
sentatives, or,  in  the  case  of  a  dependant,  from  any  person 
liable  in  law,  in  respect  to  such  dependant,  the  amount  of 
the  payment  so  made,  and  the  same  may  be  recovered  as  a 
debt  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 


Municipal 
recourse 
against 
proper  muni 
cipality. 


49.  Upon  payment  by  a  municipality  to  a  sanatorium  of 
any  account  for  treatment  of  a  patient  or  upon  payment  of 
any  expense  of  burial  of  a  deceased  patient  by  reason  of  such 
patient  having  been  assumed  to  be  a  resident  in  such  munici- 
pality and  it  being  ascertained  that  such  patient  was  not  a 
resident  therein  but  at  the  time  of  admission  to  the  sana- 
torium was  a  resident  in  another  municipality  in  Ontario,  the 
municipality  which  made  the  said  payment  may  recover  the 
amount  thereof  as  a  debt  from  the  municipality  in  which  such 
patient  was  a  resident  and  upon  payment  by  that  munici- 
pality it  shall  be  entitled  to  exercise  the  rights  of  recovery 
conferred  under  section  48. 


Workmen's 
Compensa- 
tion Board 
cases. 


50.  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  render  a  munici- 
pality liable  for  payment  of  the  charges  for  treatment  of  a 
patient  where  such  charges  are  payable  by  the  Workmen's 
Compensation  Board  or  an  employer  under  The  Workmen' s 
Compensation  Act. 


168 


12 
PART  VII. 

PROVINCIAL   AID, 

Provincial  51. — (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  of  the 

regulations,  provincial  aid  shall  be  distributed  and  may  be 
paid  out  of  any  moneys  appropriated  for  such  purpose  by 
the  Legislature, — 

mdUent  rate  ^^-^    ^^^  treatment  of  every  patient  who  is  an  indigent 

of  aid.  person    or    the   dependant    of   an    indigent    person, 

at  the  rate  of  seventy-five  cents  per  day  for  every 

day  that  such  patient  is  receiving  treatment  in  a 

sanatorium; 

rate  o1-"aid  ^^^    ^^^  treatment  of  every  patient  who  is  an  indigent 

for  unorgan-  person  or  the  dependant  of  an  indigent  person  and 

territory.  who  has  actually  resided  in   unorganized   territory 

for  the  period  of  three  months  within  the  five  months 
next  prior  to  admission  to  a  sanatorium  at  the  rate 
of  $2.25  per  day  for  every  day  that  such  patient 
is  receiving  treatment  in  the  sanatorium. 

(2)   In  calculating  the  amount  of  provincial  aid  the  day  of 
departure  of  a  patient  shall  not  be  included. 


limitation 
as  to 


(3)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  no  provincial 
subject^  aid  shall  be  granted  to  any  sanatorium  in  respect  of  a  patient 
of  aid.  therein,  if  the  charges  received  by  the  sanatorium  in  respect 

to  such  patient  exceed  $1.50  per  day  from  all  sources  other 

than  provincial  aid. 

a^°orovaT^*'^      ^^"  ^°  provincial  aid  shall  be  granted  to  any  sanatorium 
revoked,  etc.  the  approval  of  which  has  been  revoked  or  suspended,  or  to  any 

sanatorium  which  does  not  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this 

Act,  and  the  regulations. 

Restoration        53.  When   from   any  cause  provincial   aid   to  any  sana- 

of  Provincial         .  -^  ^  rii 

aid.  tormm  has  not  been  granted  or  the  grant  thereof  has  been 

withdrawn  or  withheld,  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
may  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister  direct  that 
such  aid  be  granted  or  restored  in  whole  or  in  part,  but  not 
until  the  approval  of  such  sanatorium  has  been  revived  or 
until  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations  is  made,  as  the  case  may  be. 


168 


Part  VII.  Continues  provincial  aid  at  the  present  rate  of  seventy-five 
cents  per  day  for  unlimited  days'  stay,  and  the  contribution  of  $2.25  per 
day  for  indigent  patients  for  unorganized  territory  is  also  put  beyond 
doubt. 


168 


13 


PART  VIII. 

GENERAL. 

Penalty.  54.  Any  person  who  contravenes  or  is  a  party  to  the  con- 

travention, dh'ectly  or  indirectly,  of  any  provision  of  this  Act 
or  the  regulations  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  less   than   $5 

Rev.  Stat.,  and  not  exceeding  $500  recoverable  under  The  Summary 
Convictions  Act. 


c.   121. 


Repeal.  55    ffjg  Sanatoria  for  Consumptives  Act,  being  chapter  357 

of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  1927,  is  repealed. 

Commence-        56.  This  Act   shall   come   into   force  on   the    1st  day   of 

ment  of  Act.  .^        ,  ..^-,., 

October,  1931. 


168 


o 

CO 


I 


o 


bo 


^    i 

a 


3 

> 

o 

<-h 

■n 

n 

?^ 

o 

•o 

3 

rt 

w 

o 

C 

rt- 

3 

5' 

T3 

crq 

r-f^ 

CAv 

i' 

P 

3 

CO 

r 
r 


No.  168 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Sanatoria  for  Consumptives. 


Mr.  Robb 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.    168 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  respecting  Sanatoria  for  Consumptives. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

PART  I. 


Short  title. 


Interpreta- 
tion. 

"Associa- 
tion." 


'Board." 


'Depen- 
dant." 


"Depart- 
ment." 


"Inspector. 


"Minister." 


"Munici- 
pality." 


"Patient. 


INTERPRETATION,    ETC. 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Sanatoria  for  Consumptives 
Act,  1931. 

2.  In  this  Act, — 

(a)  "Association"  shall  mean  and  include  any  associa- 
tion, body  or  organization  howsoever  incorporated, 
authorized  or  empowered  for  the  purpose  of  estab- 
lishing, maintaining  or  operating  a  sanatorium ; 

{h)  "Board"  shall  mean  a  board  of  trustees,  directors, 
commission  or  other  governing  body  or  authority 
of  a  sanatorium; 

(c)  "Dependant"  shall  mean  and  include  a  patient  for 
the  charges  for  whose  treatment  some  other  person 
is  liable  in  law; 


{d)    "Department"     shall 
Health  for  Ontario; 


mean     the     Department    of 


{e)  "Inspector"  shall  mean  an  officer  of  the  Department 
designated  under  this  Act  as  an  inspector; 

(/)  "Minister"  shall  mean  the  member  of  the  Executive 
Council  charged  for  the  time  being  with  the 
administration  of  this  Act; 

(g)  "Municipality"  shall  mean  a  city,  separated  town 
or  county,  except  that  in  a  territorial  district  it 
shall  mean  a  city,  town,  village  or  township; 

{h)  "Patient"  shall  mean  a  person  admitted  to  a  sana- 
torium for  the  purpose  of  treatment ; 


168 


(i)  "Preventorium"  shall  mean  a  sanatorium  forl'^reven- 
treatment  of  patients  who  may  not  be  infected  with 
tuberculosis  but  who  are  suspected  as  being  infected 
with  or  are  considered  likely  to  become  infected  with 
tuberculosis  or  who  has  been  exposed  to  infection 
from  tuberculosis; 

(J)     "Provincial  aid"  shall  mean  aid  granted  to  a  sana- "P''?/^'^°iai 
torium  out  of  moneys  appropriated  for  the  purpose 
by  the  Legislature; 

(k)    "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  under  j.'j^®|V.^^' 
this  Act; 

(/)     "Resident"  shall  mean  a  person  who  has  actually  "^®^'^®'^*" 
resided  in  a  municipality  for  the  period  of  three 
months  within  the  five  months  next  prior  to  ad- 
mission to  a  sanatorium; 

(w)  "Sanatorium"    shall   mean   and   include   any   sana- "Sana- ^^ 
torium,  preventorium,  institution,  building  or  other 
premises  or  place,  howsoever  created,  established  or 
incorporated  for  the  treatment  of  patients; 

(w)    "Superintendent"  shall   mean  the  person  who  has  "Superin- 
for  the  time  being  the  direct  and  actual  superin- 
tendence and  charge  of  a  sanatorium; 

(o)    "Territorial  district"  shall  mean  any  of  the  terri- "Territorial 
torial  districts  set  forth  in  The  Territorial  Division 
Act; 

(p)  "Treatment"  shall  mean  and  include  the  stay,  "Treat- 
maintenance,  observation,  care,  nursing  and  treat- 
ment, preventive  or  otherwise,  of  a  patient  who  is 
infected  or  suspected  of  being  infected  or  who  is 
considered  likely  to  become  infected  with  tuber- 
culosis, or  who  has  been  exposed  to  infection  from 
tuberculosis. 

(q)  "Unorganized  territory"  shall  mean  that  part  of  a;'Unorgan- 
territorial  district  which  is  without  municipal  territory." 
organization. 

PART  II. 

DEPARTMENTAL   CONTROL. 

3. — (1)  The    several    institutions    with    their    respective  Sanatoria 
properties  and  appurtenances  which  under  The  Sanatoria  for  1930 
Consumptives  Act  received  aid  for  the  year  1930  from  the^^^'^"^® 
Province  of  Ontario  shall  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be 
deemed  to  be  sanatoria,  as  if  the  same  has  been  approved 
under  this  Act. 

168 


sanatoria  ^^^  ^°   institution,   building   or   other   premises  or   place 

to  be  shall  hereafter  be  created,  established,  incorporated,  operated 

approved.  ,  .  .,     i  ,         ,  ,  , 

or  used  as  a  sanatorium  until  the  same  has  been  approved  by 
the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


Suspension 
or 

revocation 
of  approval. 


(3)  Any  approval  given  or  deemed  to  have  been  given  under 
this  Act  in  respect  of  any  sanatorium  may  be  suspended  by 
the  Minister  or  revoked  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council. 


Regulations       4,  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  upon  the  recom- 
sanatoria.      mendation  of  the  Minister,  may  make  such  regulations  with 
respect  to  sanatoria  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for, — 


Creation, 
construc- 
tion, etc. 


(a)    their  creation,   establishment,   construction,   altera- 
tion, equipment,  maintenance  and  repair; 


Classifica- 
tion, etc. 

Inspection, 

operation, 

etc. 


(b)  their  classification,  grades  and  standards; 

(c)  their  inspection,  control,  government,  management, 
conduct,  operation  and  use; 


staffs,  etc. 


(d)  their  inspectors,  superintendents,  staffs,  officers, 
servants  and  employees  and  the  powers  and  duties 
thereof ; 


Patients, 
etc. 


(e)    the  admission,  treatment,  conduct  and  discharge  of 
patients; 


Rates,  etc.  (J)    the  classification,  length  of  stay,  rates  and  charges 

of  and  for  patients; 


Accounting, 
etc. 


(g)    the  records,  books,  accounting  system,  reports  and 
returns  to  be  made  and  kept  by  sanatoria; 


Provincial 
aid. 


(h)    the  distribution,  payment,  withholding  and  restora- 
tion of  and  other  matters  affecting  provincial  aid ;  and 


General. 


(i)    all  Other  matters  affecting  sanatoria. 


S-'aS;?"'^''*  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Department  and  it  shall 
have  power  to  administer  and  enforce  the  provisions  of  this 
Act,  and  the  regulations.  And  the  Department  may,  from 
time  to  time,  declare  all  or  any  of  the  regulations  to  be  in 
force  with  respect  to  all  sanatoria  or  any  specified  sanatorium 
or  sanatoria  for  such  time  or  times  as  the  Department  may 
deem  expedient. 

Inspectors.  Q  The  Minister,  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  may  designate  one  or  more  officers  of 


168 


the  Department  to  be  inspectors  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  and  the  regulations,  and  the  powers  and  duties  of  such 
inspectors  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

7.  Every  sanatorium  approved  or  deemed  to  be  approved  Powers  of 
under  this  Act  may  be  carried  on   under  the  powers  ^nd"^'^^*"""'^" 
authorities  conferred  by  any  general  or  special  Act  under 

which  it  was  created,  established,  incorporated  or  empowered, 
but  where  the  provisions  of  any  general  or  special  Act  hereto- 
fore passed  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
shall  prevail. 

PART  III. 

MUNICIPAL   SANATORIA. 

8.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  any  municipal  Estabiish- 

.  .      .     ..     ^  .    .      ;  -^  ^      ment  of 

corporation,  mcludmg  a  county,  or,  jomtly,  any  two  or  municipal 
more  such  municipal  corporations,  may  establish  a  sanatorium,^ 
and  may  for  that  purpose  acquire  land  and  erect  and  equip 
buildings  thereon  and  do  such  other  things  as  may  be  neces- 
sary or  incidental  to  the  establishment,  completion,  main- 
tenance and  operation  of  a  sanatorium,  and  the  carrying  out 
of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


9.  When    two    or    more    municipal    corporations    propose  ^''o^^^oj^l^ 
jointly  to  establish  a  sanatorium  the  councils  of  such  corpora-  for  joint 

^.  ,     ,,  ....  ,  ,  .       sanatorium. 

tions  shall  provisionally  agree  upon  the  proposal,  respecting 
the  same. 

10.  Any    municipal    corporation    or    corporations    which  Submission 
propose  to  establish  a  sanatorium  shall  submit  the  proposals  to  Depart- 
to   the   Department  and   therewith   shall   also  submit  such 
provisional  by-laws,  agreements,  plans,  estimates  and  other 
material  and  information  as  may  be  required  by  the  regu- 
lations. 

11.  If  the  site  for  a  proposed  sanatorium  is  situate  else- site  in 

t^      t-  •  f     1      another 

where  in  Ontario  than  in  the  municipality  or  in  one  of  themunici- 

.....  ,  .  r       J  ■   ^     ■  •  •         pality. 

municipalities,  the  corporation  of  which  is  proposing  or  is  a 
party  to  proposing  its  establishment,  the  Department  shall, 
upon  the  proposals  being  submitted  to  it,  notify  in  writing 
the  head  of  the  municipality  in  which  the  site  is  situate  of 
the  proposals  made,  and  the  council  of  such  municipality, 
shall  within  one  month  after  receipt  of  such  notice,  state  in 
writing  to  the  Department,  the  objections,  if  any,  to  which 
it  may  have  to  the  establishment  of  a  sanatorium  on  such 
site,  but  no  such  objection  shall  necessarily  prevent  approval 
being  given  hereunder. 

168 


orde°-Tn-  ^^  ^^-  ^^^  Minister  shall  submit  the  proposals,  with  any 
Council.  report  thereon  which  he  may  see  fit  to  make,  to  the  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor in  Council,  and  upon  the  same  being 
approved,  either  as  submitted  or  as  modified  or  altered  in 
any  way  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  such 
approval  shall,  subject  as  hereinafter  provided,  be  sufficient 
authority  for  the  municipal  corporation  or  corporations  to 
establish  a  sanatorium  in  accordance  therewith. 

PiJ,oceciiire  13.  When   by   approval    of   the   Lieutenant-Governor   in 

lishment,  Council  a  municipal  corporation  is,  or,  jointly,  two  or  more 
■  municipal  corporations  are  authorized  to  establish  a  sana- 
torium, the  council  or  councils  of  such  corporation  or  corpora- 
tions, as  the  case  may  be,  may  with  the  assent  of  the  electors 
of  such  municipality  or  municipalities  qualified  to  vote  on 
money  by-laws,  pass  all  by-laws  necessary  to  establish,  erect, 
complete  and  equip  the  sanatorium  and  to  issue  debentures 
to  pay  for  the  cost  thereof  and  where,  jointly,  two  or  more 
municipal  corporations  are  establishing  the  sanatorium  to 
enter  into  an  agreement  respecting  the  same  according  to 
form  approved  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


County- 
sanatorium. 


14.  Where  the  municipal  corporation  authorized  by  the 
approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  either 
alone  or  jointly  with  another  municipal  corporation,  to 
establish  a  sanatorium  is  a  county,  it  shall  not  be  necessary 
that  any  by-laws  passed  by  the  council  of  such  county, 
under  section  13,  shall  be  assented  to  by  the  electors  qualified 
to  vote  on  money  by-laws  if  such  by-laws  are  passed  with 
the  vote  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the  county 
council. 


c^^233^*to'"         ^^'  Subject  as  otherwise  herein  provided,  the  provisions 
apply."  of  The  Municipal  Act  shall  apply  to  all  by-laws  passed  and 

to  all  debentures  issued  by  a  municipal  corporation  under 

this  Act. 


Improve- 
ments for 
sanatorium. 


16.  When  it  is  proposed  by  a  municipal  corporation,  which 
has  or  by  two  or  more  municipal  corporations  which,  jointly, 
have  established  a  sanatorium,  to  make  any  extensions, 
additions,  or  structural  alterations  or  improvements  to  such 
sanatorium,  or  to  erect  any  new  buildings  in  connection 
therewith,  the  powers  and  proceedings  with  respect  to  such 
proposals  and  obtaining  approval  thereof,  and  to  the  passing 
of  by-laws,  issue  of  debentures  and  entering  into  of  agree- 
ments, shall  be  the  same  as  for  the  establishment  of  a  sana- 
torium. 


Board  of 
manage- 
ment. 


17.  When  a  municipal  corporation  has,  or,  jointly,  two 
or  more  municipal  corporations  have  established  a  sanatorium 
the  management  and  control  over  the  same,  and  its  erection, 

168 


equipment,  maintenance,  operation,  use  and  affairs  generally 
shall  be  vested  in  a  board  composed  of  not  less  than  five 
trustees  to  be  appointed  by  by-law  of  the  establishing  muni- 
cipal corporation  or  in  case  of  the  establishment  of  a  sana- 
torium, jointly,  by  two  or  more  municipal  corporations,  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  entered  into 
respecting  the  same. 

18.  The  qualifications  of  the  trustees  forming  the  board.  Trustees. 
their  term  of  office,  which  shall  not  exceed  five  years,  the 
quorum  of  their  meetings  and  the  manner  of  appointment  of 
successors  and  of  filling  vacancies  in  the  office  of  trustees 

shall  be  provided  for  in  such  by-law  or  agreement;  and  the 
trustees  appointed  shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are 
appointed. 

19.  The   Board   of   trustees  of  a  sanatorium   shall   be  a  ^ody°'^^*^ 
corporation  under  such  name  as  may  be  designated  in  the 
approval  given  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  for 

its  establishment. 

20.  The  board  shall  of  its  members  elejct  yearly  one  of  "^^^^'''^^"• 
them  to  be  its  chairman  to  hold  office  for  one  year,  or  until 

his  successor  is  appointed;  and  a  vice-chairman  may  also  be 
similarly  elected. 

21.  With    the   approval    of   the   Lieutenant-Governor    inJfth1™Ji^- 
Council,   an   association   which   has   authority   to   establish,  tions. 
maintain  and  operate  a  sanatorium  may  enter  into  an  agree- 
ment with  one  or  more  municipal  corporations,  including  a 

county  or  counties,  respecting  the  establishment  of  such 
sanatorium  or  with  respect  to  providing  in  whole  or  in  part 
the  cost  of  erecting,  equipping,  improving,  enlarging,  extend- 
ing or  altering  a  sanatorium  established  by  the  association, 
but  no  by-law  of  a  municipal  corporation  for  the  purpose  of 
providing  any  such  cost,  by  the  issue  of  debentures  or  other- 
wise, shall  be  passed  otherwise  than  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  sections  13  or  14  in  respect  to  by-laws  passed 
thereunder. 

PART  V. 

ALL   SANATORL\. 

22.  The  provisions  of  this  Part  shall  apply  to  all  sanatoria  ^fPPjV^t'!*'"" 
whether  established  by  municipal  corporations  or  P'^^'viitum^ 

23.  Subject  as  in  this  Act  and  the  regulations  provided,  3;;^;^^  ""^ 
or  in  any  agreement  entered  into  under  the  provisions  of 

this  Act  stipulated,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  a 
sanatorium,  and  it  shall  have  power  to  govern,  manage  and 

168 


control  its  affairs,  and  its  maintenance,  operations  and  use, 
and  the  admission,  treatment,  conduct,  discipline  and  dis- 
charge of  patients  therein,  and  for  such  purposes  the  board 
may  pass  by-laws,  rules  and  regulations,  but  no  such  by-law, 
rule  or  regulation  shall  have  force  or  effect  until  the  same  is 
approved  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  council. 

ment'o/staff  ^^-  Subject  to  the  regulations,  the  board  may  appoint 
such  superintendents,  officers,  stafifs,  employees,  and  servants 
of  a  sanatorium  as  from  time  to  time  may  be  necessary  and 
fix  their  salaries  and  prescribe  their  powers  and  duties. 


Powers  of 
expropria- 
tion. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  233. 


25.  With  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council,  the  board  may  pass  by-laws  for  expropriating  any 
land  adjacent  to  or  in  the  vicinity  of  a  sanatorium,  which 
may  be  deemed  requisite  for  or  advantageous  to  its  purposes, 
and  in  that  behalf  may  exercise  the  powers  of  expropriation 
conferred  on  a  municipality  under  The  Municipal  Act,  the 
provisions  of  which  relating  thereto  shall,  mutatis  mutandis, 
apply  to  and  govern  the  exercise  of  such  powers  so  far  as  the 
same  are  applicable  or  necessary  thereto,  and  the  superin- 
tendent in  such  case  shall  exercise  the  powers  and  perform 
the  duties  which  under  the  said  Act  are  to  be  exercised  and 
performed  by  the  clerk  of  the  municipality;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  the  board  of  a  sanatorium  which  has  been  estab- 
lished by  a  municipal  corporation  or  corporations,  shall  not 
exercise  any  such  power  of  expropriation  without  the  consent 
first  obtained  of  the  council  or  councils  of  such  corporation- 
or  corporations. 


Exemption 

from 

taxation. 


26.  The  real  property  acquired  and  used  for  the  purpose 
of  and  in  connection  with  a  sanatorium  shall  be  exempt  from 
all  municipal  or  other  taxation,  including  taxation  for  school 
purposes,  except  and  excluding  however,  any  municipal  tax 
or  rate  imposed  in  respect  to  any  public  utility  supplied  to  a 
sanatorium. 


Sale,  etc., 
to  be 
approved. 


27.  No  part  of  any  property  acquired  or  used  for  the 
purposes  of  a  sanatorium  shall  be  sold,  leased,  mortgaged,  or 
otherwise  disposed  of  without  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council. 


Protection 
from 
adverse 
expropria- 
tion. 


28.  No  part  of  any  property  acquired  or  used  for  the 
purposes  of  a  sanatorium  shall  be  expropriated  by  any 
corporation  or  person  having  powers  of  expropriation  under 
any  Act,  without  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council. 


Saving  as  to 

highway 

widening. 


29.  Nothing  in  sections  27  and  28  contained,  shall  apply 
to  or  prevent  the  sale,  disposition  or  expropriation  of  any 
part  of  the  property  acquired  or  used  for  the  purposes  of  a 

168 


8 

sanatorium  if  the  same  is  required  in  the  widening  of  any 
highway,  if  the  Minister  has  first  approved  thereof. 

30.  The  board  may  accept  from  any  person  donations  of  Donations, 
property,  real  or  personal,  and  whether  by  will  or  otherwise, 

for  the  endowment,  use  or  benefit  of  a  sanatorium  and 
subject  to  the  terms  of  the  donation  may  apply  the  same 
for  such  purposes. 

31.  No  sanatorium  which  has  been  approved  and  estab- ^^^.^^g^^g 
lished  may  permanently  be  closed  without  the  approval  of  the  sanatorium. 
Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council,  and  when  any  sanatorium 

is  closed  or  proposed  to  be  closed  permanently,  the  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor in  Council  may  make  such  provision  for  the 
sale  or  other  disposition  of  the  sanatorium  and  all  the  prop- 
erties and  assets  thereof,  and  for  the  application  of  any 
proceeds  of  such  sale  or  disposition  and  otherwise  in  every 
respect,  as  he  may  deem  proper. 

32.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  any  existing  agreement  ^^^^^^^'g. 
relating  thereto,  every  sanatorium  receiving  provincial  aid  clinics, 
shall  provide  such  reasonable  facilities  for  giving  instructions 

to  medical  students  of  any  university  as  may  be  required 
by  the  regulations. 

33.  Except  as  may  otherwise  be  provided   in   this  Act,  fo "dmu"'" 
no  sanatorium  receiving  provincial  aid  shall  refuse  to  admit  as  patients. 

a  patient  any  person  who  is  in  need  of  treatment. 

34.  A  preventorium,   however,   shall   not  be  required   to -'^'^"J.'I^^Hms 
admit  as  a  patient  any  person  who  is  actually  infected  withtorium. 
tuberculosis. 

35.  Except  as  may  otherwise  be  provided  in  this  Act  or^dm^ssmns 
in  the  agreement,  no  sanatorium  established  by  an  association  Uon  sana- 

,  .   ,     ,  ,    .  .  ,  •    •       1  torium. 

which  has  entered  mto  an  agreement  with  a  municipal  cor- 
poration under  this  Act  shall  refuse  to  admit  as  a  patient  any 
indigent  person  or  dependant  of  an  indigent  person  resident 
in  such  municipality  and  requiring  treatment. 

36.  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  require  that  any  Refusal  o( 
sanatorium  admit  or  retain  as  a  patient  any  person  sunenng  able  disease 
from  a  communicable  disease  which  under  The  Public  Health 

Act  or  regulations  made  hereunder  requires  quarantine  and 
placarding. 

37.  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  unless  by  refusal  ^^^^^^^  °^ 
of  admission,  life  would  thereby  be  endangered,  require  that  residents, 
any  sanatorium  admit  as  a  patient  any  person  who  is  not  a 
resident  or  a  dependant  of  a  resident  in  Ontario. 

168 


PART  VI. 


MUNICIPAL  LIABILITY. 


Municipal 
liability  for 
indigent 
patients. 


38. — (1)  Subject  as  in  this  Act  may  otherwise  be  provided, 
when  any  patient  in  a  sanatorium  is  an  indigent  person  or  a 
dependant  of  an  indigent  person,  that  municipaHty  in  which 
such  person  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission  shall  be 
liable  to  the  sanatorium  for  payment  of  the  charges  for 
treatment  of  such  patient  at  a  rate  not  exceeding  $1.50  per 
day. 


Relief  of 
certain 
munici- 
palities. 


(2)  Where  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister  liability  under 
this  section  would  in  any  year  unduly  burden  any  muni- 
cipality in  a  territorial  district,  other  than  a  city,  the  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor in  Council  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Minister  may  make  special  grants  by  way  of  provincial  aid 
to  relieve  in  whole  or  in  part  such  municipality  from  the 
burden. 


Liability  for       gg    j^  municipality  may  pay  to  a  sanatorium  the  charges  for 
may  be*^        treatment  of  a  patient  notwithstanding  that  such   patient 
assumed.       was  not  a  resident  in  such  municipality  at  the  time  of  ad- 
mission to  such  sanatorium. 


Burial 
expenses. 


40. — (1)  In  the  event  of  the  death  in  a  sanatorium  of 
any  patient  who  is  an  indigent  person  or  a  dependant  of  an 
indigent  person,  that  municipality  in  which  such  indigent 
person  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission  shall  pay  to 
the  sanatorium  any  expenses  of  burial  which  it  may  incur, 
but  not  exceeding  $30. 


Contribu- 
tion to  Last 
Post  Fund. 


(2)  If  such  deceased  patient  was  a  member  of  His  Majesty's 
military  or  naval  forces  in  active  service  during  the  Great 
War,  1914-1918,  and  the  burial  was  provided  by  and  paid 
for  from  the  Last  Post  Fund,  the  said  municipality  shall  pay 
the  expenses  of  such  burial,  but  not  exceeding  the  sum  of 
$30  to  the  Last  Post  Fund  upon  proof  of  such  burial  and 
demand  for  payment  made  by  a  properly  accredited  officer 
of  the  said  fund. 


Notice  of 
admission 
to  munici- 
pality. 


41.  Upon  admission  or  after  admission  to  a  sanatorium 
of  any  patient  who  is  or  is  represented  to  be  or  becomes  an 
indigent  person  or  the  dependant  of  an  indigent  person,  the 
superintendent  shall  by  registered  letter  notify  the  clerk  of 
the  municipality  in  which  such  indigent  person  is  or  is  repre- 
sented to  be  a  resident,  of  such  admission,  giving  such  par- 
ticulars as  may  be  ascertainable  to  enable  the  clerk  to  identify 
the  indigent  person. 


.    168 


10 

42.  Unless  the  clerk  of  a  municipality  within  twenty  days  Notice^ 
after  the  date  of  mailing  any  such  notice  to  him,  shall  by  liability, 
registered  letter  notify  the  superintendent  from  whom  such 
notice  was  received  that  the  patient  referred  to  therein  was 

not  a  resident  in  the  municipality  at  the  time  of  admission 
as  a  patient  or  is  not  an  indigent  person  or  a  dependant  of 
an  indigent  person,  such  municipality  shall  be  liable  for  the 
charges  for  treatment  of  such  patient  as  provided  in  this  Act. 

43.  The  clerk  of  a  municipality  when  notifying  a  superin- J^f°^"^^*'°" 
tendent  that  a  patient  is  not  a  resident  in  the  municipality  or  furnished. 
is  not  an   indigent   person   or  a  dependant  of  an   indigent 
person,  shall  furnish  such  information  as  he  may  have  ascer- 
tained with  respect  to  such  patient. 

44.  For  the  purpose  of  this  Act,  no  patient  shall  be  deemed  ^If^lj^^^J®""® 
to  be  a  resident  in  a  municipality, —  presumed 

(a)  by  reason  of  having  gone  to  the  municipality  for  the  ^e'ki^ng 
purpose  of  seeking  medical  advice  or  treatment  or  ^^edicai  aid. 
seeking  admission  or  treatment  in  a  sanatorium  in 

such  municipality;  or 

(b)  if  the  municipality  is  in  a  territorial  district,  and  gelkers  in 
such  patient  being  infected  or  likely  or  suspected  of  the  districts. 
being  infected  with  tuberculosis  has  gone  to  such 
municipality  principally  for  the  purpose  of  health 

and  within  one  year  after  going  to  such  munici- 
pality is  admitted  a  patient  in  a  sanatorium;  but 
in  such  cases  the  patient  shall  for  the  purpose  of  this 
Act  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  in  that  municipality 
in  which  he  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  going  to  a 
municipality  in  a  territorial  district;  or 

(c)  if  such  patient  has  been  living  in  the  municipality  ^"p'^^- 
by  reason  of  being  a  pupil  in  any  school,  college, 
university,   or   other   seminary   of   learning   therein 

and  at  the  time  he  became  such  a  pupil  was  not  a 

resident  therein;  but  in  such  cases  the  patient  shall 

for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be  deemed   to  be  a  j 

resident   in   that   municipality   in   which   he  was  a  | 

resident  at  the  time  he  became  such  a  pupil;  or 

(d)  by  reason  of  having  been  a  patient  or  an  inmate  of  Jio^n\',\""  j 
a  hospital,  sanatorium,  house  of  refuge,  orphanage, '"^"^^^es-  i 
children's  shelter  or  child  welfare  institution,  gaol, 

reformatory,  prison  or  other  public  institution  in  the 
municipality  and  otherwise  was  not  a  resident 
therein;  but  in  such  cases  the  patient  shall  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  in 
that  municipality  in  which  he  was  a  resident  at  the 


168 


11 


County's 
right  to 
contribu- 
tion. 


Residence  of 
dependant. 


45.  The  corporation  of  a  county  shall  have  the  right 
to  recover  not  exceeding  one-half  of  the  charges  paid  by  it  in 
respect  to  treatment,  in  a  sanatorium  of  any  patient,  for  which 
it  is  liable  under  this  Act  from  the  corporation  of  the  township, 
town  or  village  forming  a  part  of  the  county  in  which  such 
patient  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission. 

46.  A  dependant  of  an  indigent  person  shall  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  in  that  municipality 
in  which  such  indigent  person  is  resident. 


statements 
of  account 
to  be 
rendered. 


47.  When  under  this  Act  the  charges  for  treatment  of 
any  patient  or  for  burial  expenses  of  a  deceased  patient  are 
payable  by  a  municipality  the  sanatorium  to  which  such 
patient  was  admitted  shall  from  time  to  time  render  to  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality  statements  of  account  of  any  such 
charges  with  full  particulars  thereof  and  if  the  amount  of  any 
such  account  is  not  paid  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the 
same  has  been  rendered  it  may  be  recovered  as  a  debt  in  any 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 


Alunicipal 
recourse 
against 
patient. 


48.  Upon  payment  by  a  municipality  of  any  account 
rendered  to  it  by  a  sanatorium  for  treatment  of  a  patient  or 
on  payment  by  it  of  any  expenses  of  burial  of  a  deceased 
patient,  such  municipality  may  recover  from  the  patient,  or, 
in  the  event  of  his  decease,  from  his  estate  or  personal  repre- 
sentatives, or,  in  the  case  of  a  dependant,  from  any  person 
liable  in  law,  in  respect  to  such  dependant,  the  amount  of 
the  payment  so  made,  and  the  same  may  be  recovered  as  a 
debt  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 


Municipal  49.  Upon  payment  by  a  municipality  to  a  sanatorium  of 

against  any  account  for  treatment  of  a  patient  or  upon  payment  of 

cipaiity.  any  expense  of  burial  of  a  deceased  patient  by  reason  of  such 
patient  having  been  assumed  to  be  a  resident  in  such  munici- 
pality and  it  being  ascertained  that  such  patient  was  not  a 
resident  therein  but  at  the  time  of  admission  to  the  sana- 
torium was  a  resident  in  another  municipality  in  Ontario,  the 
municipality  which  made  the  said  payment  may  recover  the 
amount  thereof  as  a  debt  from  the  municipality  in  which  such 
patient  was  a  resident  and  upon  payment  by  that  munici- 
pality it  shall  be  entitled  to  exercise  the  rights  of  recovery 
conferred  under  section  48. 


Workmen's 
Compensa- 
tion Board 
cases. 


50.  Nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  render  a  munici- 
pality liable  for  payment  of  the  charges  for  treatment  of  a 
patient  where  such  charges  are  payable  by  the  Workmen's 
Compensation  Board  or  an  employer  under  The  Workmen's 
Compensation  Act. 


168 


12 
PART  VII. 

PROVINCIAL   AID. 

61.— (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  of  the  Provincial 
regulations,  provincial  aid  shall  be  distributed  and  may  be 
paid  out  of  any  moneys  appropriated  for  such  purpose  by 
the  Legislature, — 

(a)    for  treatment  of  every  patient  who  is  an  indigent  J^^^'^J^t  ^ 
person   or   the   dependant   of   an    indigent   person,  of  aid. 
at  the  rate  of  seventy-five  cents  per  day  for  every 
day  that  such  patient  is  receiving  treatment  in  a 
sanatorium; 

(6)    for  treatment  of  every  patient  who  is  an  indigent  J^^jgent,^ 
person  or  the  dependant  of  an  indigent  person  and  for  unorgan- 
who  has  actually  resided  in  unorganized  territory  territory. 
for  the  period  of  three  months  within  the  five  months 
next  prior  to  admission  to  a  sanatorium  at  the  rate 
of  $2.25   per  day  for   every  day  that  such  patient 
is  receiving  treatment  in  the  sanatorium. 

(2)   In  calculating  the  amount  of  provincial  aid  the  day  of 
departure  of  a  patient  shall  not  be  included. 


Limitation 
as  to 


(3)   Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  no  provincial , 
aid  shall  be  granted  to  any  sanatorium  in  respect  of  a  patient  |*ubject^ 
therein,  if  the  charges  received  by  the  sanatorium  in  respect  of  aid. 
to  such  patient  exceed  $1.50  per  day  from  all  sources  other 
than  provincial  aid. 

52.  No  provincial  aid  shall  be  granted  to  any  sanatorium  No  a^djrhiie 
the  approval  of  which  has  been  revoked  or  suspended,  or  to  any  revoked,  etc. 
sanatorium  which  does  not  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this 

Act,  and  the  regulations. 

53.  When   from   any  cause  provincial   aid   to  any  sana-  Restoration 

,  ,  -^  ,       ^    ,  ,  .   ,  -^      ,  of  Provincial 

tormm  has  not  been  granted  or  the  grant  thereoi  has  been  aid. 
withdrawn  or  withheld,  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
may  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister  direct  that 
such  aid  be  granted  or  restored  in  whole  or  in  part,  but  not 
until  the  approval  of  such  sanatorium  has  been  revived  or 
until  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations  is  made,  as  the  case  may  be. 


168 


13 


Penalty. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  121. 


PART  VIII. 

GENERAL. 

54.  Any  person  who  contravenes  or  is  a  party  to  the  con- 
travention, directly  or  indirectly,  of  any  provision  of  this  Act 
or  the  regulations  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  not  less  than  $5 
and  not  exceeding  $500  recoverable  under  The  Summary 
Convictions  Act. 


Repeal.  55.   The  Sanatoria  J or  Consumptives  Act,  being  chapter  357 

of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  1927,  is  repealed. 

Commence-        56.  This  Act  shall   come  into  force  on   the   1st  day  of 

ment  of  Act.  ^^    ,    ,  <mi 

October,  1931. 


168 


?0 

o 

a 

« 


> 

u. 

-1 

t\J 

l-~l 

-[^ 

;? 

n 

a 

o 

tfl 

fi- 

3- 

?s. 

tr 

'"^ 

H- ' 

>3 

Ni 

>i 

to 

>i 

cn 

<x 

^J 

n 

tn 

r-f- 

O 

r+ 

S 

(-»■ 

h- » 

&t 

rr 

p- 

^ 

tA5 

•"^ 

Oj 

OJ 

> 

3 

> 

O 

i-t- 

•-1 

o 

o 

'V 

n 

n 

Cfi 

n 

C 

rt 

3 

5' 

TD 

crp 

r-h^ 

C/) 

i* 

P 

n> 

I— I 
r 
r 


No.  169 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  provide  Better  Marketing  Facilities  for  Agricultural 

Products. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  169 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  provide  Better  Marketing  Facilities  for 
Agricultural  Products. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Marketing  Act, 
1931. 


Marketing 

board 

established. 


2. — (1)  There  shall  be  established  a  board  to  be  known  as 
"The  Ontario  Marketing  Board,"  hereinafter  called  the 
"Board,"  which  shall  consist  of  three  persons  to  be  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  with  the  powers  and 
duties  hereinafter  set  out. 


SecretT^y!'  (2)  One  of  the  persons  so  appointed  shal   be  designated  as 

chairman  of  the  Board  and  there  shall  be  a  secretary  of  the 
Board  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council. 


Honor- 
ariums. 


(3)  The    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council    may    pay    an 
honorarium  to  the  chairman  and  other  members  of  the  Board. 


Sjwirl''"'^         3.— (1)   It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  and   they  shall 
have  power, — 


Survey  of 
conditions. 


Statistics. 


Information 
as  to  soil, 
climate,  etc. 


Regulations 
as  to 
packing,  etc. 


(a)  to  make  a  general  survey  of  conditions  existing  in  the 
agricultural  industry  in  all  its  branches  and  to  prepare 
and  maintain  a  tabulated  register  of  all  statistical 
and  other  information  so  obtained; 

{h)  to  collect  information  regarding  conditions  as  to 
the  soil,  climate  and  other  particulars  which  may  be 
useful  in  determining  the  adaptability  of  the  various 
counties  and  districts  in  the  Province  for  any 
particular  class  of  farming  or  agricultural  industry; 

(c)  to  make  recommendations  as  to  packing,  marketing 
and  transporting  of  any  agricultural  product; 


169 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  stated  in  section  3.  If  further  machinery 
should  appear  to  be  necessary  it  can  be  provided  from  time  to  time. 
The  object  of  the  draftsman  has  been  to  make  the  Bill  as  simple  as  possible 
until  experience  shows  just  how  the  Board  will  function. 


169 


Marketing 
facilities. 


(d)  to  seek  the  best  possible  local  and  other  marketing 
facilities  for  any  class  of  agricultural  product; 

(e)  to  diffuse  information  among  those  concerned  as  to 

the  agricultural  facilities  in  Ontario  and  as  to  the 
best  methods  to  be  used  in  increasing  productivity 
of  the  soil  and  the  production  of  any  particular 
class  of  agricultural  products; 


Dairy 
products. 


(/)  to  encourage  in  every  way  the  best  methods  for  the 
manufacture,  preparation  and  packing  of  dairy 
products  for  marketing  in  Ontario  or  elsewhere; 


(ieneraiiy.  (g)    generally  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  agricul- 

tural industry  in  Ontario  as  the  Board  may  deem 
expedient. 


Report  to 
Minister. 


(2)  The  Board  shall  report  to  the  Minister  of  Agriculture 
from  time  to  tirne  upon  its  operations  and  whenever  required 
by  the  Minister  so  to  do  shall  direct  every  effort  to  the  improve- 
ment and  increase  of  marketing  facilities  for  any  particular 
class  of  agricultural  products  or  for  any  particular  article  in 
any  such  class. 


Committees 
acting  for 
board. 


4.  The  Minister,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Board 
may  appoint  committees,  each  of  which  shall  consist  of  not 
more  than  three  persons,  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  in 
carrying  out  the  objects  and  purposes  of  the  Board  with 
regard  to  any  class  of  agricultural  products  or  with  regard 
to  any  particular  article  in  any  such  class,  and  the  Minister 
may  provide  for  the  remuneration  and  expenses  of  any 
such  committee. 


Commence-        5,  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 

ment  of  Act.  .  .  ,       ^         ,  j       t^ 

it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


169 


w 


a- 

0^ 


t\i 

5M 

»-» 

s 

O 

to 

fi- 

S- 

s^ 

0\ 

1— k 

0^ 

> 
> 

^  O 

HI  0}    o 

Q    O    CL 
a  -I  n) 

3  p 
c-  -t 

(-»■ 
5" 

orq 


r 


No.  169 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  provide  Better  Marketing  Facilities  for  Agricultural 

Products. 


Mr.  Kennedy  (Peel) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  169 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  provide  Better  Marketing  Facilities  for 
Agricultural  Products. 

HIvS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Marketing  Act, 
1931. 


Marketing 

board 

established. 


2. — (1)  There  shall  be  established  a  board  to  be  known  as 
"The  Ontario  Marketing  Board,"  hereinafter  called  the 
"Board,"  which  shall  consist  of  three  persons  to  be  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  with  the  powers  and 
duties  hereinafter  set  out. 


secretT^y!"  (2)  One  of  the  persons  so  appointed  shall  be  designated  as 
chairman  of  the  Board  and  there  shall  be  a  secretary  of  the 
Board  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council. 


Honor- 
ariums. 


(3)  The    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council    may    pay    an 
honorarium  to  the  chairman  and  other  members  of  the  Board. 


Duties  and 
powers. 


Survey  of 
conditions. 


Statistics. 


Information 
as  to  soil, 
climate,  etc. 


Regulations 
as  to 
packing,  etc. 


3. — (1)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  and  they  shall 
have  power, — 

(a)  to  make  a  general  survey  of  conditions  existing  in  the 
agricultural  industry  in  all  its  branches  and  to  prepare 
and  maintain  a  tabulated  register  of  all  statistical 
and  other  information  so  obtained; 

{h)  to  collect  information  regarding  conditions  as  to 
the  soil,  climate  and  other  particulars  which  may  be 
useful  in  determining  the  adaptability  of  the  various 
counties  and  districts  in  the  Province  for  any 
particular  class  of  farming  or  agricultural  industry; 

(c)  to  make  recommendations  as  to  packing,  marketing 
and  transporting  of  any  agricultural  product; 


169 


(d)  to  seek  the  best  possible  local  and  other  market! njj  ^;^r^?i!"'^ 
facilities  for  any  class  of  agricultural  product; 

(e)  to  diffuse  information  among  those  concerned  as  to 

the  agricultural  facilities  in  Ontario  and  as  to  the 
best  methods  to  be  used  in  increasing  productivity 
of  the  soil  and  the  production  of  any  particular 
class  of  agricultural  products; 

(/)  to  encourage  in  ev^ery  way  the  best  methods  for  the  Dairy 

•^  f  .  .  ,.  r,.        products. 

manuiacture,  preparation  and  packmg  ot  dairy 
products  for  marketing  in  Ontario  or  elsewhere; 

(g)     generally  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  agricul-  oeneraiiy. 
tural  industry  in  Ontario  as  the  Board  may  deem 
expedient. 

(2)  The  Board  shall  report  to  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  Report  to 
from  time  to  time  upon  its  operations  and  whenever  required '  '"'*'  ^^' 
by  the  Minister  so  to  do  shall  direct  every  effort  to  the  improve- 
ment and  increase  of  marketing  facilities  for  any  particular 
class  of  agricultural  products  or  for  any  particular  article  in 
any  such  class. 

4.  The  Minister,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Board  ac^tin^'for^^ 
may  appoint  committees,  each  of  which  shall  consist  of  not  board, 
more   than    three   persons,    for   the   purpose  of   assisting   in 
carrying  out  the  objects  and   purposes  of  the  Board  with 

regard  to  any  class  of  agricultural  products  or  with  regard 
to  any  particular  article  in  any  such  class,  and  the  Minister 
may  provide  for  the  remuneration  and  expenses  of  any 
such  committee. 

5.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  ^g^j'^^f/'A^'t 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


169 


til 

w 

o 


T3       ^ 

I— k        <s«. 


o 


N3 


>a 


0^ 


o 


>0 
Pi- 

0^ 


> 

s 

> 

T^ 

n 

v> 

2. 

<-h 

O 

r-h 

"O 

S' 

•-t 

^ 

;? 

o 

a 

o 

■-t 

51 

c 

o 

> 

C33 

U5 

(W 

fD 

n^ 

(-1- 

c 

(-»■ 
•I 

rt- 

c 

S 
P 

■1 

rt- 
5' 

orq 

dd 

r 
r 


No.  170 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  for  Raising  Money  on  the  Credit  of  the  Consolidated 

Revenue  Fund. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  170  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  for  Raising  Money  on  the  credit  of  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         1    Tj^jg  ^^1-  niay  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Loan  Act,  1931. 

Loan  of  2.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  is  hereby  author- 

$40,000,000     .       ,  .       ,  .  ,  f  ■'  .. 

authorized,    ized  to  raise  by  way  ot  loan  a  sum  oi  money  not  exceedmg 

forty  million  dollars  ($40,000,000),  for  all  or  any  of  the 
purposes  following,  that  is  to  say:  For  the  public  service, 
for  works  carried  on  by  commissioners  on  behalf  of  Ontario, 
for  the  covering  of  any  debt  of  Ontario  on  open  account, 
for  paying  any  floating  indebtedness  of  Ontario  and  for 
the  carrying  on  of  the  public  works  authorized  by  the  Legis- 
lature. 

flxed'by^  ^^     3.  The  aforesaid  sum  of  money  may  be  borrowed  for  any 

Govern^or^*     term,  or  terms  not  exceeding  forty  years,  at  such   rate  as 

may  be  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in   Council  and 

shall  be  raised  upon  the  credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue 

Fund  of  Ontario,  and  shall  be  chargeable  thereupon. 

Fuud"^  4.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  provide  for  a 

special  sinking  fund  with  respect  to  the  issue  herein  author- 
ized, and  such  sinking  fund  may  be  at  a  greater  rate  than 
the  one-half  of  one  per  centum  per  annum  specified  in  sub- 
Rev.  Stat.,     section  2  of  section  3  of  The  Provincial  Loans  Act. 

c.  23. 

Sent^ol-'^Att.      5.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


170 


o 

a 

r 
o 


Oo 


0^ 


^s» 


1    s-  ^ 


>i 

to 

>3 

I— ' 

(M5 

?> 

55  3 

^> 

^    n 

O     rt- 

>-«-> 

i-^ 

rt-    o 

=r  -1 

rD    _, 

n? 

C 

§  2: 

X  3 

P- 

0^(/q 

1"? 

(D     3 

Cl  rD 

—  "^ 

fi 

O)     rt 

3   =r 

C     (D 

rt 

>— < 
r 
r 


No.  170 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  for  raising  money  on  the  Credit  of  the  Consolidated 

Revenue  Fund. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  170 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  for  raising  money  on  the  credit  of  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Loan  Act,  1931. 


Loan  of 

$40,000,000 

authorized. 


2.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  is  hereby  author- 
ized to  raise  by  way  of  loan  a  sum  of  money  not  exceeding 
forty  million  dollars  ($40,000,000),  for  all  or  any  of  the 
purposes  following,  that  is  to  say:  For  the  public  service, 
for  works  carried  on  by  commissioners  on  behalf  of  Ontario, 
for  the  covering  of  any  debt  of  Ontario  on  open  account, 
for  paying  any  floating  indebtedness  of  Ontario  and  for 
the  carrying  on  of  the  public  works  authorized  by  the  Legis- 
lature. 


Terms  to   be 
fixed  by 
Lieutenant- 
Governor. 


Sinking 
Fund. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  23. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


3.  The  aforesaid  sum  of  money  may  be  borrowed  for  any 
term  or  terms  not  exceeding  forty  years,  at  such  rate  as 
may  be  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  and 
shall  be  raised  upon  the  credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue 
Fund  of  Ontario,  and  shall  be  chargeable  thereupon. 

4.  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  provide  for  a 
special  sinking  fund  with  respect  to  the  issue  herein  author- 
ized, and  such  sinking  fund  may  be  at  a  greater  rate  than 
the  one-half  of  one  per  centum  per  annum  specified  in  sub- 
section 2  of  section  3  of  The  Provincial  Loans  Act. 

5.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


170 


d 

r 
o 

^3 


> 

Sl^ 

►-t 

t\i 

-1 

K^ 

•-t^ 

2- 

n 

1 

o 

1— ' 

^ 

Oo 

>3 

Ni 

^ 

Cfl 

o 

c^ 

-J 

c^ 

^-^ 

^ 

r->- 

§. 

^ 

H- ^ 

«». 

*>. 

** 

»;». 

O 

V9 

1— ' 

8 

1— ' 

Oo 

CkJ 

n 

-1 

> 

n. 

3 

> 

o 

O 

rt 

t->^ 

►^ 

rt 

o 

cr 

-t 

fD 

n 

o 

3 

S! 

Cfi 

5' 

O^ 

CQ 

o 

m 

3 

CL 

0) 

^ 

fD 

o 

3 

rt) 

(-h 

3 

3* 

C 

(D 

r 
r 


No.  171 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  171 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         J    This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Corporations  Tax  Act, 
1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  29,  8.  3, 
subs.  14, 
repealed. 

Tax  on  car 
companies. 


2. — (1)  Subsection  14  of  section  3  of  The  Corporations  Tax 
Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor; 

(14)  Every  company  other  than  a  railway  company 
transacting  business  in  Ontario  by  operating, 
leasing  or  hiring  sleeping,  parlour  or  dining  cars 
run  upon  or  used  by  any  railway  within  Ontario 
shall  pay  a  tax  of  one  per  centum  upon  the  money 
invested  in  such  cars  so  in  use  in  Ontario. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  29,  s.  .3, 
amended. 


(2)  The    said    section    3    is    further    amended    by   adding 
thereto  the  following  subsections: 


Tax  on 
capital  of 
incorporated 
companies 
carrying  on 
business  in 
Ontario. 


(23)  Every  incorporated  company  transacting  business 
in  Ontario  shall  pay  a  tax  of  one-tenth  of  one  per 
centum  upon  the  paid  up  capital  thereof  including 
its  reserve  (except  a  proper  reserve  for  depreciation) 
and  all  sums  of  money  raised  by  the  corporation  by 
the  issue  of  its  debentures  or  bonds  and  all  sums 
advanced  or  loaned  to  the  company  by  any  other 
company,  but  the  Treasurer  may  allow  such  reduc- 
tion of  taxes  as  he  may  deem  just  to  any  incorpor- 
ated company  coming  under  the  provisions  of  this 
subsection  and  (a)  having  its  head  office  outside 
the  Province  and  doing  business  in  the  Province,  or 
{h)  having  its  head  office  in  the  Province  but  doing 
business  out  of  the  Province,  or  having  the  greater 
part  of  its  corporate  assets  outside  the  Province,  or 
(c)  having  its  head  office  in  the  Province  but  doing 
only    the    business    therein    of    holding    the    stock, 


171 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2. — (1)  This  repeals  the  tax  imposed  on  refrigerator,  oil,  coal 
or  fruit  cars.  The  imposition  of  the  tax  on  such  cars  would  impose  a  great 
hardship  and  loss  of  revenue  on  Canadian  railroads.  The  tax  will  con- 
tinue to  be  collected  upon  sleeping,  dining  and  parlour  cars. 


(2)  This  section  imposes  a  tax  of  one-tenth  of  one  per  centum  upon 
the  paid  up  capital  of  all  companies  not  presently  taxed  under  The  Cor- 
porations Tax  Act  with  certain  exceptions  as  set  out  in  this  section.  In 
the  case  of  companies  transacting  business  in  different  provinces  the  tax 
will  be  imposed  on  the  portion  of  the  capital  allocated  to  business  in  this 
Province. 


171 


bonds   and   other   securities   of   other   incorporated 
companies. 

Exceptions  (23a)  The  provisions  of  subsection  23  shall  not  apply, — 

to  subs.  23.  ^^  -' 

(a)  to  any  company  which  maintains  a  head  or 
executive  office  in  the  Province  of  Ontario 
but  whose  business  and  assets  are  carried  on 
and  situate  entirely  outside  the  said  Province; 

(b)  to  any  company  which  maintains  a  head  or 
executive  office  in  the  Province  of  Ontario 
but  whose  assets  consist  substantially  only 
of  shares  or  obligations  of  other  companies 
or  corporations  whose  main  or  chief  business 
and  assets  are  situate  entirely  outside  the 
said  Province; 

(c)  to  any  company  which  carries  on  in  the 
Province  of  Ontario  as  its  main  or  chief 
business  investment  and  re-investment  in 
shares,  bonds  and  obligations  of  other  in- 
corporated companies  or  of  any  government, 
municipal  or  school  corporation; 

?®28  ^*^*"  (^^    ^^  ^^y  ii^inC'   plant  or  works  the  profits  of 

which    are    liable    to    taxation     under     The 
Mining  Tax  Act; 

(e)  to  any  milling,  smelting,  refining  or  reduction 
plant  owned  by  the  owner  of  the  mine  and 
used  for  the  processing  of  such  mine's  ores 
unless  and  until  such  mine  is  assessed  for  a 
tax  under  The  Mining  Tax  Act; 

(0  to  any  capital  bona  fide  subscribed  or  used  in 
the  survey  for,  exploration  of,  and  develop- 
ment of  mines  or  minerals; 

(g)  to  companies  incorporated  for  the  purpose  of 
drainage,  agriculture  or  colonization; 

(h)  to  corporations  paying  taxes  under  sub- 
sections 2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  13,  14 
or  15  of  this  section; 

(i)  to  corporations  paying  tax  under  subsection 
12  of  this  section  upon  their  entire  capital 
except  as  to  any  portion  of  capital  not  so 
taxed  under  the  said  subsection ; 

171 


(j)    so  as  to  tax  the  same  capital  more  than  once 
under  this  Act; 

(k)    to  companies  that  have  ceased  to  do  business; 

(/)     to  companies  incorporated  solely  for  charit- 
able purposes  or  to  operate  hospitals. 

SeXiff^Ac't.  ^-  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent  and  shall  have  affect  as  from 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1931. 


171 


r 
o 


OK, 


P3 

o 

Ci- 

sr 

>i 

to 

<* 

■^ 

^ 

<s>. 

a 

1— » 

I 


> 
> 


o 
Pi 

^  s 

n 

o 

■-t 

•o 
o 


CD 

r 

r 


No.  171 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  bv  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  171 


1931 


Short  title. 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Corporations  Tax  Act, 
1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  29,  8.  3, 
subs.  14, 
repealed. 

Tax  on  car 
companies. 


2. — (1)  Subsection  14  of  section  3  of  The  Corporations  Tax 
Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(14)  Every  company  other  than  a  railway  company 
transacting  business  in  Ontario  by  operating, 
leasing  or  hiring  sleeping,  parlour  or  dining  cars 
run  upon  or  used  by  any  railway  within  Ontario 
shall  pay  a  tax  of  one  per  centum  upon  the  money 
invested  in  such  cars  so  in  use  in  Ontario. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  29,  s.  3, 
amended. 


Tax  on 
capital  of 
incorporated 
companies 
carrying  on 
business  in 
Ontario. 


(2)  The    said    section    3    is    further   amended    by   adding 
thereto  the  following  subsections : 

(23)  Every  incorporated  company  transacting  business 
in  Ontario  shall  pay  a  tax  of  one-tenth  of  one  per 
centum  upon  the  paid  up  capital  thereof  including 
its  reserve  (except  a  proper  reserve  for  depreciation) 
and  all  sums  advanced  or  loaned  to  the  company 
by  any  other  company  for  capital  account,  but  the 
Treasurer  may  allow  such  reduction  of  taxes  as 
he  may  deem  just  to  any  incorporated  company 
coming  under  the  provisions  of  this  subsection 
and  {a)  having  its  head  office  outside  the  Province 
and  doing  business  in  the  Province,  or  (&)  having 
its  head  office  in  the  Province  but  doing  business 
out  of  the  Province,  or  having  the  greater  part  of 
its  corporate  assets  outside  the  Province,  or 
(c)  having  its  head  office  in  the  Province  but  doing 
only    the    business    therein    of    holding    the    stock. 


171 


bonds   and   other   securities   of   other   incorporated 
companies. 

(23a)  The  provisions  of  subsection  23  shall  not  apply, —  Exceptions 

tO  SUDS.   ^o. 

(a)  to  any  company  which  maintains  a  head  or 
executive  office  in  the  Province  of  Ontario 
but  whose  business  and  assets  are  carried  on 
and  situate  entirely  outside  the  said  Province; 

(b)  to  any  company  which  maintains  a  head  or 
executive  office  in  the  Province  of  Ontario 
but  whose  assets  consist  substantially  only 
of  shares  or  obligations  of  other  companies 
or  corporations  whose  main  or  chief  business 
and  assets  are  situate  entirely  outside  the 
said  Province; 

(c)  to  any  company  which  carries  on  in  the 
Province  of  Ontario '  as  its  main  or  chief 
business  investment  and  re-investment  in 
shares,  bonds  and  obligations  of  other  in- 
corporated companies  or  of  any  government, 
municipal  or  school  corporation; 


(d)  to   any  mine,  plant  or  works  the  profits  of^®28 
which    are    liable    to    taxation    under     The 
Mining  Tax  Act; 

(e)  to  any  milling,  smelting,  refining  or  reduction 
plant  owned  by  the  owner  of  the  mine  and 
used  for  the  processing  of  such  mine's  ores 
unless  and  until  such  mine  is  assessed  for  a 
tax  under  The  Mining  Tax  Act; 

(/)  to  any  capital  bona  fide  held  or  used  in  the 
survey  for,  exploration  of,  and  development 
of  mines  or  minerals; 

(g)  to  companies  incorporated  for  the  purpose  of 
drainage,  agriculture  or  colonization ; 

(h)  to  corporations  paying  taxes  under  sub- 
sections 2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  13,  14 
or  15  of  this  section; 

(i)  to  corporations  paying  tax  under  subsection 
12  of  this  section  upon  their  entire  capital 
except  as  to  any  portion  of  capital  not  so 
taxed  under  the  said  subsection ; 


Rev.  Stat. 


171 


(J)  so  as  to  tax  the  same  capital  more  than  once 
under  this  Act; 

(k)    to  companies  that  have  ceased  to  do  business ; 

(/)  to  companies  incorporated  solely  for  charit- 
able purposes  or  to  operate  hospitals; 

(m)  to  telephone  companies  having  a  paid-up 
capital  of  less  than  one  hundred  thousand 
dollars. 

Commence-  3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent  and  shall  have  effect  as  from 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1931. 


171 


c 

r 
o 


> 

^ 

^ 

n 

1 

o 

>a 

Oj 

^ 

tsi 

>3 

ri- 

§ 

I— » 

C/) 

g 

1-^ 

i 

1— ' 

rt- 

sr 

I—' 

o 

a 

0^5 

0^3 

> 

> 


&3 

>'^ 

o  H 
o 

n 

o 
o 


to 

h— t 

r 
r 


\ 


No.  172 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Succession  Duty  Act. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  172 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Succession  Duty  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Succession  Duty  Amend- 
ment Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  26,  s.  1, 
cl.  a, 
amended. 


2.  The  clause  lettered  a  of  section  1  of  The  Succession  Duty 
Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "Ontario"  in  the 
seventh  line  thereof  the  words  "and  the  value  of  Ontario  bonds 
issued  under  any  statute  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  exempting 
them  from  duty." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  2, 
repealed. 


3.  Section  2  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Declaration 
as  to 

application 
of  Act. 


2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  and  to  declare  the  law 
relating  to  succession  duty  since  the  1st  day  of  July, 
1892,  save  as  to  the  rate  of  duty,  the  liability  for 
duty  of  any  property  transferred  inter  vivos,  any 
action  or  reference  heretofore  determined  in  any 
court  or  as  to  any  estate  upon  which  the  duty  has 
been  fully  paid  and  satisfied; 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  3, 
amended. 


4.  Section  3  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  the  word  "person"  in  the  fifth  line  thereof 
the  words  "at  the  time  of  his  death." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26, 
els.  c,  d,  e, 
repealed. 


5.  The  clauses  lettered  c,  d,  and  e,  of  section  6  of  The 
Succession  Duty  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


Exemption 
from 

succession 
duty. 


(c)  Where  the  whole  value  of  any  property  passing  to 

any  one  person  does  not  exceed  $500; 

(d)  Where  the  property  passing  to  any  one  person  consists 
wholly  of  an  annuity,  of  not  more  than  $100  per 


172 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  This  amendment  is  to  provide  that  debentures  of  the 
Province  of  Ontario  issued  free  from  succession  duty  be  included  in  the 
aggregate  value  of  property.  This  is  the  practice  at  present  but  there 
seems  to  be  some  doubt  about  it.  Such  debentures  will  still  be  free 
from  duty. 


Section  3.  There  is  no  change  in  this  section  except  a  rearrangement 
of  the  wording.  The  effect  is  to  make  the  section  applicable  to  estates 
on  which  duty  has  not  yet  been  fixed. 


Section  4.  This  makes  no  change  in  the  law  but  makes  the  section  more 
definite. 


Section  5.  This  amendment  increases  the  exemption  provided  for  by 
clause  c  of  section  6  from  $300  to  $500,  provides  for  exemption  of  duty  on 
an  annuity  or  life  interest  not  exceeding  $100  per  annum  (clause  d),  and 
changes  clause  e  to  limit  the  charitable,  religious  or  educational  bequests 
to  bequests  for  purposes  to  be  carried  out  in  Ontario. 


172 


annum,  or  of  an  estate  or  interest  for  life  or  for  a 
term,  in  any  property,  the  yearly  income  from  which 
does  not  exceed  $100; 

(e)  On  property  given,  devised  or  bequeathed  to  a 
religious,  charitable  or  educational  organization  for 
religious,  charitable  or  educational  purposes  to  be 
carried  out  in  Ontario. 

s^bs'.  2*^V.'c,      ^- — (1)  The  clause  lettered  c  of  subsection  2  of  section  8  of 
amended.       xhe  Succession  Duty  Act  is  repealed,  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Property 
held  by 
joint 
tenants 
subject 
to  duty. 


(c)  Any  property,  real  or  personal,  held  in  the  joint 
names  of  the  deceased  and  one  or  more  persons,  or 
deposited  in  banks  or  other  institutions  or  money 
deposited  in  the  joint  names  of  the  deceased  and 
one  or  more  persons,  and  payable  to  either  or  the 
survivor,  except  the  portion  thereof  which  is  shown 
to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Treasurer  to  have  been 
contributed  by  the  survivor. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  26,  s.  8, 
Subs.   2. 
cl.  d, 
amended. 


Property 

passing 

under 

settlement, 

etc. 

Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  8, 
subs.  2,  cl. 
repealed. 


(2)  The  clause  lettered  d  in  subsection  2  of  said  section  8 
is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  words  "or  where  the 
property  so  passing  or  some  part  thereof,  or  some  fund 
therein,  or  any  property  fund  or  assets  resulting  from  the 
conversion  of  any  such  property  or  fund,  is  held  for  any 
benefit  of  the  settlor,  whether  or  not  there  is  such  reservation 
or  any  reservation  whatsoever  to  the  settlor. 

/,      (3)  The  clause  lettered  /  in  subsection  2  of  said  section  8 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Policies  of 
insurance. 


Insurance 
to  provide 
duty. 


(/)  Money  received  under  a  policy  of  insurance  whether 
such  insurance  is  payable  to  or  in  favour  of  a  pre- 
ferred beneficiary  within  the  meaning  of  The  Insur- 
ance Act,  or  not,  effected  by  any  person  on  his  life, 
where  the  policy  is  wholly  kept  up  by  him  for  the 
benefit  of  any  existing  or  future  donee,  whether 
nominee  or  assignee,  or  for  any  person  who  may 
become  a  donee,  or  a  part  of  such  money  in  propor- 
tion to  the  premiums  paid  by  him,  where  the  policy 
is  partially  kept  up  by  him  for  such  benefit. 

(//)  The  premiums  paid  on  that  portion  of  a  policy  of 
insurance  applied  to  the  payment  of  duty  where 
such  policy  of  insurance  is  made  payable  to  the 
estate  of  the  deceased  in  trust  for  the  Treasurer  for 
the  purpose  of  providing  money  necessary  to  pay 
the  duty  on  the  estate  of  the  deceased,  but  notwith- 


172 


Section  6. — (1)  Difficulty  is  experienced  at  times  in  the  case  of  joint 
bank  accounts  and  other  property  held  in  the  joint  names  of  the  deceased 
and  another  person,  to  establish  what  part  of  the  joint  estate  belongs  to 
the  deceased  and  what  part  to  the  survivor.  Property  is  sometimes 
put  in  joint  names  in  order  that  the  survivor  may  immediately  take 
possession  of  the  same  without  having  to  take  out  probate  and  thus 
escape  payment  of  the  duty.  The  amendment  will  provide  that  the  duty 
is  payable  on  all  projjerty  so  held  except  the  portion  which  can  be  shown 
to  have  been  contributed  by  the  survivor. 


(2)  This  is  to  define  more  clearly  the  intended  meaning  of  the  section. 


(3)  This  amendment  will  allow  a  person  to  take  out  an  insurance 
policy  to  cover  succession  duty.  The  proceeds  of  the  policy  will  be  free 
of  duty  but  duty  may  be  payable  upon  the  premiums  paid. 


172 


standing  anything  herein  contained,  moneys  received 
by  the  Treasurer  on  such  last-mentioned  poUcy  and 
appHed  by  him  in  full  of  or  on  account  of  the  Ontario 
Duty  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  property  passing 
on  the  death  of  the  deceased  and  duty  shall  not  be 
payable  thereon. 

?^26  ^b'^q"         '^'  Subsection  6  of  section  9  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  is 
siibs.'e,    '      amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  proviso: 

amended.  °  "^ 

Provided  that  when  the  amount  passing  to  any  one  of 
the  persons  mentioned  in  this  subsection  does  not 
exceed  $1,000,  no  duty  shall  be  paid  on  the  amount 
so  passing  in  the  event  of  such  person  having  been 
in  the  employ  of  the  deceased  for  at  least  five  years 
prior  to  his  death. 

^®26,l*\*i,        ^-  Section  11  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  as  amended  by 
repealed.    '    section  3  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1928,  and  section  2,  of 

The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1929,  is  repealed  and  the  following 

substituted  therefor: 

Consent  to  n. — (1)   Unless  the  consent  thereto,  in  writing  of  the 

required.  Treasurer  is  obtained,  no  person,  bank,  trust  com- 

pany, insurance  company  or  other  corporation  having 
its  head  office,  principal  place  of  business,  office  from 
which  payments  of  claims  are  made,  register  of  share- 
holders or  any  place  of  transfer  in  Ontario,  shall, — 

(a)  Deliver,  transfer  or  assign  or  permit  any  de- 
livery, transfer  or  assignment  of  any  property, 
whatsoever,  belonging  to  a  deceased  person, 
which  may  be  liable  to  duty  in  Ontario, 
including  any  deposit,  bond,  debenture  stock, 
stock  or  share  (or  insurance  money  in  excess 
of  $1,000)  with,  in,  issued  by  or  payable  by 
any  bank,  trust  company,  insurance  company 
or  other  corporation  and  standing  in  the 
name  of  a  deceased  person  (whether  such 
deceased  person  died  domiciled  in  Ontario  or 
elsewhere)  or  held  in  trust  for  him  or  in  the 
names  of  a  deceased  person  and  any  other 
person;  or 

{h)  Permit  the  opening  of  any  safety  deposit  box 
or  other  repository  in  Ontario,  the  removal ' 
thereof  from  Ontario  or  the  withdrawal  from 
such  box  or  repository  of  any  cash,  negotiable 
instrument,  certificates  representing  indebted- 
ness under  bond  or  otherwise  or  representing 

172 


Section  7.  This  will  exempt  from  duty  legacies  up  to  $1,000  to  servants 
in  the  employ  of  the  deceased  for  five  years  previous  to  death. 


Section  8.  This  is  intended  to  dispense  with  evasion  of  payment  of 
duty  as  far  as  possible.  No  transfer  of  any  property  of  the  deceased 
person  can  be  made  without  the  consent  of  the  Treasurer.  No  safety 
deposit  box  can  be  opened  except  with  the  consent  of  the  Treasurer  and 
it  is  intended  to  have  somebody  representing  the  Department  (surrogate 
registrar  usually)  attend  at  the  opening  of  all  safety  deposit  boxes  and 
check  the  contents  thereof  and  see  that  the  same  is  included  in  the  inven- 
tory of  the  estate.  As  a  rule  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  file  any  bond  or 
other  security  for  duty,  thereby  saving  the  estate  considerable  expense. 
The  property  of  the  deceased  cannot  be  transferred  except  as  the  duty 
is  paid.  This  section  also  permits  the  payment  of  life  insurance  moneys 
to  the  extent  of  $1,000  without  the  consent  of  the  Treasurer.  Any  insur- 
ance moneys  paid  in  excess  of  that  amount  can  only  be  paid  with  the 
consent  of  the  Treasurer. 


172 


Opening  of 
safety 
deposit 
boxes,  etc. 


any  holdings  of  stock,  muniment  of  title, 
insurance  policy  or  any  other  property 
belonging  to  a  deceased  person. 

(2)  Notice  in  writing  of  the  intention  to  open  any  safety 
deposit  box  or  other  repository  as  is  mentioned  in 
subsection  1  of  this  section  or  to  withdraw  therefrom 
according  to  the  meaning  of  said  subsection,  shall  be 
served  on  the  Treasurer  or  his  representative  at  least 
ten  days,  or  other  period  to  which  the  Treasurer  may 
agree,  before  such  opening  or  withdrawal  is  intended 
to  take  place  and  the  Treasurer  or  his  representative 
may  attend  at  the  time  and  place  of  such  opening  or 
withdrawal  and  there  give  a  consent  in  writing  to 
the  same  as  provided  herein  and  he  may  examine 
the  contents  thereof  or  the  Treasurer  or  his  repre- 
sentative may  give  such  consent  without  attending 
and  examining  as  herein  provided  but  the  consent 
provided  for  in  this  subsection  shall  apply  only  to 
the  Acts  mentioned  in  paragraph  b  of  subsection  1 
of  this  section. 


Payment  of 

insurance 

policies. 


(3)  Unless  the  consent,  in  writing,  of  the  Treasurer  is 
obtained,  no  insurance  company  shall  make  any 
payment  of  money  in  excess  of  $1,000  due  under  a 
policy  of  insurance,  which  may  be  subject  to  duty 
in  Ontario,  and  where  payment  not  exceeding  $1,000 
has  been  made,  notice  shall  be  transmitted  to  the 
Treasurer  forthwith. 


*^^"  (4)  Any  person,  bank,  trust  company,  insurance  company 

or  other  corporation  mentioned  in  this  section, 
failing  to  comply  with  same,  shall  incur  a  penalty 
not  exceeding  the  amount  of  the  duty  payable  to 
the  Province,  in  respect  of  any  property  dealt  with 
in  contravention  of  this  section  and  shall,  in  addi- 
tion, incur  a  penalty  of  $1,000,  but  such  penalty 
shall  not  apply  when  the  Treasurer  is  satisfied  that 
the  contravention  was  not  wilful  and  occurred 
through  ignorance  of  the  death. 

c.  26,  s.  12,        9. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  12  of  The  Succession  Duty 
amended'^      -^ct  is  amended  by  striking  out  all  the  words  after  the  word 
"made"  in  the  sixth  line. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  13, 
subs.  7, 
amended. 


(2)  Subsection  4  of  said  section  12  is  amended  by  striking 
out  the  words  "in  lieu  of  or  in  addition  to  any  other  security" 
in  the  second  and  third  lines  thereof. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  7  of  section  13  of  The  Succession  Duty 
Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word   "situated"  in 


172 


Section  9.  The  amendment  in  the  Act  provided  for  by  section  8  renders 
it  unnecessary  to  withhold  probate  until  security  is  given. 


Section  10. — (1)  At  present  if  any  investigation  regarding  an  estate 
is  thought  advisable  it  is  necessary  to  refer  the  matter  to  the  surrogate 
court.  This  section  provides  for  the  taking  of  evidence  with  regard  to 
property  of  the  deceased  by  the  Controller  of  Revenue  and  by  the  solicitor 
appointed  under  the  .Act,  thus  giving  quick  action  and  savinij  expenses 
to  the  estate. 

172 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  13, 
amended. 


Appraise- 
ment final 
after  sixty 
days. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  16, 
subs.  3. 
repealed. 


the  eleventh  Hne  thereof  the  words  "the  Controller  of  Revenue 
or  his  representative,  or  the  solicitor  under  The  Succession 
Duty  Act.'' 

(2)  The  said   section    13   of    The  Succession   Duty  Act   is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section : 

(8)  After  the  filing  of  the  inventory  as  provided  for  in 
section  12,  the  Treasurer  may  mail  to  the  executors 
or  to  their  solicitors  notice  of  appraisement  showing 
the  total  appraised  value  of  the  property  disclosed 
by  the  inventory,  and  sixty  days  after  the  mailing 
of  such  notice,  such  appraised  value  shall  become 
final  and  binding  upon  the  executors  for  all  purposes 
of  this  Act,  unless  within  sixty  days  after  the 
mailing  thereof  a  notice  in  writing  that  the  executors 
object  to  such  appraisement  or  to  some  portion 
thereof  shall  be  received  by  the  Treasurer. 

11.  Subsection  3  of  section  16  of  J^he  Succession  Duty  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(3)  The  duty  on  property,  passing  upon  the  death,  in 
respect  to  which  any  person  is  given  such  a  general 
power  to  appoint  as  would,  if  he  were  sui  juris, 
enable  him  to  dispose  of  the  property  as  he  thinks 
fit,  whether  the  power  is  exercisable  by  instrument 
inter  vivos  or  by  will  or  both,  shall  be  paid  in  the 
same  manner  and  at  the  same  time  as  if  the  property 
itself  had  been  given  to  the  donee  of  the  power. 

f^2Q^^^li,        12.  Subsection  3  of  section  17  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act 
repealed '^''     as  amended  by  section  7  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1928,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Payment 
within  three 
months  when 
interest  in 
expectancy 
falls  into 
possession. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  18, 
repealed. 


(3)  The  duty  on  any  interest  in  expectancy,  if  not  sooner 
paid,  shall  be  due  forthwith  when  such  interest 
comes  into  possession  and  payable  within  three 
months  thereafter,  in  which  case  the  duty  shall  be 
on  the  value  ascertained  as  provided  herein  as  at  the 
date  of  coming  into  possession,  and  no  deduction 
shall  be  made  by  reason  of  duty  paid  or  payable  on 
any  prior  estate,  income  or  interest,  and  if  such  duty 
is  not  so  paid,  interest  at  the  rate  of  six  per  centum 
shall  be  charged  and  collected  thereon  from  the  date 
when  such  interest  in  expectancy  came  into 
possession. 

13.  Section  18  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  as  amended  by 
section  9  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1928,  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


172 


(2)  At  the  present  time  the  Department  has  difficulty  in  having  the 
values  of  the  estate  finally  or  conclusively  settled  so  that  the  final  state- 
ment can  be  rendered  and  action  taken.  The  intention  of  this  amend- 
ment is  to  provide  finality  in  the  matter  of  valuation.  The  amendment 
does  not  interfere  with  any  right  of  appeal  to  the  surrogate  court  from 
the  valuation  of  the  Department. 


Section  11.  This  amendment  is  to  clarify  the  meaning  of  this  section. 


Section  12.  Under  the  old  Act  the  duty  is  paid  immediately  on 
the  death  of  the  life  tenant.  This  amendment  provides  for  three  months 
in  which  to  pay  the  duty  on  the  remainder  without  interest. 


Section  13.  The  reason  for  this  amendment  is  to  save  expense  and 
trouble  to  an  estate  in  making  application  to  the  surrogate  judge  for 
extension  of  time.  This  provides  that  the  Controller  of  Revenue,  with 
the  consent  of  the  Treasurer,  may  extend  time  for  payment  of  duty. 

172 


Extension  of 
time  for 
payment  of 
duty. 


18.  Upon  the  application  of  any  person  liable  for  the 
payment  of  duty  the  surrogate  judge,  or  the  Con- 
troller of  Revenue,  may  from  time  to  time  on  notice 
to  the  Treasurer  and  for  just  cause  shown,  make 
upon  such  terms  as  either  may  deem  proper,  an  order 
extending  the  time  fixed  by  this  Act  for  payment 
thereof  for  any  period  in  the  aggregate,  not  exceeding 
one  year  or  with  the  consent  of  the  Treasurer,  for  a 
longer  period,  but,  unless  the  judge  or  Controller 
otherwise  order,  the  duty  shall  nevertheless  bear 
interest  at  the  rate  of  six  per  centum  per  annum  from 
the  day  upon  which  such  duty  might  have  been  paid 
without  interest. 


^®26  ^*^* '         ^^*  ^^^  Succession  Duty  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended.       the  following  section : 


Distribution 
of  bonds, 
debentures 
or  inscribed 
stock  exempt 
from  duty. 


26. — (1)  Where  part  of  the  property  passing  on  the  death 
of  deceased,  consists  of  bonds,  debentures  or  inscribed 
stock  issued  under  the  provisions  of  any  statute  of 
the  Province  of  Ontario  exempting  them  from  duty 
and  such  bonds,  debentures  or  inscribed  stock  are 
not  specifically  bequeathed  by  the  testator  or  dis- 
posed of  by  gift  by  him  in  his  lifetime,  then  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act,  such  bonds,  debentures  or 
inscribed  stock  shall  be  distributed  among  the 
beneficiaries  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  whole  of  the 
personalty  is  distributed  among  them  according  to  the 
provisions  of  the  will  of  such  deceased  person,  or  if 
such  deceased  person  died  intestate,  then  such 
bonds,  debentures  or  inscribed  stock  shall  be  distri- 
buted in  the  same  manner  as  the  personal  estate  of 
an  intestate  is  distributed,  according  to  the  law  of 
the  province,  state  or  country  wherein  such  deceased 
person  was  domiciled  at  the  time  of  his  death. 


Charge  to 
such  bond.s, 
etc. 


(2)  Unless  a  contrary  intention  appears  by  the  will  of 
such  deceased  person,  then  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act,  there  shall  be  charged  to  such  bonds,  debentures 
or  inscribed  stock,  the  proper  proportion  of  the 
debts  allowed  under  section  4  of  this  Act. 


172 


Section  14.  There  is  nothing  in  the  present  Act  to  allocate  the  suc- 
cession duty  free  bonds  to  any  particular  portion  of  the  estate  or  to  any 
class  of  beneficiary.  The  intention  of  the  amendment  is  to  adjust  pro 
rata  the  succession  duty  free  bonds  to  the  different  classes  of  property 
and  beneficiaries. 


172 


d 

z 
r 
o 


ex. 

0^5 


a 
a 


n 

Co 

13- 

'^ 

ts) 

::a 

~-I 

55 

r^ 

ft 

tr 

Pi- 

»*. 

a 

h-» 

UK) 

O 

Oj 

> 

3 
> 


r 
r 


c 
n 


No.  172 

2nd  Session,  18tii  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Succession  Duty  Act. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.   172 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  Lo  amend  The  Succession  Duty  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         \    This  Act  may  he  cited  as  The  Succession  Duty  Amend- 
ment Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  26,  s.  1, 
cl.  a. 
amended. 


2.  The  clause  lettered  a  of  section  1  of  The  Succession  Duty 
Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "Ontario"  in  the 
seventh  line  thereof  the  words  "and  the  value  of  Ontario  bonds 
issued  under  any  statute  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  exempting 
them  from  duty." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  2, 

repealed. 


3.  Section  2  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Declaration 
as  to 

application 
of  Act. 


This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  and  to  declare  the  law 
relating  to  succession  duty  since  the  1st  day  of  July, 
1892,  save  as  to  the  rate  of  duty,  the  liability  for 
duty  of  any  property  transferred  inter  vivos,  any 
action  or  reference  heretofore  determined  in  any 
court  or  as  to  any  estate  upon  which  the  duty  has 
been  fully  paid  and  satisfied. 


4.  Section  3  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  is  amended  by 

person"  in  the  fifth  line  thereof 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.  26,  s.  3.         ,  . 

amended.       msertmg  alter  the  word 

the  words  "at  the  time  of  his  death." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26, 
els.  c,  d,  e, 
repealed. 


5.  The  clauses  lettered  c,  d,  and  e,  of  section  6  of  The 
Succession  Duty  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


Exemption 
from 

succession 
duty. 


(c)  Where  the  whole  value  of  any  property  passing  to 

any  one  person  does  not  exceed  $500; 

(d)  Where  the  property  passing  to  any  one  person  consists 
wholly  of  an  annuity,  of  not  more  than  $100  per 


172 


annum,  or  of  an  estate  or  interest  for  life  or  for  a 
term,  in  any  property,  the  yearly  income  from  which 
does  not  exceed  $100; 

(e)  On  property  given,  devised  or  bequeathed  lo  a 
religious,  charitable  or  educational  organization  for 
religious,  charitable  or  educational  purposes  to  be 
carried  out  in  Ontario. 

6. — (1)  The  clause  lettered  c  of  sui)sectioii  2  ol  section  8  of  ^|j',^-  2^'"c\' c 
The  Succession  Duty  Act  is  repealed,  and  the  following  sub-  amended, 
stituted  therefor: 

(c)  Any   property,    real   or   personal,   held    in    the  joint  ^^J^J^^^^^y 
names  of  the  deceased  and  one  or  more  persons,  orJoi^t 

.       ,    .       ,        ,  ....  tenants 

deposited  m  banks  or  other  mstitutions  or  money  subject 
in  excess  of  $5,000  at  date  of  death,  deposited 
in  the  joint  names  of  the  deceased  and  one  or 
more  persons,  and  payable  to  either  or  the  survivor, 
except  the  portion  thereof  which  is  shown  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  Treasurer  to  have  been  contributed 
by  the  survivor. 

(2)  The  clause  lettered  d  in  subsection  2  of  said  section  8  Re^-  stat., 
is   amended    by   adding   thereto   the   words    "or   where   the  Subs!  2. 
property   so   passing   or   some   part   thereof,    or   some   fund  amended, 
therein,  or  any  property  fund  or  assets  resulting  from  the 
conversion  of  any  such   property  or  fund,  is  held   for  any  p^gj]® g^^ 
benefit  of  the  settlor,  whether  or  not  there  is  such  reservation  "I^F^^,,. 

'  settlement, 

or  any  reservation  whatsoever  to  the  settlor.  etc. 

Rev.  Stat., 

(3)  The  clause  lettered  /  in  subsection  2  of  said  section  8  subs."  2,"  ci. /, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  '^^^'"'^  ^ 

(/)  Money  received  under  a  polic)^  of  insurance  whether  j^^gu^ance' 
such  insurance  is  payable  to  or  in  favour  of  a  pre- 
ferred beneficiary  within  the  meaning  of  The  Insur- 
ance Act,  or  not,  effected  by  any  person  on  his  life, 
where  the  policy  is  wholly  kept  up  by  him  for  the 
benefit  of  any  existing  or  future  donee,  whether 
nominee  or  assignee,  or  for  any  person  who  may 
become  a  donee,  or  a  part  of  such  money  in  propor- 
tion to  the  premiums  paid  by  him,  where  the  policy 
is  partially  kept  up  by  him  for  such  benefit. 

(//)  The  premiums  paid  on  that  portion  of  a  policy  o{  l^^^^'^^-^^^ 
insurance  applied   to  the  payment  of  duty  where  duty, 
such   policy  of  insurance   is  made   payable   to   the 
estate  of  the  deceased  in  trust  for  the  Treasurer  for 
the  purpose  of  providing  money  necessaryjto  pay 
the  duty  on   the  estate  of   the  deceased,   whether 

172 


originally  issued  or  subsequently  endorsed  for  such 
purpose,  but  notwithstanding  anything  herein  con- 
tained, moneys  received  by  the  Treasurer  on  such 
last-mentioned  policy  and  applied  by  him  in  full 
of  or  on  account  of  the  Ontario  Duty  shall  not  be 
deemed  to  be  property  passing  on  the  death  of  the 
deceased  and  duty  shall  not  be  payable  thereon. 

^^26  1*^9"         '^-  Subsection  6  of  section  9  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  is 
^mend'd        amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  proviso: 

Provided  that  when  the  amount  passing  to  any  one  of 
the  persons  mentioned  in  this  subsection  does  not 
exceed  $1,000,  no  duty  shall  be  paid  on  the  amount 
so  passing  in  the  event  of  such  person  having  been 
in  the  employ  of  the  deceased  for  at  least  five  years 
prior  to  his  death. 

c^^26  ^*^ii         ^-  Section  11  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  as  amended  by 
repealed.        section  3  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1928,  and  section  2,  of 

The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1929,  is  repealed  and  the  following 

substituted  therefor: 

transfer  ^°  11. — (1)   Unless  the  cousent  thereto,  in  writing  of  the 

required.  Treasurer    is   obtained,    no    bank,    trust    company, 

insurance  company  or  other  corporation  having  its 
head  office,  principal  place  of  business,  office  from 
which  payments  of  claims  are  made,  register  of  share- 
holders or  any  place  of  transfer  in  Ontario,  shall, — 

(a)  Deliver,  transfer  or  assign  or  permit  any  de- 
livery, transfer  or  assignment  of  any  property, 
whatsoever,  belonging  to  a  deceased  person, 
which  may  be  liable  to  duty  in  Ontario, 
including  any  deposit,  bond,  debenture  stock, 
stock  or  share  (or  insurance  money  in  excess 
of  $1,000)  with,  in,  issued  by  or  payable  by 
any  bank,  trust  company,  insurance  company 
or  other  corporation  and  standing  in  the 
name  of  a  deceased  person  (whether  such 
deceased  person  died  domiciled  in  Ontario  or 
elsewhere)  or  held  in  trust  for  him  or  in  the 
names  of  a  deceased  person  and  any  other 
person;  or 

{h)  Permit  the  opening  of  any  safety  deposit  box 
in  Ontario,  the  removal  thereof  from  Ontario 
or  the  withdrawal  from  such  box  of  any 
negotiable  instrument,  certificates  represent- 
ing indebtedness  under  bond  or  otherwise  or 
representing  any  holdings  of  stock,  muniment 

172 


of  title,  insurance  policy  or  any  other  property 
belonging  to  a  deceased  person. 

(2)  Notice  in  writing  of  the  intention  to  open  any  safety  g^'fet"y"^'  "^ 
deposit  box  or  other  repository  as  is  mentioned  in  deposit 
subsection  1  of  this  section  or  to  withdraw  therefrom 
according  to  the  meaning  of  said  subsection,  shall  be 

served  on  the  Treasurer  or  his  representative  at  least 
ten  days,  or  other  period  to  which  the  Treasurer  may 
agree,  before  such  opening  or  withdrawal  is  intended 
to  take  place  and  the  Treasurer  or  his  representative 
may  attend  at  the  time  and  place  of  such  jDpening  or 
withdrawal  and  there  give  a  consent  in  writing  to 
the  same  as  provided  herein  and  he  may  examine 
the  contents  thereof  or  the  Treasurer  or  his  repre- 
sentative may  give  such  consent  without  attending 
and  examining  as  herein  provided  but  the  consent 
provided  for  in  this  subsection  shall  apply  only  to 
the  Acts  mentioned  in  paragraph  b  of  subsection  1 
of  this  section. 

(3)  Unless  the  consent,  in  writing,  of  the  Treasurer  iSj^g^J^n'^e"'^ 
obtained,    no   insurance   company   shall    make   any  policies. 
payment  of  money  in  excess  of  $1,000  due  under  a 

policy  of  insurance,  which  may  be  subject  to  duty 
in  Ontario,  and  where  payment  not  exceeding  $1,000 
has  been  made,  notice  shall  be  transmitted  to  the 
Treasurer  forthwith. 

(4)  Any    bank,     trust     company,     insurance    company  Penalties. 

or  other  corporation  mentioned  in  this  section, 
failing  to  comply  with  same,  vshall  incur  a  penalty 
not  exceeding  the  amount  of  the  duty  payable  to 
the  Province,  in  respect  of  any  property  dealt  with 
in  contravention  of  this  section  and  shall,  in  addi- 
tion, incur  a  penalty  of  $1,000,  but  such  penalty 
shall  not  apply  when  the  Treasurer  is  satisfied  that 
the  contravention  was  not  wilful  and  occurred 
through  ignorance  of  the  death. 

9. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  12  of  liie  Succession  -^^"O'c'^ti  s"i2 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  all  the  words  after  the  word8uhRs^3and4 
"made"  in  the  sixth  line. 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  said  section  12  is  amended  by  striking 
out  the  words  "in  lieu  of  or  in  addition  to  any  other  security" 
in  the  second  and  third  lines  thereof. 

10." (1)  Subsection  7  of  section  13  of  The  Succession  Di(iyc,%,f,''l:i 
Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word   "situated"   i"  amended. 

172 


the  eleventh  line  thereof  the  words  "the  Controller  of  Revenue 
or  his  representative,  or  the  solicitor  under  The  Succession 
Duty  Act:' 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  13, 
amended. 


Appraise- 
ment final 
after  sixty 
days. 


(2)  The   said   section    13   of    The   Succession   Duty  Act   is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

(8)  After  the  filing  of  the  inventory  as  provided  for  in 
section  12,  the  Treasurer  may  mail  to  the  executors 
or  to  their  solicitors  notice  of  appraisement  showing 
the  total  appraised  value  of  the  property  disclosed 
J3y  the  inventory,  and  sixty  days  after  the  mailing 
of  such  notice,  such  appraised  value  shall  become 
final  and  binding  upon  the  executors  for  all  purposes 
of  this  Act,  unless  within  sixty  days  after  the 
mailing  thereof  a  notice  in  writing  that  the  executors 
object  to  such  appraisement  or  to  some  portion 
thereof  shall  be  received  by  the  Treasurer. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  8.  16, 

repealed.        is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


11.  Subsection  3  of  section  16  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act 


(3)  The  duty  on  property,  passing  upon  the  death,  in 
respect  to  which  any  person  is  given  such  a  general 
power  to  appoint  as  would,  if  he  were  sui  juris, 
enable  him  to  dispose  of  the  property  as  he  thinks 
fit,  whether  the  power  is  exercisable  by  instrument 
inter  vivos  or  by  will  or  both,  shall  be  paid  in  the 
same  manner  and  at  the  same  time  as  if  the  property 
itself  had  been  given  to  the  donee  of  the  power. 


12.  Subsection  3  of  section  17  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  17, 

repealed.        ^s  amended  by  section  7  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1928,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Payment 
within  three 
months  when 
interest  in 
expectancy 
falls  into 
possession. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  26,  s.  18, 
repealed. 


(3)  The  duty  on  any  interest  in  expectancy,  if  not  sooner 
paid,  shall  be  due  forthwith  when  such  interest 
comes  into  possession  and  payable  within  three 
months  thereafter,  in  which  case  the  duty  shall  be 
on  the  value  ascertained  as  provided  herein  as  at  the 
date  of  coming  into  possession,  and  no  deduction 
shall  be  made  by  reason  of  duty  paid  or  payable  on 
any  prior  estate,  income  or  interest,. and  if  such  duty' 
is  not  so  paid,  interest  at  the  rate  of  six  per  centum 
shall  be  charged  and  collected  thereon  from  the  date 
when  such  interest  in  expectancy  came  into 
possession. 

13.  Section  18  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  as  amended  by 
section  9  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act,  1928,  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


172 


18.  Upon  the  application  of  any  person  liable  for  the  JVj^'^^'j.^'j."" '" 
payment  of  duty  the  surrogate  judge,  or  the  Con- payment  of 
troller  of  Revenue,  may  from  time  to  time  on  notice 
to  the  Treasurer  and  for  just  cause  shown,  make 
upon  such  terms  as  either  may  deem  proper,  an  order 
extending  the  time  fixed  by  this  Act  for  payment 
thereof  for  any  period  in  the  aggregate,  not  exceeding 
one  year  or  with  the  consent  of  the  Treasurer,  for  a 
longer  period,  but,  unless  the  judge  or  Controller 
otherwise  order,  the  duty  shall  nevertheless  bear 
interest  at  the  rate  of  six  per  centum  per  annum  from 
the  day  upon  which  such  duty  might  have  been  paid 
without  interest. 

14.   The  Succession  Duty  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  ^eje  ^'^* ' 

the  following  section  :  amended. 

26. — (1)  Where  part  of  the  property  passing  on  the  death  ^/b^ojid"*'*^"^ 
of  deceased,  consists  of  bonds,  debentures  or  inscribed  debentures 

'  ;   .  or  inscribed 

Stock  issued  under  the  provisions  ot  any  statute  oi  stock  exempt 
the  Province  of  Ontario  exempting  them  from  duty 
and  such  bonds,  debentures  or  inscribed  stock  are 
not  specifically  bequeathed  by  the  testator  or  dis- 
posed of  by  gift  by  him  in  his  lifetime,  then  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act,  such  bonds,  debentures  or 
inscribed  stock  shall  be  distributed  among  the 
beneficiaries  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  whole  of  the 
personalty  is  distributed  among  them  according  to  the 
provisions  of  the  will  of  such  deceased  person,  or  if 
such  deceased  person  died  intestate,  then  such 
bonds,  debentures  or  inscribed  stock  shall  be  distri- 
buted in  the  same  manner  as  the  personal  estate  of 
an  intestate  is  distributed,  according  to  the  law  of 
the  province,  state  or  country  wherein  such  deceased 
person  was  domiciled  at  the  time  of  his  death. 

(2)  Unless  a  contrary  intention  appears  by  the  will  offJch^bond 
such  deceased  person,  then  for  the  purposes  of  this  etc. 
Act,  there  shall  be  charged  to  such  bonds,  debentures 
or   inscribed   stock,    the   proper   proportion   of   the 
debts  allowed  under  section  4  of  this  Act. 


172 


D 
c 

r 
o 

'T3 


> 

T3 

u> 

-1 

INi 

•n 

;? 

o 

a 

P^  ► 

D- 

?x 

1— » 

>i 

Oj 

>3 

C/3 

r% 

o 

r*> 

rt 

R 

rr 

B 

a. 

3- 

R- 

H-^ 

^. 

— 

r». 

o 

s 

. 

s 

Oj 

o^a 

o 

0^5 

1— » 

u> 

n 

t/) 

=r 

''^ 

to 

>3 

«> 

O 

D' 

ei- 

<^. 

s 

1— » 

OQ 

> 

3 
> 


ft 

(/) 

c 

n 

o 

ft 


I 


No.  173 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Colonization  Roads  Act. 


Mr.  Finlayson 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 
Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  AIaj. 


No.  173  1931 

BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Colonization  Roads  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.  1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Colonization  Roads  Act, 

1931. 

0^%',  1*^10,        2.  Sul)seciii)n  3  of  section   10  of  The  Colonization  Roads 
amended       ^^^  i^  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "twenty-five"  in 
the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "fifty" 
so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

Province.  (3)    Upon  proof  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Minister  that 

any  amount  has  been  properly  expended  under  the 
by-law,  the  Minister  may  direct  the  payment  to  the 
corporation  of  the  municipality  of  a  sum  not  exceed- 
ing fifty  per  centum  of  the  amount  so  expended, 
and  the  sum  named  in  the  direction  of  the  Minister 
shall  be  payable  out  of  any  moneys  appropriated  by 
the  Legislature  for  the  purposes  of  this  section. 

Commence-       3    This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 

ment  of  Act.  .  ,  -^       '^ 

it  receives  the  Royal  Assent, 


173 


Explanatory  Note 

This  increases  the  amount  of  the  provincial  grant  from  twenty- live 
per  centum  of  the  amount  spent  by  the  municipality  to  fifty  per  centum 
of  that  amount. 


173 


0^5 


t\i 

K* 

s 

O 

c^ 

fi- 

tT 

>3 

K) 

>a 

Ol 

~-J 

O 

rt 

!A5 

&: 
^ 

> 

3 
> 


O 

o    ~ 


3 

a 
H 

n 

o 

3 


l-H 

r 
r 


No.  173 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Colonization  Roads  Act. 


Mr.  Finlayson 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  173 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Colonization  Roads  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  37,  s.  10, 
subs.  3, 
amended. 


Aid  from 
Province. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Colonization  Roads  Act, 
1931. 

2.  Subsection  3  of  section  10  of  The  Colonization  Roads 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "twenty-five"  in 
the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "fifty" 
so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


(3)  Upon  proof  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Minister  that 
any  amount  has  been  properly  expended  under  the 
by-law,  the  Minister  may  direct  the  payment  to  the 
corporation  of  the  municipality  of  a  sum  not  exceed- 
ing fifty  per  centum  of  the  amount  so  expended, 
and  the  sum  named  in  the  direction  of  the  Minister 
shall  be  payable  out  of  any  moneys  appropriated  by 
the  Legislature  for  the  purposes  of  this  section. 

SentTf^Ac't.      ^-  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


173 


•^ 


> 

^ 

"0 

u> 

n 

t\J 

-1 

r« 

o 

s 

pi. 

rr 

Pi- 

^ 

>0 

Cw 

>c 

c« 

c% 

o 

«> 

<-h 

R 

^-^ 

S 

Pi. 

sr 

a. 

^  . 

^. 

sC 

a 

,    ■ 

C/J 

0^5 

sO 

0^ 

>3 

a 


> 

3 
> 


P 

o  2 
n    (T) 

■   n 

3 


CO 

l-H 

r 

r 


No.  174 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Inspection  of  Public  Institutions. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  174 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  Inspection  of  Public  Institutions. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This    Act    may    be    cited    as    The    Public    Institutions 
Inspection  Act,  1931. 


Interpreta- 
tion. 

"Mental^ 
Hospital." 


'Minister." 


2.  In  this  Act,— 

(a)  "Mental  Hospital"  shall  mean  and  include  an 
Ontario  hospital  established  under  The  Hospitals 
for  the  Insane  Act,  the  Ontario  Hospital,  Woodstock, 
established  under  The  Ontario  Hospital,  Woodstock, 
Act,  a  private  sanitarium  established  under  The 
Private  Sanitarium  Act,  a  psychiatric  hospital, 
established  under  The  Psychiatric  Hospitals  Act, 
1931,  and  any  other  hospital,  sanitarium  or  other 
institution  for  mental  cases  or  insane  persons  in 
respect  to  which  by  any  general  or  special  Act  this 
Act  may  be  made  applicable. 

{h)  "Minister"  shall  in  respect  to  penal  and  reformative 
institutions  mean  the  Provincial  Secretary  and  in 
respect  to  mental  hospitals  shall  mean  the  Minister 
of  Health. 


"Penal  and 
reformative 
institution." 


(c)  "Penal  and  Reformative  institution"  shall  mean 
and  include  a  reformatory  established  under  The 
Reformatory  Act,  The  Andrew  Mercer  Reformatory 
established  under  The  Andrew  Mercer  Reformatory 
Act,  an  industrial  refuge  established  under  The 
Female  Refuges  Act,  an  industrial  farm  established 
under  The  Industrial  Farms  Act,  a  gaol  or  lock-up 
established  under  The  Municipal  Act  or  under 
The  Gaols  Act  and  any  other  prison,  reformatory, 
industrial  farm,  gaol,  or  other  institution  or  place  for 
confinement   or   detention   of   prisoners   and    other 


174 


Explanatory  Notes 

General  Note.  The  repeal  of  the  existing  Prisons  and  Public  Cliarities 
Inspection  Act  (R.S.O.  1927,  cap.  361),  is  rendered  necessary  by  reason 
of  the  distribution  of  institutions  covered  by  it  among  the  several  Depart- 
ments, and  some  of  the  present  sections  will  no  longer  be  necessary. 

The  new  Act  entitled  ''The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act"  is 
confined  to  matters  in  connection  with  inspection  of  prisons,  gaols,  reforma- 
tories, mental  hospitals,  and  sanitaria,  as  all  other  institutions  are  covered 
by  the  separate  Acts  relating  thereto  which  have  been  introduced  at  this 
Session . 

The  new  Act  makes  no  departure  from  the  principles  covered  by  the 
Inspection  Act  now  to  be  repealed,  and  many  of  the  previous  detailed 
provisions  as  to  the  exact  routine  of  inspection  are  omitted  as  properly 
they  are  matters  to  be  covered  by  regulation. 

Sections  10  to  12  of  the  new  Act,  similar  in  purport  to  sections  13 
and  19  of  the  repealed  Act  are  to  enable  the  Departments  to  function  in 
respect  to  prisoners  and  insane  persons  having  regard  to  the  close  relation- 
ship of  Dominion  and  Provincial  control  over  such  persons. 


174 


persons  charged  with  or  convicted  of  any  offence 
against  the  laws  of  Canada  or  Ontario,  in  respect  to 
which  by  any  general  or  special  Act  of  Canada  or 
Ontario  this  Act  may  be  made  applicable. 


"Regula- 
tions." 


(d)    "Regulations"   shall   mean   regulations   made  under 
this  Act. 


rl^ufations         *^-  ^^^  regulations  heretofore  made  governing  or  relating 

continued,     to  mental  hospitals  and  penal  and  reformative  institutions 

are  confirmed  and  shall  continue  in  force  until  altered  or 

repealed  by  regulations  made  under  this  Act  or  any  other  Act. 

Appoint-  4.  The    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council    may    appoint 

inspectors,     inspectors  of  mental  hospitals  and  of  penal  and  reformative 

institutions  with  such  designations  or  titles  as  he  may  deem 

expedient. 


Special 
enquiry  by 
inspector. 


5. — (1)  Where  an  inspector  is  authorized  by  the  Minister 
to  institute  an  inquiry  into  the  management  or  affairs  of  any 
mental  hospital  or  penal  or  reformative  institution,  as  the 
case  may  be,  or  into  any  matter  in  connection  therewith,  or 
into  the  truth  of  any  returns  made  by  any  officer  thereof  and 
deems  that  any  person  should  give  evidence  before  him  on 
oath,  the  inspector  shall  have  the  same  power  to  summon 
such  person  to  attend  as  a  witness,  to  enforce  his  attendance 
and  to  compel  him  to  produce  documents  and  to  give  evidence 
as  any  court  has  in  civil  cases. 


(2)  An  inspector  appointed  under  any  other  Act  the 
administration  of  which  is  under  the  charge  of  the  Minister 
may  when  authorized  by  the  Minister  exercise  the  powers 
conferred  by  subsection  1  in  respect  to  any  hospital  or  other 
institution  subject  to  such  other  Act. 

Regulations.  q  j^^  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  in  respect  to  mental  hospitals  and  penal  and 
reformative  institutions  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for, — 

(a)  the  powers  and  duties  of  inspectors  appointed 
under  the  authority  of  this  Act; 

(b)  their  inspection,  superintendence,  government,  man- 
agement, conduct,  operation,  maintenance,  care  and 
use; 

(c)  their  superintendents,  officers,  staffs,  servants,  and 
employees,  and  the  powers  and  duties  thereof; 


174 


3 


(d)  the  admission,  care,  treatment,  maintenance,  con- 
duct, discipline,  punishment,  transfer  and  discharge 
of  patients  in  mental  hospitals  and  prisoners,  inmates 
and  other  persons  confined  or  detained  in  penal  and 
reformative  institutions; 

(e)  their  records,  books,  accounting  systems,  audits, 
reports  and  returns  to  be  made  and  kept;  and 

(/)  generally,  all  other  matters  in  any  way  relating 
to  mental  hospitals  and  penal  and  reformative 
institutions. 

reguiati'ons         '^ •  ^^  by-law,  rule  or  regulation  of  a  municipality  relating 

for  gaols.        ^o  a  gaol  or  lock-up  established  or  maintained  by  it  shall  have 

force  or  take  effect  until  approved  by  the  Provincial  Secretary 


Application 
of  gaol 
regulations 
to  foni-t 
houses. 


Limitation 
of  actions, 
etc. 


8.  The  provisions  of  the  regulations  as  to  the  inspection  of 
penal  and  reformative  institutions  and  the  provisions  of 
The  Gaols  Act  as  to  the  construction  and  repair  of  gaols  shall, 
so  far  as  may  be,  apply  to  court  houses  and  lock-ups. 

9.  All  actions  and  prosecutions  against  any  person  for 
anything  done  in  pursuance  of  this  Act  shall  be  commenced 
within  six  months  after  the  fact  committed  and  not  after- 
wards. 


of^dtfpart-'^'^        10.  The  Minister  may  from  time  to  time  designate  the 
officer'  officer  or  officers  of  his  department  who  subject  to  his  direction 

shall  exercise  the  powers  and  duties  conferred  by  statute  or 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  department 
or  any  officer  or  officers  thereof  or  upon  any  officer  of  any 
other  department  in  respect  to  any  statute  the  administration 
of  which  is  for  the  time  being  under  the  charge  or  assigned 
to  the  Minister  and  his  department. 


Powers  of 
designated 
officer  for 
transfers  of 
prisoners, 
patients,  etc. 


11. — (1)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  or  any 
other  Act  contained,  the  Minister  may  designate  the 
officer  of  his  department  who  shall  control  and  direct  all 
admissions  to  penal  and  reformative  institutions  and  who 
may,  if  permitted  by  law,  from  time  to  time  remove  or  transfer 
any  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  person  confined  or  detained 
therein  from  any  said  institution  to  any  other  said  institution. 


(2)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  or  any  other  Act 
contained  the  Minister  may  designate  the  officer  of 
his  department  who  shall  control  and  direct  all  admissions 
to  mental  hospitals  and  who  may,  if  permitted  by  law,  from 
time  to  time  remove  or  transfer  any  inmate  or  other  person 
confined  or  detained  therein  from  one  mental  hospital  to 
another. 


174 


(3)  Removals  or  transfers  from  a  penal  or  reformative 
institution  to  a  mental  hospital,  or  vice  versa,  may,  if  per- 
mitted by  law,  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  regulations. 

pubiio^®'"^  *°  (4)  Where  the  Superintendent  of  a  penal  or  reformative 
hospitals.  institution  or  mental  hospital  reports  to  the  officer  of  the 
said  respective  departments  that  any  prisoner,  inmate  or 
other  person  confined  or  detained  in  any  of  said  institutions 
requires  hospital  treatment  which  cannot  be  supplied  therein, 
such  officer  shall,  if  otherwise  permitted  by  law,  have  authority 
to  transfer  the  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  such  person  to  a 
public  hospital  for  treatment,  which  cannot  be  supplied  in 
the  institution.  The  Superintendent  or  head  shall  report, 
in  writing  if  possible,  to  the  officer  designated  by  the 
Minister  who  shall  have  authority  to  remove  or  transfer 
such  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  person  to  any  public  hospital 
for  treatment. 

(5)  The  charges  for  such  hospital  treatment  shall  be  paid 
by  such  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  person  unless  he  is  an 
indigent  person  in  which  case  the  charges  shall  be  payable  in 
the  same  manner  as  charges  for  indigent  patients  are  payable 
under  The  Public  Hospitals  Act,  193 J. 

S.n'^ai^sLe^nt  ^2.  The  officer  designated  by  the  Minister  under 
patients.  section  10  may  upon  the  report  of  an  inspector  direct 
that  any  person  who  is  an  inmate  of  a  mental  hospital  and 
who  appears  to  be  sufficiently  recovered  to  be  cared  for  by  his 
friends  or  whose  mental  condition  is  due  to  senility  and  his 
conduct  is  recorded  as  quiet  and  harmless  and  is  a  proper 
subject  for  care  in  a  House  of  Refuge  may  direct  that  such 
patient  be  removed  from  the  mental  hospital  and  placed  in 
the  care  of  his  friends  or  in  a  House  of  Refuge  in  the  county 
in  which  he  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission  to  the 
mental  hospital,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  in  the  latter  case 
the  Board  of  Management  and  Superintendent  of  such  House 
of  Refuge  shall  admit  such  person  and  maintain  him  therein. 

ment"<ff^Al;'t.      13.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


174 


> 
n 
> 
c 

r 
> 


5a 

ft 
ft. 

a 
ty<5 


s 

o 

O) 

ft- 

rr 

"^ 

>i 

K3 

^ 

a 

-^ 

<* 

ft 

(-»■ 

ft 

ft- 

JT- 

ft- 

o^s 

0^ 

> 

3 
> 


n> 
rD 

C.  orq 


I— < 

r 

r 


o 

*T3 


No.  174 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Inspection  of  Public  Institutions. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  174 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  Inspection  of  Public  Institutions. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


Interpreta- 
tion. 

"Mental 
Hospital." 


1.  This    Act    may    be    cited    as    The   Public    Institutions 
Inspection  Act,  1931. 

2.  In  this  Act,— 

(a)  "Mental  Hospital"  shall  mean  and  include  an 
Ontario  hospital  established  under  The  Hospitals 
for  the  Insane  Act,  the  Ontario  Hospital,  Woodstock, 
established  under  The  Ontario  Hospital,  Woodstock, 
Act,  a  private  sanitarium  established  under  The 
Private  Sanitarium  Act,  a  psychiatric  hospital, 
established  under  The  Psychiatric  Hospitals  Act, 
and  any  other  hospital,  sanitarium  or  other  in- 
stitution for  mental  cases  or  insane  persons  in 
respect  to  which  by  any  general  or  special  Act  this 
Act  may  be  made  applicable. 


'Minister." 


{h)  "Minister"  shall  in  respect  to  penal  and  reformative 
institutions  mean  the  Provincial  Secretary  and  in 
respect  to  mental  hospitals  shall  mean  the  Minister 
of  Health. 


"Penal  and 
reformative 
institution." 


(c)  "Penal  and  Reformative  institution"  shall  mean 
and  include  a  reformatory  established  under  The 
Reformatory  Act,  The  Andrew  Mercer  Reformatory 
established  under  The  Andrew  Mercer  Reformatory 
Act,  an  industrial  refuge  established  under  The 
Female  Refuges  Act,  an  industrial  farm  established 
under  The  Industrial  Farms  Act,  a  gaol  or  lock-up 
established  under  The  Municipal  Act  or  under 
The  Gaols  Act  and  any  other  prison,  reformatory, 
industrial  farm,  gaol,  or  other  institution  or  place  for 
confinement   or   detention    of   prisoners   and    other 


174 


persons  charged  with  or  convicted  of  any  offence 
against  the  laws  of  Canada  or  Ontario,  in  respect  to 
which  by  any  general  or  special  Act  of  Canada  or 
Ontario  this  Act  may  be  made  applicable. 

(d)    "Regulations"  shall   mean  regulations  made  under  J-q  ®|V.^^' 
-  this  Act. 

3.  The  regulations  heretofore  made  governing  or  relating  r^'^^uf.ft'jons 
to  mental  hospitals  and  penal  and  reformative  institutions  continued. 
are  confirmed   and  shall  continue  in  force  until  altered  or 
repealed  by  regulations  made  under  this  Act  or  any  other  Act. 

4.  The    Lieutenant-Governor    in    Council    may    appoint  Appoint- 
inspectors  of  mental  hospitals  and  of  penal  and  reformative  inspectors. 
institutions  with  such  designations  or  titles  as  he  may  deem 
expedient. 

5. — (1)  Where  an  inspector  is  authorized  by  the  Minister  |p®^'j^^  ^^ 
to  institute  an  inquiry  into  the  management  or  affairs  of  any  inspector. 
mental  hospital  or  penal  or  reformative  institution,  as  the 
case  may  be,  or  into  any  matter  in  connection  therewith,  or 
into  the  truth  of  any  returns  made  by  any  ofificer  thereof  and 
deems  that  any  person  should  give  evidence  before  him  on 
oath,  the  inspector  shall  have  the  same  power  to  summon 
such  person  to  attend  as  a  witness,  to  enforce  his  attendance 
and  to  compel  him  to  produce  documents  and  to  give  evidence 
as  any  court  has  in  civil  cases. 

(2)  An  inspector  appointed  under  any  other  Act  the 
administration  of  which  is  under  the  charge  of  the  Minister 
may  when  authorized  by  the  Minister  exercise  the  powers 
conferred  by  subsection  1  in  respect  to  any  hospital  or  other 
institution  subject  to  such  other  Act. 

6.  The     Lieutenant-Governor     in     Council     may     make  ^''^''•''*'''"''- 
regulations   in   respect   to   mental   hospitals   and   penal   and 
reformative  institutions  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for,— 

(a)  the  powers  and  duties  of  inspectors  appointed 
under  the  authority  of  this  Act; 

(b)  their  inspection,  superintendence,  government,  man- 
agement, ronchirt,  operation,  maintenance,  care  and 
use; 

(c)  their  superintendents,  ofificers,  staffs,  servants,  and 
employees,  and  the  powers  and  duties  thereof; 

174 


(d)  the  admission,  care,  treatment,  maintenance,  con- 
duct, discipline,  punishment,  transfer  and  discharge 
of  patients  in  mental  hospitals  and  prisoners,  inmates 
and  other  persons  confined  or  detained  in  penal  and 
reformative  institutions; 

(e)  their  records,  books,  accounting  systems,  audits, 
reports  and  returns  to  be  made  and  kept ;  and 

(/)  generally,  all  other  matters  in  any  way  relating 
to  'mental  hospitals  and  penal  and  reformative 
institutions. 


Municipal 
regulations 
for  gaols. 


Application 
of  gaol 
regulations 
to  court 
houses. 


Limitation 
of  actionR, 
etc. 


7.  No  by-law,  rule  or  regulation  of  a  municipality  relating 
to  a  gaol  or  lock-up  established  or  maintained  by  it  shall  have 
force  or  take  effect  until  approved  by  the  Provincial  Secretary 

8.  The  provisions  of  the  regulations  as  to  the  inspection  of 
penal  and  reformative  institutions  and  the  provisions  of 
The  Gaols  Act  as- to  the  construction  and  repair  of  gaols  shall, 
so  far  as  may  be,  apply  to  court  houses  and  lock-ups. 

9.  All  actions  and  prosecutions  against  any  person  for 
anything  done  in  pursuance  of  this  Act  shall  be  commenced 
within  six  months  after  the  fact  committed  and  not  after- 
wards. 


Designation 
of  depart- 
mental 
officer. 


10.  The  Minister  may  from  time  to  time  designate  the 
officer  or  officers  of  his  department  who  subject  to  his  direction 
shall  exercise  the  powers  and  duties  conferred  by  statute  or 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the  department 
or  any  officer  or  officers  thereof  or  upon  any  officer  of  any 
other  department  in  respect  to  any  statute  the  administration 
of  which  is  for  the  time  being  under  the  charge  or  assigned 
to  the  Minister  and  his  department. 


ll.-(l) 
Act 


Notwithstanding    anything     in     this     or     any 
contained,    the    Minister     may    designate    the 


Powers  of 
designated 
officer  for         otVipr 
transfers  of     ^^"^^ 

prisoners,      officer  of  his  department  who  shall  control  and  direct  all 

patients,  etc.      ,..  iir  .... 

admissions  to  penal  and  reformative  institutions  and  who 
may,  if  permitted  by  law,  from  time  to  time  remove  or  transfer 
any  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  person  confined  or  detained 
therein  from  any  said  institution  to  any  other  said  institution. 


(2)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  or  any  other  Act 
contained  the  Minister  may  designate  the  officer  of 
his  department  who  shall  control  and  direct  all  admissions 
to  mental  hospitals  and  who  may,  if  permitted  by  law,  from 
time  to  time  remove  or  transfer  any  inmate  or  other  person 
confined  or  detained  therein  from  one  mental  hospital  to 
another. 


174 


(3)  Removals  or  transfers  from  a  penal  or  reformative 
institution  to  a  mental  hospital,  or  vice  versa,  .may,  if  per- 
mitted by  law,  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  regulations. 

(4)  Where  the  Superintendent  of  a  penal  or  reformative  ^'t,'"''^'"* '*^ 

.        .  11-1  public 

mstitution  or  mental  hospital  reports  to  the  officer  of  the  "ospitais. 
said  respective  departments  that  any  prisoner,  inmate  or 
other  person  confined  or  detained  in  any  of  said  institutions 
requires  hospital  treatment  which  cannot  be  supplied  therein, 
such  officer  shall,  if  otherwise  permitted  by  law,  have  authority 
to  transfer  the  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  such  person  to  a 
public  hospital  for  treatment,  which  cannot  be  supplied  in 
the  institution.  The  Superintendent  or  head  shall  report, 
in  writing  if  possible,  to  the  officer  designated  by  the 
Minister  who  shall  have  authority  to  remove  or  transfer 
such  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  person  to  any  public  hospital 
for  treatment. 

(5)  The  charges  for  such  hospital  treatment  shall  be  paid 
by  such  prisoner,  inmate  or  other  person  unless  he  is  an 
indigent  person  in  which  case  the  charges  shall  be  payable  in 
the  same  manner  as  charges  for  indigent  patients  are  payable 
under  The  Public  Hospitals  Act,  1931. 

12.  The     officer     designated     by     the     Minister     under  ^Q^j^^Oj^lJ^Ojf^ 
section     10    may    upon    the    report    of    an    inspector  direct  patients. 
that  any  person  who  is  an  inmate  of  a  mental  hospital  and 

who  appears  to  be  sufficiently  recovered  to  be  cared  for  by  his 
friends  or  whose  mental  condition  is  due  to  senility  and  his 
conduct  is  recorded  as  quiet  and  harmless  and  is  a  proper 
subject  for  care  in  a  House  of  Refuge  may  direct  that  such 
patient  be  removed  from  the  mental  hospital  and  placed  in 
the  care  of  his  friends  or  in  a  House  of  Refuge  in  the  county 
in  which  he  was  a  resident  at  the  time  of  admission  to  the 
mental  hospital,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  in  the  latter  case 
the  Board  of  Management  and  Superintendent  of  such  House 
of  Refuge  shall  admit  such  person  and  maintain  him  therein. 

13.  The    Prisons    and    Public    Charities    Inspection    Act,c.^3G\,^   ' 
being  chapter  361  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1927,  ""^p^^^'^^- 
is  repealed. 

14.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  ^ent"(ff"X^'t 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent, 


174 


^ 


^ 

'O 

U. 

B3 
•-t 

P 
"t 

►-^ 

-l_ 

g- 

n 
3- 

n 

Co 

H- ' 

>a 

OJ 

>i 

K3 

t:a 

C/5 

c^ 

o 

<^ 

•^ 

a 

rt 

O 

r-h 

a 

r1- 

0^ 

SO 

ft- 

'"' 

Oj 

C^ 

> 
> 


■Cfl 

n 


2  "o 
o* 

3 


c 
cr 


I— I 

r 
r 


No.  175 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Health  Act. 


Mr.  Robb 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  175 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Health  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Public  Health  Act,  1931, 
No.  2. 


2. — (1)  Section  1  of  The  Public  Health  Act  is  amended  by 


Rev.  Stat., 

amended.  '    adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 


"Health 

unit." 


(cc)  "Health  unit"  shall  mean  a  county  or  two  or  more 
counties,  or  a  municipality  or  two  or  more  munici- 
palities forming  part  of  a  county  or  in  two  or  more 
counties,  or  a  municipality  or  two  or  more  munici- 
palities in  a  territorial  district,  either  alone  or  in 
conjunction  with  a  school  section  or  two  or  more 
school  sections  in  unorganized  territory. 


0^^262^**^*"         (^)  ^^^  clause  lettered  /  in  the  said  section  1  is  amended 
s.  1,  cj./,       by  inserting  after  the  word  "municipality"  at  the  end  thereof 

the  words  "or  of  a  health  unit,"  so  that  the  clause  will  now 

read  as  follows: 


"Local 
board." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  262, 
amended. 


(/)  "Local  board"  shall  mean  the  local  board  of  health 
for  any  municipality  or  of  a  health  unit. 

3.   The  Public  Health  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section : 


Health 
unit, — 
formation  of. 


34a. — (1)  The  council  of  a  county,  or  the  councils  of  two 
or  more  counties,  or  the  councils  of  various  munici- 
palities, or  of  adjacent  municipalities  in  the  same 
county  or  in  different  counties,  or  the  council  of  a 
municipality  or  of  two  or  more  municipalities  in  a 
territorial  district,  either  alone  or  in  conjunction 
with  the  trustees  of  a  school  section  or  of  two  or 
more  school  sections  may  enter  into  an  agreement  in 
writing  for  the  formation  of  a  health  unit. 


175 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section   2. — (1)  The  clause  added  interprets  "health  unit"  which  is 
provided  for  by  section  3  of  this  Bill. 


(2)  This  enlarges  the  interpretation  of   "local  board"   to   include  a 
health  unit. 


Section  3.  The  proposed  section  34a  in  its  six  subsections  provides  for 
the  establishment  of  health  units  on  the  basis  of  combining  municipalities, 
school  sections  in  unorganized  territory  or  counties  and  the  appointment 
of  the  necessary  staff. 


175 


Appoint- 
ment and 
salary  of 
M.O.H. 


Powei's  and 
duties. 


Regulations. 


(2)  The  appointment  and  salary  of  the  medical  officer  of 
health  for  a  health  unit  shall  be  provided  for  by  the 
regulations  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Minister. 

(3)  Where  a  medical  officer  of  health  is  appointed  for  a 
health  unit,  the  provisions  of  this  Act  with  respect 
to  the  appointment  of  municipal  officers  of  health 
for  the  territory  included  in  the  health  unit  shall  not 
apply  and  the  powers  and  duties  of  a  medical  officer 
of  health  in  any  such  municipality  shall  thenceforth 
be  exercised  and  performed  by  the  medical  officer  of 
health  for  the  health  unit. 

(4)  The  Minister,  with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 

(iovernor  in  Council  may  make  regulations  which 
may  be  general  or  particular  in  their  application, — 

(a)  respecting  the  establishment  of  a  health  unit; 

(b)  providing  for  the  constitution  of  a  board  of 

health  in  any  health  unit,  fixing  the  number 
of  members  and  defining  the  powers  of  the 
board ; 

(c)  prescribing  the  powers,  qualifications',  salary 

and  duties  of  a  medical  officer  of  health  in  a 
health  unit; 

(d)  respecting  the  appointment  and  the  tenure  of 
office  of  the  medical  officer  of  health  in  a  health 
unit; 

(e)  apportioning  any  expense  incurred  in  carrying 

out  this  section  and  the  regulations  among 
municipalities  and  school  sections  concerned. 


Expenses,— 
how  borne 
and  paid. 


(5)  The  expenses  incurred  in  carrying  out  the  provisions 
of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  made  thereunder  with 
respect  to  a  health  unit  shall  be  borne  and  paid  in 
such  proportion  as  may  be  agreed  upon,  or  in  default 
of  agreement,  in  such  proportion  as  may  be  fixed  by 
the  Minister,  or  in  such  manner  as  may  be  prescribed 
by  the  regulations. 


Provincial 
assistance. 


(6)  Subject  to  the  regulations  where  a  health  unit  is 
established  under  this  Act  the  Minister  may  grant 
such  assistance  for  the  establishment  and  mainten- 
ance of  the  health  unit  as  he  may  deem  proper  and 
any  such  grant  shall  be  payable  out  of  any  moneys 
appropriated  by  the  Legislature  for  that  purpose. 


ment"(ff^Act.      ■*•  ^his  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 

175 


> 

> 
O 


?0 

o 

dd 
a 


I. 


t\) 

•1 

>~* 

s 

n 

to 

?^ 

rr 

r* 

>3 

bO 

Sfl 

<^ 

^J 

1 

^ 

1—' 

(A5 

3 

3 
Cu 

H 

tr 

fD 

cr 


D3 

r 
r 


> 


No.  176 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  176 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Judicature  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  3, 
repealed. 


Supreme 

Court 

continued. 


Jurisdiction. 


Rev,  Stat., 
o.  88,  s.  4, 
repealed. 


The  Court 
of  Appeal,— 
how 
constituted. 


2.  Section   3  of   The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed   and   the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

3.  The  Supreme  Court  shall  continue  to  consist  of 
two  branches — The  Appellate  Division,  which  shall 
hereafter  be  known  as  "The  Court  of  Appeal  for 
Ontario"  and  The  High  Court  Division,  which  shall 
hereafter  be  known  as  "The  High  Court  of  Justice 
for  Ontario,"  and  The  Judicature  Act  and  Rules 
of  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended  throughout 
accordingly. 

3.  Section  4  of   The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and   the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

4. — (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsections  2  and 
3,  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario  shall  consist  of  a 
Chief  Justice  who  shall  be  the  President  thereof  and 
shall  be  called  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  a  Chief 
Justice  who  shall  be  called  the  Chief  Justice  in 
Appeal  and  eight  other  Judges  to  be  called  Justices 
of  Appeal. 


Reduction  of 
the  Court  of 
Appeal  when 
vacancies 
occur. 


(2)  When,  and  as  from  time  to  time,  vacancies  occur 
in  the  office  of  any  Justices  of  Appeal,  except  the 
Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  number  of  Judges  upon 
the  Court  of  Appeal,  shall  be  proportionately 
reduced  until  it  consists  of  the  Chief  Justice  of 
Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  in  Appeal,  if  any,  and  six 
Justices  of  Appeal,  provided  that  upon  a  vacancy 
occurring  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario, 


176 


Explanatory  Notes 


Section  2.  (s  .3)  This  renames  the  present  branches  of  the  Supreme  Court, 
by  calling  The  Appellate  Division,  "The  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario" 
and  by  calling  The  High  Court  Division,  "The  High  Court  of  Justice  for 
Ontario." 


Section  3  (s.  4). — (I)  This  continues  The  Appellate  Division  as  "The 
Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario"  and  continues  the  present  composition  under 
the  new  name. 


(2)  This  provides  that  as  vacancies  occur,  the  Court  shall  be  cor- 
respondingly reduced  until  it  finally  consists  of  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario 
and  seven  other  Judges. 


176 


Vacancy  in 
office  of 
Chief  Justice 
of  Ontario. 


Chief  Justice 
in  appeal. 


the  number  of  Judges  upon  the  Court  shall  not  be 
reduced  unless  the  resulting  vacancy  is  filled  by 
appointing  one  of  the  Justices  of  Appeal. 

(3)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  Second  Divisional  Court 
shall  hereafter  be  designated  the  Chief  Justice  in 
Appeal,  and  section  6  and  any  other  section  or  Rule 
of  Court  referring  to  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Second 
Divisional  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended 
accordingly. 

When  a  vancancy  occurs  in  the  office  of  the  Chief 
Justice  in  Appeal,  the  office  shall  be  abolished,  but 
such  abolition,  if  it  occurs  after  the  Court  of 
Appeal  is  reduced  to  eight  members,  shall  not 
further  reduce  the  number  of  Justices  on  such  Court. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  88,  s.  5, 
repealed. 


The  High 
Court  of 
Justice, — 
how 
constituted. 


4.  Section   5  of   The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and   the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

5. — (1)  The  High  Court  of  Justice  for  Ontario  shall 
consist  of  a  Chief  Justice  who  shall  be  called  the 
Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  and,  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  subsection  3  of  this  section,  eight  other 
Judges. 


(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  shall  be  president 
of  the  High  Court  of  Justice. 

(3)  When,  and  as  often  as,  vacancies  occur  in  the  Court 
of  Appeal  and  that  Court  is  reduced  in  number,  as 
provided  in  section  4,  the  High  Court  shall  be 
correspondingly  increased  in  number  until  it  shall 
consist  of  the  Chief  Justice  and  ten  other  Judges. 


5.  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  31  of  The  Judicature  Act 
are  repealed  and  subsections  3  and  4  are  renumbered  1  and  2 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  31 
subss.  1,  2, 
repealed, 

subss.  3,  4,     respectively 

amended.  ' 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  39, 
repealed. 


Divisional 
Courts 
merged  in 
the  Court  of 
Appeal. 


6.  Section  39  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

39. — (1)  The  present  Divisional  Courts  of  the  Appellate 
Division  shall  be  merged  and  form  one  Court, 
hereafter  known  as  "The  Court  of  Appeal  for 
Ontario." 

(2)  Every  appeal  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario, 
shall  be  heard  before  not  less  than  three  Justices  of 
the  Court  sitting  together,  and  always  before  an 
uneven  number  of  Justices. 


176 


(3)  This  changes  the  name  of  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Second  Divisional 
Court  (that  Court  being  abolished)  to  the  Chief  Justice  in  Appeal. 

It  provides  that  on  a  vacancy  occurring,  the  office  shall  be  abonshed, 
but  its  abolition  shall  not  reduce  the  number  of  the  Court  below  eight 
members,  that  is  eventually  the  Chief  Justice  and  seven  other  Judges. 


Section  4  (s.  5). —  (1)  This  deals  with  The  High  Court  of  Justice, 
formerly  The  High  Court  Division,  and  continues  the  present  constitution, 
subject  to  alteration  as  indicated  in  subsection  3. 


(3)  This  subsection  provides  that  the  High  Court  shall  be  correspond- 
ingly increased  in  number  as  the  Court  of  Appeal  is  reduced,  until  it 
finally  consists  of  eleven  members,  the  Chief  Justice  and  ten  other  Judges. 


Section  5  (s.  31).  This  repeals  a  provision  that  Courts  shall  be  bound  by 
previous  decisions.  The  common  law  is  in  effect  much  the  same  and  this 
change  simply  gives  the  Courts  a  little  more  latitude  in  following  the 
precedents  set  by  other  Courts. 

Section  6  (s.  39). —  (1)  This  merges  the  present  two  Divisional  Courts 
of  the  Appellate  Division  into  one  Court,  called  "The  Court  of  Appeal 
for  Ontario." 


(2)  This  provides  that  appeals  shall  be  heard  before  not  less  than  three 
Judges  and  always  before  an  uneven  number. 

At  present  the  quorum  is  four  for  civil,  and  five  for  criminal  cases. 
The  feven  number,  which  permits  a  Court  to  divide,  has  not  been  very 
satisfactory  and  this  subsection  overcomes  this. 

176 


(3)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may  sit  in  two  divisions  at  tiie 
same  time. 

(4)  The  Justices  to  sit  from  time  to  time  and  the  appeals 
to  be  heard,  shall  be  determined  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  40, 
repealed. 


7.  Section  40  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: — 


Chief  Justice 
may  assign 
certain  work. 


40.  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  may  assign  any  Justice 
of  Appeal,  not  sitting  in  the  Court  of  Appeal,  to 
perform,  in  Toronto,  the  work  of  a  High  Court 
Judge. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  41, 
repealed. 


8.  Section  41  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: — 


Chief  Justice 
and  Justices 
of  Appeal 
iiot  to  be 
assigned 
certain  work 
without 
consent. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  42, 
repealed. 


41.  Neither  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  nor  any  of  the 
Justices  of  Appeal,  shall,  except  as  provided  in 
section  40,  without  his  consent,  be  assigned  to,  or 
required  to  perform  any  duty  except  as  such  apper- 
tains to  him  as  a  member  of   the   Court  of  Appeal. 

9.  Section  42  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  hereby  repealed. 


Rev  Stat.,         10.  Section  43  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 

c.  88,  s.  4.H 
repealed. 


following  substituted  therefor  :- 


Presiding 
Chief  Justice 
or  Judge. 


43.  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  when  present,  shall 
preside,  and  in  his  absence,  the  Chief  Justice  in 
Appeal,  or  in  his  absence,  the  Senior  Justice  present, 
shall  preside. 


tii'J-l  A'ct'"''"       11-   The  Judicature  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended 
generauy        throughout  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 


Commence- 
ment of  Act 


12.  This  Act  shall   come  into   force  on   the   first  day  of 
September,  1931. 


176 


(3)  The  Court  of  Appeal  nia>  also  sii  in  two  divisions. 


(4)  The  Justices  sitting  in  any  divisioi\and  the  character  of  the  appeals 
to  be  heard,  are  to  be  determined  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario. 

Under  the  present  system,  each  Judge  is  assigned  to  his  own  Court. 

Section  7  (s.  40).  At  present  there  is  some  doubt  as  to  whether  the 
Chief  Justice  can  assign  an  Appeal  Justice  to  do  High  Court  work,  although 
it  is  constantly  done.  This  gives  direct  authority  to  the  Chief  Justice  to 
assign  a  Justice  of  Appeal  to  perform,  in  Toronto,  High  Court  work. 


Section  8  (s.  41).  This  is  the  same  as  the  present  law,  except  that  it 
recognizes  the  authority  given  by  section  7  to  the  Chief  Justice,  to  assign 
certain  High  Court  work  to  a  Justice  of  Appeal. 


Section  9  (s.  42).  Section  42  of  The  Judicature  Act,  which  is  repealed, 
provides  for  a  quorum  of  four  Judges,  which  is  out  of  harmony  with  the 
present  Act,  and  also  provides  for  five  Judges  hearing  Controverted 
Election  and  Criminal  appeals.  These  appeals  will  now  be  heard  by  a 
Court  of  three  or  more  Judges,  sitting  in  an  uneven  number. 

Section  10  (s.  43).  This  merely  continues  the  present  practice  and 
adapts  it  to  the  changed  constitution  of  the  Court  of  Appeal. 


Section  11.  As  a  number  of  detail  changes  are  necessary  throughout 
The  Judicature  Act,  a  general  clause  of  this  kind  is  necessary. 

Section  12.  This  provides  for  the  coming  into  force  of  the  Act  on 
September  1st  next,  which  is  just  after  the  legal  vacation,  which  enables 
matters  in  the  meantime  to  be  adjusted  to  suit  the  changed  conditions. 


176 


> 

3 
> 


n 

w 


C-o 


I 


0X( 


o 

c^ 

ET 

'^ 

N3 

>i 

§ 

ET 

es. 

<^. 

a 

1— ' 

0^ 

3 

3 

CL 

H 

3- 


C 

n' 


r 

r 


> 


No.  176 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  176 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title.         J.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Judicature  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  3, 
repealed. 


Supreme 

Court 

continued. 


Jurisdiction. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  88,  s.  4, 
repealed. 


The  Court 
of  Appeal, — 
how 
constituted. 


2.  Section  3  of   The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

3.  The  Supreme  Court  shall  continue  to  consist  of 
two  branches — The  Appellate  Division,  which  shall 
hereafter  be  known  as  "The  Court  of  Appeal  for 
Ontario"  and  The  High  Court  Division,  which  shall 
hereafter  be  known  as  "The  High  Court  of  Justice 
for  Ontario,"  and  The  Judicature  Act  and  Rules 
of  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended  throughout 
accordingly. 

3.  Section  4  of   The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

4. — (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsections  2  and 
3,  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario  shall  consist  of  a 
Chief  Justice  who  shall  be  the  President  thereof  and 
shall  be  called  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  a  Chief 
Justice  who  shall  be  called  the  Chief  Justice  in 
Appeal  and  eight  other  Judges  to  be  called  Justices 
of  Appeal. 


Reduction  of 
the  Court  of 
Appeal  when 
vacancies 
occur. 


(2)  When,  and  as  from  time  to  time,  vacancies  occur 
in  the  office  of  any  Justices  of  Appeal,  except  the 
Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  the  number  of  Judges  upon 
the  Court  of  Appeal,  shall  be  proportionately 
reduced  until  it  consists  of  the  Chief  Justice  of 
Ontario,  the  Chief  Justice  in  Appeal,  if  any,  and  six 
Justices  of  Appeal,  provided  that  upon  a  vacancy 
occurring  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario, 


176 


the  number  of  Judges  upon  the  Court  shall  not  be  "^'"'^•"^'^^ '" 

,  ,  office  of 

reduced   unless   the   resulting   vacancy   is   filled   by  <^h'ef -Justice 

..  riT.f«  .  of  Ontario. 

appointing  one  of  the  Justices  of  Appeal. 

(3)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  Second  Divisional  Court  ,^*'i|.^pS*^^^ 
shall  hereafter  be  designated  the  Chief  Justice  in 
Appeal,  and  section  6  and  any  other  section  or  Rule 
of  Court  referring  to  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  Second 
Divisional  Court  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended 
accordingly. 

When  a  vancancy  occurs  in  the  ofllice  of  the  Chief 
Justice  in  Appeal,  the  office  shall  be  abolished,  but 
such  abolition,  if  it  occurs  after  the  Court  of 
Appeal  is  reduced  to  eight  members,  shall  not 
further  reduce  the  number  of  Justices  on  such  Court. 

4.  Section  5  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the  ^^^g  |*^5- 
following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. ' 

5.— (1)  The   High    Court  of  Justice   for  Ontario   shall  JJ^^^Jg-^i 
consist  of  a  Chief  Justice  who  shall  be  called  the  Justice,— 
Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  and,  subject  to  the  constituted, 
provisions  of  subsection  3  of  this  section,  eight  other 
Judges. 

(2)  The  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  shall  be  president 
of  the  High  Court  of  Justice. 

(3)  When,  and  as  often  as,  vacancies  occur  in  the  Court 
of  Appeal  and  that  Court  is  reduced  in  number,  as 
provided  in  section  4,  the  High  Court  shall  be 
correspondingly  increased  in  number  until  it  shall 
consist  of  the  Chief  Justice  and  ten  other  Judges. 

5.  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  31  of  The  Judicature  ^c^^^gg.^^^si, 
are  repealed  and  subsections  3  and  4  are  renumbered  1  and  2  replaied  ^' 
respectively.  subss.  3 '4, 

^  -^  amended. 

6.  Section  39  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the ^®g^  l^^^g- 
following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. 

39. — (1)  The  present  Divisional  Courts  of  the  Appellate  Courts 

Division     shall    be    merged    and    form    one    Court,  the  Court  of 
hereafter    known    as    "The    Court    of ,  Appeal    for    ''''^'^ 
Ontario." 

(2)  Every  appeal  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  Ontario, 
shall  be  heard  before  not  less  than  three  Justices  of 
the  Court  sitting  together,  and  always  before  an 
uneven  number  of  Justices. 

176 


(3)  The  Court  of  Appeal   may  sit  in  two  divisions  in 

alternate  weeks  or  at  the  same  time. 

(4)  The  Justices  to  sit  from  time  to  time  and  the  appeals 
to  be  heard,  shall  be  determined  by  the  Chief 
Justice  of  Ontario. 


Rev.  Stat. 


c  88  s  40         7.— (1)  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  40  of  The  Judi- 
Ind^s"^'  ^       cature  Act  are  repealed,  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

repealed. 

Chief  Justice  (1)  The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  may  assign  any  Justice 

certafnwork.  of  Appeal   not  sitting  in   the  Court  of  Appeal  to 

perform,  in  Toronto,  the  work  of  a  High  Court  Judge. 

^^88  ^s"46        (^)  Subsection  5   of  the  said   section  40   is   amended   by 
subs.' 5,  striking  out  the  words  and   figures    "Subsections  3  and  4" 

in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof   the   word  and 

figure  "subsection  2." 

^^^'o  ^*'^*vA        (3)  Subsections    4,    5,    6,   7  and    8  of  the    said  Act  are 

c.  88,  s.  40,  ^    ^  ,   ^     ^      ..      r  1    ^  -1 

subss.  4  to  8,  renumbered  2,  3,  4,  5  and  6  respectively. 

renumbered. 

^®88  ^*^4i         ^-  Section  41  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
repealed.   '    following  substituted  therefor: — 

^nd^jifsticLs^  41.    Neither  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  nor  any  of  the 

not^to^be'  Justices   of   Appeal,    shall,    except   as   provided   in 

assigned  section  40,  without  his  consent,  be  assigned  to,  or 

certain   work  ■       i  r  i 

without  required  to  perform  any  duty  except  as  such  apper- 

tains to  him  as  a  member  of   the   Court  of  Appeal. 


jonsent. 


f^Ii^s^h,        ^-  Section  42  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  hereby  repealed. 

repealed. 

Rev  Stat  IQ.  Section  43  of  The  Judicature  Act  is  repealed  and  the 

repealed.        following  substituted  therefor: — 

Presiding  43.    The  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  when  present,  shall 

or  Judge?  preside,   and   in   his  absence,   the  Chief  Justice  in 

Appeal,  or  in  his  absence,  the  Senior  Justice  present, 

shall  preside. 

tSli^cf"^"       11-  l^he  Judicature  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended 
generally       throughout  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

mentTf"Act.      12.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  first  day  of 
September,  1931. 


176 


> 

3 
> 


n 


> 

t3 

U) 

H4 
•-1 

t\J 

►-» 

"n_ 

;* 

O 

a 

o 

Oo 

?x, 

XT 

?^ 

tr 

r* 

I—* 

>i 

Ca) 

>3 

to 

^ 

«) 

<* 

o 

?^ 

"«a 

s 

r+ 

» 

r-h 

s 

ft- 

o 

1— ' 

Pi- 

jT 

Pi. 

p* 

&-. 

a 

a 

0^3 

1— ' 

Ck> 

C/J 

3 

n 
3 
O- 

H 

3- 


c 
n' 


CO 
I— < 

r 
r 


> 


No.  177 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1931, 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


T,0  R  O  N  T  O 

Printkd  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


Short  title. 


No.  177  1931 

BILL 

The  School  Law  i\mendment  Act,  1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  School  Law  Amendment 
Act,  1931. 


^^^iif's^i.  2.  The  clause  lettered  j  in  subsection  1  of  section  1  of 
amended^  ■''  ^^^  PuhUc  Schools  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words 
"of  the  school  section  for  public  school  rates"  in  the  second 
and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "as  a 
public  school  supporter  for  the  school  section  or  municipality" 
so  that  the  clause  will  now  read  as  follows: 

payer. —  (j)   "Ratepayer"  shall  mean  person  entered  on  the  last 

meaning  of.  revised  assessment  roll  as  a  public  school  supporter 

for  the  school  section  or  municipality. 

0^^323^*8.*^ '44,      ^-  Section  44  of   The  Public  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.       adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

incfude**^  (3)  Any  assessments  to  be  made  and  taxes  to  be  collected 

expense  of  under  this  section  with  respect  to  part  of  an  unor- 

assessment  .  i  •         i     n    •      i      i  i  r     ^ 

and  ganized  township  shall  mclude  as  part  thereof  the 

collection.  ^.  r    .1  1      •  1  r 

proper  proportion  01  the  salaries  and  expenses  01 
the  officers  making  the  said  assessments  and  collect- 
ing the  said  taxes  having  regard  to  the  ratio  which 
the  assessment  in  that  part  of  the  unorganized 
township  bears  to  the  total  assessment  of  the  union 
section. 

0^^323^ s^Vo,       4:.  Section  60  of   The  Public  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.       inserting  after  the  word  "municipality"  in  the  first  line  the 

words    "situate    in    an    organized    county"    and    by    adding 

thereto  the  following  subsection: 

177 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2.  This  enlargement  of  the  definition  of  "ratepayer"  will  give 
meaning  to  subsection  2  of  section  69  of  the  Act  which  it  does  not  have 
otherwise. 


Section  3.  This  is  to  meet  a  situation  which  has  arisen  in  a  township 
in  one  of  the  districts  where  in  a  union  school  section  the  public  school 
supporters  in  a  part  of  an  unorganized  township  are  under  the  present 
statutes  relieved  from  paying  any  part  of  the  cost  of  collecting  their  school 
taxes. 


Section  4.  This  is  to  meet  a  situation  which  has  arisen  in  a  school 
section  where  there  is  no  public  school  but  where  there  is  a  separate  school 
and  a  number  of  persons  who  should  be  separate  school  supporters  who 
have  no  children  hav^e  declared  themselves  to  be  public  school  supporters 
in  order  to  escape  separate  school  taxees. 

177 


(2)  In  territory  without  county  organization  where  a  like 
condition  exists  the  rates  to  be  so  levied  on  public 
school  supporters  shall  be  equal  to  those  levied  in 
the  nearest  organized  municipality. 


5,  Section   76  of   The  Public  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 


Rev.  Stat., 

amended.     '  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Who  entitled 
to  vote  at 
elections 
of  school 
trustees 
in  urban 
munici- 
palities. 


(6)  Every  person  named  in  the  last  revised  voters'  list 
as  being  entitled  to  vote  at  municipal  elections  shall 
be  entitled  to  vote  at  the  election  of  school  trustees 
in  urban  municipalities  excepting  persons  who  are 
assessed  as  supporters  of  separate  schools  and 
persons  who  are  entered  on  such  voters'  list  by 
reason  of  being  the  wife  or  husband  of  a  person 
assessed  as  a  separate  school  supporter. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  323,  8.  85, 
subss.  1,  3, 
4,  5, 
repealed. 

Admission 
of  non- 
resident 
pupils. 


6.  Subsections  1,  3,  4  and  5  of  section  85  of  The  Public 
Schools  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  board  shall  admit  to  the  school  any  non-resident 
pupil  if  the  inspector  reports  that  the  accommodation 
is  sufficient  for  the  admission  of  such  pupil  and  that 
the  school  is  more  accessible  for  him  than  the  school 
in  the  section  or  urban  municipality  in  which  the 
pupil  resides. 


Resident  of 
one  section 
sending  his 
children  to 
another 
section. 


Attendance 
of  children 
of  non- 
residents. 


(3)  The  parent  or  guardian  shall  be  liable  for  the  payment 
of  all  rates  assessed  on  his  taxable  property  for  the 
purposes  of  the  section  in  which  he  resides,  but  the 
board  of  that  section  or  urban  municipality  shall 
remit  to  the  parent  or  guardian  any  rates  so  payable 
to  the  extent  of  the  amount  of  the  fees  so  paid  to 
the  board  of  the  neighbouring  school. 

(4)  Where  the  property  of  a  non-resident  is  assessed 
for  an  amount  equal  to  the  average  assessment  of 
residents  the  children  of  such  non-resident  shall  be 
admitted  to  the  public  school  of  the  section  or 
urban  municipality  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions 
as  the  children  of  residents. 


Remission  of 
school  tax 
where 
certain  fees 
paid. 


(5)  Where  the  children  attending  a  neighbouring  school 
reside  three  miles  or  more  by  the  nearest  public 
road  from  the  school  house  in  the  section  or  urban 
municipality  to  which  they  belong,  the  board  of  the 
section  or  urban  municipality  in  which  such  children 
reside  shall  remit  so  much  of  the  taxes  payable  by 
the  parents  or  guardians  of  such  children  for  school 
purposes  as  equals  the  fees  paid  to  the  board  of  the 
neighbouring  school. 


177 


Section  5.  This  bri;igs  the  qualification  of  ratepayers  for  school  purposes 
in  urban  municipalities  into  the  same  form  as  the  section  passed  last 
year  with  regard  to  rural  municipalities.  Section  76  should  have  been 
amended  last  vear. 


Section  6.  These  subsections  have  been  amended  by  inserting  the  words 
"or  urban  municipality"  after  the  word  "section,"  and  by  substituting 
"school"  for  "section"  in  the  last  line  of  subsection  3  and  in  the  first  and 
last  lines  of  subsection  5.  Much  trouble  has  arisen  owing  to  the  fact 
that  rural  ratepayers  frequently  send  their  children  to  urban  schools 
and  then  find  difficulty  in  collecting  from  the  rural  boards  the  fees  paid  to 
urban  boards  and  there  have  been  a  number  of  law  suits. 


177 


^®323^*t.*'88,      '^-  Section  88  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  as  amended   by 
amended,     'section  8  of  The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  further 


amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 


Operation  of 
play- 
grounds. 


Organiza- 
tion and* 
operation  of 
gymnasium. 


(cc)  if  deemed  expedient,  to  provide  and  maintain  such 
equipment  as  may  be  deemed  advisable  and  to 
operate  the  playground  as  a  park  or  playground  and 
rink  during  the  school  term  or  in  vacation  or  both, 
and  to  provide  such  supervision  as  the  board  may 
deem  proper,  provided  the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with; 

(dd)  if  deemed  expedient,  to  organize  and  carry  on 
gymnasium  classes  in  the  school  building  for  pupils 
or  others  during  the  school  term  or  in  vacation  or 
both,  and  to  provide  supervision  and  training  for 
such  classes,  provided  the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with. 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.  325,  s.  7, 

subs.  2, 

cl.  bb. 

(1930, 

c.  63,  8.  13) 

amended. 


Cost  of 
education 
of  county 
pupils, — 
what  to 
include. 


8.  Tjie  clause  lettered  bb  in  subsection  2  of  section  7  of 
The  Continuation  Schools  Act  as  enacted  by  section  13  of 
The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  all  the  words  therein  after  the  word  "value"  in  the 
eleventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words:  "but  for 
the  purposes  of  this  clause  the  cost  of  education  of  county 
pupils  shall  not  be  deemed  to  include  as  part  thereof  any 
money  paid  by  the  local  municipality  of  which  such  continua- 
tion school  district  is  formed  to  the  county  by  way  of  county 
taxation  for  pupils  for  the  cost  of  whose  education  the  county 
may  be  liable,  but  who  attend  schools  in  other  counties,  cities 
or  separated  towns  or  who  attend  a  school  in  the  county 
elsewhere  than  in  the  continuation  school  district  in  which 
they  reside,"  so  that  the  clause  will  now  read  as  follows: 

{bb)  There  shall  be  paid  also  by  the  county  to  a  con- 
tinuation school  established  in  an  incorporated  town 
or  village  or  in  a  consolidated  school  district  the 
share  of  the  costs  of  the  education  of  county  pupils 
which  the  area  which  constitutes  a  continuation 
school  district  of  an  incorporated  town  or  village  or 
a  consolidated  school  district  which  maintains  a 
continuation  school  paid  to  the  county  during  the 
preceding  year,  as  included  in  the  rates  levied  by  the 
county  council  according  to  the  relative  equalized 
value  but  for  the  purposes  of  this  clause  the  cost  of 
education  of  county  pupils  shall  not  be  deemed  to 
include  as  part  thereof  any  money  paid  by  the  local 
municipality  of  which  such  continuation  school 
district  is  formed  to  the  county  by  way  of  county 
taxation  for  pupils  for  the  cost  of  whose  education 
the  county  may  be  liable,  but  who  attend  schools  in 


177 


Section  7.  This  amendment  is  made  at  the  request  of  certain  school 
sections  where  playgrounds  other  than  the  school  grounds  are  not  easily 
available.     A  similar  amendment  is  made  to  The  High  Schools  Act. 


Section  8.  This  is  to  clarify  the  amendment  which  was  made  in  T}ie 
School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930,  about  the  meaning  of  which  there  has 
been  some  dispute. 


177 


gymixasium. 


Other  counties,  cities  or  separated  towns  or  who 
attend  a  school  in  the  county  elsewhere  than  in  the 
continuation  school  district  in  which  they  reside. 

Rev.  Stat.,         9.  Section  23  of  The  High  Schools  Act  as  amended  by  section 
amended'.     '  9  of  The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1929,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

Operation  of  ^^^^  j£  deemed  expedient,  to  provide  and  maintain  such 

grounds.  equipment    as    may   be   deemed    advisable   and    to 

operate  the  playground  as  a  park  or  playground  and 
rink  during  the  school  term  or  in  vacation  or  both, 
and  to  provide  such  supervision  as  the  Board  may 
deem  proper,  provided  the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with ; 

tlon^aiicf  (^^'^^  ^^   deemed    expedient,    to   organize   and    carry   on 

operation^of  gymnasium  classes  in  the  school  building  for  pupils 

or  others  during  the  school  term  or  in  vacation  or 
both,  and  to  provide  supervision  and  training  for 
such  classes,  provided  the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with. 

Rev  Stat.,         10.  Subsection  2a  of  section  35  of  The  High  Schools  Act  as 

C.  326    s    35 

subs.  2a,'  "'enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section  16  of  The  School  Law 
c.  63, 's.  16,  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  striking  out  all  the 
amended.  words  therein  after  the  word  "board"  in  the  eighth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "but  for  the  purposes  of 
this  subsection  the  cost  of  education  of  county  pupils  shall 
not  be  deemed  to  include  as  part  thereof  any  money  paid  by 
the  local  municipality  of  which  such  high  school  district  is 
formed,  to  the  county  by  way  of  county  taxation  for  pupils 
for  the  cost  of  whose  education  the  county  may  be  liable,  but 
who  attend  schools  in  other  counties,  cities  or  separated  towns 
or  who  attend  a  school  in  the  county  elsewhere  than  in  the 
high  school  district  in  which  they  reside,"  so  that  the  sub- 
section will  now  read  as  follows: 

educa*tLn  of  (2«)  There  shall  be  paid  alsQ  by  the  county  to  the  high 

pupUs^—  school  board  the  share  of  the  cost  of  education  of 

what  to  county  pupils  which  the  high  school  district  which 

include.  .      ^  .^    ^,       ,  .    ,         ,        ,         .  ,  ,  ,       • 

mamtams  the  high  school  paid  to  the  county  during 
the  preceding  year  as  included  in  the  rates  levied  by 
the  county  council  according  to  the  relative  equalized 
value  and  the  total  amount  so  ascertained  shall  be 
the  sum  payable  by  the  council  to  the  board ;  but  for 
the  purposes  of  this  subsection  the  cost  of  education 
of  county  pupils  shall  not  be  deemed  to  include  as 
part  thereof  any  money  paid  by  the  local  munici- 
pality of  which  such  high  school  district  is  formed 
to  the  county  by  way  of  county  taxation  for  pupils 

177 


Section  9.  This  amendment  is  made  at  the  request  of  certain  school 
sections  where  playgrounds  other  than  the  school  grounds  are  not  easily 
available.     A  similar  amendment  is  made  to  The  Public  Schools  Act. 


Section  10.  This  is  the  same  as  the  amendment  made  to  The  Con- 
!■  iniiation  Schools  Act  by  sectipn  8  of  the  Bill  and  is  for  the  purpose  of 
clarifying  an  amendment  made  in  1930  about  the  meaning  of  which 
there  has  been  some  dispute. 


177 


for  the  cost  of  whose  education  the  county  may  be 
liable,  but  who  attend  schools  in  other  counties, 
cities  or  separated  towns  or  who  attend  a  school  in 
the  county  elsewhere  than  in  the  high  school  district 
in  which  they  reside. 

0^^326^*8*37       ^^'  Section  37  of  The  High  Schools  Act  as  amended  by 
amended.     '  section  10  of  The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1929,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

P^ocfgdure  (1^)  The  board  of  a  city  or  separated  town  shall  not  be 

or  separated  entitled  to  collect  from  a  county  the  cost  of  education 

town  can  .,  .,  ' 

collect  from  of  any  county  pupil  until, — 

county  the 
cost  of 

county  °"'''^  {a)  the  board  has  furnished  to  the  clerk  of  the 

P"P''^-  county  in  which  the  pupil  resides,  a  statement 

showing  the  average  assessment  of  ratepayers 
in  the  school  district  in  which  the  school  is 
situate; 

(6)  a  statement  signed  by  a  parent  or  guardian  of 
such  pupil  showing  whether  or  not  the  said 
parent  or  guardian  is  assessed  within  the 
district  in  which  the  school  is  situate,  and  if 
so  assessed  the  amount  of  such  assessment, 
such  statement  to  be  submitted  to  the 
county  clerk  along  with  the  account  for 
tuition  of  county  pupils. 

?'^-326^*s*'53       -^^'  Subsection  1  of  section  53  of  The  High  Schools  Act  is 
subs,  i,  '      '  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed.  ^  ->-  & 

Proportion  (1)  Every  agreement  between  a  board  and  a    teacher 

whlch^"^^  °  shall  be  in  writing,  signed  by  the  parties  thereto  and 

Staled.  sealed  with  the  seal  of  the  board  and,  unless  expressly 

agreed,  a  teacher  shall  be  entitled  to  be  paid  his 
salary  in  the  proportion  which  the  total  number  of 
days  during  which  he  has  taught,  bears  to  the  whole 
number  of  teaching  days  in  the  year. 

Rev.  Stat.,         13.  Subsectious  1  and  2  of  section  56  of  The  High  Schools 
siibss.'i,  2?  'Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

Terms.  (J)  jhe  school  year  shall  consist  of  two  terms,  the  first 

of  which  shall  begin  on  the  1st  day  of  September  and 
shall  end  on  the  22nd  day  of  December  and  the 
second  of  which  shall  begin  on  the  3rd  day  of  January 
and  end  on  the  29th  day  of  June. 

Holidays.  (2)  Every    Saturday,    every    public   holiday,    the   week 

following  Easter  Day  and  every  day  proclaimed  a 

177 


Section  11.  Complaint  has  been  made  that  the  county  councils  are 
paying  for  the  cost  of  education  of  pupils  who  are  classified  as  "county 
pupils"  when,  on  account  of  their  parents  or  guardians  holding  property 
in  the  municipality  where  the  school  they  attend  is  situate,  they  should 
be  classed  as  "resident  pupils." 


Section  12.  This  is  to  make  The  High  Schools  Act  conform  to  conditions 
governing  agreements  between  teachers  and  boards. 


Section  13.  The  proposed  amendment  conforms  to  the  corresponding 
section  in  The  Public  Schools  Act. 


177 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  262. 


holiday  by  the  authorities  of  the  municipaHty  in 
which  the  teacher  is  engaged  and  every  day  upon 
which  a  school  is  closed  under  the  provisions  of 
The  Public  Health  Act  or  the  regulations  of  the 
Department  of  Education,  shall  be  a  school  holiday. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  327,  s.  3, 
amended. 


14.  Section  3  of  The  Boards  oj  Education  Act  is  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Procedure 
where  full 
number  of 
elective 
members 
nominated. 


(6a)  Where  at  any  election  the  full  number  of  elective 
members  are  nominated  or  declared  elected,  or  where 
more  than  the  full  number  of  required  members  are 
nominated  and  subsequently,  by  reason  of  failure 
to  qualify  or  otherwise,  no  more  than  the  full  number 
of  elective  members  remain  in  nomination,  then  at 
the  next  election,  members  shall  be  nominated  to 
serve  for  two  years  or  one  year  as  the  case  may  be. 


ameiid^ed*^^^'         ^^-   -'^^'^   Vocational  Education  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  Part: 


PART  III. 


\'ocational 
school 
district, — 
establish- 
ment of. 


JOINT  VOCATIONAL  SCHOOL  BOARDS  IN  SPECIAL 
VOCATIONAL    SCHOOL   DISTRICTS. 

24.-^(1)  The  Minister,  upon  the  application  of  the  boards 
of  two  or  more  municipalities  made  with  the 
approval  of  the  councils  of  such  municipalities,  may 
establish  and  designate  the  municipalities  as  a  voca- 
tional school  district  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Applica- 
tion,— by 
whom  to  be 
made. 


(2)  Where  no  board  exists  in  a  municipality,  the  applica- 
tion in  respect  of  such  municipality  may  be  made  by 
the  board  of  public  school  trustees  and  the  board  of 
separate  school  trustees  of  the  municipality,  or  if  in 
such  municipality  there  is  only  a  board  either  of 
public  school  trustees  or  separate  school  trustees, 
the  application  may  be  made  by  such  board. 


Name  of 
district. 


(3)  A  vocational  school  district  established  under  this 
section  shall  be  known  by  such  name  as  may  be 
designated  by  the  Minister. 


Board  of 
trustees, — 
appoint- 
ment of. 


25. — (1)  There  shall  be  appointed  for  every  vocational 
school  district  established  under  section  24  a  joint 

board  of  trustees  to  be  known  as  "The 

Vocational  School  Board,"  composed  of  three  mem- 
bers from  each  of  the  municipalities  within  the 
vocational  school  district  and  appointed  in  the 
following  manner: 


177 


Section  14.  This  is  to  provide  for  a  situation  which  has  developed  in 
the  Town  of  Sandwich  where  owing  to  certain  members  of  the  board 
failing  to  qualify  the  board  has  become  an  acclamation  board. 


Section  15.  This  is  to  meet  a  situation  arising  mainly  in  suburban 
industrial  areas  where  there  are  no  high  schools  to  operate  vocational 
schools  in  the  usual  way  or  where  it  would  be  to  the  advantage  of  the 
municipalities  to  combine  in  a  vocational  school  district. 


177 


(a)  In  a  municipality  having  a  board,  the  three 
members  shall  be  appointed  by  such  board, 
two  of  the  appointees  to  be  members  of  the 
board ; 

(b)  In  a  municipality  having  no  board  but  having 

a  public  school  board  and  a  separate  school 
board,  two  members  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  public  school  board,  one  of  whom  shall 
be  a  member  of  the  said  board,  and  one 
member  by  the  separate  school  board  who 
shall  be  a  member  of  that  board ; 

(c)  In  a  municipality  having  no  board  and  having 

a  public  school  board  only,  three  members 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  said  board  two  of 
whom  shall  be  members  of  such  board. 

(d)  Where  a  vocational  school  district  is  composed 
of  municipalities,  any  one  or  more  of  which 
is  not  separated  from  the  county,  the  county 
council  shall  appoint  three  members  to  the 
vocational  school  board. 


Qualifica- 
tion of 
members. 


Term  of 
office. 


Powers  of 
board. 


(2)  The  third  member  to  be  appointed  under  clauses 
a,  b  and  c  and  the  three  members  to  be  appointed 
under  clause  d  shall  be  British  subjects,  of  the  full 
age  of  twenty-one  years,  who  are  interested  in  the 
development  of  vocational  education  and  are  engaged 
in  either  the  manufacturing,  agricultural,  commercial 
or  other  industries  of  the  municipality  which  they 
represent. 

(3)  All  appointees  under  subsection  1  shall  hold  office  for 
one  year. 

26.  The  board  so  created  shall  have  the  powers  of  the 
boards  of  education,  high  school  boards,  continuation 
school  boards  and  the  public  and  separate  school 
boards  for  the  said  vocational  school  district  for  the 
purposes  of  The  Vocational  Education  Act,  1930, 
and  amendments  thereto,  and  shall  be  a  corporation 

by    the    name    of     "The Vocational 

School  Board." 


By-laws 
passed  by 
council  on 
application 
of  board. 


27. — (1)  The  council  of  any  municipality  included  within 
the  district  on  the  application  of  the  board,  may  pass 
a  by-law  for  borrowing  money  by  the  issue  and  sale 
of  debentures  for  the  purchase  of  a  site  and  the 
erection  of  a  school,  and  for  the  extensions,  equip- 
ment, improvements,  repairs  or  furnishings,  and  it 


177 


shall  not  be  necessary  that  the  by-law  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  electors  for  their  assent,  but  if 
the  council  of  any  of  the  municipalities  refuses  to 
pass  such  by-law  it  shall,  if  requested  by  the  board, 
submit  the  same  to  a  vote  of  the  electors  qualified 
to  vote  on  money  by-laws  under  The  Municipal  Act, 
and  on  the  assent  of  such  electors  being  obtained 
shall  finally  pass  the  by-law  and  issue  such  deben- 
tures if  the  other  municipalities  are  likewise  providing 
their  share. 


Amount  of 
debentures. 


(2)  The  debentures  may  be  for  such  amount  and  run 
such  number  of  years,  not  exceeding  thirty,  as  the 
council  may  see  fit. 


Amounts  to 
be  raised    by 
council. 


(3)  The  amounts  to  be  raised  respectively  by  the  council 
of  each  municipality  in  the  vocational  school  district 
for  the  said  purposes  shall  be  the  proportion  that 
the  last  revised  assessment  of  such  municipality, 
multiplied  by  the  population,  as  determined  by  the 
last  enumeration  of  the  assessors,  bears  to  the  total 
assessment  of  the  municipalities  comprising  the 
vocational  school  district,  multiplied  by  the  total 
population  of  such  municipalities,  as  similarly 
determined. 


Contribu- 
tions by 
municipal 
councils  to 
vocational 
schools. 


28.  The  municipal  councils  comprising  a  vocational 
school  district  shall  contribute  to  the  maintenance 
of  a  vocational  school  erected  under  the  provisions 
of  section  27  hereof  in  the  same  proportion  as  is 
provided  in  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  for  the 
purposes  enumerated  in  subsection  1  thereof,  and 
each  council  forming  part  of  a  vocational  school 
district  upon  the  request  of  the  vocational  school 
board  within  such  district  shall  levy  and  collect  in 
each  year  within  its  municipality  in  the  same 
manner  as  other  municipal  taxes,  the  amounts 
determined  by  the  vocational  school  board  as 
necessary  for  the  said  purpose. 


Rev.  Stat.,         jg    j^^^  Halihurtofi  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended.       following  section : 


CONTINUATION    AND   HIGH    SCHOOL    GRANTS. 


Liability  of 
county  of 
Hallburton. 


Rev.  Stat., 
cc.  32.5,  ;-526. 


17.  The  liability  of  the  county  of  Haliburton  for  the 
equivalent  of  the  continuation  school  and  high  school 
grants  under  The  Continuation  Schools  Act  and  The 
High  Schools  Act  and  for  the  cost  of  education  of 
county  pupils  where  such  cost  exceeds  these  grants, 


177 


Section  16.  This  amendment  is  necessitated  by  the  economic  situation 
in  many  parts  of  the  County  of  Haliburton. 


17 


9 

shall  be  payable  one-third  by  the  county  and  two- 
thirds  out  of  the  provincial  grants  for  secondary 
schools    upon    the    requisition    of    the    Minister   of 


Education. 


0^^246^*6 *'77       l''^-  Section  77  of  The  Public  Libraries  Act  is  repealed. 

repealed. 

ment"oTA^ct       1^-  ^his  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


177 


Section  17.  The  section  repealed  places  the  granting  of  permits  to 
lending  and  circulating  libraries  in  the  hands  of  the  Minister  of  Education. 
The  inspection  of  such  libraries  by  officers  of  the  Department  to  ascertain 
whether  or  not  objectionable  literature  is  being  circulated  from  them 
has  been  found  to  be  impracticable.  The  matter  would  be  much  better 
left  in  the  hands  of  the  local  police  and  morality  officers. 


177 


o 

•-t 


ex. 

0^5 


n 

IS- 


to 


>a 


0^3 


H 
tr 
n) 

C/2 
o 

a- 
o 

r 

> 

3 

ro 

3 
CL 

3 

3 


> 


2 
r 
r 


No.  177 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  177  1931 

BILL 

The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.        j    jj^jg  js^^^  ^i^y  be  cited  as  The  School  Law  Amendment 
Act,  1931. 

^32'3^8^1,'ci.  2.  The  clause  lettered  j  in  section  1  of  The  Public  Schools 
j,  amended.  ^^^  jg  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "of  the  school  section 
for  public  school  rates"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "as  a  public  school  supporter 
for  the  school  section  or  municipality"  so  that  the  clause  will 
now  read  as  follows: 

payer, —  0)  "Ratepayer"  shall  mean  person  entered  on  the  last 

meaning  of.  revised  assessment  roll  as  a  public  school  supporter 

for  the  school  section  or  municipality. 

0^^323^*8 *'44      ^'  Section  44  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.     '  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

Taxes  to  (3)  Any  assessments  to  be  made  and  taxes  to  be  collected 

include  i         ,  •  •  •  i 

expense  of  under  this  section  with  respect  to  part  of  an  unor- 

and  ganized  township  shall  include  as  part  thereof  the 

ec  ion.  proper  proportion  of  the  salaries  and  expenses  of 

the  officers  making  the  said  assessments  and  collect- 
ing the  said  taxes  having  regard  to  the  ratio  which 
the  assessment  in  that  part  of  the  unorganized 
township  bears  to  the  total  assessment  of  the  union 
section. 

^^323^8^*60.       4:.  Section  60  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.       inserting  after  the  word  "municipality"  in  the  first  line  the 

words    "situate    in    an    organized    county"    and    by    adding 

thereto  the  following  subsection: 

177 


(2)  In  territory  without  county  organization  where  a  like 
condition  exists  the  rates  to  be  so  levied  on  public 
school  supporters  shall  be  equal  to  those  levied  in 
the  nearest  organized  municipality, 

■  5.  Subsection  5  of  section  76  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  is  Rev.  stat.. 

repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  siibs.  5 

repealed. 

(5)  A  separate  set  of  ballot  papers  shall  be  prepared  by  ^  vote^l't'®*^ 
the  clerk  of  the  municipality  for  each  of  the  wards  ®j?g*|fjjfi 
or  polling  subdivisions,  containing  the  names  of  the  trustees 
candidates  m   the  same  form  mutatis  mutandis  as  munici- 
those  used  for  councillors  or  aldermen,  and  no  ballot 
shall  be  delivered  to  any  person  who  is  entered  on 
the  list  of  voters  as  a  separate  school  supporter  or 
by  reason  of  being  the  wife  or  husband  of  a  separate 
school  supporter. 

Rev.  Stat., 

6.  Subsections  1,  3,  4  and  5  of  section  85  of  The  Public siihss.'i,'^,^' 
Schools  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor :  repealed. 

Admission 

(1)  The  board  shall  admit  to  the  school  any  non-resident  of  non- 

-1  T    1      •  11  1      •        resident 

pupil  II  the  inspector  reports  that  the  accommodation  pupils, 
is  sufficient  for  the  admission  of  such  pupil  and  that 
the  school  is  more  accessible  for  him  than  the  school 
in  the  section  or  urban  municipality  in  which  the 
pupil  resides. 

(3)  The  parent  or  guardian  shall  be  liable  for  the  payment  ^nl'^e^JtLn^ 

of  all  rates  assessed  on  his  taxable  property  for  the^|^^j^^"gS  his 
purposes  of  the  section  or  urban  municipality  in  which  another 

&6CL10I1 

he  resides,  but  the  board  of  that  section  or  urban 
municipality  shall  remit  to  the  parent  or  guardian  any 
rates  so  payable  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  of  the 
fees  so  paid  to  the  board  of  the  neighbouring  school. 

(4)  Where   the  property  of  a  non-resident  is  assessed  ^f**^'?^^^^^® 
for  an  amount  equal  to  the  average  assessment  of  residents 
residents  the  children  of  such  non-resident  shall  be 
admitted    to   the   public   school   of   the   section   or 

urban  municipality  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions 
as  the  children  of  residents. 

(5)  Where  the  children  attending  a  neighbouring  school  ^Kf tax  °^ 

reside  three  miles  or  more  by  the  nearest  public  ce^fafn  fees 
road  from  the  school  house  in  the  section  or  urban  paid- 
municipality  to  which  they  belong,  the  board  of  the 
section  or  urban  municipality  in  which  such  children 
reside  shall  remit  so  much  of  the  taxes  payable  by 
the  parents  or  guardians  of  such  children  for  school 
purposes  as  equals  the  fees  paid  to  the  board  of  the 
neighbouring  school. 

177 


7.  Section  88  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  as  amended   by 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  323,  8.  8i., 

amended.      section  8  of  The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  further 


amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 


Operation  of 
play- 
grounds. 


(cc)  if  deemed  expedient,  to  provide  and  maintain  such 
equipment  as  may  be  deemed  advisable  and  to 
operate  the  playground  as  a  park  or  playground  and 
rink  during  the  school  term  or  in  vacation  or  both, 
and  to  provide  such  supervision  as  the  board  may 
deem  proper,  provided  the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with; 


Organiza- 
tion and 
operation  of 
gymnasium. 


(dd)  if  deemed  expedient,  to  organize  and  carry  on 
gymnasium  classes  in  the  school  building  for  pupils 
or  others  during  the  school  term  or  in  vacation  or 
both,  and  to  provide  supervision  and  training  for 
such  classes,  provided  the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with. 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.  325,  s.  7, 

subs.  2, 

cl.  66, 

(1930, 

c.  63,  s.  13) 

amended. 


Cost  of 
education 
of  county 
pupils, — 
what  to 
include. 


8.  The  clause  lettered  bb  in  subsection  2  of  section  7  of 
The  Continuation  Schools  Act  as  enacted  by  section  13  of 
The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  striking 
out  all  the  words  therein  after  the  word  "value"  in  the 
eleventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words:  "but  for 
the  purposes  of  this  clause  the  cost  of  education  of  county 
pupils  shall  not  be  deemed  to  include  as  part  thereof  any 
money  paid  by  the  local  municipality  of  which  such  continua- 
tion school  district  is  formed  to  the  county  by  way  of  county 
taxation  for  pupils  for  the  cost  of  whose  education  the  county 
may  be  liable,  but  who  attend  schools  in  other  counties,  cities 
or  separated  towns  or  who  attend  a  school  in  the  county 
elsewhere  than  in  the  continuation  school  district  in  which 
they  reside,"  so  that  the  clause  will  now  read  as  follows: 

{bb)  There  shall  be  paid  also  by  the  county  to  a  con- 
tinuation school  established  in  an  incorporated  town 
or  village  or  in  a  consolidated  school  district  the 
share  of  the  cost  of  the  education  of  county  pupils 
which  the  area  which  constitutes  a  continuation 
school  district  of  an  incorporated  town  or  village  or 
a  consolidated  school  district  which  maintains  a 
continuation  school  paid  to  the  county  during  the 
preceding  year,  as  included  in  the  rates  levied  by  the 
county  council  according  to  the  relative  equalized 
value  but  for  the  purposes  of  this  clause  the  cost  of 
education  of  county  pupils  shall  not  be  deemed  to 
include  as  part  thereof  any  money  paid  by  the  local 
municipality  of  which  such  continuation  school 
district  is  formed  to  the  county  by  way  of  county 
taxation  for  pupils  for  the  cost  of  whose  education 
the  county  may  be  liable,  but  who  attend  schools  in 


177 


other  counties,  cities  or  separated  towns  or  who 
attend  a  school  in  the  county  elsewhere  than  in  the 
continuation  school  district  in  which  they  reside. 

9.  Section  23  of  The  High  Schools  Act  as  amended  by  section  Rev.  stat.. 

9  of  The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1929,  is  further  amended  amended.  ^^' 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

{cc)  if  deemed  expedient,  to  provide  and  maintain  such  piay'^^**°"  °^ 
equipment  as  may  be  deemed  advisable  and  to^"""""^^- 
operate  the  playground  as  a  park  or  playground  and 
rink  during  the  school  term  or  in  vacation  or  both, 
and  to  provide  such  supervision  as  the  Board  may 
deem  proper,  provided  the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with ; 

{ccc)  if   deemed    expedient,    to   organize   and    carry   on  Organiza- 
gymnasium  classes  in  the  school  building  for  pupils  operation  of 

.,  A      •         ^u  u       1    ^  .      °  r    ^       gymnasium. 

or  Others  durmg  the  school  term  or  m  vacation  or 
both,  and  to  provide  supervision  and  training  for  ' 
such   classes,   provided   the  proper  conduct  of  the 
school  is  not  interfered  with. 

10.  Subsection  2a  of  section  35  of  The  High  Schools  Act  as  Rev.  stat., 

c.  326    s.  35 

enacted  by  subsection   2  of  section   16  of   The  School  Lawsuhs.  2a.' 

•  •     •  (1930 

Amendment  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  striking  out  all  thee.  63,'s.  i6, 
words  therein  after  the  word  "board"  in  the  eighth  line  and|^|nded. 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "but  for  the  purposes  of 
this  subsection  the  cost  of  education  of  county  pupils  shall 
not  be  deemed  to  include  as  part  thereof  any  money  paid  by 
the  local  municipality  of  which  such  high  school  district  is 
formed,  to  the  county  by  way  of  county  taxation  for  pupils 
for  the  cost  of  whose  education  the  county  may  be  liable,  but 
who  attend  schools  in  other  counties,  cities  or  separated  towns 
or  who  attend  a  school  in  the  county  elsewhere  than  in  the 
high  school  district  in  which  they  reside,"  so  that  the  sub- 
section will  now  read  as  follows: 

(2a)  There  shall  be  paid  also  by  the  county  to  the  high  ^duca*t[on  of 
school  board  the  share  of  the  cost  of  education  oi^°^^Jll'/_ 
county  pupils  which  the  high  school  district  which  what^t^o 
maintains  the  high  school  paid  to  the  county  during 
the  preceding  year  as  included  in  the  rates  levied  by 
the  county  council  according  to  the  relative  equalized 
value  and  the  total  amount  so  ascertained  shall  be 
the  sum  payable  by  the  council  to  the  board ;  but  for 
the  purposes  of  this  subsection  the  cost  of  education 
of  county  pupils  shall  not  be  deemed  to  include  as 
part  thereof  any  money  paid  by  the  local  munici- 
pality of  which  such  high  school  district  is  formed 
to  the  county  by  way  of  county  taxation  for  pupils 

177 


for  the  cost  of  whose  education  the  county  may  be 
Hable,   but  who  attend   schools  in   other  counties,- 
cities  or  separated  towns  or  who  attend  a  school  in 
the  county  elsewhere  than  in  the  high  school  district 
in  which  they  reside. 

c^^326^*s*'37.      ^1-  Section  37  of  The  High  Schools  Act  as  amended  by 
amended.     '  section  10  of  The  School  Law  Amendment  Act,  1929,  is  further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Procedure 
before  city 
or  separated 
town  can 
collect  from 
county  the 
cost  of 
education  of 
county 
pupils. 


(la)  The  board  of  a  city  or  separated  town  shall  not  be 
entitled  to  collect  from  a  county  the  cost  of  education 
of  any  county  pupil  until, — 

(a)  the  board  has  furnished  to  the  clerk  of  the 
county  in  which  the  pupil  resides,  a  statement 
showing  the  average  assessment  of  ratepayers 
in  the  school  district  in  which  the  school  is 
situate ; 


(6)  a  statement  signed  by  a  parent  or  guardian  of 
such  pupil  showing  whether  or  not  the  said 
parent  or  guardian  is  assessed  within  the 
district  in  which  the  school  is  situate,  and  if 
so  assessed  the  amount  of  such  assessment, 
such  statement  to  be  submitted  to  the 
county  clerk  along  with  the  account  for 
tuition  of  county  pupils. 


?®326^*s*'53       ^^-  Subsection  1  of  section  53  of  The  High  Schools  Act  is 
subs,  i         '  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

r6  P  6  3. 1 C  Cl  • 


Proportion 
of  salary  to 
which 
teacher 
entitled. 


(1)  Every  agreement  between  a  board  and  a  teacher 
shall  be  in  writing,  signed  by  the  parties  thereto  and 
sealed  with  the  seal  of  the  board  and,  unless  otherwise 
expressly  agreed,  a  teacher  shall  be  entitled  to  be 
paid  his  salary  in  the  proportion  which  the  total 
number  of  days  during  which  he  has  taught,  bears  to 
the  whole  number  of  teaching  days  in  the  year. 


13.  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  56  of  The  High  Schools 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  326,  s.  56, 

subss.  1,  2,     Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 


Terms. 


Holidays. 


(1)  The  school  year  shall  consist  of  two  terms,  the  first 
of  which  shall  begin  on  the  1st  day  of  September  and 
shall  end  on  the  22nd  day  of  December  and  the 
second  of  which  shall  begin  on  the  3rd  day  of  January 
and  end  on  the  29th  day  of  June. 

(2)  Every  Saturday,  every  public  holiday,  the  week 
following  Easter  Day  and  every  day  proclaimed  a 


177 


holiday  by  the  authorities  of  the  municipahty  in 
which  the  teacher  is  engaged  and  every  day  upon 
which   a  school   is  closed   under   the  provisions  of 
The  Public   Health   Act   or   the   regulations   of   thcRev.  stat., 
Department  of  Education,  shall  be  a  school  holiday.  ^'  ^^^ 

14.  Section  3  of  The  Boards  of  Education  Act  is  amended  ^^.Jo^'^^^V 

•'  C.  .-5J7,  S.   6, 

by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended. 

(6a)  Where  at  any  election  the  full  number  of  elective  Procedure 
members  are  nominated  or  declared  elected,  or  where  number  of 
more  than  the  full  number  of  required  members  are  members 
nominated  and  subsequently,  by  reason  of  failure '^'^"^'"'^^®'^' 
to  qualify  or  otherwise,  no  more  than  the  full  number 
of  elective  members  remain  in  nomination,  then  at 
the  next  election,  members  shall  be  nominated  to 
serve  for  two  years  or  one  year  as  the  case  may  be. 

15.  The  Vocational  Education  Act  is  amended  by  adding  i^o^J'g^64, 
thereto  the  following  Part: 


PART  III. 

JOINT  VOCATIONAL  SCHOOL  BOARDS  IN  SPECIAL 
VOCATIONAL   SCHOOL  DISTRICTS. 

24.— (1)  The  Minister,^pon  the  application  of  the  boards  ^?,''o^J^/°'^^' 
of    two    or    more    municipalities     made    with     the  ^^^^^1^1^^^^^ 
approval  of  the  councils  of  such  municipalities,  may  naent  of. 
establish  and  designate  the  municipalities  as  a  voca- 
tional school  district  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Where  no  board  exists  in  a  municipality,  the  applica-  tjPP'iffyj'y 

tion  in  respect  of  such  municipality  may  be  made  by  ^^^^  ^°  ^^ 
the  board  of  public  school  trustees  and  the  board  of 
separate  school  trustees  of  the  municipality,  or  if  in 
such  municipality  there  is  only  a  board  either  of 
public  school  trustees  or  separate  school  trustees, 
the  application  may  be  made  by  such  board. 

(3)  A  vocational  school  district  established  under  this  ^^,8™®^°^ 
section  shall  be  known  by  such  name  as  may  be 
designated  by  the  Minister. 

25. — (1)  There  shall  be  appointed  for  every  vocational  Board^of_ 
school  district  established  under  section  24  a  joint  appoint- 

board  of  trustees  to  be  known  as  "The 

Vocational  School  Board,"  composed  of  three  mem- 
bers from  each  of  the  municipalities  within  the 
vocational  school  district  and  appointed  in  the 
following  manner: 

177 


(a)  In  a  municipality  having  a  board,  the  three 
members  shall  be  appointed  by  such  board, 
two  of  the  appointees  to  be  members  of  the 
board ; 

(&)  In  a  municipality  having  no  board  but  having 
a  public  school  board  and  a  separate  school 
board,  two  members  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  public  school  board,  one  of  whom  shall 
be  a  member  of  the  said  board,  and  one 
member  by  the  separate  school  board  who 
shall  be  a  member  of  that  board ; 

(c)  In  a  municipality  having  no  board  and  having 

a  public  school  board  only,  three  members 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  said  board  two  of 
whom  shall  be  members  of  such  board. 

(d)  Where  a  vocational  school  district  is  composed 
of  municipalities,  any  one  or  more  of  which 
is  not  separated  from  the  county,  the  county 
council  shall  appoint  three  members  to  the 
vocational  school  board. 


Qualifica- 
tion of 
members. 


Term  of 
office. 


Powers  of 
board. 


By-laws 
passed  by 
council  on 
application 
of  board. 


(2)  The  third  member  to  be  appointed  under  clauses 
a,  b  and  c  and  the  three  members  to  be  appointed 
under  clause  d  shall  be  jBritish  subjects,  of  the  full 
age  of  twenty-one  years,  who  are  interested  in  the 
development  of  vocational  education  and  are  engaged 
in  either  the  manufacturing,  agricultural,  commercial 
or  other  industries  of  the  municipality  which  they 
represent. 

(3)  All  appointees  under  subsection  1  shall  hold  office  for 

one  year. 

26.  The  board  so  created  shall  have  the  powers  of  the 
boards  of  education,  high  school  boards,  continuation 
school  boards  and  the  public  and  separate  school 
boards  for  the  said  vocational  school  district  for  the 
purposes  of  The  Vocational  Education  Act,  1930, 
and  amendments  thereto,  and  shall  be  a  corporation 

by    the    name    of    "The Vocational 

School  Board." 

27. — (1)  The  council  of  any  municipality  included  within 
the  district  on  the  application  of  the  board,  may  pass 
a  by-law  for  borrowing  money  by  the  issue  and  sale 
of  debentures  for  the  purchase  of  a  site  and  the 
erection  of  a  school,  and  for  the  extensions,  equip- 
ment, improvements,  repairs  or  furnishings,  and  it 


177 


8 

shall  not  be  necessary  that  the  by-law  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  electors  for  their  assent,  but  if 
the  council  of  any  of  the  municipalities  refuses  to 
pass  such  by-law  it  shall,  if  requested  by  the  board, 
submit  the  same  to  a  vote  of  the  electors  qualified 
to  vote  on  money  by-laws  under  The  Municipal  Act, 
and  on  the  assent  of  such  electors  being  obtained 
shall  finally  pass  the  by-law  and  issue  such  deben- 
tures if  the  other  municipalities  are  likewise  providing 
their  share. 

(2)  The  debentures  may  be  for  such  amount  and  run  Amount  of 

,  .  f.  ....  ,      debentures. 

such  number  oi  years,  not  exceedmg  thirty,  as  the 

council  may  see  fit. 

(3)  The  amounts  to  be  raised  respectively  by  the  council  bJ^raised  *by 
of  each  municipality  in  the  vocational  school  district  <^o"'^cii. 

for  the  said  purposes  shall  be  the  proportion  that 
the  last  revised  assessment  of  such  municipality, 
multiplied  by  the  population,  as  determined  by  the 
last  enumeration  of  the  assessors,  bears  to  the  total 
assessment  of  the  municipalities  comprising  the 
vocational  school  district,  multiplied  by  the  total 
population  of  such  municipalities,  as  similarly 
determined. 

28.  The    municipal    councils    comprising    a    vocational  t^ons'^by"' 
school  district  shall  contribute  to  the  maintenance  municipal 

•         1        1        1  •   •  councils  to 

of  a  vocational  school  erected  under  the  provisions  vocational 

r  •  nM     1  r     '  t  •  '      schools. 

OI  section  27  hereof  in  the  same  proportion  as  is 
provided  in  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  for  the 
purposes  enumerated  in  subsection  1  thereof,  and 
each  council  forming  part  of  a  vocational  school 
district  upon  the  request  of  the  vocational  school 
board  within  such  district  shall  levy  and  collect  in 
each  year  within  its  municipality  in  the  same 
manner  as  other  municipal  taxes,  the  amounts 
determined  by  the  vocational  school  board  as 
necessary  for  the  said  purpose. 

16.  The  Haliburton  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^®^^-  ^^^*- 

following  section :  amended. 


CONTINUATION   AND   HIGH   SCHOOL  GRANTS. 

17.  The  liability  of  the  county  of  Haliburton   for  the  ^jabHity^of 
equivalent  of  the  continuation  school  and  high  school  Haliburton. 
grants  under  The  Continuation  Schools  Act  and  The 
High  Schools  Act  and  for  the  cost  of  education  of  ^®  325*^326 
county  pupils  where  such  cost  exceeds  these  grants, 


177 


shall  be  payable  one-third  by  the  county  and  two- 
thirds  out  of  the  provincial  grants  for  secondary 
schools  upon  the  requisition  of  the  Minister  of 
Education. 

c^^246^*§*'77,      l*^-  Section  77  of  The  Public  Libraries  Act  is  repealed. 

repealed. 

ment"oTA^ct.      1^-  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


177 


H 
cr 
n 

m 

o 

tr 
o 
o 


w 


o 

■-l 


> 

Oo 

P 

t\) 

p 

1-1 

t-^ 

P. 

p* 

n 

?$ 

o 

Co 

fXi 

=r 

?a- 

sr 

(— ' 

>a 

OJ 

>a 

to 

>a 

w 

^ 

o 

c^ 

•^ 

e^ 

n- 

1. 

r-l- 

^ 

a 

1—' 

<s>. 

«• 

?; 

«r*. 

O 

h- ' 

Ck) 

Ck> 

r 
p 

> 
3 

m 

3 

B 
n> 

> 


l-H 

r 
r 


vO 


No.  178 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Improvement  Act. 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


Short  title. 


No.  178 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Improvement  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Improvement  Act, 
1931. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  54,  s.  1, 
els.  b,  g, 
repealed. 


2.  The  clauses  lettered  b  and  g  in  section  1  of  The  Highway 
Improvement  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


"Depart- 
ment." 


'Minister." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  11, 
amended. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  14, 
subs.  1, 
repealed. 


(b)  "Department"  shall  mean  Department  of  Highways; 

(g)   "Minister"  shall  mean  Minister  of  Highways. 

3.  Section  11  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  the  words  "Minister  of  Public  Works  and 
Highways"  at  the  commencement  thereof  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  the  words  "Minister  of  Highways." 

4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  14  of  The  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act  as  amended  by  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The 
Highway  Improvement  Act,  1929,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Debentures. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  233. 


(1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsection  \a  the  council 
of  any  county  may  from  time  to  time  pass  by-laws  to 
raise  by  debentures  payable  in  not  more  than  twenty 
years  in  the  manner  provided  by  The  Municipal  Act, 
such  sums  as  may  be  necessary  to  meet  the  actual 
expenditure  for  the  construction  and  improvement 
of  highways  under  this  Act  not  exceeding  five  per 
centum  of  the  equalized  assessment  of  the  county, 
or  the  council  may  by  by-law  provide  that  the 
required  amount  shall  be  raised  in  equal  annual 
instalments  by  a  general  county  rate  levied  in  each 
successive  year  for  a  period  not  exceeding  ten  years 


178 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section   2.  This  section   is  necessitated  by  the  changes  made  in  the 
ministry  and  by  the  setting  aside  of  a  separate  Department  of  Highways. 


Section  3.  This  merely  substitutes  the  "Minister  of  Highways"  for  the 
"Minister  of  Public  Works  and  Highways." 


Section  4. — ^(1)  No  change  has  been  made  in  this  subsection  except 
that  the  word  "actual"  has  been  substituted  for  the  word  "estimated" 
in  the  fifth  line  and  the  words  "under  Part  U  and  Part  HI  of  this  Act" 
have  been  inserted  in  the  second  to  last  line. 


178 


but  such  amount  shall  not  exceed  five  per  centum  of 
the  equalized  assessment  of  the  county  and  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  shall  apply  to  any  money  hereto- 
fore or  hereafter  so  provided  as  fully  as  if  debentures 
had  been  issued  whether  a  by-law  transferring  such 
money  to  a  special  account  under  Part  II  and  Part  III 
of  this  Act  has  or  has  not  been  passed. 

c.^54,  8.^4,  (2)  Subsection  la  of  the  said  section  14  as  enacted  by 
(i929,^c.  17,  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act, 
amended'  ^^'  -^^'^^»  ^^  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  levied"  in 

the  fourth  and  fifth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  will  now 

read  as  follows: 


Limit  of 
amount  of 
county  rate. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  233. 


(la)  Where  the  council  of  a  county  has  paid  over  moneys 
raised  on  sinking  fund  account  to  the  Treasurer  of 
Ontario  under  the  provisions  of  sections  319  to  323 
of  The  Municipal  Act,  the  amount  to  be  raised  for 
the  construction  and  improvement  of  highways  under 
subsection  1  may  be  a  sum  not  exceeding  the  total 
amount  so  in  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario 
with  five  per  centum  of  the  equalized  assessment  of 
the  county  added  thereto. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  14, 
subs.  3, 
amended. 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  14  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  words  "and  the  council  of  the  county  may 
pass  a  by-law  or  by-laws  to  raise  by  debentures  in  the  same 
manner  as  provided  in  subsection  1,  such  sums  as  may  be 
necessary  to  repay  such  temporary  advances,"  so  that  the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follow^s: 


Temporary 
advances. 


(3) 


The  council  of  the  county  may  agree  with  any 
chartered  bank  or  loan  or  trust  corporation  or  with 
any  person  for  temporary  advances  to  meet  the  cost 
of  the  work  in  progress,  but  the  total  of  such  tem- 
porary advances  shall  not  exceed  in  any  one  year 
the  amount  to  be  provided  by  the  corporation  of  the 
county,  together  with  the  proportion  of  aid  to  be 
received  from  the  Province,  and  the  amount  receiv- 
able from  cities  and  towns  as  contributions  on  account 
of  suburban  roads  under  Part  III,  and  the  council  of 
the  county  may  pass  a  by-law  or  by-laws  to  raise  by 
debentures  in  the  same  manner  as  provided  in 
subsection  1,  such  sums  as  may  be  necessary  to 
repay  such  temporary  advances. 


Commence- 
ment of 
BUbs.  1. 


(4)  The  amendment  made  by  this  section  shall  have  effect 
as  from  the  1st  day  of  January,  1930. 


^^ii  ^s^2Q         ^- — (^)  Subsection  1  of  section  2^of  The  Highway  Improve- 

subs.'  1,      '    ment  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  all  the  words  in  the  first 
amended.  ■'  ° 

178 


(2)  This  amendment  meets  a  technical  objection  made  by  some  of 
the  solicitors  for  bond  brokers  to  the  use  of  the  expression  "raised  and 
levied."     County  rates  are  not  "levied"  in  the  technical  sense  of  the  word. 


(3)  Subsection  3  as  it  now  stands  authorizes  the  county  council  to 
arrange  for  temporary  advances  from  a  chartered  bank,  loan  corporation 
or  any  other  person  to  meet  the  cost  of  work  while  it  is  in  progress.  The 
object  of  the  amendment  is  to  enable  the  county  to  issue  debentures 
to  repay  the  advances  so  made. 


(4)  This  sets  out  the  date  on  which  the  amendments  made  by  sect  ion  4 
of  the  Bill  shall  take  effect. 

Section  5. — (1)  The  language  used  in  the  section  as  it  now  stands  is 
not  considered  sufficiently  explicit  to  include  the  absolute  widening  of 
the  right-of-way  and  is  understood  to  sanction  only  the  widening  of  the 
pavement. 

178 


four  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "the  council 
of  a  township,  town  or  incorporated  village  may  enter  into 
an  agreement  with  the  council  of  the  county  providing  for 
the  widening  of  the  right-of-way  or  for  the  construction  of  a 
wider  pavement  or  other  special  construction  upon  a  county 
road  in  such  township,  town  or,"  so  that  the  said  subsection 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Agreement 
between 
local  muni- 
cipality and 
county  for 
widening 
streets  and 
pavements. 


(1)  The  council  of  a  township,  town  or  incorporated 
village  may  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  council 
of  the  county  providing  for  the  widening  of  the 
right-of-way,  or  for  the  construction  of  a  wider  pave- 
ment or  other  special  construction  upon  a  county 
road  in  such  township,  town  or  incorporated  village, 
and  the  agreement  may  provide  that  the  cost  of  the 
work  over  and  above  the  amount  paid  by  the  county 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  amendments 
thereto  shall  be  assessed  under  and  according  to  the 
provisions  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act  against  the 
owners  to  be  specially  benefited  and  against  the 
township,  town  or  incorporated  village  respectively 
according  to  the  report  of  an  engineer. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  8.  26, 
subs.  2, 
amended. 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  26  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  words  "and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to 
obtain  the  assent  of  the  electors  to  any  such  by-laws  nor 
observe  the  other  formalities  in  relation  thereto  prescribed  by 
The  Municipal  Act,  so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now  read 
as  follows: 


Debentures 
for  excess 
cost  to  local 
munici- 
pality. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  233. 


(2)  The  council  of  the  township,  town  or  incorporated 
village  may  pass  by-laws  to  raise  by  debentures, 
payable  in  not  more  than  twenty  years  such  sum  as 
may  be  necessary  to  meet  such  excess  cost  and  such 
debentures  shall  be  a  debt  payable  by  the  corpora- 
tion, but  the  rate  for  the  payment  of  any  debentures 
so  issued  shall  be  levied  and  collected  upon  and  from 
the  property  liable  to  assessment  in  the  said  town- 
ship, town  or  incorporated  village  according  to  the 
assessment  made  by  such  engineer  and  it  shall  not 
be  necessary  to  obtain  the  assent  of  the  electors  to 
any  such  by-laws  nor  observe  the  other  formalities 
in  relation  thereto  prescribed  by  The  Municipal  Act. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  28, 
subs.  2, 
amended. 


6. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  28  of  The  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act  as  amended  by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act,  1930,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
words  "or  the  work  may  be  undertaken  as  a  local  improve- 
ment under  the  provisions  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act,'' 
so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


178 


(2)  This  authorizes  the  work  provided  for  by  subsection  1  to  be  done 
without  the  assent  of  the  electors. 


Section  6. — (1)  The  amendment  provides  that  extra  work  undertaken 
by  a  local  municipality  through  which  a  county  road  passes  may  be  treated 
as  a  local  improvement  and  charged  for  accordingly. 


178 


Extent  of 
liability  of 
urban 
munici- 
pality. 


(2)  Where  the  roadway  on  such  street  exceeds  twenty 
feet  in  width  all  expenditure  thereon  rendered  neces- 
sary by  such  excess  width  and  all  other  special  work 
on  the  street  shall  be  borne  by  the  urban  munici- 
pality, and  the  council  of  the  urban  municipality, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Minister  may  by  by-law 
provide  for  the  issue  of  debentures  to  provide  for 
the  payment  of  such  excess  cost,  and  may  apply  the 
rebate  payable  under  subsection  5,  or  so  much 
thereof  as  may  be  necessary  in  payment  of  sums 
falling  due  from  year  to  year  on  account  of  such 
debentures,  and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  obtain 
the  assent  of  the  electors  to  any  such  by-law  nor  to 
observe  the  other  formalities  in  relation  thereto 
prescribed  by  The  Municipal  Act,  or  the  work  may 
be  undertaken  as  a  local  improvement  under  the 
provisions  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act. 


c^^54  1*^28         (^)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  28  is  amended  by  adding 

subs.' 4       '    thereto  the  words  "and  may  raise  its  share  of  the  cost  of  the 

work  by  the  issuing  of  debentures  without  the  assent  of  the 

electors,"  so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Where  urban 
street  forms 
part  of 
county 
system. 


(4)  Where  any  street  described  in  subsection  1  is  part  of 
the  county  road  system,  the  council  of  the  county 
shall  undertake  the  work  as  agreed  upon  with  the 
council  of  the  municipality  and  the  urban  munici- 
pality shall  pay  its  proportion  of  the  cost  of  the 
work  to  the  county  upon  the  report  of  the  county 
road  superintendent  and  the  requisition  of  the 
county  road  committee  and  may  raise  its  share  of 
the  cost  of  the  work  by  the  issuing  of  debentures 
without  the  assent  of  the  electors. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  .32, 
amended. 


7.  Section  32  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  as  amended 
by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act,  1930,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "Minister  of  Public  Works 
and  Highways"  where  they  occur  in  the  eighth  and  twelth 
lines  respectively  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words 
"Minister  of  Highways." 


Rev.  Stat., 
0.  54,  8.  34, 
amended. 


8.  Section  34  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  the  words  "Department  of  Public  Highways" 
in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words 
"Department  of  Highways." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  36, 
subs.  1, 
amended. 


9. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  The  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  main- 
tenance" in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  the  words  "maintenance  and  superintendence"  so 
tliat  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


178 


(2)  Where  work  is  done  under  the  direction  of  the  road  authority 
or  when  it  is  approved  by  the  Minister  it  should  not  be  necessary  to 
submit  to  the  electors  a  by-law  for  the  purpose  of  authorizing  the  raising 
of  the  cost  of  the  work. 


Section    7.  This    merely    substitutes    "Minister    of    Highways"    for 
"Minister  of  Public  Works  and  Highways." 


Section   8.  This  merely  substitutes  "Department  of  Highways"  for 
'Department  of  Public  Works  and  Highways." 


Section  9.  Under  the  present  subsection  "suburban  roads"  are  under 
the  jurisdiction  and  control  of  county  councils,  the  work  thereon  being 
under  the  supervision  of  the  county  engineer  or  road  superintendent 
and  the  sums  expended  for  "construction  and  maintenance"  are  included 
in  the  statement  of  expenditure  upon  which  grants  payable  by  the  Province 
are  estimated  and  paid.  The  amendments  includes  in  i)-'-  -^'  'MMncnt 
the  sums  expended  for  "superintendence." 

178 


Roads  to  be 

county 

roads. 


(1)  Roads  designated  as  "suburban  roads"  shall  continue 
to  be  county  roads  under  the  jurisdiction  and  control 
of  the  county  council,  the  work  thereon  to  be  under 
the  supervision  of  the  county  engineer  or  road  super- 
intendent but  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  com- 
mission appointed  for  that  purpose,  and  the  sums 
expended  for  construction,  maintenance  and  superin- 
tendence may  be  included  in  the  statements  of 
expenditure  as  provided  in  section  17  of  this  Act, 
upon  which  the  grants  payable  by  the  Province 
will  be  estimated  and  paid. 


mentTf"^^         (2)  The   amendment   made   by    subsection 
subs.  1.  effect  as  from  the  1st  day  of  January,  1930. 


1    shall    have 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  78, 
subs.  1, 
repealed. 


10.  Subsection  1  of  section  78  of  The  Highway  Improvement 
Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Regulations 
as  to  sign- 
boards, etc. 


(1)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  Minister  may  make  regula- 
tions,— 


Prohibiting 
and  regulat- 
ing. 


Licensing 
and  fixing 
license  fees. 


(a)  prohibiting  or  regulating  the  erection  of  signs 
and  sign  boards  and  the  pasting  or  painting 
of  signs  or  notices  and  the  exposing  of  any 
advertising  device  upon  or  within  one-quarter 
of  a  mile  from  any  King's  Highway; 

{h)  for  licensing  and  fixing  the  fees  for  licenses  to 
be  granted  to  any  person  for  erecting  any 
such  sign  or  sign  board,  or  pasting  or  painting 
any  such  sign  or  notice  or  exposing  any  such 
advertising  device  on  any  such  road  or  within 
one-quarter  of  a  mile  thereof; 


Application 
of  fees. 


(c)  for  the  application  of  such  fees  or  any  part 
thereof  to  the  maintenance  of  such  road  or 
otherwise ; 


Regulating 
placing  of 
gasoline 
pumps. 


{d)  for  regulating  the  distance  from  the  limit  of 
any  King's  Highway  at  which  gasoline  pumps 
may  be  placed  and  operated  and  for  directing 
the  removal  of  any  such  pump  placed  or 
operated  within  such  distance; 


Licensing 

gasoline 

pumps. 


{e)  for  licensing  and  fixing  the  fees  for  licenses  to 
be  granted  to  any  person  operating  a  gasoline 
pump  upon  or  within  .'twenty-five  feet  from 
the  limit  of  any  King's  Highway. 


178 


Section  10.  Subsection  1  as  it  stands  ar  present  confines  the  regulation 
of  the  erection  of  sign  boards,  gasoline,  pumps  etc.,  to  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council,  and  deals  with  all  classes  of  highways, — King's 
Highways,  county  roads  and  suburban  roads.  The  subsection  is  maended 
to  confine  the  regulations  made  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council 
to  King's  Highways.  The  new  subsection  la  gives  county  councils 
control  as  to  county  and  suburban  roads. 


178 


Powers  con- 
ferred by 
subs.  1  to  be 
exercised  by 
county  coun- 
cil with 
respect  to 
county  and 
suburban 
roads. 


(la)  The  powers  conferred  on  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council  by  subsection  1  may,  with  respect  to 
county  and  suburban  roads,  be  exercised  by  the 
county  council,  but  no  by-law  passed  by  a  county 
council  under  this  subsection  shall  have  effect  until 
approved  in  writing  by  the  Minister. 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.  54,  s.  83, 

subs.  4 

(1928, 

c.   18,  s.  7), 

amended. 


11.  Subsection  4  of  section  83  of  The  Highway  Improvement 
A  ct  as  enacted  by  section  7  of  The  Highway  Improvement  A  ct, 
1928,  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "thirty"  in  the 
last  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "forty,"  so  that 
the  said  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Sidewalks 
and  foot- 
paths on 
provincial 
and  county 
highways. 


(4)  The  council  of  a  township  may  apply  to  the  Depart- 
ment for  authority  to  construct  a  sidewalk  or  foot- 
path on  a  King's  Highway  or  county  road  and  the 
Department  may  grant  such  authority,  and  upon 
the  completion  of  the  work  may  approve  of  the  same 
at  their  discretion,  and  upon  such  approval  being 
given  the  Minister  may  authorize  the  payment  to 
the  township  out  of  the  fund  of  an  amount  not 
exceeding  forty  per  centum  of  the  cost  of  the  work. 


1915,  c.  17,         12.  Sections  20  to  36  of  The  Ontario  Highway  Act,  being 
repealed.'       chapter  17  of  the  statutes  of  1915,  are  repealed. 


Commence- 


13.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 


ment  of  Act.  \i  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


178 


Section  11.  The  present  subsection  4  of  section  83  authorizes  the 
council  of  the  township,  with  the  approval  of  the  Department,  to  construct 
a  sidewalk  or  foot  path  on  a  King's  Highway  or  county  road  and  authorizes 
the  Commission  to  direct  payment  to  the  township  out  of  the  Highway 
Improvement  Fund  of  an  amount  not  exceeding  thirty  per  centum  of 
the  cost  of  the  work.  The  amendment  authorizes  the  increacing  of  the 
grant  to  forty  per  centum. 


Section  12.  The  Ontario  Highways  Act,  which  was  passed  in  1915, 
contained  a  set  of  sections  dealing  with  what  are  known  as  "main  roads" 
on  the  same  basis  as  the  Toronto  and  Hamilton  Highway  Commission. 
There  is  no  longer  any  reason  \\\\$  these  sections  should  be  retained  and 
to  avoid  confusion  it  is  thought  desirable  that  they  should  be  repealed. 


178 


o 


u> 


Pi- 


>i 


>a 


O 

?i- 

(As 

3 

o 
<: 


> 

3 
> 


3 

n> 

3 


2-  "^ 

^    3- 
>  O) 

cfq' 
3- 

P 


CO 

I— ( 

r 

r 


No.  178 

2ni)  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Improvement  Act. 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.   178 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Improvement  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  hy  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,- 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Improvement  Act, 
1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  1, 
els.  6,  g, 
repealed. 


2.  The  clauses  lettered  h  and  g  in  section  1  of  The  Highway 
Improvement  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


"Depart- 
ment." 


"Minister." 


(b)   "Department"  shall  mean  Department  of  Highways; 
(g)   "Minister"  shall  mean  Minister  of  Highways. 


f'^54  ^s^ii         ^-  Section  11  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  is  amended 
amended.  '    by  Striking  out  the  words  "Minister  of  Public  Works  and 
Highways"  at  the  commencement  thereof  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  the  words  "Minister  of  Highways." 

Rev  Stat  4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  14  of  The  Highway  Improve- 

siibs.' 1,'     '    ment  Act  as  amended  by  subsection   1  of  section  2  of  The 
repea  e  .        jjigiiii^ay  Improvement  Act,  1929,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Debentures. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  233. 


(1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsection  la  the  council 
of  any  county  may  from  time  to  time  pass  by-laws  to 
raise  by  debentures  payable  in  not  more  than  twenty 
years  in  the  manner  provided  by  The  Municipal  Act, 
such  sums  as  may  be  necessary  to  meet  the  actual 
expenditure  for  the  construction  and  improvement 
of  highways  under  this  Act  not  exceeding  five  per 
centum  of  the  equalized  assessment  of  the  county, 
or  the  council  may  by  by-law  provide  that  the 
required  amount  shall  be  raised  in  equal  annual 
instalments  by  a  general  county  rate  levied  in  each 
successive  year  for  a  period  not  exceeding  ten  years 


178 


but  such  amount  shal!  not  exceed  five  per  centum  of 
the  equahzed  assessment  of  the  county  and  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  shall  apply  to  any  money  hereto- 
fore or  hereafter  so  provided  as  fully  as  if  debentures 
had  been  issued  whether  a  by-law  transferring  such 
money  to  a  special  account  under  Part  II  and  Part  III 
of  this  Act  has  or  has  not  been  passed. 

(2)  Subsection    la  of  the  said   section    14  as  enacted   by  ^®^4_|*^i4', 
subsection  2  of  section  2  of  The  Highway  Improvement  ''Ic/,  ^"929^"  ^7 
1Q29,  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  levied"  in  «•  2.  subs.  2}, 
the  fourth  and  fifth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  will  now 

read  as  follows: 

{la)   Where  the  council  of  a  county  has  paid  over  moneys amount^of 
raised  on  sinking  fund  account  to  the  Treasurer  of  county  rate. 
Ontario  under  the  provisions  of  sections  319  to  323 
of  The  Municipal  Act,  the  amount  to  be  raised  fori--^^    .^^-a.. 

,  .  c.  233. 

the  construction  and  improvement  of  highways  under 
subsection  1  may  be  a  sum  not  exceeding  the  total 
amount  so  in  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario 
with  five  per  centurrt  of  the  equalized  assessment  of 
the  county  added  thereto. 

(3)  Subsection   3   of  the  said   section    14  is  amended   by^®:^4/^'^i4_ 
adding  thereto  the  words  "and  the  council  of  the  county  may  l^^l^ded. 
pass  a  by-law  or  by-laws  to  raise  by  debentures  in  the  same 
manner  as  provided  in  subsection   1,  such  sums  as  may  be 
necessary  to  repay  such  temporary  advances,"  so  that  the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

(3)  The  council  of  the  county  may  agree  with  any  J||^}J,p°^|^^' 
chartered  bank  or  loan  or  trust  corporation  or  with 
any  person  for  temporary  advances  to  meet  the  cost 
of  the  work  in  progress,  but  the  total  of  such  tem- 
porary advances  shall  not  exceed  in  any  one  year 
the  amount  to  be  provided  by  the  corporation  of  the 
county,  together  with  the  proportion  of  aid  to  be 
received  from  the  Province,  and  the  amount  receiv- 
able from  cities  and  towns  as  contributions  on  account 
of  suburban  roads  under  Part  .III,  and  the  council  of 
the  county  may  pass  a  by-law  or  by-laws  to  raise  by 
debentures  in  the  same  manner  as  provided  in 
subsection  1,  such  sums  as  may  be  necessary  to 
repay  such  temporary  advances. 

(4)  The  amendments  made  by  this  secti'^n  ^Imll  have  effect  retroactive. 
as  from  the  1st  day  of  January,  1930. 

5.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  26  of  The  Highway  Improve- '^^^i^^^l^ 
ment  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  all  the  words  in  the  first |u^s^^i^ 

178 


four  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "The  council 
of  a  township,  town  or  incorporated  village  may  enter  into 
an  agreement  with  the  council  of  the  county  or  suburban 
roads  commission  providing  for  the  widening  of  the  right-of- 
way  or  for  the  construction  of  a  wider  pavement  or  other 
special  construction  upon  a  county  road  in  such  township, 
town  or,"  so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Agreement 
between 
local  muni- 
cipality and 
oounty  for 
widening 
streets  and 
pavements. 


(1)  The  council  of  a  township,  town  or  incorporated 
village  may  enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  council 
of  the  county  or  suburban  roads  commission  pro- 
viding for  the  widening  of  the  right-of-way,  or  for 
the  construction  of  a  wider  pavement  or  other 
special  construction  upon  a  county  road  in  such 
township,  town  or  incorporated  village,  and  the 
agreement  may  provide  that  the  cost  of  the  work 
over  and  above  the  amount  paid  by  the  county 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  amendments 
thereto  shall  be  assessed  under  and  according  to  the 
provisions  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act  against  the 
owners  to  be  specially  benefited  and  against  the 
township,  town  or  incorporated  village  respectively 
according  to  the  report  of  an  engineer. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  26. 
subs.  2, 
amended. 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  26  is  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  words  "and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to 
obtain  the  assent  of  the  electors  to  any  such  by-laws  nor 
observe  the  other  formalities  in  relation  thereto  prescribed  by 
The  Municipal  Act,  so  that  the  said  sub.section  will  now  read 
as  follows : 


Debentures 
for  excess 
cost  to  local 
munici- 
pality. 


Rev.  Stat., 
0.  233. 


(2)  The  council  of  the  township,  town  or  incorporated 
village  may  pass  by-laws  to  raise  by  debentures, 
payable  in  not  more  than  twenty  years  such  sum  as 
may  be  necessary  to  meet  such  excess  cost  and  such 
debentures  shall  be  a  debt  payable  by  the  corpora- 
tion, but  the  rate  for  the  payment  of  any  debentures 
so  issued  shall  be  levied  and  collected  upon  and  from 
the  property  liable  to  assessment  in  the  said  town- 
ship, town  or  incorporated  village  according  to  the 
assessment  .made  by  such  engineer  and  it  shall  not 
be  necessary  to  obtain  the  assent  of  the  electors  to 
any  such  by-laws  nor  observe  the  other  formalities 
in  relation  thereto  prescribed  by  The  Municipal  Act. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  54,  s.  28, 
subs.  2, 
amended. 


6. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  28  of  The  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act  as  amended  by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Improve- 
ment Act,  1930,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
words  "or  the  work  may  be  undertaken  as  a  local  improve- 
ment under  the  provisions  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act,'' 
so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


178 


(2)  Where  the  roadway  on  such  street  exceeds  twenty  j^^'^^fj^ty^^^j- 
feet  in  width  all  expenditure  thereon  rendered  neces-"''t''i.n. 

•^     .  .  rnunici- 

sary  by  such  excess  width  and  all  other  special  work  polity, 
on  the  street  shall  be  borne  by  the  urban  munici- 
pality, and  the  council  of  the  urban  municipality, 
with  the  app^roval  of  the  Minister  may  by  by-law 
provide  for  the  issue  of  debentures  to  provide  for 
the  payment  of  such  excess  cost,  and  may  apply  the 
rebate  payable  under  subsection  5,  or  so  much 
thereof  as  may  be  necessary  in  payment  of  sums 
falling  due  from  year  to  year  on  account  of  such 
debentures,  and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  obtain 
the  assent  of  the  electors  to  any  such  by-law  nor  to 
observe  the  other  formalities  in  relation  thereto 
prescribed  by  The  Municipal  Act,  or  the  work  may 
be  undertaken  as  a  local  improvement  under  the 
provisions  of  The  Local  Improvement  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  28  is  amended  by  adding  ^®5^4_^*'*28. 
thereto  the  words  "and  may  raise  its  share  of  the  cost  of  the^'i^f^i- , 

■'  amended. 

work  by  the  issuing  of  debentures  without  the  assent  of  the 
electors,"  so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

(4)  Where  any  street  described  in  subsection  1  is  part  of  street^ forms" 
the  county  road  system,  the  council  of  the  county  Pg^^^y 
shall  undertake  the  work  as  agreed  upon  with  the^^^*®"'- 
council  of  the  municipality  and  the  urban  munici- 
pality shall  pay  its  proportion  of  the  cost  of  the 
work  to  the  county  upon  the  report  of  the  count>' 
road    superintendent    and    the    requisition    of    the 
county  road  committee  and  may  raise  its  share  of 
the  cost  of  the  work  by  the  issuing  of  debentures 
without  the  assent  of  the  electors. 

7.  Section  32  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  as  amended  ^^^4.^*^32. 
by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act,  1930,  is  further  ^"■'^'^^®*^- 
amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "Minister  of  Public  Works 

and  Highways"  where  they  occur  in  the  eighth  and  twelfth 
lines  respectively  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words 
"Minister  of  Highways." 

8.  Section  34  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  is  amended ^^g^^^*'^^- 
by  striking  out  the  words  "Department  of  Public  Highways"  amended, 
in  the  fourth  line  and   inserting  in   lieu   thereof  the  words 
"Department  of  Highways." 

9. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  1  ,>■.  ii-^n.^.^j  i,,.y,iH.    ^,  -^  ^  ;^,;_ 
ment  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  main- ^'^^^^^^^^^ 
tenance"  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof   the   words    "maintenance   and   superintendence"    so 
that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

178 


Roads  to  be 
county- 
roads. 


(1)  Roads  designated  as  "suburban  roads"  shall  continue 
to  be  county  roads  under  the  jurisdiction  and  control 
of  the  county  council,  the  work  thereon  to  be  under 
the  supervision  of  the  county  engineer  or  road  super- 
intendent Vjut  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  com- 
mission appointed  for  that  purpose,  and  the  sums 
expended  for  construction,  maintenance  and  superin- 
tendence ma\'  be  included  in  the  statements  of 
expenditure  as  provided  in  section  17  of  this  Act, 
upon  which  the  grants  payable  b>"  the  Province 
will  be  estimated  and  }iaid. 


inentTf^^^'        (2)  The   amendment    made   by    subsection    1    shall    have 

subs.  1.  elTect  as  from  the  1st  day  of  January,  1030. 

l^.^blf^'^is.        10.  Subsection  1  of  section  78  of  The  Highway  Improvement 

repealed.  '^'^'^  ^s  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Regulations 
as  to  sign- 
boards,  etc. 


(1)  The  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  Minister  may  make  regula- 
tions,— 


Prohibiting 
and  regulat- 
ing. 


Ivicensing 
and  fixing 
license  fees. 


(a)  prohibiting  or  regulating  the  erection  of  signs 
and  sign  boards  and  the  pasting  or  painting 
of  signs  or  notices  and  the  exposing  of  any 
advertising  device  upon  or  within  one-quarter 
of  a  mile  from  any  King's  Highway; 

{h)  for  licensing  and  fixing  the  fees  for  licenses  to 
be  granted  to  any  person  for  erecting  any 
such  sign  or  sign  board,  or  pasting  or  painting 
any  such  sign  or  notice  or  exposing  any  such 
advertising  device  on  any  such  road  or  within 
one-quarter  of  a  mile  thereof; 


Application 
of  fees. 


[c)  for  the  application  of  such  fees  or  any  part 
thereof  to  the  maintenance  of  such  road  or 
otherwise; 


Regulating 
placing  of 
gasoline 
pumps. 


{d)  for  regulating  the  distance  from  the  limit  of 
any  King's  Highway  at  which  gasoline  pumps 
may  be  placed  and  operated  and  for  directing 
the  removal  of  any  such  pump  placed  or 
operated  within  such  distance; 


Licensing 

gasoline 

pumps. 


(g)  for  licensing  and  fixing  the  fees  for  licenses  to 
be  granted  to  any  person  operating  a  gasoline 
pump  upon  or  within  twenty-five  feet  from 
the  limit  of  any  King's  Highway. 


178 


(la)  The  powers  fuiilened  on   tlie  Licun.  n.un-v  noti  uwi  .        ,•  -  — 

•^-•11  ,  •  ,  -1  loired  by 

in   C  ouncil   by  subsection    1    may,   with   respect   to^^'^s.  i  to  be 
county   and   suburban   roads,   be  exercised   by   the  county  ooun- 
county  council,  but  no  by-law  passed  by  a  county  respect  to 
council  under  this  subsection  shall  have  effect  until  gSburban"^ 
approved  in  writing  by  the  Minister.  .o^.d^ 

11.  Subsection  4  of  section  83  of  The  Highway  Improvement  He  v.  stat.. 
Act  as  enacted  by  section  7  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act, Hubs! 4 
1928,  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "thirty"  in  the  c.^^il^'s.  7). 
last  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  word  "forty,"  so  that'"^®'^'^®''- 
the  said  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

(4)  The  council  of  a  township  may  apply  to  the  Depart- •-".<.". ^.v^, 
ment  for  authority  to  construct  a  sidewalk  or  foot-  paths  on 
path  on  a  King's  Highway  or  county  road  and  the  and^county 
Department  may  grant  such  authority,  and  upon  ^'^^^^'^y^- 
the  completion  of  the  work  may  approve  of  the  same 
at  their  discretion,  and  upon  such  approval  being 
given  the  Minister  may  authorize  the  payment  to 
the  township  out  of  the  fund   of  an  amount  not 
exceeding  forty  per  centum  of  the  cost  of  the  work. 

12.  Sections  20  to  36  of  The  Ontario  Highways  Act,  being ^ig^il^^^i^. 
chapter  17  of  the  statutes  of  1915,  are  repealed.  repealed! 

13.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  Commence- 

ment  of  Act. 

It  receives  the  Royal  Assent. . 


178 


w 


o 


u^ 


3> 

Oj 

£i3 

t\J 

CO 
"1 

►-« 

»-t 

r* 

o 

s 

o 

Co 

?i- 

cr 

Pi. 

nr 

'^^ 

f— ' 

>i 

c^ 

>3 

to 

w 

04 

H-» 

n 

~-J 

<-h 

1- 

C/1 

h-* 

<^. 

O 

a' 

1—' 

s 

)— ' 

!/C! 

OO 

0^ 

VO 

CTQ 

O 

> 

3 


3     r+ 

-I    p 
n.  2 

i  §- 

>  fD 

cfq' 


I— I 

r 
r 


No.  179 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Niagara  Parks  Act. 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  179 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Niagara  Parks  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         ^    Yh\s  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Niagara  Parks  Act,  1931. 


^  g  ^g         2.  Section  18  of  The  Niagara  Parks  Act  is  repealed  and 


Rev.  Stat 
C.  81,  s. 
repealed 


Agreements 
with  munici- 
palities as 
to  improve- 
ments. 


the  following  substituted  therefor: 

18, — (1)  The  Commission  and  the  corporation  of  any 
municipality  in  which  lands  vested  in  the  Com- 
mission are  situate  or  which  adjoins  such  lands 
may  enter  into  agreements  for, — 

(a)  establishing,  laying  out,  opening,  extending, 
widening,  altering,  diverting,  constructing, 
reconstructing,  paving,  or  otherwise  improv- 
ing a  highway  in  the  municipality  and  acquir- 
ing by  the  corporation  of  lands  for  any  such 
purpose ; 

(&)  maintaining  and  repairing  a  highway  in  the 
municipality ; 

(c)  vesting  in  the  Commission  ownership  of  or 
jurisdiction  and  control  over  any  lands 
acquired  under  or  any  highway  described  in 
any  such  agreement; 

{d)  apportioning  between  the  Commission  and 
the  Corporation  the  cost  of  any  work  under- 
taken under  any  such  agreement; 

(e)  payment  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the 
cost  of  any  work  undertaken  under  any  such 
agreement  and  providing  for  payment  either 


179 


Explanatory  Note 

Section  18,  which  is  being  repealed,  is  insufficient  to  enable  the  Com- 
mission and  municipalities  to  properly  take  care  of  traffic  requirements 
in  respect  to  highways  vested  in  the  Commission,  particularly  the  portions 
thereof  in  the  urban  municipalities  bordering  on  the  Niagara  River,  nor 
is  it  sufficient  to  enable  those  municipalities  to  undertake  local  improve- 
ment works  on  highways  vested  in  the  Commission  as  they  would  be 
able  to  do  if  such  highways  were  vested  in  the  municipalities.  The 
whole  section  has  therefore  been  re-written  in  a  form  which  will  take  care 
of  the  needs  of  the  municipalities  and  the  requirements  for  modern 
transportation,  but  at  the  same  time  protecting  the  Province  of  Ontario 
in  respect  to  the  highways  and  properties  vested  in  the  Niagara  Parks 
Commission. 


179 


in  one  sum  or  by  annual  or  other  instalments 
or  otherwise  as  the  agreement  may  stipulate. 

uon^where  (2)    Every  agreement  entered  into  under  the  authority  of 

ac"  ulred  or  subsection    1     shall   provide   that   the   cost  of  any 

injured  to  be  lands  acquired  pursuant  thereto  and  all  compensa- 

paid  by  .  ,  ,      .  i  •   • ,  •  r 

munici-  tion  payable  m  respect  to  such  acquisition  or  tor 

"''''*^  ■  injurious  affection  to  lands  by  reason  of  any  work 

undertaken  under  any  such  agreement  shall  solely 
be  borne  and  paid  by  the  corporation  of  the  muni- 
cipality entering  into  the  agreement. 

[i'^prove-  (3)    The  Commission  and  the  corporation  of  any  muni- 

"\^J\^^g  cipality  in  which   lands  vested  in  the  Commission 

are  situate  or  which  or  any  part  of  which  adjoins 
or  is  within  three  miles  of  such  lands  may  enter 
into  a  greements  for  the  undertaking  by  the  corpora- 
tion in,  upon,  under,  through,  across,  along  or 
for  any  street  or  highway  vested  in  or  under  the 
jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Commission  of  any 
work  of  any  of  the  characters  or  descriptions  men- 
tioned in  The  Local  Improvement  Act  as  w^ork  which 
may  be  undertaken  as  a  local  improvement,  includ- 
ing the  acquisition  of  lands  and  the  use  of  the  same 
for  establishing,  laying  out,  opening,  extending, 
widening,  altering,  diverting  or  otherwise  improving 
a  highway  vested  or  to  be  vested  in  the  Commission. 

(4)  Any  work  undertaken  by  the  corporation  of  a 
municipality  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  any 
agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  3  may  by 
the  corporation  be  undertaken  as  a  local  improve- 
ment under  The  Local  Improvement  Act  and  according 
to  the  provisions  thereof,  notwithstanding  that  the 
street  or  highway  is  not  vested  in  such  corporation 
or  that  its  council  has  no  jurisdiction  or  control 
thereover. 

Fo^^^oh\*'.  (5)    In  any  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  3 

the  Commission  may  agree  to  contribute  such  sum 
or  sums  towards  the  cost  of  any  work  undertaken 
thereunder  and  either  in  cash  or  by  annual  or  other 
instalment  or  otherwise,  but  nothing  in  this  section 
or  in  any  agreement  contained  nor  any  such  contri- 
bution shall  in  any  way  render  liable  to  assessment 
under  The  Local  Improvement  Act  for  the  cost  of 
any  such  work  any  of  the  lands  vested  in  the  Com- 
mission whether  abutting  directly  on  the  work 
or  otherwise,  which  said  lands  shall  continue  to 
remain  exempt  from  assessment  taxation. 

179 


Liability  of 
munici- 
pality. 


Assent  of 
electors  not 
required. 


(6)  Every  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  3 
shall  provide  that  the  corporation  of  the  muni- 
cipality entering  into  the  same  shall  solely  be  re- 
sponsible for  any  injury  or  damage  resulting  from 
or  by  reason  of  the  execution  of  any  work  under- 
taken thereunder  or  from  the  existence  of  such  work 
during  the  time  of  its  construction  and  after  the 
completion  or  from  non-repair  of  the  same  and  for 
all  claims,  demands,  actions,  suits,  proceedings, 
costs  and  damages  resulting  therefrom. 

(7)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  that  any  agreement  entered 
into  under  this  section  be  submitted  to  or  receive 
the  assent  of  the  electors  of  the  municipality,  or 
that  any  by-law  or  by-laws  of  the  corporation  of 
such  municipality  for  the  issue  of  debentures  to 
defray  the  cost  or  share  of  the  cost  of  lands  acquired 
or  works  undertaken  under  any  such  agreement 
shall  be  submitted  to  or  receive  the  said  assent. 


Confirma- 
tion of  agree- 
ments hereto- 
fore made. 


Approval  of 
Lieutenant- 
Governor  in 
Council. 


(8)  Every  agreement  heretofore  entered  into  between 
the  Commission  and  the  corporation  of  a  muni- 
cipality with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  for  any  of  the  purposes  men- 
tioned in  this  section  shall  be  and  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  been  legal,  valid  and  binding  upon  the 
Commission  and  upon  such  corporation  and  the 
ratepayers  thereof  and  the  provisions  of  subsection 
7  shall  apply  thereto. 

(9)  No  agreement  hereafter  entered  into  under  this 
section  shall  be  effective  or  binding  until  the  same 
is  approved  by  the  Lieuteaant-Governor  in  Council, 
and  upon  such  approval  being  obtained  the  agree- 
ment shall  be  legal,  valid  and  binding  upon  the 
Commission  and  upon  the  corporation  of  the  muni- 
cipality entering  into  the  same  and  the  ratepayers 
thereof  and  shall  not  be  open  to  question  in  any 
Court. 


SeX'o^Tct.      3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 


it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


179 


X 
w 

so 


Co 

INj 

■^ 

a 

?i. 

5^ 

>3 

>s 

«! 

^ 

R 

R- 

S. 

o 


> 

3 

> 

o 

r+ 

(-^ 

O 

P 

s 

3 

p 

3 

o 

to 

a. 

3- 

>) 

Cd 

1 

r 

r 

a 

H- ' 

0^ 

p* 

^c 

ore? 

Oj 

P 

I-* 

P 

P 
■-1 

> 

o 

No.  179 


2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Niagara  Parks  Act. 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  179 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Niagara  Parks  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  81,  s.  18, 
repealed. 


Agreements 
with  munici- 
palities as 
to  improve- 
ments. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Niagara  Parks  Act,  1931. 

2.  Section   18  of  The  Niagara  Parks  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

18. — (1)  The  Commission  and  the  corporation  of  any 
municipality  in  which  lands  vested  in  the  Com- 
mission are  situate  or  which  adjoins  such  lands 
may  enter  into  agreements  for, — 


(a)  establishing,  laying  out,  opening,  grading, 
altering  the  grade  of,  extending,  widening, 
altering,  diverting,  constructing,  reconstruct- 
ing, paving,  or  otherwise  improving  a  high- 
way in  the  municipality  and  acquiring  by  the 
corporation  of  lands  for  any  such  purpose; 

(b)  maintaining  and  repairing  any  highway  in  the 
municipality; 

(c)  vesting  in  the  Commission  ownership  of  or 
jurisdiction  and  control  over  any  lands 
accjuired  under  or  any  highway  described  in 
any  such  agreement; 

(d)  apportioning  between  the  Commission  and 
the  Corporation  the  cost  of  any  work  under- 
taken under  any  such  agreement; 

(e)  payment  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the 
cost  of  any  work  undertaken  under  any  such 
agreement  and  providing  for  payment  either 


179 


in  one  sum  or  by  annual  or  other  instalments 
or  otherwise  as  the  agreement  may  stipulate. 

(2)  Every  agreement  entered  into  under  the  authority  of  Compensa- 

,  .  ^        ,     ,,  -11  1  r  t'on  where 

subsection    1     shall   provide   that   the  cost  of  any  lands 

lands  acquired  pursuant  thereto  and  all  compensa-  rnjln-ed  to*  be 
tion  payable  in  respect  to  such  acquisition  or  fornfunicu 
injurious  affection  to  lands  by  reason  of  any  work*^^''*^' 
undertaken  under  any  such  agreement  shall  solely 
be  borne  and  paid  by  the  corporation  of  the  muni- 
cipality entering  into  the  agreement. 

(3)  The  Commission  and  the  corporation  of  any  muni-  [,'^ppove- 
cipality  in  which  lands  vested  in  the  Commission  ment 

.  ,  .    ,  r       1  •    1  1-    •       works. 

are  situate  or  which  or  any  part  of  which  adjoins 
or  is  within  three  miles  of  such  lands  may  enter 
into  a  greements  for  the  undertaking  by  the  corpora- 
tion in,  upon,  under,  through,  across,  along  or 
for  any  street  or  highway  vested  in  or  under  the 
jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Commission  of  any 
work  of  any  of  the  characters  or  descriptions  men- 
tioned in  The  Local  Improvement  Act  as  work  which 
may  be  undertaken  as  a  local  improvement,  includ- 
ing the  acquisition  of  lands  and  the  use  of  the  same 
for  establishing,  laying  out,  opening,  grading,  alter- 
ing the  grade  of,  extending,  widening,  altering, 
diverting  or  otherwise  improving  a  highway  vested 
or  to  be  vested  in  the  Commission. 

(4)  Any  work  undertaken  by  the  corporation  of  a 
municipality  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  any 
agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  3  may  by 
the  corporation  be  undertaken  as  a  local  improve- 
ment under  The  Local  Improvement  Act  and  according 
to  the  provisions  thereof,  notwithstanding  that  the 
street  or  highway  is  not  vested  in  such  corporation 
or  that  its  council  has  no  jurisdiction  or  control 
thereover. 

(5)  In  any  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  3  f^r^\vo1-k* 
the  Commission  may  agree  to  contribute  such  sum 

or  sums  towards  the  cost  of  any  work  undertaken 
thereunder  and  either  in  cash  or  by  annual  or  other 
instalment  or  otherwise,  but  nothing  in  this  section 
or  in  any  agreement  contained  nor  any  such  contri- 
bution shall  in  any  way  render  liable  to  assessment 
under  The  Local  Improvement  Act  for  the  cost  of 
any  such  work  any  of  the  lands  vested  in  the  Com- 
mission whether  abutting  directly  on  the  work 
or  otherwise,  which  said  lands  shall  continue  to 
remain  exempt  from  assessment  taxation. 


179 


Liability  of 
munici- 
pality. 


Assent  of 
electors  not 
required. 


(6)  Every  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  3 
shall  provide  that  the  corporation  of  the  muni- 
cipality entering  into  the  same  shall  solely  be  re- 
sponsible for  any  injury  or  damage  resulting  from 
or  by  reason  of  the  execution  of  any  work  under- 
taken thereunder  or  from  the  existence  of  such  work 
during  the  time  of  its  construction  and  after  the 
completion  or  from  non-repair  of  the  same  and  for 
all  claims,  demands,  actions,  suits,  proceedings, 
costs  and  damages  resulting  therefrom. 

(7)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  that  any  agreement  entered 
into  under  this  section  be  submitted  to  or  receive 
the  assent  of  the  electors  of  the  municipality,  or 
that  any  by-law  or  by-laws  of  the  corporation  of 
such  municipality  for  the  issue  of  debentures  to 
defray  the  cost  or  share  of  the  cost  of  lands  acquired 
or  works  undertaken  under  any  such  agreement 
shall  be  submitted  to  or  receive  the  said  assent. 


Confirma- 
tion of  agree- 
ments hereto- 
fore made. 


Approval  of 
Lieutenant- 
Governor  in 
Council. 


(8)  Every  agreement  heretofore  entered  into  between 
the  Commission  and  the  corporation  of  a  muni- 
cipality with  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  in  Council  for  any  of  the  purposes  men- 
tioned in  this  section  shall  be  and  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  been  legal,  valid  and  binding  upon  the 
Commission  and  upon  such  corporation  and  the 
ratepayers  thereof  and  the  provisions  of  subsection 
7  shall  apply  thereto. 

(9)  No  agreement  hereafter  entered  into  under  this 
section  shall  be  effective  or  binding  until  the  same 
is  approved  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council, 
and  upon  such  approval  being  obtained  the  agree- 
ment shall  be  legal,  valid  and  binding  upon  the 
Commission  and  upon  the  corporation  of  the  muni- 
cipality entering  into  the  same  and  the  ratepayers 
thereof  and  shall  not  be  open  to  question  in  any 
Court. 


SentTfTct.      3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


179 


> 
> 


w 
z 

eh 

o 

-1 


> 

Oj 

-1 

t\J 

1-^ 

^ 

n_ 

s. 

n 

1 

o 

t/5 

H^ 

>i 

OJ 

>i 

Ni 

i:^ 

Cfl 

a> 

o 

<^ 

^J 

1 

rf 

Pi. 

^ 

t— » 

^s>. 

T». 

0^a 

^ 

0^a 

I-* 

1— » 

C>J 

Ca> 

fa 

3 

3 
CL 

H 


fu 
crq 
P 


fu 

PC 
Cfi  - 

> 


td 

r 
r 


No.  180 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Dominion  Agricultural  Credit   Company,  Limited. 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


TO  RONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  180 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  Dominion  Agricultural  Credit 
Company,  Limited. 

Preamble.  T"TE  THEREAS  Dominion  Agricultural  Credit  Company, 
W  Limited,  has  been  incorporated  under  The  Companies 
Act  of  Canada  by  letters  patent  issued  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  Canada  under  date  of  the  23rd  day  of  January, 
1931,  with  power,  among  other  things,  to  provide  financial 
assistance  for  those  engaged  or  about  to  engage  in  the  breed- 
ing, raising  and  marketing  of  livestock  and  in  other  agricul- 
tural pursuits;  to  carry  on  any  such  business  itself,  and  to 
produce,  manufacture,  acquire,  keep,  dispose  of,  ship  and 
deal  in  agricultural  and  other  products  and  goods,  wares  and 
merchandise  of  all  kinds,  and  to  invest  and  deal  with  the 
moneys  of  the  company  not  immediately  required,  all  as 
more  fully  set  out  in  the  said  letters  patent; 

Therefore,  His  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Power  of 
insurance 
company, 
trust  com- 
pany, etc., 
to  acquire, 
hold  and 
dispose  of 
shares  of 
Dominion 
Agricultural 
Credit 
Company. 

Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


1.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  The  Insurance 
Act,  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act  or  any  other  Act, 
an  insurance  company,  a  trust  company,  a  loan  corporation 
or  a  loaning  land  corporation  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Legislature  of  Ontario  shall  have  power  to  acquire,  hold  and 
dispose  of  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  Dominion  Agricultural 
Credit  Company,  Limited. 

2.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


180 


TT 


X 

m 

2; 

^ 

» 
>< 

^ 

.-'"v 

C^ 

m 

?i, 

rt 

0^ 

< 

0 

PS- 


0 

i>) 

D- 

bO 

S 

^J 

<^ 

rt 

© 

D" 

PL 

«i>. 

S 

t— ^ 

(/Q 

0 

U) 

> 

> 
O 

1-1  n 
<T>  ^ 
►-•  n 

rt  o 
/^  rt 

P3    o 

•^  5. 

-    3 

§•> 

■     o 

C 


I— I 

r 
r 


No.  180 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  respecting  Dominion  Agricultural  Credit   Company,  Limited. 


Mr.  Henry  (East  York) 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  180 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  respecting  Dominion  Agricultural  Credit 
Company,  Limited. 

Preamble.  TTTHEREAS  Dominion  Agricultural  Credit  Company, 
W  Limited,  has  been  incorporated  under  The  Companies 
Act  of  Canada  by  letters  patent  issued  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  Canada  under  date  of  the  23rd  day  of  January, 
1931,  with  power,  among  other  things,  to  provide  financial 
assistance  for  those  engaged  or  about  to  engage  in  the  breed- 
ing, raising  and  marketing  of  livestock  and  in  other  agricul- 
tural pursuits;  to  carry  on  any  such  business  itself,  and  to 
produce,  manufacture,  acquire,  keep,  dispose  of,  ship  and 
deal  in  agricultural  and  other  products  and  goods,  wares  and 
merchandise  of  all  kinds,  and  to  invest  and  deal  with  the 
moneys  of  the  company  not  immediately  required,  all  as 
more  fully  set  out  in  the  said  letters  patent; 

Therefore,  His  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Power  of 
insurance 
company, 
trust  com- 
pany, etc., 
to  acquire, 
hold  and 
dispose  of 
shares  of 
Dominion 
Agricultural 
Credit 
Company. 

Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


1.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  The  Insurance 
Act,  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act  or  any  other  Act, 
an  insurance  company,  a  trust  company,  a  loan  corporation 
or  a  loaning  land  corporation  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Legislature  of  Ontario  shall  have  power  to  acquire,  hold  and 
dispose  of  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  Dominion  Agricultural 
Credit  Company,  Limited. 

2.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


180 


o 


> 

Caj 

P 

t\) 

P 

►-«. 

12, 

:3 

o 

s 

o 

Ol 

(^ 

cr 

eu 

cr 

'^ 

I-* 

>i 

C*i 

5^ 

S3 

^ 

Cfl 

<^ 

o 

w 

~-I 

1 

eh 

o 

r+ 

Q 

ri- 

?x, 

nr 

Pi^ 

cr 

»— ' 

«». 

r». 

a* 

a 

1—' 

0^ 

h-^ 

OJ 

Oo 

> 

3 

> 
O 

i-i    rP 

►-•  fP 
<-^   o 


3 
crq 

p  o 
^  5. 

-      3 

To" 

i-> 

n  or? 
•     n 


»— ( 

r 

r 


No.  181 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  confer  upon  the  Supreme  Court  certain  Powers  in 
Actions  for  Divorce. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 
Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  181 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  confer  upon  the  Supreme  Court  certain 
Powers  in  Actions  for  Divorce. 


Alimony. 


1.  In  any  action  for  divorce  or  to  declare  the  nullity  of 
any  marriage,  the  Court  may  order  that  the  husband  shall 
secure  to  the  wife,  unless  she  has  been  guilty  of  adultery, 
such  gross  sum  of  money  or  annual  sum  of  money  for  any 
term,  not  exceeding  her  life,  as,  having  regard  to  her  fortune, 
if  any,  and  to  the  ability  of  the  husband  and  to  the  conduct  of 
the  parties,  may  be  deemed  reasonable  and  may  suspend  the 
pronouncement  of  the  judgment  absolute  until  all  necessary 
deeds  and  instruments  have  been  executed. 


Alimony.  2. — (1)  In  addition  to  or  in  substitution  for  an  order  under 

the  preceding  section  the  Court  may  direct  the  husband  to 
pay  to  the  wife,  unless  she  has  been  guilty  of  adultery,  during 
the  joint  lives  of  the  husband  and  wife  and  so  long  as  she 
remains  chaste  such  monthly  or  weekly  sum  for  her  support 
and  maintenance  as  the  Court  may  think  reasonable. 


Proviso 
when  order 
may  be 
changed. 


Provided  that, — 

(a)  If  the  husband  after  any  such  order  becomes,  from 
any  cause,  unable  to  make  the  payments,  the 
Court  may  discharge  or  modify  the  order  or  tem- 
porarily suspend  the  order  in  whole  or  in  part  and 
may  subsequently  revive  it  in  whole  or  in  part  as 
may  be  deemed  proper. 


(b)  If  the  means  of  the  husband  shall  at  any  time  after 
the  making  of  such  order  be  increased,  the  Court 
may,  if  it  is  deemed  proper,  increase  the  amount 
payable  under  any  such  order. 

(c)  Such  payments  shall  cease  on  the  wife  marrying 
again. 


181 


Explanatory  Notes 

Preliminary  Note:  The  m^iin  purpose  of  this  Act  is  to  confer  upon 
the  Ontario  courts  the  same  powers  as  those  possessed  by  the  Courts  in 
England  in  divorce  proceedings.  The  Parliament  of  Canada  in  1930 
conferred  upon  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario  jurisdiction  in  certain  cases 
to  dissolve  marriage  wiiere,  accordingtothelawof  England  on  the  15th  day 
of  July,  1870,  a  decree  of  divorce  might  be  granted.  Questions  dealing  with 
property  and  civil  rights  as  the  result  of  the  granting  of  the  divorce  are 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  province,  and  it  is  deemed  necessary  to 
provide  ancillary  legislation  conferring  power  upon  the  Courts  to  deal 
with  these  matters. 

1.  This  provision  is  taken  from  section  190  of  the  English  Judicature 
Act  of  1925  and  authorizes  the  Court  to  direct  a  husband  to  make  pro- 
vision out  of  his  property  for  his  wife. 


2.  This  provision  is  also  taken  from  the  same  section  of  the  English 
Act  and  enables  the  Court  to  direct  payment  of  alimony  by  instalments 
in  lieu  or  in  addition  to  the  provision  made  by  the  preceding  section. 


181 


Interim 
alimony, 


Power  of 
court  to 
order 

settlement 
of  wife's 
property. 


(2)  The  Court  shall  have  the  same  power  to  make  an 
order  for  the  payment  of  interim  alimony  as  in  the  case  of 
an  action  for  alimony. 

3.  If  a  judgment  for  divorce  is  pronounced  by  reason  of 
the  adultery  of  the  wife  and  it  appears  that  the  wife  is  entitled 
to  property  either  in  possession  or  reversion,  the  Court  may 
order  such  settlement  as  it  thinks  reasonable  of  her  property 
or  any  part  thereof  for  the  benefit  of  the  children  of  the 
marriage  or  their  issue  or  any  or  either  of  them. 

Power  of  4.  If  a  judgment  for  divorce  is  pronounced  and  it  appears 

make  orders  that  a  marriage  settlement  has  been  made,  the  Court  may 
tfo*n°of^^^'''^  make  such  order  with  reference  to  the  application  of  the  whole 
settled  or  any  part  of  the  property  settled  for  the  benefit  of  the 

property.  ,.,,,,  -i/^  i  hi 

children  of  the  marriage  as  the  Court  may  under  all   the 
circumstances  of  the  case  deem  proper. 


Power  as  to 
custody  of 
children. 


5. — (1)  In  any  action  for  divorce  the  Court  may  from 
time  to  time  and  either  before  or  after  the  judgment  absolute, 
make  such  provision  as  appears  to  be  just  with  regard  to 
the  custody,  maintenance  and  education  of  the  children  of 
the  marriage  and  may  direct  payment  by  either  the  father 
or  the  mother  of  such  sum  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  due 
care,  maintenance  and  education  of  the  children  of  the 
marriage. 


Who  may  (2)  An  application   under  this   section   may  be  made  by 

application,   either  husband  or  wife  or  by  the  children  by  their  next  friend 

either  at  the  hearing  of  the  case  or  upon  summary  application 

therein. 

After  divorce      6.  After  the  granting  of  a  judgment  absolute  of  divorce 
a.  feme  sole.       the  wife  shall  be  regarded  as  a  feme  sole  so  far  as  her  property 
and  her  right  to  ct)ntract  are  concerned. 


Rules  made 
confirmed 
with  right 
to  lepeal, 
amend,  etc. 


7.  The  rules  passed  by  the  Judges  of  the  Supreme  Court 
relating  to  the  cond-uct  of  matrimonial  causes  are  confirmed 
and  declared  to  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  they  were 
embodied  in  this  Act,  but  the  Judges  may  nevertheless  from 
time  to  time  pass  rules  for  the  repealing,  amending  or  varying 
the  same. 


Commence-       8.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which 

ment  of  Act.  .  .  i        t-.  i     a  i      i     h  i  h  • 

it  receives  the  Koyal  Assent  and  shall  apply  to  all  actions 
pending  at  the  date  when  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


181 


3.  This  section  is  taken  from  section  191  of  the  English  Act.  It 
enables  the  Court  to  direct  settlement  out  of  the  property  of  a  guilty  wife 
for  the  benefit  of  the  children,  issue  of  the  marriage. 


4.  This  provision  is  taken  from  section  192  of  the  English  Act  for  the 
purpose  of  enabling  the  Court  to  deal  with  property  covered  by  an  existing 
marriage  settlement.  It  is  necessary  as  such  settlements  might  not  provide 
for  the  maintenance  of  the  children  of  the  marriage. 


5.  This  section  is  based  upon  section  193  of  the  English  Act  and  is 
intended  to  give  the  Court  full  power  to  deal  with  the  custody,  main- 
tenance and  education  of  the  children  of  divorced  parents. 


6.  This  section  is  passed  for  the  purpose  of  removing  all  doubts  as  to 
the  wife's  rights  as  to  her  property  and  contracts  after  the  granting  of  a 
divorce. 


7.  This  section  is  based  upon  section  108  of  The  Judicature  Act  which 
confirms  the  then  existing  rules.  The  object  is  to  prevent  discussion  of 
the  question  where  the  provisions  of  the  rules  exceed  the  powers  conferred 
upon  the  judges  under  section  108. 


These  rules  were  passed  after  conference  with  a  Committee  of  the 
Benchers  of  the  Law  Society  and  have  the  approval  of  that  Committee. 


181 


50 

n 


t\J 

**< 

"1 

K« 

s 

n 

(O 

Pi- 

13- 

OJ 

>a 

o 

S 

1. 

Pi. 
a 

0K> 

> 

n   3 

3     r^- 

^n 

O    Q 

^   § 

rp    !-►> 

n    ft) 

75      ^ 

^■-§ 

03 

s*§ 

r 

?-^ 

r 

O    ET 

3    fD 

cn 

•=t  73 

•-t 

ag 

i'i 

?5  O 

n  o 

•    c 

No.  181 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,   1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  confer  upon  the  Supreme  Court  certain  Powers  in 

Actions  for  Divorce. 


Mr.  Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  181 


1931 


BILL 


An  Act  to  confer  upon  the  Supreme  Court  certain 
Powers  in  Actions  for  Divorce. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Pro^'in^e  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Matrimonial  Causes  Act, 
193  J. 

Alimony.  2.  In  any  action  for  divorce  or  to  declare  the  nullity  of 

any  marriage,  the  Court  may  order  that  the  husband  shall 
secure  to  the  wife,  unless  she  has  been  guilty  of  adultery, 
such  gross  sum  of  money  or  annual  sum  of  money  for  any 
term,  not  exceeding  her  life,  as,  having  regard  to  her  fortune, 
if  any,  and  to  the  ability  of  the  husband  and  to  the  conduct  of 
the  parties,  may  be  deemed  reasonable  and  may  suspend  the 
pronouncement  of  the  judgment  absolute  until  all  necessary 
deeds  and  instruments  have  been  executed. 

Alimony.  3. — (1)   In  addition  to  or  in  substitution  for  an  order  under 

the  preceding  section  the  Court  may  direct  the  husband  to 
pay  to  the  wife,  unless  she  has  been  guilty  of  adultery,  during 
the  joint  lives  of  the  husband  and  wife  and  so  long  as  she 
remains  chaste  such  monthly  or  weekly  sum  for  her  support 
and  maintenance  as  the  Court  may  think  reasonable. 


Proviso 
when  order 
may  be 
changed. 


Provided  that, — 

(a)  If  the  husband  after  any  such  order  becomes,  from 
any  cause,  unable  to  make  the  payments,  the 
Court  may  discharge  or  modify  the  order  or  tem- 
porarily suspend  the  order  in  whole  or  in  part  and 
may  subsequently  revive  it  in  whole  or  in  part  as 
may  be  deemed  proper. 

(b)  If  the  means  of  the  husband  shall  at  any  time  after 
the  making  of  such  order  be  increased,  the  Court 
may,  if  it  is  deemed  proper,  increase  the  amount 
payable  under  any  such  order. 

181 


(c)    Such  payments  shall  cease  on   the  wife  marrying 
again. 

(2)  The  Court  shall   have  the  same  power  to  make  an  aJitnony. 
order  for  the  payment  of  interim  alimony  as  in  the  case  of 
an  action  for  alimony. 

4.  If  a  judgment  for  divorce  is  pronounced  by  reason  of  Power  of 
the  adultery  of  the  wife  and  it  appears  that  the  wife  is  entitled  order 

,  ,         •,,         •  •  •  ^1       /^         ,  settlement 

to  property  either  m  possession  or  reversion,  the  Court  may  of  wife's 
order  such  settlement  as  it  thinks  reasonable  of  her  property  P''°P®'"*y- 
or  any  part  thereof  for  the  benefit  of  the  children  of  the 
marriage  or  their  issue  or  any  or  either  of  them. 

5.  If  a  judgment  for  divorce  is  pronounced  and  it  appears  Power  of 
that  a  marriage  settlement  has  been  made,  the  Court  may  make  orders 
make  such  order  with  reference  to  the  application  of  the  whole  tTon^of^'''"^'^' 
or  any  part  of  the  property  settled  for  the  benefit  of  thepr"p|rty. 
children  of  the  marriage  as  the  Court  may  under  all  the 
circumstances  of  the  case  deem  proper. 

6. — (1)  In  any  action  for  divorce  the  Court  may  from  Power  as  to 
time  to  time  and  either  before  or  after  the  judgment  absolute,  <  biMren 
make  such  provision  as  appears  to  be  just  with  regard  to 
the  custody,  maintenance  and  education  of  the  children  of 
the  marriage  and  may  direct  payment  by  either  the  father 
or  the  mother  of  such  sum  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  due 
care,  maintenance  and  education  of  the  children  of  the 
marriage. 

(2)  An  application   under  this  section   may  be  made  by^^j^^"^^^' 
either  husband  or  wife  or  by  the  children  by  their  next  friend  application, 
either  at  the  hearing  of  the  case  or  upon  summary  application 
therein. 

7.  After  the  granting  of  a  judgment  absolute  of  divorce  ^fter divorce 
the  wife  shall  be  regarded  as  a.  feme  sole  so  far  as  her  property  a  feme  sole 
and  her  right  to  contract  are  concerned. 

8.  The  rules  passed  by  the  Judges  of  the  Supreme  Court  ^o"fl?mld'^® 
relating  to  the  conduct  of  matrimonial  causes  are  confirmed  to'^i^pelV.'^ 
and  declared  to  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  they  were^"^^"^^-  »t^" 
embodied  in  this  Act,  but  the  Judges  may  nevertheless  from 

time  to  time  pass  rules  for  the  repealing,  amending  or  varying 
the  same. 

9.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  nie^t"oTAtt. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent  and  shall  apply  to  all  actions 
pending  at  the  date  when  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


181 


n 


U) 

P 
■^ 

^s> 

p 

1 

k~. 

*^ 

2» 

o 

S 

o 

Co 

©- 

=r 

;^ 

3- 

>— » 

J^ 

C/J 

>a 

<A> 

>0 

r». 

O 
rr 

1 

o 

s 

>—^ 

a 

,_^ 

s 

Ca> 

y^ 

O 

O"? 

O 

1>^ 

^^ 

C>J 

Cm 

> 

3     r^ 

^S 

O    Q 

1   § 

(D     i-n 

r3  fD 

C«     l^ 

^'-§ 

ro 

^§ 

r 

!:?.  r^ 

r 

O    D- 

3  n 

«5   . 

1  X5 

, ,  •1 

02 

i'i 

3  n 

<T>    O 

•      ff 

-n 

rt- 

No.  182 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Mr,   Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  182 


1931 


BILL 


The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,   1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  The  Public  Officers'   Fees  Act  is  amended   by  adding 


Rev,  Stat., 
c.  19 

amended.       thereto  the  following  section: 


COMPULSORY   RETIREMENT   OF   OFFICERS. 


Compulsory 
retirement 
of  officers. 


13.  An  officer,  other  than  a  sheriff,  to  whom  this  Act 
applies  shall  cease  to  hold  office  upon  attaining  the 
age  of  eighty  years  and  the  appointment  of  his 
successor. 


Rev.  Stat..         2.  Subsection   2   of  section   82  of   The  Judicature  Act  is 

c    88    s    82 

subs.' 2,'  '  amended  by  adding  after  the  words  "Crown  and  Pleas"  in 
the  first  line  of  clause  a,  the  words  "or  a  local  registrar,"  so. 
that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Certain 
officers 
paid  by 
salary  may 
talce  fees. 


(2)    Subsection  1  shall  not  apply  to  the  fees  of, — 

(a)  a  deputy  clerk  of  the  Crown  and  Pleas,  or  a 
local  registrar  on  an  examination  had  before 
him  as  a  special  examiner  or  on  a  reference 
made  to  him  as  an  official  referee. 


{b)  a  stenographic  reporter  for  copies  of  short- 
hand notes  of  evidence,  who  shall  be  entitled 
to  take  the  fees  prescribed  by  Order-in- 
Council. 

^^^;o^*^*■^o       3. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section   12  of   The  Devolution  of 

c.   148,  s.   12,  .  .  II    • 

subs.  1.  Estates  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "Act     in 

the  sixth  line  the  words  and  figures  "and  subject  to  sub- 
section 6  of  section  55  of  The  Registry  Act,''  so  that  the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


182 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  proposed  section  will  apply  to  registrars  of  deeds, 
surrogate  court  clerks,  clerks  of  the  peace  and  crown  attorneys,  and  local 
registrars  of  the  Supreme  Court.  It  does  not  apply  to  sheriffs  who  are 
under  Part  III  of  The  Public  Service  Act. 


Section  2.  The  object  of  this  amendment  is  to  place  the  local  registrar 
in  the  same  position  as  a  deputy  clerk  of  the  Crown  and  Pleas  as  to  the 
right  to  receive  fees  when  acting  as  special  examiner  on  a  reference  made 
to  him  as  an  official  referee.  There  is  only  one  deputy  clerk  of  the  Crown 
and  Pleas,  the  office  having  been  superseded  by  that  of  local  registrar 
and  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  good  reason  for  a  distinction  between 
the  two  offices. 


Section  3. — (1)  This  amendment  is  to  conform  with  the  amendments 
made  to  The  Registry  Act  (See  subsection  3  of  section  6  of  this  Bill)  and 
The  Land  Titles  Act  (See  section  7  of  this  Bill)  to  the  effect  that  no  property 
shall  be  vested  after  the  three  year  period  until  the  consent  in  writing  of 
the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  has  been  obtained. 


182 


real* esfate  (^^    -^^^^  property  not  disposed  of,  conveyed  to,  divided 

of  wfthm*^^'^  °'"     distributed     among     the     persons     beneficially 

three  years.  entitled  tfiereto,  under  the  provisions  of  section  20, 

by  the  personal  representative  within  three  years 
after  the  death  of  the  deceased  shall,  subject  to 
The  Land  Titles  Act  in  the  case  of  land  registered 
under  that  Act,  and  subject  to  subsection  6  of 
section  55  of  The  Registry  Act  and  subject  as  herein- 
after provided,  at  the  expiration  of  that  period, 
whether  probate  or  letters  of  administration  have  or 
have  not  been  taken,  be  thenceforth  vested  in  the 
persons  beneficially  entitled  thereto  under  the  will  or 
upon  the  intestacy  or  their  assigns  without  any 
conveyance  by  the  personal  representative  unless 
such  personal  representative,  if  any,  has  registered 
in  the  proper  registry  or  land  titles  office,  a  caution. 
Form  I,  under  his  hand,  and  if  such  caution  is  so 
registered  such  real  property  or  the  part  thereof 
mentioned  therein  shall  not  be  so  vested  for  twelve 
months  from  the  time  of  registration  of  such  caution 
or  of  the  last  caution  if  more  than  one  are  registered. 

0^^148^*8*12,      (2)  Subsection   7  of  the  said  section   12  is  amended  by 
aniended.       Striking  out  all  the  words  after  the  word   "situate"  in  the 
thirteenth  line. 

c^Ysi^*^*"         '*•   ^^^  Public  Trustee  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended.       the  following  section : 

comrmttee  of  ^^- — (1)  ^^^  Public  Trustee  shall  be  ex  officio  committee 

pe*rscHfs*in  °^  *^^  estate  of  every   person  who   has  no  other 

certain  committee  and  is  detained  as  an  insane  person  in  any 

Dominion  .  ii-ii  ••  c    a        * 

hospitals.  hospital  established  under  the  provisions  oi  An  Act 

to  confer  Certain  Powers  respecting  Hospitals  on 
the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  being  chapter 
108  of  the  Ontario  Statutes  for  1920. 

co°mmftt^ee.  (2)    The  Public  Trustee  as  such  committee  shall  have 

similar  powers  and  authority  with  regard  to  the 
estates  of  such  persons  as  he  has  with  regard  to  the 
estates  of  persons  confined  in  the  Ontario  Hospitals 
for  the  Insane. 

c^Y54?*s^*5,  ^- — (1)  The  clause  lettered  6  in  section  5  of  The  Quieting 
amended  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words 
"save  and  except  mortgages  of  which  discharges  have  been 
registered  more  than  ten  years  prior  to  the  date  of  the  appli- 
cation and  the  discharges  of  such  mortgages,"  so  that  the 
clause  will  now  read  as  follows: 

182 


(2)  The  words  struck  out  deal  with  the  matter  taken  care  of   by  the 
amendments  to  The  Registry  Act  and  The  Land  Titles  Act. 


Section  4.  This  empowers  the  Public  Trustee  to  act  as  committee, 
with  similar  authority  and  powers  in  regard  to  estates  of  persons  confined 
in  Dominion  hospitals  for  the  care  of  returned  soldiers,  as  he  has  for 
persons  confined  in  Ontario  hospitals  for  the  Insane.  The  Act  of  1920 
confirmed  an  agreement  between  the  Dominion  Government  and  the 
Province  as  to  these  institutions 


Section  5. — -(1)  The  Master  in  charge  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act  is 
able  to  dispense  with  part  of  the  abstract  of  title  but  cannot  dispense  with 
the  production  of  all  the  instruments  afTecting  the  title  or  certified  copies, 
even  though  by  reason  of  section  8  of  The  Registry  Act,  1929,  certain 
mortgages  and  discharges  are  ruled  off  the  abstract.  The  proposed 
amendment  does  not  dispense  with  the  production  of  deeds  and  certified 
copies  thereof  but  does  dispense  with  the  production  of  all  mortgages  of 
which  the  discharges  have  been  registered  more  than  ten  years  prior 
to  the  date  of  the  application. 
182 


Registered 
instruments. 


(b)  certified  copies  of  all  registered  instruments,  or 
registered  memorials  of  instruments,  affecting  the 
land,  or  of  all  since  the  last  judicial  certificate,  if  any, 
under  this  Act,  up  to  the  time  of  the  granting  of  the 
certificate  of  title  save  and  except  mortgages  of 
which  discharges  have  been  registered  more  than 
ten  years  prior  to  the  date  of  the  application  and  the 
discharges  of  such  mortgages. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  154,  8.  9, 
amended. 


(2)  Section  9  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  following  words  "and  the  pro- 
duction of  a  certificate  from  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  that  all 
claims  for  succession  duty  in  respect  of  the  land  to  be  included 
in  the  certificate  have  been  satisfied,"  so  that  the  section 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Taxes  must 
be  paid 
except  for 
current  year. 


9.  Before  a  certificate  of  title  is  granted  satisfactory 
evidence  shall  be  given  by  certificate,  af^davit  or 
otherwise,  that  all  taxes,  rates  and  assessments  for 
which  the  land  is  liable  have  been  paid,  or  that  all, 
except  those  for  the  current  year,  have  been  paid, 
and  the  production  of  a  certificate  from  the  Treasurer 
of  Ontario  that  all  claims  for  succession  duty  in 
respect  of  the  land  to  be  included  in  the  certificate 
have  been  satisfied. 


?^i54^*s*'22       ^^"^  Subsection  1  of  section  22  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act 
siibs.  i,  ■      'is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amended. 


(g)    Any  claim  for  succession  duty. 

?^i55^*s*i4       6.— (1)  Subsection  2   of  section  14  of  The  Registry  Act  is 
subs.  2         '  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed.  ^  ° 

(2)  No  registrar,  deputy  registrar  or  clerk  in  a  registry 
ofifice  shall  personally  or  as  a  member  of  a  firm 
carry  on  a  loaning  business  or  be  in  any  way  con- 
nected with  a  firm  which  transacts  business  with  the 
office  of  the  registrar. 

^^155^*8* '21       (^^  Subsection    8   of   section    21    of    The   Registry  Act   as 

subs.  8,  ■      '  amended  by  section  3  of  The  Registry  Act,  1929,  is  further 

amen  e  .       amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "administration"  in  the 

second  line  the  words  "general  appointment  of  new  trustees," 

so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


General 
registry 
book, — 
what  to  be 
used  for. 


(8)  The  general  register  shall  be  used  for  recording  wills, 
probates,  grants  of  administration,  general  appoint- 
ment of  new  trustees,  certificates  of  judgment  or 
orders  of  any  court  removing  or  appointing  executors, 
administrators,  guardians  or  trustees  and  powers  of 


182 


(2)  The  effect  of  this  amendment  is  that  before  a  certificate  of  title 
is  granted  the  succession  duty  must  be  paid  and  a  ceijificate  filed  with 
the  proper  officer. 


(3)  This  provides  that  any  claim  for  title  under  this  Act  is  subject  to 
a  claim  for  succession  duty  unless  the  contrary  is  expressly  stated. 


Section  6. — (1)  As  the  law  stands  at  present  a  registrar  and  a  deputy 
registrar,  if  they  hold  mortgages  or  have  money  invested  in  mortgages 
personally  are  prohibited  from  exercising  the  power  of  sale  contained  in 
the  mortgage,  nor  can  they  take  foreclosure  proceedings.  Some  registrars 
and  deputy  registrars  holding  mortgages  have  taken  these  proceedings 
and  serious  objection  myght  be  taken  to  the  title.  By  the  proposed 
amendment  these  rights  are  granted  to  them. 


(2)  By  the  present  Act  an  appointment  of  new  trustees  is  an  extremely 
difficult  instrument  to  prepare  as  usually  there  are  a  very  great  number 
of  parcels  and  pieces  of  land  affected  by  the  original  trust  deed  making 
it  a  great  expense  and  very  difficult  to  search.  The  proposed  amendment 
would  permit  the  registration  of  a  general  appointment  of  new  trustees 
under  the  general  register.  This  would  mean  that  in  the  future  all  parties 
would  search  the  general  register  for  deeds  and  new  appointments  of  this 
nature,  cutting  down  expense  and  simplifying  searches. 


182 


attorney  in  which  there  is  a  general  devise  or  power 
affecting  land  without  local  description,  and  claims 
for  lien  under  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act  against  land 
which  constitutes  the  line  of  railway  or  right-of- 
way  of  a  railway  company,  and  also  certificates  of 
amalgamation  of  loan  corporations,  and  where  a 
mortgage  of  railway  or  other  lands  was  registered 
prior  to  the  1st  day  of  April,  1899,  in  the  general 
register  of  any  registry  division,  a  discharge  of  such 
mortgage  or  a  reconveyance  of  the  mortgaged 
premises  may  be  registered  therein. 

0^^155^*8 *'55       ^^)  Section  55  of  The  Registry  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.       thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(6)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsection  4,  whether 
letters  probate  or  letters  of  administraton  have  or 
have  not  been  granted,  no  deed,  grant,  conveyance, 
mortgage,  assignment  of  mortgage,  discharge  of 
mortgage  or  other  instrument  purporting  to  convey, 
transfer  or  assign, — 

{a)  any  property  standing  in  the  name  of  a 
deceased  person  or  held  in  trust  for  him  or 
in  the  names  of  a  deceased  person  and  any 
other  person; 

.  {b)  any  property  over  which  the  deceased  person 
had,  at  the  time  of  his  death  a  general  power 
of  appointment; 

(c)  any  property  in  which  the  deceased  person 
at  the  time  of  his  death  had  any  beneficial 
interest  whatsoever,  either  at  law  or  in  equity; 

iji)  any  property  standing  in  the  name  of  the 
personal  representative  of  a  deceased  person 
or  in  the  names  of  such  personal  representatives 
and  any  other  person; 

(e)  any  property  standing  in  the  name  of  a 
devisee  or  beneficiary  derived  under  the  will 
of  a  deceased  person  or  in  the  name  of  such 
devisee  or  beneficiary  and  any  other  person, 

shall  be  registered,  unless  the  consent  in  writing  of  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  is  attached  thereto,  and  until 
such  consent  is  given  (notwithstanding  anything 
contained  in  The  Devolution  of  Estates  Act)  any 
land  so  conveyed  shall  not  vest  in  the  person  bene- 
ficially entitled  thereto  or  his  assigns  or  any  person 
claiming  under  him. 

182 


(3)  This  amendment  provides  that  after  the  death  of  any  owner  of 
land  no  deed,  grant,  conveyance,  etc.,  shall  be  registered  until  the  consent 
of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  is  obtained. 


182 


JYss^*^*"         '^-   ^^^  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended.       following  section : 

61a.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  The  Devo- 
lution of  Estates  Act,  or  this  Act,  no  executor,  ad- 
ministrator, devisee,  beneficiary,  heir,  or  any  person 
interested  in  any  freehold  or  leasehold  land,  or  in 
any  charge  or  interest  therein,  shall,  by  reason  of  the 
death  of  any  registered  owner  of  any  such  land, 
charge  or  interest  in  land  be  entered  as  owner  until 
the  consent  in  writing  of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  is 
obtained, 

f^xii'^'sS',        8.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  section   7  of   The   Conditional 
repealed.^'    '^^^^•^  ^^^  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

notfce^of  (2)    Where  the  purchase  price  of  the  goods  exceed  $30 

to*seii!°'^  and    the   seller   or   lender   intends   to   look   to    the 

purchaser  or  hirer  for  any  deficiency  on  a  resale,  the 
goods  shall  not  be  resold  until  after  notice  in  writing 
of  the  intention  to  sell  has  been  given  to  the  pur- 
chaser or  hirer  or  his  successor  in  interest. 

t^^'conLfn^^  (2a)  The  notice  shall  contain,— 

(a)    a  brief  description  of  the  goods; 

{b)  an  itemized  statement  of  the  balance  of  the 
contract  price  due  and  the  actual  costs  and 
expenses  of  taking  and  keeping  possession 
up  to  the  time  of  the  notice; 

(c)  a  demand  that  the  amount  as  stated  in  the 
notice  shall  be  paid  on  or  before  a  day  men- 
tioned which  day  shall  not  be  less  than 
twenty  days  from  the  day  of  retaking  pos- 
session of  the  goods; 

{d)  a  statement  that,  unless  the  amount  stated  in 
the  notice  is  paid  within  the  time  mentioned, 
the  goods  will  be  sold  either  at  private  sale 
or  advertised  and  sold  by  public  auction, 
and  that  the  seller  or  lender  intends  to  look 
to  the  purchaser  or  hirer  for  any  deficiency 
occasioned  by  any  resale. 

notice.^  °^  (^)    The  notice  shall  be  served  personally  upon  or  left  at 

the  residence  or  last  known  place  of  abode  in  Ontario 

of  the  purchaser  or  hirer  or  his  successor  in  interest 

at  least  five  days  before  the  date  set  out  in  the 

.  notice  for  payment  or  may  be  sent  by  registered 

182 


Section  7.  The  effect  of  this  amendment  is  that  there  shall  be  no 
dealing  with  land  by  reason  of  the  death  of  the  registered  owner  unless 
and  until  the  consent  in  writing  of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  is  obtained. 


Section  8.  It  has  been  held  by  the  Britigh  Columbia  courts  and  the 
decision  has  been  followed  in  Ontario  by  the  Appellate  Division  that  the 
words  "intended  sale"  which  appear  in  the  present  subsection  2  of  section  7 
mean  that  an  actual  purchaser  has  been  found  at  a  definite  price.  In 
Nova  Scotia  the  words  "intention  to  sell"  are  used  instead  of  "intended 
sale"  and  the  proposed  subsection  makes  this  change. 


Subsection  2a  specifies  what  is  to  be  set  out  in  the  notice. 


The  present  subsection  3  provides  that  notice  shall  be  given  at  least 
five  days  before  "the  sale."  The  proposed  subsection  provides  that  the 
notice  shall  be  given  at  least  five  days  before  "the  date  set  out  in  the 
notice." 


182 


post  at  least  seven  days  before  such  date  set  out  in 
the  notice  for  payment  addressed  to  the  purchaser 
or  hirer  or  his  successor  in  interest  at  his  last  known 
post  office  address. 

^^JiT^^s.^^TO,      ^-  Section  70  of  The  Telephone  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 
amended.       after  the  word  "subscribers"  where  it  occurs  the  second  time 
in  the  second  line  the  words  "or  the  presence  in  person  of  at 
least   twenty-five   subscribers  or  one-tenth   of  all   the  sub- 
scribers," so  that  the  section  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Quorum, 
proxies. 


70.  The  presence  in  person  or  by  proxy  of  at  least 
fifty  subscribers  or  of  one-fourth  of  all  the  sub- 
scribers, or  the  presence  in  person  of  at  least  twenty- 
five  subscribers  or  one-tenth  of  all  the  subscribers 
shall  be  necessary  to  constitute  a  quorum  at  general 
meetings,  and  the  instrument  appointing  a  proxy 
shall  be  in  writing  under  the  hand  of  the  appointer, 
or  if  such  appointer  is  a  corporation,  under  its 
common  seal  and  shall  be  attested  by  at  least  one 
witness  and  no  person  shall  be  appointed  a  proxy  who 
is  not  a  subscriber. 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  280, 
amended. 


10.   The  Mothers'  Allowances  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section : 


Investigator 
in  unorgan- 
ized districts 
authorized 
to  take 
affidavits, 
etc. 


8c.  The  investigator  in  every  unorganized  district  shall 
for  the  purposes  of  the  administration  of  this  Act, 
have  power  to  take  declarations  and  affidavits  and 
to  receive  evidence  under  oath  in  the  same  manner 
and  to  the  same  extent  as  a  commissioner  for  taking 
affidavits. 


f^Iii^s^'i         H-  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Juvenile  Courts  Act 
subs,  i,  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  residence  in  the 

county  for  which  he  is  appointed"  in  the  third  and  fourth 
lines,  so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


amended. 


Judge, — 
appoint- 
ment of. 


(1)  The  judge  of  a  juvenile  court  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  during  good  behaviour  and  shall  be  subject 
to  removal  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


?®233^*s*'45       12- — (1)  Section  45  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by 
amended.       adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Vote  of 
reeve  and 
deputy  reeve 
in  towns, 
villages  and 
townships. 


(2)  Where  a  town  not  being  a  separated  town,  or  a 
village,  or  a  township  in  a  county,  has  more  than 
2,000  and  not  more  than  3,000  municipal  electors 
the  reeve  shall  as  a  member  of  the  county  council 
have  an  additional  vote,  and  where  it  has  more  than 


Section  9.  The  Commissioners  for  a  number  of  telephone  systems 
operated  by  the  municipalities  under  the  provisions  of  Part  II  of  The 
Telephone  Act  have  found  it  impossible  to  secure  the  presence  of  a  sufficient 
number  of  subscribers  at  the  annual  and  other  meetings  to  comply  with 
the  requirements  of  section  70  as  now  in  effect,  the  result  being  that  the 
business  transacted  at  meetings  not  having  a  legal  quorum  is  in  danger 
of  being  declared  invalid.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  proceedings 
at  such  meetings  should  not  be  open  to  question  by  reason  of  the  fact 
that  the  Act  requires  a  quorum,  which  experience  has  proved  in  a  number 
of  cases,  it  is  impossible  to  secure. 


Section  10.  In  connection  with  applications  under  The  Mothers' 
Allowances  Act  it  is  necessary  to  produce  affidavits.  The  residents  in 
outlying  districts  in  getting  such  affidavits  may  be  forced  to  travel  for 
miles  which  means  both  time  and  expense  to  them.  This  would  be 
eliminated  by  the  proposed  amendment. 


Section  11.  Many  of  the  juvenile  court  judges  are  appointed  for  a 
city  and  some  of  the  judges  who  were  living  in  the  city  at  the  time  of  their 
appointment  have  since  moved  out  into  the  country  and  may  now  be  a 
resident  of  a  county  where  the  Juvenile  Delinquent's  Act  has  not  been 
proclaimed.  Objection  might  be  taken  to  their  jurisdiction  in  regard  to 
appointment  and  the  proposed  amendment  is  to  get  over  this  objection. 


Section  12.  The  aim  of  this  section  is  to  clarify  certain  obscurities  in 
respect  to  the  voting  rights  of  reeves  and  deputy  reeves  as  members  of 
county  councils  when  the  change  in  representation  comes  into  effect  for 
1931.  Subsection  4  is  necessary  to  protect  the  position  of  the  reeve  and 
deputy  reeves  of  York  and  North  York  Townships  who  are  elected  under 
special  Acts. 


182 


3,000  municipal  electors  the  reeve  and  the  deputy 
reeve  shall  as  members  of  the  county  council  each 
have  an  additional  vote. 

c^^233^*s.*'5i,      (2)  Subsection   1  of  section  51  of  The  Municipal  Act  as 

W^sb^  enacted  by  section  2  of  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1930, 

amtnded^^'    ^^  amended  by  striking  out  all  the  words  therein  after  the 

figures  "1,000"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 

the  words  "municipal  electors  to  a  deputy  reeve,"  so  that  the 

subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Deputy- 
reeves  in 
towns, 
villages  and 
townships. 


(1)  A  town  not  being  a  separated  town  and  a  village 
and  a  township  in  a  county  shall  each  be  entitled 
where  it  has  more  than  1,000  municipal  electors 
to  a  deputy  reeve. 


Commence-        (3)  Subsections  1  and  2  shall  come  into  force  at  the  time 

ment  of  ^    ' 

subss.  1  and  necessary  and  shall  take  effect  for  the  purpose  of  the  annual 
municipal  elections  for  the  year  1932  and  for  all  purposes 
shall  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1932. 

Saving  as  to       (4)  Nothing  in  this  section  nor  in  section  2  of  The  Municipal 

York  and       Amendment  Act,  1930,  shall  relate  to  or  in  any  way  affect 

Nor       or  .  ^j^^  Townships  of  York  and  North  York  in  respect  to  the 

reeves  and  deputy  reeves  thereof  respectively  or  as  members 

of  the  county  council  of  the  County  of  York. 


13.  Section    40   of    The   Assessment   Act   is   amended    by 


Rev.  Stat., 

amended.       adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 


Income 
from  mining 
reserves 
to  be 
assessable. 


(12)  The  income  from  a  rest  or  reserve  or  surplus  fund 
established  by  the  owner  or  operator  of  a  mine  or 
mineral  work  insofar  as  it  is,  with  accrued  interest 
thereon,  derived  from  the  profits  of  the  mine  shall 
be  assessed  by  and  the  tax  leviable  thereon  shall  be 
paid  to  the  municipality  within  which  such  mine  or 
mineral  work  is  situate. 


Apportion- 
ment of 
assessment 
where  mine 
situate  in 
two  or  more 
munici- 
palities. 


(13)  Where  such  fund  is  derived  in  whole  or  in  part 
from  a  mine  or  mineral  work  situate  partly  in  one 
municipality  and  partly  in  another  each  muni- 
cipality shall  have  power  to  assess  and  tax  the  income 
from  so  much  of  such  fund  as  was  derived  from 
the  profits  of  that  part  of  the  mine  or  mineral  work 
situate  in  the  municipality  assessing. 


Returns  of 
income  to 
be  made. 


(14)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  owner,  manager,  holder, 
tenant,  lessee,  occupant  or  operator  of  the  mine  or 
mineral  work  to  make  a  return  to  the  assessor  of  the 
municipality,  when  required  by  him  showing  the 
total  amount  of  such  fund  and  the  amount  of  income 


182 


Section  13.  Mines  being  subjected  only  to  a  limited  assessment  for 
real  property  and  income,  it  is  reasonable  that  income  from  reserves  should 
be  taxed  and  that  the  tax  go  to  the  municipality  in  which  the  mine  is 
situate.  The  procedure  for  fixing  such  taxation  is  more  readily  available 
under  The  Mining  Tax  Act  than  under  The  Assessment  Act  as  municipa 
courts  of  revision  have  not  the  advantages  possessed  by  the  Mining 
Assessor,  who  is  to  determine  disputes  as  to  assessment  of  income  from 
reserves. 


182 


received  from  it  during  the  year  ending  on  the  31st 
day  of  December  then  last  past  and  also  in  the 
case  of  a  mine  or  mineral  work  situate  in  more  than 
one  municipality  the  amount  of  such  fund  derived 
from  the  profits  of  that  part  of  the  mine  or  mineral 
work  situate  in  each  municipality  and  the  pro- 
visions of  section  23  shall  apply  in  respect  of  such 
return. 


Mining 
Assessor  to 
settle 
disputes. 


(15)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act  contained 
any  dispute  arising  in  respect  to  any  of  the  matters 
covered  by  subsections  12,  13  and  14  shall  be 
determined  by  the  mine  assessor  on  an  application 
to  him,  and  for  such  purpose  he  may  exercise  the 
powers  conferred  on  him  by  The  Mining  Tax  Act 
and  his  determination  of  the  dispute  shall  be  final 
and  binding  and  without  appeal. 


Rev.  Stat.. 
c.  354, 
amended. 


14.   The  Psychiatric  Hospitals  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section : 


Post- 
graduate 
courses, 
etc.,  in 
psychiatry. 


20.  The  Minister  may  direct  the  establishment  and 
maintenance  of  post  graduate  courses  and  clinical 
and  laboratory  research  at  a  psychiatric  hospital  to 
be  carried  on  in  accordance  with  any  regulations 
which  may  be  made  respecting  the  same. 


1929, 

C.  14,  s.  4, 
amended. 


15. — (1)  Section  4  of  The  Provincial  Forests  Act,  1929, 
is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "shall"  in  the  fourth 
line  the  words  "except  where  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council  may  otherwise  direct,"  so  that  the  section  will  now 
read  as  follows: 


Lands 
reserved, 
not  to  be 
located,  sold, 
etc. 


From  and  after  the  date  hereof  as  to  the  provincial 
forests  set  out  in  the  schedule  hereto,  and  from  and 
after  the  date  of  any  proclamations  issued  under 
the  authority  of  this  Act,  no  land  within  any  such 
forests  shall,  except  where  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council  may  otherwise  direct,  be  located,  sold, 
leased  or  otherwise  disposed  of  for  the  purposes  of 
agricultural  settlement. 


1929,  C.  14, 
sched.  "A," 
amended. 


(2)  Schedule  "A"  to  The  Provincial  Forests  Act,  1929, 
is  amended  by  adding  to  the  description  of  Timagami  Pro- 
vincial Forest  the  words  "excepting  therefrom  that  portion 
of  the  Township  of  Lorrain  which  was  included  in  said  Timber 
License  (1927-1928)  number  163,"  so  that  the  said  description 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


182 


Section  14.  The  object  of  this  amendment  is  to  ensure  that  the  medical 
profession  will  become  better  versed  in  psychiatry  by  means  of  post 
graduate  courses,  etc.,  in  that  branch  of  science. 


Section  15. — (1)  Section  4  of  The  Provincial  Forests  Act,  1929,  prohibits 
the  location  or  sale  of  lands  in  provincial  forests  for  agricultural  purposes. 


(2)  In  The  Provincial  Forests  Act,  1929,  an  error  was  made  in  including 
in  the  description  of  the  Timagami  Forest  Reserve  a  part  of  the  Township 
of  Lorrain  which  was  not  included  in  Timber  License  (1927-1928)  number 
163. 


182 


TIMAGAMI    PROVINCIAL   FOREST, 

That  area  known  as  the  Timagami  Forest  Reserve, 
comprising  5,830  square  miles  more  or  less  with  the 
following  addition  thereto,  namely:  Timber  License 
(1927-1928)  number  163,  comprising  100  square 
miles  more  or  less  excepting  therefrom  that  portion 
of  the  Township  of  Lorrain  which  was  included  in 
said  Timber  License  (1927-1928)  number  163. 


Application 
of  1930. 
c.  21,  s.  18. 


16.  Section  18  of  The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930, 
shall  not  apply,  or  since  it  came  into  force  be  deemed  to  have 
applied  to  any  hospital  which  at  the  time  the  said  Act  was 
passed  was  receiving,  or  under  any  Order-in-Council  was 
entitled  to  receive  aid  by  reason  of  it  not  having  been  estab- 
lished for  a  period  of  ten  years,  or  to  the  Victoria  General 
Hospital  at  Renfrew,  the  Plummer  Memorial  Public  Hospital 
at  Sault  Ste.  Marie,  the  General  Hospital  at  Port  Arthur, 
and  the  Misericordia  Hospital  at  Haileybury,  and  aid  may 
be  granted  and  continued  to  any  hospital  to  which  the  said 
section  18  is,  by  virtue  hereof,  not  to  apply  as  may  be  directed 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


1930. 

c.   115,  s.  27,  .  1     , 

repealed.        IS  repealed. 


17.  Section  27  of  The  Niagara  Peninsula  Sanatorium  Act 


Public  18.  The  Public  Utilities  Commission  of  the  City  of  St. 

Commission  Catharines,  formerly  the  Hydro-Electric  Commission  of  the 
Catharines  City  of  St.  Catharines,  is  declared  to  have  been  from  the  1st 
bril^?diy°  day  of  January,  1914,  validly  established  under  the  pro- 
estabiished.    visions  and  for  the  purposes  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  and 

By-law  number  4013  of  the  corporation  of  the  City  of  St. 

Catharines  relating  thereto  is  hereby  confirmed. 


By-law 
No.  1326  of 
town  of 
Walkerville 
confirmed. 


19.  By-law  Number  1326  of  the  corporation  of  the  Town  of 
Walkerville  providing  for  the  construction  of  a  subway  under 
the  tracks  of  the  Pere  Marquette  and  the  Lake  Erie  and 
Detroit  River  Railway  Companies  in  the  Town  of  Walkerville 
authorized  by  the  Board  of  Railway  Commissioners  for 
Canada,  and  By-law  Number  1327  of  the  said  corporation 
authorizing  the  acquisition  of  lands  for  such  purposes,  are 
hereby  confirmed  and  declared  to  be  legal,  valid  and  binding 
upon  the  said  corporation  and  the  ratepayers  thereof,  and 
the  construction  of  the  said  work  and  the  acquisition  of  the 
said  lands,  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  undertaking,  and  all 
temporary  advances  heretofore  or  hereafter  obtained  to 
meet  the  cost  of  the  undertaking  pending  the  completion  of 
it  shall  conclusively  be  deemed  to  have  been  legally  under- 
taken, authorized  and  obtained,  and  the  council  of  the  said 
corporation  may  when  the  said  undertaking  has  been  com- 


182 


Section  16.  For  a  further  limited  period  it  is  desirable  to  extend  pro- 
vincial aid  to  the  public  hospitals  referred  to  in  this  section  which  prior 
to  1930  they  had  been  receiving  or  which  upon  their  recent  establishment 
it  was  anticipated  would  be  continued. 


Section  17.  The  repealed  section  directly  conflicts  with  the  new 
Sanatoria  for  Consumptives  Act,  1931. 

Section  18.  When  the  Public  Utilities  Commission  came  into  existence 
in  St.  Catharines  in  1914  an  irregularity  of  procedure  for  establishment 
occurred  which  it  is  desirable  to  overcome  by  this  validation. 


Section  19.  The  subway  work,  etc.,  covered  by  the  by-law  of  Walker- 
ville  which  is  confirmed  was  undertaken  as  an  unemployment  relief  work 
and  as  there  is  some  doubt  as  to  The  Unemployment  Relief  Act,  1931 
being  applicable  it  is  desirable  to  confirm  the  by-law  and  all  proceedings 
in  relation  thereto. 


182 


10 


pleted  pass  a  by-law  or  by-laws  to  borrow  on  the  credit  of  the 
corporation  by  the  issue  and  sale  of  debentures,  payable  in 
not  more  than  thirty  years  from  the  date  thereof,  such  sums 
or  sums  as  may  be  necessary  to  repay  the  said  temporary 
advances  and  to  defray  the  cost  of  the  said  undertaking, 
after  deducting  any  contributions  made  towards  the  cost 
thereof,  and  no  such  by-law  or  by-laws  shall  require  the 
assent  of  the  electors  entitled  to  vote  on  money  by-laws 
or  the  approval  of  the  Ontario  Railway  and  Municipal 
Board  under  the  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Act. 


^®^2i^*8.*i3       20.  Subsection    3   of   section    13   of    The   Summary    Con- 
re^eaied        victions  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Certiorari 
or  motion 
therefor  not 
to  be 
granted 
where  defen- 
dant has 
appealed. 


(3)  No  such  order  or  conviction  and  no  order  or  con- 
viction made  on  appeal  therefrom  shall  be  removed 
into  the  Supreme  Court  by  a  writ  of  certiorari  or 
motion  instead  thereof  if  the  defendant  has  appealed 
from  such  order  or  conviction  to  any  court  to 
which  an  appeal  from  such  order  or  conviction  is 
authorized  by  law. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  223,  8,  148, 
subs.  1 
(1930,  o.  ^ 
C.  42,  s.  8), 
amended. 


21.  Subsection  1  of  section  148  of  The  Loan  and  Trusts 
Corporation  Act  as  re-enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Loan  and 
Trusts  Corporation  Act,  1930,  is  amended  by  striking  out  the 
word  "verify"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
the  words  "inspect  and  examine,"  so  that  the  vsaid  subsection 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Annual 
inspection 
of  regist- 
ered corpora- 
tions. 


1928, 

c.  33,  s.  4, 
subs.  1, 
amended. 


(1)  The  Registrar  shall  visit  personally  or  cause  a  duly 
qualified  member  of  his  staff  to  visit  at  least  once 
annually  the  head  office  of  each  corporation  registered 
under  this  Act,  and  he  shall  inspect  and  examine 
the  statements  of  the  condition  and  affairs  of  each 
corporation  and  make  such  inquries  as  are  necessary 
to  ascertain  its  condition  and  ability  to  provide  for 
the  payment  of  its  liabilities  as  and  when  they 
become  due,  and  whether  or  not  it  has  complied 
with  all  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  the  Registrar 
shall  report  thereon  to  the  Minister,  as  to  all  matters 
requiring  his  attention  and  decision. 

22.  Subsection  1  of  section  4  of  The  Companies  Information 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "unless  a  corpora- 
tion liable  to  payment  of  taxes  under  section  3  of  The 
Corporations  Tax  Act''  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "unless  a  corporation 
registered  under  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act",  so 
that  the  first  twelve  lines  of  the  said  subsection  will  now 
read  as  follows: 


182 


Section  20.  This  section  is  intended  to  correct  a  printer's  error  in  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  1927  where  a  line  had  been  inadvertently  omitted 
thus  destroying  the  sense  of  the  section. 


Section  21.  This  amends  the  section  in  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corpora- 
tions Act  which  provides  for  the  annual  inspection  of  registered  corporations. 
As  the  section  now  reads  it  requires  the  "verification"  of  the  corporation's 
statement.  The  literal  meaning  of  this  word  imposes  a  responsibility  on 
the  Department  it  was  not  intended  should  be  assumed.  The  words 
"inspect  and  examine"  more  accurately  describe  the  work  undertaken 
by  the  Department. 


Section  22.  This  amendment  is  necessary  in  order  to  get  returns  from 
companies  as  all  of  them  are  now  paying  taxes  under  The  Corporations 
Tax.  Act. 


182 


11 

(1)  On  or  before  the  1st  day  of  February  in  each  and 
every  year  without  notice  or  demand  to  that  effect, 
every  corporation  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
Ontario,  and  every  other  corporation  having  its 
head. or  other  office  or  doing  business  or  any  part 
thereof,  in  the  Province  of  Ontario,  shall,  unless  a 
corporation  registered  under  The  Loan  and  Trust 
Corporations  Act,  or  unless  an  insurer  licensed  under 
The  Insurance  Act,  make  out,  verify  and  deliver 
to  the  Provincial  Secretary  as  hereinafter  required, 
a  detailed  return  containing  as  of  the  31st  day  of 
December  next  preceding,  correctly  stated,  the 
following  information  and  particulars: 

^®233^*s*23.  23.— (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  23  of  The  Municipal  Act 
amended.  jg  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "village"  in  the 
second  line  the  words  "or  500  electors  of  a  city,"  and  by 
inserting  before  the  word  "town"  in  the  fifth  and  seventh 
lines  the  word  "city"  so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now 
read  as  follows: 

^^belub-  (^)    ^^  ^   petition,   signed   by  at   least    150   electors  of 

mitted  on  a  town  or  village,  or  500  electors  of  a  city,  praying 

petition  for  .  ,  i-  ,      ^  . 

annexation.  that  it  may  be  annexed  to  an  adjacent  urban  muni- 

cipality, either  unconditionally  or  on  such  terms 
as  may  be  stated  in  the  petition,  is  presented  to 
the  council  of  the  city,  town  or  village,  the  council 
shall  within  four  weeks  after  the  presentation  of  the 
petition  submit  to  the  electors  of  the  city,  town  or 
village  for  their  assent  thereto,  a  by-law  providing 
for  its  annexation  on  the  terms  mentioned  in  the 
petition. 

Rev.  Stat.,         (2)  The   said   section   23   is   further   amended   by   adding 

c.  233    s.  23  .  .  J  <=> 

amended.     '  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

Amaifeama-  (6)    The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  mutatis  mutandis 

urban  apply  to  the  amalgamation  of  two  or  more  urban 

paiities.  municipalities,    including    cities,    whether    adjacent 

or  not  and  whether  by  way  of  annexation  or  other- 
wise, but  no  such  amalgamation  shall  be  approved 
by  the  Municipal  Board  until  the  same  has  been 
assented  to  by  the  electors  of  each  such  urban 
municipality. 

Rev.  Stat.,         24.  Sections   17,    18,   26,   27   and   28  of   The   Children  of 

18,  26,  27     '  Unmarried  Parents  Act  are   amended   by   striking  out   the 

Amended.       words  "the  Judge"  wherever  they  occur  in  the  said  sections 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "a  judge." 

182 


Section  23.  Section  23  of  The  Municipal  Act  does  not  contemplate  an 
amalgamation  or  annexation  of  one  city  with  or  to  another  city,  and  this 
amendment  is  to  enable  such  amalgamation  or  annexation  to  take  place. 


Section    24.  This  amendment    is  to   permit   subsequent   applications 
being  made  before  a  judge  other  than  the  one  who  made  the  original  order. 


182 


12 


?'^2^33^?380      25.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  380  of  The  Municipal  Act 

subs.'i         'is   amended   by  striking  out   the  words   "the   Inspector   of 

Prisons  and  Public  Charities"  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  Hnes  and 

inserting  in  Heu  thereof  the  words  "an  inspector  appointed 

under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 

?'®233®?393       (^)  Subsection    1    of   section    393   of    The   Municipal   Act 

subs.i         'is  amended   by   striking   out   the  words   "the   Inspector   of 

Prisons  and  PubUc  Charities"  in  the  second  Une  and  inserting 

in   Heu    thereof   the   words   "an   inspector   appointed   under 

The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  345,  s.  1, 
cl.  b, 
repealfed. 

"Inspector." 


26.  Clause  b  of  section  1  of  The  Reformatory  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)    "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat.,  27. — (1)  Clauses  a  and  d  of  section  1  of  The  Andrew 
cis.  a  and' d,  Mercer  Reformatory  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
repealed,        stituted  therefor: 


'Inspector.' 


{a)    "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 


"Inspector."  {d)    "Regulations"  shall  rriean  regulations  made  under 

The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

?®346^*s.*i9       (2)  Section   19  of  The  Andrew  Mercer  Reformatory  Act  is 
repealed.      '  repealed. 

Rev.^sta^t.^        28.— (1)  Wherever  in   sections  3,   4,    12   and    13   of   The 

4,  12  knd  13,  Industrial  Farms  Act  the  words  "one  of  the  inspectors  of 

prisons  and  public  charities"  occur  the  words  "an  inspector 

appointed  under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931," 

are  substituted  therefor. 

i^ev  Stat.  (2)  Section  15  of  The  Industrial  Farms  Act  is  amended  by 

amended,     'striking  out  the  words  "one  of  the  inspectors  of  prisons  and 

public  charities"  at  the  commencement  of  the  said  section  and 

inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "an  inspector  appointed 

under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 

i^ej- Stat  29.  Clause  a  of  section  1  of  The  Gaols  Act  is  repealed  and 

C.    ooX,    S.    Xj  t  r        *  t* 

cl.  a  the  followmg  substituted  therefor: 

repealed.  ° 

"Inspector."  (a)    "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed 

under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

f.^liU'f/i,       30.— (1)  Clauses  c  and  g  of  section  1  of  The  Hospitals  for 
repealed*?  ^'    ^^^  Insane  Act  are  repealed  and   the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


182 


Sections  25  to  32.  The  reasons  for  the  amendments  contained  in 
these  sections  are  simply  to  avoid  the  confusion  which  would  arise  if  the 
amendments  were  not  made  having  regard  to  the  fact  that  The  Prisons 
and  Public  Charities  Inspection  Act  is  being  repealed  and  The  Public 
Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931,  is  being  substituted  therefor. 


182 


13 


'Inspector." 


(c)     "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 


"Regula- 
tions." 


(g)    "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  under 
The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 


?®353^*s.*'6i,      (2)  Subsection    1   of  section   61   of   The  Hospitals  for  the 
Impended        Insane  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "of  Prisons 
and  Public  Charities"  in  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  lines. 

f.%i,^s^62,      (3)  Subsection    1   of  section   62   of   The  Hospitals  for  the 

amended        Insane  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "of  Prisons 

and  Public  Charities"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  sixth  line. 

^®Xv^*^tv         31. — (1)  Clause  c  of  section  1  of  The  Private  Sanitarium 
ci.  c,  '    '    '    Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

"Inspector."  (c)     "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed 

under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 


Rev.  Stat.. 
c.  35.5,  s.  70, 
repealed. 

Rev.  Stat., 
c.  356,  s.  3, 
amended. 


(2)  Section  70  of  The  Private  Sanitarium  Act  is  repealed. 

32.  Section  3  of  The  Ontario  Hospital,  Woodstock,  Act  is 
amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "The  Prisons  and  Public 
Charities  Inspection  Act''  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  ''The  Public  Institutions 
Inspection  Act,  1931." 


c.  189,  s.  i,       33. — (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   1   of  The  Adoption  Act 
amended.       is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "Attorney  General"  in 

the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the 

words  "Minister  of  Public  Welfare." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.   189,  s.  2, 
subs.  1, 
repealed. 


(2)  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Adoption  Act  as 
amended  by  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Adoption  Act, 
1928,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


When  con- 
sent of 
Minister 
to  be 
obtained. 


(1)  Except  with  the  consent  of  the  Minister  of  Public 
Welfare  an  adoption  order  shall  not  be  made  in 
any  case  where, — 


(a)  the  applicant  is  under  the  age  of  twenty-five 
years;  or 

(6)  the  applicant  is  less  than  twenty-one  years 
older  than  the  infant  in  respect  of  whom  the 
application  is  made. 

c^T89^*s.*'2,        (^)  Subsection   3   of   the   said   section   2   as   amended   by 
amended        clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  The  Adoption  Act, 


182 


Section  33. — ^(1)  This  amendment  Is  necessary  by  reason  of  the  transfer 
of  this  Act  to  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare. 


(2)  It  may  be  desirable  that  In  certain  cases  adoption  orders  be  made 
even  where  the  applicants  are  under  25  or  not  21  years  older  than  the 
Infant,  and  power  Is  therefore  given  for  such  orders  being  made  If  the 
Minister  consents. 


(3)  This  amendment  Is  to  ensure  that  persons  having  lawful  control 
over  an  infant  as  distinct  from  actual  custody  shall  be  notified  of  any 
application  for  adoption  of  such  Infant. 

182 


14 

1928,  and  section   11   of   The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act, 

1929,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "custody"  in 
the  fourth  Hne  the  words  "or  lawful  control"  so  that  the  first 
part  of  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

Required  to  C-^)    ^^  adoption  order  shall  not  be  made  except  with  the 

ord<fr*^°'^  consent  of  every  person  or  body  who  is  a  parent  or 

guardian  of  the  infant  in  respect  of  whom  the 
application  is  made  or  who  has  the  actual  custody 
or  lawful  control  of  the  infant  or  who  is  liable  to 
contribute  to  the  support  of  the  infant: 

c^Ys  ^s^i"         ^^-  The  clause  lettered  a  in  section    1   of   The  Gasoline 
ci-  a,  lax  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed,  ^  '^ 

(a)  "Gasoline"  shall  mean  the  liquid  derived  from 
petroleum  or  natural  gas  commonly  known  or  sold 
as  gasoline,  benzol  and  all  other  liquids  by  whatever 
name  known  or  sold,  containing  any  derivative  of 
petroleum  or  natural  gas  and  produced,  prepared 
or  compounded  for  the  purpose  of  generating 
power  by  means  of  internal  combustion  or  which 
may  be  used  for  such  purpose,  except  the  product 
commonly  known  as  kerosene  oil. 

35.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  The  Insurance 
Act,  sections  274  and  275  of  the  said  Act  shall  not  be  deemed 
to  be  in  force  until  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Lieutenant- 
Governor  by  his  Proclamation. 


182 


Section  34.  "Benzol,"  which  is  a  by-product  of  coke,  is  being  used 
with  gasoline,  producing  what  is  known  as  "low  test  gas."  Manufacturers 
claim  that  under  the  present  Gasoline  Tax  Act  they  are  not  compelled  to 
pay  the  tax  on  this  particular  product  because  the  Act  distinctly  states 
that  "gasoline"  shall  mean  the  liquid  derived  from  petroleum  or  natural 
gas  commonly  known  or  sold  as  gasoline,  or  any  derivative  of  petroleum 
or  natural  gas.  The  practice  is  to  mix  fifty  per  cent,  benzol  and  fifty 
per  cent,  gasoline. 


Section  35.  The  purpose  of  this  is  to  remove  the  obligation  presently 
imposed  upon  the  Department  to  enforce  sections  274  and  275  of  The 
Insurance  Act  relating  to  the  regulation  of  insurance  rates.  It  is  necessary 
in  order  to  accord  with  the  policy  of  the  government  determined  after 
consideration  of  the  Hodgins  Report.  The  sections  may  be  brought  into 
force  along  with  section  275a  if  and  when  the  government  determines  to 
undertake  the  regulation  of  insurance  rates  along  the  lines  recommended 
by  the  Commissioner. 


182 


o 


t\i 

"-1 

K. 

s 

o 

C/) 

?1- 

sr 

"^ 

o 

>3 

Pi- 

r-t- 

0^ 

1— » 

fD 

p 

rt- 

n) 

r 
p 

> 
3 

O) 

3 
CL 

3 

fD 

3 


l-H 

r 
r 


> 


No.  182 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Mr.   Price 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  182 


1931 


BILL 


The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,   1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Rev.  Stat.,         1.   The  PuhUc   Officers'    Fees   Act   is   amended    by  adding 


c.  19, 


amended.       thereto  the  following  section: 


COMPULSORY    RETIREMENT    OF    OFFICERS. 


Compulsory 
retirement 
of  officers. 


13.  An  officer,  other  than  a  sheriff,  to  whom  this  Act 
applies  shall  cease  to  hold  office  upon  attaining  the 
age  of  eighty  years  and  the  appointment  of  his 
successor. 


Rev.  Stat.,         2.  Subsection   2   of  section   82   of   The  Judicature  Act  is 

c    88    s    82 

siibs."  2,"     '    amended  by  adding  after  the  words  "Crown  and  Pleas"  in 
amen  e         ^^^  ^^^^  jj^^  ^£  clause  a,  the  words  "or  a  local  registrar,"  so 
that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Certain 
officers 
paid  by 
salary  may 
take  fees. 


(2)    Subsection  1  shall  not  apply  to  the  fees  of, — 

(a)  a  deputy  clerk  of  the  Crown  and  Pleas,  or  a 
local  registrar  on  an  examination  had  before 
him  as  a  special  examiner  or  on  a  reference 
made  to  him  as  an  official  referee. 


{h)  a  stenographic  reporter  for  copies  of  short- 
hand notes  of  evidence,  who  shall  be  entitled 
to  take  the  fees  prescribed  by  Order-in- 
Council. 

Rev  Stat.,         3, — (\\  Subsection   1   of  section   12  of   The  Devolution  of 

0.    148,  S.   12,  ^    '  .  . 

subs.  1,  Estates  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "Act'    in 

the  sixth  line  the  words  and  figures  "and  subject  to  sub- 
section 6  of  section  55  of  The  Registry  Act,"  so  that  the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


182 


(1)  Real  property  not  disposed  of,  conveyed  to,  divided  ^l^^^^f^^oj 
or  distributed  among  the  persons  beneficially  i^ot  disposed 
entitled  thereto,  under  the  provisions  of  section  20,  three  years, 
by  the  personal  representative  within  three  years 
after  the  death  of  the  deceased  shall,  subject  to 
The  Land  Titles  Act  in  the  case  of  land  registered 
under  that  Act,  and  subject  to  subsection  6  of 
section  55  of  The  Registry  Act  and  subject  as  herein- 
after provided,  at  the  expiration  of  that  period, 
whether  probate  or  letters  of  administration  have  or 
have  not  been  taken,  be  thenceforth  vested  in  the 
persons  beneficially  entitled  thereto  under  the  will  or 
upon  the  intestacy  or  their  assigns  without  any 
conveyance  by  the  personal  representative  unless 
such  personal  representative,  if  any,  has  registered 
in  the  proper  registry  or  land  titles  office,  a  caution, 
Form  I,  under  his  hand,  and  if  such  caution  is  so 
registered  such  real  property  or  the  part  thereof 
mentioned  therein  shall  not  be  so  vested  for  twelve 
months  from  the  time  of  registration  of  such  caution 
or  of  the  last  caution  if  more  than  one  are  registered. 

(2)  Subsection   7   of   the  said  section    12   is  amended   by  c. Tig,  s.  12, 
striking  out  all  the  words  after  the  word   "situate"  in  thel^lnJ^^. 
thirteenth  line. 

4.   The  Public  Trustee  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  ^Ysl^*-** •• 
the  following  section :  amended. 

15. — (1)  The  Public  Trustee  shall  be  ex  officio  committee  ^o^^^^JJi^ttee  of 
of   the  estate   of  every   person   who   has  no  other  ®|*j|^®^g°/ 
committee  and  is  detained  as  an  insane  person  in  any  certain 

,   ,^  ■'   Dominion 

hospital  established  under  the  provisions  of  ^«  .4c/ hospitals. 
to   confer    Certain    Powers   respecting  Hospitals   on 
the  Lieutenant-Governor  in    Council   being    chapter 
108  of  the  Ontario  Statutes  for  1920. 

(2)    The  Public  Trustee  as  such  committee  shall  have  ^o°m^?tt*ee. 
similar  powers  and   authority  with   regard   to   the 
estates  of  such  persons  as  he  has  with  regard  to  the 
estates  of  persons  confined  in  the  Ontario  Hospitals 
for  the  Insane. 

6.— (1)  The  clause  lettered  h  in  section  5  of  The  Quietingf^lii'X^^ 
Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  words  ^'^^-j^^^^j 
"save  and  except  mortgages  of  which  discharges  have  been 
registered  more  than  ten  years  prior  to  the  date  of  the  appli- 
cation and  the  discharges  of  such  mortgages,"  so  that  the 
clause  will  now  read  as  follows : 

182 


3 


Registered 
instruments. 


(6)  certified  copies  of  all  registered  instruments,  or 
registered  memorials  of  instruments,  affecting  the 
land,  or  of  all  since  the  last  judicial  certificate,  if  any, 
under  this  Act,  up  to  the  time  of  the  granting  of  the 
certificate  of  title  save  and  except  mortgages  of 
which  discharges  have  been  registered  more  than 
ten  years  prior  to  the  date  of  the  application  and  the 
discharges  of  such  mortgages. 


Rev.  iStat., 
c.  154,  s.  9, 
amended. 


(2)  Section  9  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act  is  amended  by 
adding  at  the  end  thereof  the  following  words  ''and  the  pro- 
duction of  a  certificate  from  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  that  all 
claims  for  succession  duty  in  respect  of  the  land  to  be  included 
in  the  certificate  have  been  satisfied,"  so  that  the  section 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Taxes  must 
be  paid 
except  for 
current  year. 


Before  a  certificate  of  title  is  granted  satisfactory 
evidence  shall  be  given  by  certificate,  affidavit  or 
otherwise,  that  all  taxes,  rates  and  assessments  for 
which  the  land  is  liable  have  been  paid,  or  that  all, 
except  those  for  the  current  year,  have  been  paid, 
and  the  production  of  a  certificate  from  the  Treasurer 
of  Ontario  that  all  claims  for  succession  duty  in 
respect  of  the  land  to  be  included  in  the  certificate 
have  been  satisfied. 


o^T5/*s*'22       ^^)  Subsection  1  of  section  22  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act 
subs,  i  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amended.  j  a  o 


(g)    Any  claim  for  succession  duty. 


c^^r55^*s.*  i4,      6- — (1)  Subsection  2   of  section  14  of  The  Registry  Act  is 
repealed         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Idem. 


(2)  No  registrar,  deputy  registrar  or  clerk  in  a  registry 
office  shall  personally  or  as  a  member  of  a  firm 
carry  on  a  loaning  business  or  be  in  any  way  con- 
nected with  a  firm  which  transacts  business  with  the 
office  of  the  registrar. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.   155,  s.   21, 
subs.  8, 
amended. 


(2)  Subsection  8  of  section  21  of  The  Registry  Act  as 
amended  by  section  3  of  The  Registry  Act,  1929,  is  further 
amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "administration"  in  the 
second  line  the  words  "general  appointment  of  new  trustees," 
so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


General 
registry 
book, — 
what  to  be 
used  for. 


(8)  The  general  register  shall  be  used  for  recording  wills, 
probates,  grants  of  administration,  general  appoint- 
ment of  new  trustees,  certificates  of  judgment  or 
orders  of  any  court  removing  or  appointing  executors, 
administrators,  guardians  or  trustees  and  powers  of 


182 


attorney  in  which  there  is  a  general  devise  or  power 
affecting  land  without  local  description,  and  claims 
for  lien  under  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act  against  land 
which  constitutes  the  line  of  railway  or  right-of- 
way  of  a  railway  company,  and  also  certificates  of 
amalgamation  of  loan  corporations,  and  where  a 
mortgage  of  railway  or  other  lands  was  registered 
prior  to  the  1st  day  of  April,  1899,  in  the  general 
register  of  any  registry  division,  a  discharge  of  such 
mortgage  or  a  reconveyance  of  the  mortgaged 
premises  may  be  registered  therein. 

(3)  Section  55  of  The  Registry  Act  is  amended  by  adding  Rev.  stat.. 
thereto  the  following  subsections :  amended.     ' 

(6)    Subject  to  the  provisions  of  subsection  4,  whether  J]^|*JjM^ents 
letters  probate  or  letters  of  administraton  have  or  la^ids  of 
have  not  been  granted,  no  deed,  grant,  conveyance,  owner  not 
mortgage,    assignment    of    mortgage,    discharge    of  regis^tered 
mortgage  or  other  instrument  purporting  to  convey,  of  ProvPnc^* 
transfer  or  assign, —  giv^Jlf"'^^'^ 

(a)  any  property  standing  in  the  name  of  a 
deceased  person  or  held  in  trust  for  him  or 
in  the  names  of  a  deceased  person  and  any 
other  person ; 

(6)  any  property  over  which  the  deceased  person 
had,  at  the  time  of  his  death  a  general  power 
of  appointment; 

(c)  any  property  in  which  the  deceased  person 
at  the  time  of  his  death  had  any  beneficial 
interest  whatsoever,  either  at  law  or  in  equity; 

{d)  any  property  standing  in  the  name  of  the 
personal  representative  of  a  deceased  person 
or  in  the  names  of  such  personal  representatives 
and  any  other  person; 

{e)  any  property  standing  in  the  name  of  a 
devisee  or  beneficiary  derived  under  the  will 
of  a  deceased  person  or  in  the  name  of  such 
devisee  or  beneficiary  and  any  other  person, 

shall  be  registered,  unless  the  consent  in  writing  of  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  is  attached  thereto,  and  until 
such  consent  is  given  (notwithstanding  anything 
contained  in  The  Devolution  of  Estates  Act)  any 
land  so  conveyed  shall  not  vest  in  the  person  bene- 
ficially entitled  thereto  or  his  assigns  or  any  person 
claiming  under  him. 

182 


Issue  by- 
Treasurer  of 
general  certi- 
ficate to 
registration. 


(7)  The  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may  issue  a  general  certi- 
ficate that  all  succession  duty  payable  in  respect  to 
the  estate  or  any  lands  forming  part  of  the  estate 
of  a  deceased  person  have  been  paid  and  satisfied 
or  that  security  for  such  payment  as  required  under 
the  provisions  of  The  Succession  Duty  Act  has  been 
given,  and  upon  registration  of  the  certificate  it 
shall  not  be  necessary  that  the  provisions  of  sub- 
section 6  be  complied  with  in  respect  to  any  lands 
described  in  such  certificate. 


Certificate 
to  contain 
local 

description 
of  lands. 


(8)  A  certificate  to  be  registered  under  subsection  7  shall 
contain  a  local  description  of  the  lands  mentioned 
therein  and  registration  thereof  shall  be  made  by 
production  of  the  original  certificate  and  deposit  of 
a  true  copy  thereof  or  of  so  much  thereof  as  relates 
to  the  lands  situate  in  the  registry  division  for 
which  the  same  is  to  be  registered  with  an  affidavit 
verifying  such  copy. 


Mode  of 
recording 
general 
certificate. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  158, 
amended. 

Transfer  of 
interest  of 
deceased 
owner  not 
to  be 
entered 
without 
consent  of 
Provincial 
Treasurer. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  165,  s.  7, 
subss.  2,  3, 
repealed. 

Seller's 
notice  of 
intention 
to  sell. 


(9)  A  certificate  registered  under  subsection  8  shall  be 
recorded  and  particulars  thereof  entered  in  the  same 
manner  as  upon  registration  of  an  instrument  which 
affects  land  by  local  description  and  for  the  purposes 
of  this  subsection  and  of  subsection  8  "local  descrip- 
tion" shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth  in  subsection  6 
of  section  32. 

7.  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 

61a.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  The  Devo- 
lution of  Estates  Act,  or  this  Act,  no  executor,  ad- 
ministrator, devisee,  beneficiary,  heir,  or  any  person 
interested  in  any  freehold  or  leasehold  land,  or  in 
any  charge  or  interest  therein,  shall,  by  reason  of  the 
death  of  any  registered  owner  of  any  such  land, 
charge  or  interest  in  land  be  entered  as  owner  until 
the  consent  in  writing  of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  is 
obtained,  which  consent  may  be  in  respect  to  all  or 
any  of  the  land,  charge,  or  interest  in  land  of  such 
deceased  registered  owner. 

8.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  section   7  of   The   Conditional 
Sales  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  purchase  price  of  the  goods  exceed  $30 
and  the  seller  or  lender  intends  to  look  to  the 
purchaser  or  hirer  for  any  deficiency  on  a  resale,  the 
goods  shall  not  be  resold  until  after  notice  in  writing 
of  the  intention  to  sell  has  been  given  to  the  pur- 
chaser or  hirer  or  his  successor  in  interest. 


182 


(2a)  The  notice  shall  contain, —  what  notice 

^      ■'  '  to  contain. 

(a)  a  brief  description  of  the  goods; 

(b)  an  itemized  statement  of  the  balance  of  the 
contract  price  due  and  the  actual  costs  and 
expenses  of  taking  and  keeping  possession 
up  to  the  time  of  the  notice; 

(c)  a  demand  that  the  amount  as  stated  in  the 
notice  shall  be  paid  on  or  before  a  day  men- 
tioned which  day  shall  not  be  less  than 
twenty  days  from  the  day  of  retaking  pos- 
session of  the  goods; 

(d)  a  statement  that,  unless  the  amount  stated  in 
the  notice  is  paid  within  the  time  mentioned, 
the  goods  will  be  sold  either  at  private  sale 
or  advertised  and  sold  by  public  auction, 
and  that  the  seller  or  lender  intends  to  look 
to  the  purchaser  or  hirer  for  any  deficiency 
occasioned  by  any  resale. 

(3)  The  notice  shall  be  served  personally  upon  or  left  at  notfce^  °^ 
the  residence  or  last  known  place  of  abode  in  Ontario 
of  the  purchaser  or  hirer  or  his  successor  in  interest 
at  least  five  days  before  the  date  set  out  in  the 
notice  for  payment  or  may  be  sent  by  registered 
post  at  least  seven  days  before  such  date  set  out  in' 
the  notice  for  payment  addressed  to  the  purchaser 
or  hirer  or  his  successor  in  interest  at  his  last  known 
post  of^ce  address. 

9.  Section  70  of  The  Telephone  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  Rev.  stat., 

.  .c227s70 

after  the  word  "subscribers"  where  it  occurs  the  second  time  amended, 
in  the  second  line  the  words  "or  the  presence  in  person  of  at 
least   twenty-five   subscribers   or  one-tenth   of  all   the   sub- 
scribers," so  that  the  section  will  now  read  as  follows: 

70.  The  presence  in  person  or  by  proxy  of  at  least  Q*^<^^j^^' 
fifty  subscribers  or  of  one-fourth  of  all  the  sub- 
scribers, or  the  presence  in  person  of  at  least  twenty- 
five  subscribers  or  one-tenth  of  all  the  subscribers 
shall  be  necessary  to  constitute  a  quorum  at  general 
meetings,  and  the  instrument  appointing  a  proxy 
shall  be  in  writing  under  the  hand  of  the  appointer, 
or  if  such  appointer  is  a  corporation,  under  its 
common  seal  and  shall  be  attested  by  at  least  one 
witness  and  no  person  shall  be  appointed  a  proxy  who 
is  not  a  subscriber. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  280, 
amended. 


10.   The  Mothers'  Allowances  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  section : 


Investigator 
in  unorgan- 
ized districts 
authorized 
to  take 
affidavits, 
etc. 


8c.  The  investigator  in  every  unorganized  district  shall 
for  the  purposes  of  the  administration  of  this  Act, 
have  power  to  take  declarations  and  affidavits  and 
to  receive  evidence  under  oath  in  the  same  manner 
and  to  the  same  extent  as  a  commissioner  for  taking 
affidavits. 


Rev  Stat  ^^'  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Juvenile  Courts  Act 

0.  281  8.  2,    is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  residence  in  the 
amended.       county  for  which  he  is  appointed"  in  the  third  and  fourth 
lines,  so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Judge, — 
appoint- 
ment of. 


(1)  The  judge  of  a  juvenile  court  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  during  good  behaviour  and  shall  be  subject 
to  removal  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 


Rev  Stat  ^'^' — ^^^  Section  45  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by 

c.  233,  s.  45,  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

amended. 


Vote  of 
reeve  and 
deputy  reeve 
in  towns, 
villages  and 
townships. 


(2)  Where  a  town  not  being  a  separated  town,  or  a 
village,  or  a  township  in  a  county,  has  more  than 
2,000  and  not  more  than  3,000  municipal  electors 
the  reeve  shall  as  a  member  of  the  county  council 
have  an  additional  vote,  and  where  it  has  more  than 
3,000  municipal  electors  the  reeve  and  the  deputy 
reeve  shall  as  members  of  the  county  council  each 
have  an  additional  vote. 


Rev.  Stat., 

c.  233,  s.  51 

subs.  1 

(1930, 

c.  44,  s.  2), 

amended. 


(2)  Subsection  1  of  section  51  of  The  Municipal  Act  as 
enacted  by  section  2  of  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1930, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  all  the  words  therein  after  the 
figures  "1,000"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
the  words  "municipal  electors  to  a  deputy  reeve,"  so  that  the 
subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Deputjf 
reeves  in 
towns, 
villages  and 
townships. 


(1)  A  town  not  being  a  separated  town  and  a  village 
and  a  township  in  a  county  shall  each  be  entitled 
where  it  has  more  than  1,000  municipal  electors 
to  a  deputy  reeve. 


Commence-        (3)  Subsections  1  and  2  shall  come  into  force  at  the  time 
subss.^i  and  necessary  and  shall  take  effect  for  the  purpose  of  the  annual 
municipal  elections  for  the  year  1932  and  for  all  purposes 
shall  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1932. 


2. 


Saving  as  to       (4)  Nothing  in  this  section  nor  in  section  2  of  The  Municipal 
Yo'rk^and  ^^ Amendment  Act,  1930,  shall  relate  to  or  in  any  way  affect 

North  York. 

182 


8 

the  Townships  of  York  and  North  York  in  respect  to  the 
reeves  and  deputy  reeves  thereof  respectively  or  as  members 
of  the  county  council  of  the  County  of  York. 

13.  Section   40   of    The  Assessment  Act   is   amended   by  ^^JggS*^*^-^^ 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsections:  amended. 

(11)  The  income  from  a  rest  or  reserve  or  surplus  fundj^come 

,,.,,,,  .     ^      .  from  mming 

established  by  the  owner  or  operator  ot  a  mme  or  reserves 
mineral  work  insofar  as  it  is,  with  accrued  interest  assessable, 
thereon,  derived  from  the  profits  of  the  mine  shall 
be  assessed  by  and  the  tax  leviable  thereon  shall  be 
paid  to  the  municipality  within  which  such  mine  or 
mineral  work  is  situate. 

(12)  Where  such  fund  is  derived  in  whole  or  in  part  ^^p^ ''of°"' 

from  a  mine  or  mineral  work  situate  partly  in  one  ^^^^l^l'^'^j'J*^ 

municipality    and    partly    in    another    each    muni-  situate  in 

,.,,,,  f         J  t^o  or  more 

cipality  shall  have  power  to  assess  and  tax  the  income  munici- 

from  so  much  of  such  fund  as  was  derived  from 

the  profits  of  that  part  of  the  mine  or  mineral  work 

situate  in  the  municipality  assessing. 

(13)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  owner,  manager,  holder,  Sfome\o^ 
tenant,  lessee,  occupant  or  operator  of  the  mine  or  ^^  made, 
mineral  work  to  make  a  return  to  the  assessor  of  the 
municipality,   when   required   by  him   showing  the 

total  amount  of  such  fund  and  the  amount  of  income 
received  from  it  during  the  year  ending  on  the  31st 
day  of  December  then  last  past  and  also  in  the 
case  of  a  mine  or  mineral  work  situate  in  more  than 
one  municipality  the  amount  of  such  fund  derived 
from  the  profits  of  that  part  of  the  mine  or  mineral 
work  situate  in  each  municipality  and  the  pro- 
visions of  section  23  shall  apply  in  respect  of  such 
return. 

(14)  Notwithstanding  anything  in   this  Act  contained  Assessor  to 
any  dispute  arising  in  respect  to  any  of  the  matters  ^^^^'^^.^g 
covered    by    subsections    12,    13    and    14    shall    be 
determined  by  the  mine  assessor  on  an  application 

to  him,  and  for  such  purpose  he  may  exercise  the 
powers  conferred  on  him  by  The  Mining  Tax  Act 
and  his  determination  of  the  dispute  shall  be  final 
and  binding  and  without  appeal. 

14. — (1)  The  Psychiatric  Hospitals  Act  \s  dLxn^ndedhy  3id6\ng  o^zhA,  *  "' 
thereto  the  following  section :  *'^®° 

182 


Post-  20.    The    Minister    may   direct    the   establishment   and 

graduate  .  -^  ,      ,.    .      , 

courses,  mamtenance  oi  post  graduate  courses  and  clmical 

psychiatry.  and  laboratory  research  at  a  psychiatric  hospital  to 

be  carried  on  in  accordance  with  any  regulations 
which  may  be  made  respecting  the  same. 

Rev.  Stat.,         (2)  Clause  b  of  section  1  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and 
*ci.  b,  '  ^'    '   the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

"Inspector," 
— meaning 
of. 


1929, 

0.  14,  8.  4, 

amended. 


(b)  "Inspector"  shall  mean  an  inspector  appointed  under 
The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

15. — (1)  Section  4  of  The  Provincial  Forests  Act,  1929, 
is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "shall"  in  the  fourth 
line  the  words  "except  where  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council  may  otherwise  direct,"  so  that  the  section  will  now 
read  as  follows: 


Lands 
reserved, 
not  to  be 
located,  sold, 
etc. 


1929,  c.  14, 
sched.  "A," 
amended. 


4.  From  and  after  the  date  hereof  as  to  the  provincial 
forests  set  out  in  the  schedule  hereto,  and  from  and 
after  the  date  of  any  proclamations  issued  under 
the  authority  of  this  Act,  no  land  within  any  such 
forests  shall,  except  where  the  Lieutenant-Governor 
in  Council  may  otherwise  direct,  be  located,  sold, 
leased  or  otherwise  disposed  of  for  the  purposes  of 
agricultural  settlement. 

(2)  Schedule  "A"  to  The  Provincial  Forests  Act,  1929, 
is  amended  by  adding  to  the  description  of  Timagami  Pro- 
vincial Forest  the  words  "excepting  therefrom  that  portion 
of  the  Township  of  Lorrain  which  was  included  in  said  Timber 
License  (1927-1928)  number  163,"  so  that  the  said  description 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


TIMAGAMI    PROVINCIAL   FOREST. 


Application 
of  1930, 
c.  21,  3.  18. 


That  area  known  as  the  Timagami  Forest  Reserve, 
comprising  5,830  square  miles  more  or  less  with  the 
following  addition  thereto,  namely:  Timber  License 
(1927-1928)  number  163,  comprising  100  square 
miles  more  or  less  excepting  therefrom  that  portion 
of  the  Township  of  Lorrain  which  was  included  in 
said  Timber  License  (1927-1928)  number  163. 

16.  Section  18  of  The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930, 
shall  not  apply,  or  since  it  came  into  force  be  deemed  to  have 
applied  to  any  hospital  which  at  the  time  the  said  Act  was 
passed  was  receiving,  or  under  any  Order-in-Council  was 
entitled  to  receive  aid  by  reason  of  it  not  having  been  estab- 
lished for  a  period  of  ten  years,  or  to  the  Victoria  General 


182 


10 

Hospital  at  Renfrew,  the  Plummer  Memorial  Public  Hospital 
at  Sault  Ste.  Marie,  the  General  Hospital  at  Port  Arthur, 
and  the  Misericordia  Hospital  at  Haileybury,  and  aid  may 
be  granted  and  continued  to  any  hospital  to  which  the  said 
section  18  is,  by  virtue  hereot,  not  to  apply  as  may  be  directed 
by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  Council. 

17.  Section  27  of  The  Niamra  Peninsula  Sanatorium  Act^^'^^- 

c     1 1  "S    s     2/ 
is  repealed.  repealed.' 

18.  The  Public  Utilities  Commission  of  the  City  of  St.  Public 
Catharines,  formerly  the  Hydro-Electric  Commission  of  the  commission 
City  of  St.  Catharines,  is  declared  to  have  been  from  the  1st  Catharines 
day   of  January,    1914,   validly  established   under   the   pro- brvalfdiy*^' 
visions  and  for  the  purposes  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  and®^*^*^"^*^®^- 
By-law  number  4013  of  the  corporation  of  the  City  of  St. 
Catharines  relating  thereto  is  hereby  confirmed. 

19.  By-law  Number  1326  of  the  corporation  of  the  Town  of  By-ia\v 
Walkerville  providing  for  the  construction  of  a  subway  under  town  of 
the  tracks  of  the  Pere  Marquette  and  the  Lake  Erie  and  confirmed.^ 
Detroit  River  Railway  Companies  in  the  Town  of  Walkerville 
authorized    by    the    Board    of    Railway    Commissioners    for 
Canada,  and  By-law  Number  1327  of  the  said  corporation 
authorizing  the  acquisition  of  lands  for  such  purposes,  are 
hereby  confirmed  and  declared  to  be  legal,  valid  and  binding 

upon  the  said  corporation  and  the  ratepayers  thereof,  and 
the  construction  of  the  said  work  and  the  acquisition  of  the 
said  lands,  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  undertaking,  and  all 
temporary  advances  heretofore  or  hereafter  obtained  to 
meet  the  cost  of  the  undertaking  pending  the  completion  of 
it  shall  conclusively  be  deemed  to  have  been  legally  under- 
taken, authorized  and  obtained,  and  the  council  of  the  said 
corporation  may  when  the  said  undertaking  has  been  com- 
pleted pass  a  by-law  or  by-laws  to  borrow  on  the  credit  of  the 
corporation  by  the  issue  and  sale  of  debentures,  payable  in 
not  more  than  thirty  years  from  the  date  thereof,  such  sums 
or  sums  as  may  be  necessary  to  repay  the  said  temporary 
advances  and  to  defray  the  cost  of  the  said  undertaking, 
after  deducting  any  contributions  made  towards  the  cost 
thereof,  and  no  such  by-law  or  by-laws  shall  require  the 
assent  of  the  electors  entitled  to  vote  on  money  by-laws 
or  the  approval  of  the  Ontario  Railway  and  Municipal 
Board  under  the  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Act. 

20.  Subsection    3   of   section    13    of    The   Summary    Con- Rev.  stat., 
victions  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor ig^ij^g^^g®-  •^^• 

repealed. 

(3)    No  such  order  or  conviction  and  no  order  or  con-  Certiorari 

viction  made  on  appeal  therefrom  shall  be  removed  therefor  not 

into  the  Supreme  Court  by  a  writ  of  certiorari  or  granted 

where  defen- 
dant  has 
182  appealed. 


11 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  223,  s,  148, 
subs.  1 
(1930,  c.  , 
c.  42,  s.  8), 
amended. 


motion  instead  thereof  if  the  defendant  has  appealed 
from  such  order  or  conviction  to  any  court  to 
which  an  appeal  from  such  order  or  conviction  is 
authorized  by  law. 

21.  Subsection  1  of  section  148  of  The  Loan  and  Trusts 
Corporation  Act  as  re-enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Loan  and 
Trusts  Corporation  Act,  1930.  is  amended  by  striking  out  the 
word  "verify"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
the  words  "inspect  and  examine,"  so  that  the  said  subsection 
will  now  read  as  follows: 


Annual 
inspection 
of  i-egist- 
ered  corpora- 
tions. 


1928. 

c.  33,  s.  4, 
subs.  1, 
amended. 


(1)  The  Registrar  shall  visit  personally  or  cause  a  duly 
qualified  member  of  his  staff  to  visit  at  least  once 
annually  the  head  office  of  each  corporation  registered 
under  this  Act,  and  he  shall  inspect  and  examine 
the  statements  of  the  condition  and  affairs  of  each 
corporation  and  make  such  inquries  as  are  necessary 
to  ascertain  its  condition  and  ability  to  provide  for 
the  payment  of  its  liabilities  as  and  when  they 
become  due,  and  whether  or  not  it  has  complied 
with  all  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  the  Registrar 
shall  report  thereon  to  the  Minister,  as  to  all  matters 
requiring  his  attention  and  decision. 

22.  Subsection  1  of  section  4  of  The  Companies  Information 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "unless  a  corpora- 
tion liable  to  payment  of  taxes  under  section  3  of  The 
Corporations  Tax  Act"  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "unless  a  corporation 
registered  under  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act'',  so 
that  the  first  twelve  lines  of  the  said  subsection  will  now 
read  as  follows: 


^tu"n  of  (1)    On  or  before  the  1st  day  of  February  in  each  and 

pora^t*ion.  every  year  without  notice  or  demand  to  that  effect, 

every  corporation  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
Ontario,  and  every  other  corporation  having  its 
head  or  other  office  or  doing  business  or  any  part 
thereof,  in  the  Province  of  Ontario,  shall,  unless  a 
corporation  registered  under  The  Loan  and  Trust 
Corporations  Act,  or  unless  an  insurer  licensed  under 
The  Insurance  Act,  make  out,  verify  and  deliver 
to  the  Provincial  Secretary  as  hereinafter  required, 
a  detailed  return  containing  as  of  the  31st  day  of 
December  next  preceding,  correctly  stated,  the 
following  information  and  particulars: 

?^233^*s.*23,      23.— (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  23  of  The  Municipal  Act 

amended.       jg   amended   by   inserting   after   the  word    "village"   in   the 

second  line  the  words  "or  500  electors  of  a  city,"  and  by 


182 


12 

inserting  before  the  word  "Lovvn"  in  the  fifth  and  seventh 
lines  the  word  "city"  so  that  the  said  subsection  will  now 
read  as  follows: 

(5)  If   a   petition,   signed   by   at   least    150  electors  ofu)^be^ub- 
a  town  or  village,  or  500  electors  of  a  city,  praying  "e'tiuon'for 
that  it  may  be  annexed  to  an  adjacent  urban  muni-^'^'^^^'^^'o"- 
cipality,   either  unconditionally  or  on   such   terms 

as  may  be  stated  in  the  petition,  is  presented  to 
the  council  of  the  city,  town  or  village,  the  council 
shall  within  four  weeks  after  the  presentation  of  the 
petition  submit  to  the  electors  of  the  city,  town  or 
village  for  their  assent  thereto,  a  by-law  providing 
for  its  annexation  on  the  terms  mentioned  in  the 
petition. 

(2)  The   said   section    23   is   further  amended   by   adding  ^^^^g^^^'-^g 
thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended. 

(6)  The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  mutatis  mutandis  Amaifeama- 

11  1  •  r  1       ^^^^  of 

apply  to  the  amalgamation  oi  two  or  more  urban  urban 

municipalities,  including  cities,  whether  adjacent  paiities. 
or  not  and  whether  by  way  of  annexation  or  other- 
wise, but  no  such  amalgamation  shall  be  approved 
by  the  Municipal  Board  until  the  same  has  been 
assented  to  by  the  electors  of  each  such  urban 
municipality. 

24.  Sections   17,    18,   26,   27   and   28  of   The   Children  o/nev.  stat.. 
Unmarried   Parents  Act  are   amended   by  striking  out   the  ig-"-!!',^!?  ^^' 
words  "the  Judge"  wherever  they  occur  in  the  said  sections  Ij^^^g^s^^j 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "a  judge," 

25.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  380  of  The  Municipal  ^c/?^23'3^8*380. 
is   amended   by   striking  out   the   words   "the   Inspector  of |ni^|nd^ed. 
Prisons  and  Public  Charities"  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "an  inspector  appointed 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 

(2)  Subsection    1    of   section   393   of    The   Municipal  i4<:/^%Ti3^?393, 
is   amended   by   striking   out   the  words   "the   Inspector  ot^^^^J^^^ 
Prisons  and  Public  Charities"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting 
in   lieu    thereof   the   words   "an   inspector   appointed    under 
The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 

26.  Clause  b  of  section  1  of  The  Reformatory  Act  is  repealed  ^^345^8"!*!. 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. 

(b)    "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed     ^^^^^  °^' 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

182 


13 

c^^346^\^*i         ^'^- — (^)  Clauses  a   and   d  of  section    1    of   The  Andrew 
cis.  a  and  d,  Mercer  Reformatory  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted  therefor: 


"Inspector." 


(a)    "Inspector"    shall  .mean    an    inspector    appointed 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 


"Inspector."  ((f)    "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  under 

The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

c  ^346  *s*i9       (2)  Section  19  of  The  Andrew  Mercer  Reformatory  Act  is 
repealed.      '  repealed. 

Rev.  Stat.,         28.— (1)  Wherever  in   sections  3,   4,    12   and    13   of   The 

c.  350    ss    3 

4,  12  and  13,  Industrial  Farms  Act  the  words  "one  of  the  inspectors  of 
prisons  and  public  charities"  occur  the  words  "an  inspector 
appointed  under  The  Public  Institutiojis  Inspection  Act,  1931,'' 
are  substituted  therefor. 

^®ocf?*f*^-       (2)  Section  15  of  The  Industrial  Farms  Act  is  amended  by 

C.  350,  S.   lo,         \    \  ,  ^  •' 

amended.  striking  out  the  words  "one  of  the  inspectors  of  prisons  and 
public  charities"  at  the  commencement  of  the  said  section  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "an  inspector  appointed 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931." 

c^^35i^*s^*i         ^^*  C^^use  a  of  section  1  of  The  Gaols  Act  is  repealed  and 
ci-  a.  '       '    the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

"Inspector."  (a)    "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed 

under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

c.  353,  s.  i,       30. — (1)  Clauses  c  and  g  of  section  1  of  The  Hospitals  for 
repealed.  ^'    the  Insane  Act  are  repealed  and   the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

"Inspector."  (c)     "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed 

under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

"Reguia-  ig)    "Regulations"  shall  mean  regulations  made  under 

*'°'^^'  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

?^353^*s*'6i       ^^^  Subsection    1   of  section   61   of   The  Hospitals  for  the 
subs,  i,        '  Insane  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "of  Prisons 
and  Public  Charities"  in  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  lines. 

Rev\gStat.^^       (3)  Subsection   1   of  section   62   of   The  Hospitals  for  the 
subs^  j^^^      *  Insane  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "of  Prisons 
and  Public  Charities"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  sixth  line. 


amended. 


Rev.  Stat.,         31. — (1)  Clause  c  of  section  1  of  The  Private  Sanitarium 
ci.  c,  '  ^'    '    Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


repealed. 


182 


14 


(c)     "Inspector"    shall    mean    an    inspector    appointed  "^■^^p^'^'o'"" 
under  The  Public  Institutions  Inspection  Act,  1931. 

(2)  Section  70  of  The  Private  Sanitarium  Act  is  repealed.  ^®35r^'s.' to, 

repealed. 

32.  Section  3  of  The  Ontario  Hospital,   Woodstock,  Act  is^^^^^^f;^ 
amended  by  striking  out  the  words  ''The  Prisons  and  Public '''^'^^^^^'^■ 
Charities  hispection  Act''  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  ''The  Public  histitiitions 
Inspection  Act,  1931." 

33. — (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   1  of  The  Adoption  Act^  i89.  s.  i. 
is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "Attorney  General"  in  amended, 
the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the 
words  "Minister  of  Public  Welfare." 

(2)  Subsection    1    of   section    2    of    The   Adoption   Act   as^®i89^*s.*'2, 
amended  by  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Adoption  -4^^  repealed. 
1928,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)    Except  with  the  consent  of  the  Minister  of  Public  slii't^of^'"'' 
Welfare  an   adoption  order  shall   not  be  made  in  ^o'^g**^'" 
any  case  where, —  obtained. 

(a)  the  applicant  is  under  the  age  of  twenty-five 
years;  or 

(b)  the  applicant  is  less  than  twenty-one  years 
older  than  the  infant  in  respect  of  whom  the 
application  is  made. 

(3)  Subsection   3   of   the  said   section   2   as   amended   by  c.  i89,  s.  '2. 
clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  The  Adoption  Act, ^^e^ded. 

1928,  and  section   11   of   The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act, 

1929,  is  amended  J^y  inserting  after  the  word  "custody"  in 
the  fourth  line  the  words  "or  lawful  control"  so  that  the  first 
part  of  the  subsection  will  now  read  as  follows: 

(3)    An  adoption  order  shall  not  be  made  except  with  the  ^q'Jfjred  to 
consent  of  every  person  or  body  who  is  a  parent  or  adoption 
guardian    of    the    infant    in    respect   of   whom    the 
application  is  made  or  who  has  the  actual  custody 
or  lawful  control  of  the  infant  or  who  is  liable  to 
contribute  to  the  support  of  the  infant : 

34.  The  clause  lettered  a  in  section   1   of   The  Gasoline  c.  55.  a.  1,' 
lax  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:       repealed. 

(a)  "Gasoline"  shall  mean  the  liquid  derived  from 
petroleum  or  natural  gas  commonly  known  or  sold 
as  gasoline,  benzol  and  all  other  liquids  by  whatever 

182 


15 

name  known  or  sold,  containing  any  derivative  of 
petroleum  or  natural  gas  and  produced,  prepared 
or  compounded  for  the  purpose  of  generating 
power  by  means  of  internal  combustion  or  which 
may  be  used  for  such  purpose,  except  the  product 
commonly  known  as  kerosene  oil. 

iyo^of*  '^"^  ^^-  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  The  Insurance 
?2¥not^*'  ^^^'  sections  274  and  275  of  the  said  Act  shall  not  be  deemed 
effective  to  be  in  force  until  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Lieutenant- 
proclaimed.  Governor  by  his  Proclamation. 

c^^i8i^*s*'36,  36.  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  The  Marriage  Act  is 
repealed         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

maldn^faise  ^^^  ^"^  person  who  knowingly  makes  any  false  statement 

statement.  of  fact  in  any  affidavit  made  under  the  provisions  of 

this  Act  or  in  or  touching  the  particulars  mentioned 
in  form  4,  in  addition  to  any  other  penalty  or 
punishment  which  he  may  be  liable  to  incur,  shall, 
on  summary  conviction,  be  liable  to  a  penalty  of  not 
less  than  $20  and  not  more  than  $200. 


?\^50^*ss*'56,      37.  Sections  56,  57  and  58  of  The  Trustee  Act  are  repealed 
repe^aled         ^^^  ^^^  following  substituted  therefor: 


Creditor 
holding 
security 
to  value 
same. 


56. — (1)  On  the  administration  of  the  estate  of  a  deceased 
person,  in  case  of  a  deficiency  of  assets,  every 
creditor  holding  security  on  the  estate  of  the  deceased 
debtor  or  on  the  estate  of  a  third  person  for  whom 
the  estate  of  the  deceased  debtor  is  only  indirectly 
or  secondarily  liable,  shall  place  a  value  on  such 
security  and  the  creditor  shall  rank  upon  the  dis- 
tribution of  assets  only  upon  the  unsecured  portion 
of  his  claim  after  deducting  the  value  of  the  security, 
unless  the  personal  representative  shall  elect  to  take 
over  the  security  as  hereinafter  provided. 


Where 
personal 
representa- 
tive  requires 
creditor  to 
prove  claim. 


(2)  Where  the  personal  representative  of  a  deceased 
person  is  of  the  opinion  that  there  may  be  a  defi- 
ciency of  assets,  he  may  require  any  creditor  to  prove 
his  claim  and  to  state  whether  he  holds  any  security 
for  his  claim  or  any  part  thereof,  and  to  give  full 
particulars  of  the  same  and  if  such  security  is  on  the 
estate  of  the  deceased  debtor  or  on  the  estate  of  a 
third  person  for  whom  the  estate  of  the  deceased 
debotor  is  only  indirectly  or  secondarily  liable,  to 
place  a  specified  value  on  such  security  and  the 
personal  representative  may  either  consent  to  the 
creditor  ranking  for  the  amount  of  his  claim  after 
deducting  such  valuation  or  may  require  from  the 


182 


16 

creditor  an  assignment  of  the  security  at  an  advance 
of  ten  per  centum  upon  the  specified  value  to  be 
paid  out  of  the  estate  as  soon  as  the  personal  repre- 
sentative has  realized  upon  such  security  or  is  in  a 
position  to  make  payment  out  of  the  assets  of  the 
estate  and  in  either  case  the  difference  between  the 
value  at  which  the  security  is  retained  or  taken,  as 
the  case  may  be,  and  the  amount  of  the  claim  of  the 
creditor,  shall  be  the  amount  for  which  he  shall  rank 
upon  the  estate  of  the  deceased  debtor. 

(3)  Where  inspectors  have  been  appointed  as  hereinafter  d^r^el^ting'^of ; 
provided  or  where  the  estate  is  being  administered [f,J^"^f®''^- 
under  the  direction  or  by  a  court,  the  personal  repre- 
sentative in  making  his  election  shall  act  under  the 
direction  of  the  inspectors  or  of  the  court,  as  the 

case  may  be,  and  the  remuneration  of  the  inspectors 
shall  be  determined  by  the  surrogate  court  judge 
on  the  passing  of  accounts. 

(4)  If  the  claim  of  the  creditor  is  based  upon  a  negotiable  b^j^|d%n  ^'"^ 
instrument  upon  which  the  estate  of  the  deceased  negotiable 

J    I  •  1        •      1-  1  1      -1        1-    1  1  1  instruments. 

debtor  is  only  mdirectly  or  secondarily  liable  and 
which  is  not  mature  or  exigible,  the  creditor  shall 
be  considered  to  hold  security  within  the  meaning  of 
this  section  and  shall  put  a  value  on  the  liability  of 
the  person  primarily  liable  thereon  as  his  security 
for  the  payment  thereof,  but  after  the  maturity  of 
such  liability  and  its  non-payment  he  shall  be 
entitled  to  amend  and  revalue  his  claim. 

57. — (1)  Where  a  creditor  fails  to  value  any  security  held  ^e^jfitoj. 

by  him  which  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  he  is^^'^^^^^, 

called   upon   to  value,   the   personal   representative  fa'is  to 

,  1       •     1  r     1  r  value  same. 

may  apply  to  the  judge  of  the  surrogate  court  trom 

which    probate    or    letters    of    administration    were 

issued  in  a  summary  way  for  an  order  that  unless 

a  specified  value  shall  be  placed  on  such  security 

and  notified  in  writing  to  the  personal  representative, 

within   a   time   to   be   limited   by   the   order,   such 

claimant  shall,  in  respect  of  the  claim  or  the  part 

thereof  for  which  security  is  held,  be  wholly  barred 

of  any  right  to  share  in  the  profits  of  the  estate 

unless  the  judge  upon  the  application  of  the  creditor 

extends  the  time  for  the  valuation  of  the  security. 

(2)  Where  an  estate  is  being  administered  b>'  or  under  ■ 
the  direction  of  a  court,  such  court  shall  exercise  the., 
jurisdiction  conferred  by  this  section  upon  the  judge 
of  the  surrogate  court. 


182 


17 


Calling 
meeting  of 
creditors 
where  there 
is  a 

deficiency 
of  assets. 


58. — (1)  Where  in  the  administration  of  the  estate  of  a 
deceased  person  the  personal  representative  fears 
that  there  may  be  a  deficiency  of  assets  or  that  all 
the  creditors  will  not  be  paid  in  full,  the  personal 
representative  may  call  a  meeting  of  creditors  and 
lay  before  them  the  situation  of  the  estate  and  at 
such  meeting  inspectors  may  be  appointed  by  the 
creditors  to  assist  the  executor  in  the  administration 
of  the  estate  and  to  advise  him  with  respect  thereto. 


Creditors 
request  for 
meeting. 


(2)  In  any  such  case  the  personal  representative  shall 
call  a  meeting  of  creditors  at  the  request  in  writing 
of  creditors  holding  ten  per  centum  of  the  amount  of 
claims  filed  against  the  estate  for  the  purpose 
aforesaid. 


Appoint- 
ment of 
creditor 
as  an 
inspector. 


(3)  In  cases  where  no  meeting  of  creditors  has  been  held 
the  personal  representative  may  appoint  a  creditor 
or  creditors  as  inspector  or  inspectors  to  assist  him 
in  the  realizing  and  management  of  the  estate  but  in 
such  case  the  appointment  shall  be  approved  by  the 
surrogate  judge  before  the  inspectors  accept  office. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  47,  s.  3, 
amended. 


38.  Section    3   of    The   Nattiral   Gas    Conservation   Act   is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


License  to  be  (2)  No  person  shall  hereafter,  without  the  approval  of 

procured  ,       t  •  ^  •      /-  -i      •  ^l 

from  the  Lieutenant-Cjovernor  m  Louncii  given  upon  the 

AT  iri  jgi"pr    for  ■  •       • 

supply  works  recommendation    of    the    Minister,    construct    any 

mi'tuml^o'^r'^^^  worlcs  to  supply,  or  supply 

artificial  gas. 

(a)  natural  gas  in  any  municipality  in  which  such 
person  is  not  at  the  date  of  the  passing  of 
this  Act  supplying  artificial  or  natural  gas,  or 

(b)  artificial  gas  or  natural  gas  in  any  municipality 

in  which  such  person  is  not  at  the  date  of  the 
passing  of  this  Act  supplying  gas  and  in  which 
natural  gas  or  artificial  gas  is  being  supplied. 

Rev.  Stat.,         39.  Section   4   of    The   Natural   Gas    Conservation   Act   is 
amended.'      amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(aa)  The  prevention  and  prohibition  of  any  competitive 
methods,  conduct  or  policy,  by  any  person,  which 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister  may  be  unreasonable 
or  improvident  or  inconsistent  with  the  due  con- 
servation of  the  supply  of  natural  gas  in  Ontario. 

40. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  7  of  The  Natural  Gas 
Conservtaion  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clause : 


Prohibition 
of    competi- 
tive 

methods, 
etc. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  47,  s.  7, 
subs.  1, 
amended. 


182 


18 
(c)  The  disallowance  of  any  rate  charged  for  natural  gas  Disaiiow- 

,-,i  "J         ^1  .  ,,  ance  of  rates, 

which  he  considers  to  be  unjust  or  unreasonable  or 

not  conducive  to  the  due  conservation  of  the  supply 

of  natural  gas  in  Ontario. 

(2)  Subsection   2   of  said   section    7   is  repealed   and   the  J^^?  ^'^7' 

following  substituted  therefor:  subs.' 2.' 

repealed. 

(2)  No  new  rates  and  no  alteration  in  existing  rates  for  Referee  to 
natural  gas  shall  be  put  into  effect  unless  and  until  o?aite7ed"®'^ 
they  have  been  approved  by  the  Referee.  i-'^ten. 

(3)  The  said  section  7  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  Rev.  stat., 

the  following  subsections:  amend^ed.' 

(3)  In    fixing   or   approving   rates   for   natural   gas   the?e^tS°"°^ 
Referee  shall  make  no  allowance  for  expenditures  Ifxfnl 'rates, 
or  losses  caused  by  or  resulting  from  the  adoption  of 
competitive  methods  which  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Referee  were  unreasonable  or  improvident  or  were 
inconsistent    with    the    due    conservation    of    the 

supply  of  natural  gas  in  Ontario. 

(4)  The  Referee  may  make  any  order  under  this  section  j^roceed  ^^^ 
on  a  reference  for  such  purpose  by  the  Minister,  without  it  j^'^|]}j°'^* ^^^^ 
being  necessary  that  an  application    therefor    be   made  by 

any  person,  or  that  any  person  be  heard. 

41.  The   Natural   Gas    Conservation   Act   is   amended    by ^Yf,^*^*' 
adding  thereto  the  following  sections:  amended. 

10a.  Nothing  in  sections  9  or  10  shall  in  any  way  pre- Certain 

„  ....       -,.    .  ,  .     ■'  ,      orders  of 

vent,  anect  or  limit  the  Minister  making  any  order  Minister  or 

,      .  .    .  ,.        ^.  ,  ,  Referee  not 

or  regulation  or  giving  any  direction  under  clause  aa  affected  or 
of  section  4,  or  the  Referee  from  making  any  order  ""'  ^  ' 
under  clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  7. 

18a.  Any  order  or  regulation  made  or  direction  given  by  of"orde1's!*"* 
the  Minister  and  any  order  made  by  the  Referee®^''' 
under  this  Act  may  be  made  a  judgment  or  order  of 
the  Supreme  Court  enforceable  in  the  same  manner 
as  a  judgment  or  order  of  such  court  to  the  like 
effect. 

42.  Section  3  of  The  Gtielph  General  Hospital  Act,  1930,  isc.^li",  s.  3. 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


amended. 


(2)  Any  property,  real  or  personal,  whether  or  not  P^^operty 
specifically  mentioned  in  this  Act  belonging  to  thehf--*-' 
said  hospital  or  which  hereafter  may  be  acquired  for 
its  purposes  or  which  heretofore  may  have  been  or 
hereafter  may  be  given  by  way  of  bequest,  devise, 
donation  or  otherwise  to  or  for  the  benefit  of  the 
said  hospital  and  whether  in  the  name  of  the  said 


182 


19 

hospital  or  of  the  corporate  body  in  which  the  said 
hospital  was  previously  vested  or  its  directors  or 
in  the  name  of  the  corporation  are  and  shall  be 
vested  in  the  corporation  for  the  purposes  of  the 
said  hospital. 

■^^54  ^^''^-'g        4:3.  Section  56  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  is  amended 
amended.       by  adding  thereto  the  following  words:  "or  for  making  com- 
pensation in  whole  or  in  part,  to  any  person  whose  land  or 
property    has    been    entered    upon,    taken,    expropriated    or 
acquired  under  this  Act." 

Re^^.^stat.,^      44. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  378  of  The  Municipal  Act 
subs.  2,        'is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "which  is  the  county 

amended.  ,,    .         ,  ,7.  ,    .  .  .       ,•  ,  r      1 

town  m  the  second  hne  and  msertmg  m  lieu  thereof  the 
words  "whether  such  city  or  separated  town  is  the  county 
town  or  not." 

c^^23'3^s'*384       ^"^^  Clause  a  of  subsection  4  of  section  384  of  The  Municipal 
subs.  4,  ci.  a.  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "within  the  county 
town"  in  the  first  line. 


amended. 


Rev.  Stat..  45,  Section  12  of  The  Limited  Partnership  Act  as  enacted 

(i93o,'  by  section  12  of  The  Statute  Law  Amendment  Act,  1930,  is 

eiibs.'s^)',    ""  repealed,  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

Partnership  12.  The  business  of  the  partnership  shall  be  conducted 


name. 


under  a  name  in  which  the  names  of  one  or  more  of 
the  general  partners  shall  be  used,  and  unless  any 
limited  partner  whose  name  is  used  in  the  partnership 
name  is  clearly  designated  as  a  limited  partner  in  a 
line  immediately  beneath  the  name  of  the  partner- 
ship upon  letterheads,  confirmations  to  customers 
and  statements  of  account,  he  shall  be  deemed  a 
general  partner. 

Commence-  46.  The  provisions  of  this  Act,  other  than  section  13,  shall 
come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  they  receive  the 
Royal  Assent.  Section  13  shall  come  into  force  on  a  day  to 
be  named  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  by  his  Proclamation. 


182 


I— ( 

n 
w 


g 

S 

> 

fa 
o 

13- 

1 

o 

S5 

^ 
«> 

o 

>3 

1 

r+ 

e 

v> 

e 

(-+ 

- 

?i. 

r+ 

S- 

_cr 

h-k 

t-A 

Qrq 

OJ 

(/<5 

O 

0^ 

o 

I—* 

Ca> 

uj 

H 
m 

rt 
f» 
<-+ 

c 

<-(- 

r 

fa 
> 

3 

3 

3 
n 

3 


r 

r 


> 

n 


No.  183 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


Short  title. 


No.  183  1931 

BILL 

The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,  1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Assessment  Amendment 
Act,  1931. 


c^®238^*8.*'24,      2.  Subsection   3  of  section   24  of   The  Assessment  Act  is 

amended.       amended  by  adding  the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after 

the  word  "son"  and  the    word  and  letters  "or  'F.D.'  "  in 

the  eighth  line  of  the  paragraph  thereof  relating  to  column  5 

of  the  assessment  roll. 

c^^238^*s.*^'24,      3.  Subsection   6  of  section   24  of   The  Assessment  Act  is 
repealed.       repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

of^roif'in^  (^)  ^^  ^  city  or  town  the  form  may  be  varied  so  as  to 

tow^^'^'^  give  any  additional  information  required  owing  to 

changes  in  the  boundaries  of  the  municipality  or 
other  like  causes,  or  so  as  to  allow  the  same  to  be 
adapted  to  mechanical  bookkeeping  methods  in 
the  preparation  of  the  roll,  and  columns  may  be 
omitted  which  are  inapplicable  to  a  city  or  town. 

c^^238^*s.*'28      ■*• — (^)  Subsection  1  of  section  28  of  The  Assessment  Act  is 
amended        amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

^Farmer's  (J)   "Daughter,"  "daughters,"  "farmer's  daughter"  and 

"farmers'  daughters"  shall  mean  daughter  or 
daughters,  step-daughter  or  step-daughters  of  the 
full  age  of  twenty-one  years  not  otherwise  entitled 
to  be  entered  on  the  voters'  list. 

c'^238^*s*'28       ^^^  Subsection  2  of  said  section  28  is  amended  by  inserting 
siibs.  2,        '  the  words  "and  daughters"  after  the  word  "sons"  in  the  third 

amended. 

183 


line  and  by  adding  the  words  "or  farmers'  daughters,  as  the 
case  may  be"  at  the  end  of  said  subsection. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  238,  s.  28 

amended.       the  words  "or  daughter"  after  the  word 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  said  section  28  is  amended  by  inserting 

son"  in  the  third 
Hne  and  by  inserting  the  words  "or  daughter"  after  the  word 
"son"  in  the  fourth  line. 


Rev.   Stat., 
c.   238,  s.   28. 
amended. 


Right  of 
daughter  to 
vote  where 
no  sons. 


(4)  The  said  section  28  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 

(5a)  Where  a  father  or  mother  has  no  sons,  the  daughters, 
if  any,  shall  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  4  or  5 
be  entitled  to  be  entered  on  the  roll  as  farmers' 
daughters  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same 
extent  as  the  sons,  if  there  had  been  sons,  would 
have  been  entitled  to  be  entered  on  the  roll. 


Right  of 
daughter  to 
vote  where 
sons  also. 


{5b)  Where  a  father  or  mother  has  sons  and  daughters 
and  the  farm  is  assessed  at  an  amount  more  than 
sufficient  to  entitle  the  father  or  mother  and  all  the 
sons  to  be  entered  on  the  roll,  but  is  not  assessed 
for  an  amount  sufficient  to  qualify  also  all  such 
daughters  to  vote  at  a  municipal  election,  so  many 
of  the  daughters  in  the  order  mentioned  for  sons  in 
subsection  4  as  the  amount  at  which  the  farm  is 
assessed  if  equally  divided  between  the  father, 
mother  and  the  sons  and  daughters  would  be  suffi- 
cient to  qualify  shall  be  entitled  to  be  entered  on  the 
roll  as  farmers'  daughters. 


c^^238^*s*'28       (^)  Subsection  6  of  said  section  28  is  amended  by  inserting 
subs.  6,  the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after  the  word  "sons"  in 

amended.  ,  •     i  ,. 

the  third  hne. 

c^^238^*s*48       ^-  Section  48  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 
amended.     '  after  the  word  "bridge"  in  the  first  line  the  words  "or  tunnel." 

c^^238^*s.*49,      ^-  Section  49  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 
amended.       after  the  word  "bridge"  in  the  first  line  the  words  "or  tunnel." 


Rev.  Stat, 
c.  238, 
amended. 


7.   The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section : 


County 
not  to 
include 
income 
assessment 
in  equaliza- 
tion. 


96a. — (1)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act  or  any 
other  special  or  general  Act  contained,  income  assess- 
ments of  a  local  municipality  forming  part  of  a  county 
shall  not  be  included  in  any  statement  given  to  the 
county  clerk,  nor  shall  they  be  included  in,  but  shall 
be  excluded  from,  any  valuation  and  equalization  by 


183 


a  county  council  of  rateable  property  in  the  county 
for  any  county  purpose,  and  the  ascertainment, 
imposition  or  levy  by  a  county  council  of  any  rate 
for  county  purposes  shall  be  made  and  raised  upon 
and  from  the  equalized  assessment  of  real  property 
and  business  assessments  only  in  the  county. 


Local  muni- 
cipality to 
levy  oounty 
rates  on  all 
rateable 
property 
including 
income 
assessments. 


(2)  When  under  this  Act  or  any  other  special  or  general 
Act  any  rate  is  directed  or  required  to  be  levied  in  a 
local  municipality  forming  part  of  a  county  for 
county  purposes,  the  same  shall  in  the  local  munici- 
pality be  calculated  and  levied  upon  and  against 
the  whole  rateable  property  including  assessments 
of  income  within  such  local  municipality  according 
to  the  last  revised  assessment  roll  thereof. 


8.  Section  98  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  adding 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  238,  s.  98, 

amended.       thereto  the  following  subsection 


Avoidance 
of  double 
income 
taxation  on 
removal. 


(4)  If,  notwithstanding  his  removal  from  the  municipality 
any  person  is  under  the  provisions  of  subsection  3 
liable  for  rates  levied  in  any  year  upon  an  assessment 
in  respect  of  income,  such  person  shall  not  in  the 
municipality  to  which  he  has  removed  be  liable  for 
rates  levied  by  such  latter  municipality  in  the  same 
year  upon  an  assessment  in  respect  of  income. 


c!2^'8^s^i62      ^-  Section  102  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.       thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Variation 
of  tax  roll  in 
cities  and 
towns. 


(2a)  In  a  city  or  town  the  form  of  the  collector's  roll 
may  be  varied  so  as  to  allow  the  same  to  be  adapted 
to  mechanical  methods  of  accounting  and  book- 
keeping. 


c^2^'8^s^\'67       ^^-  Subsection  2  of  section  107  of  The  Assessment  Act  is 
subs.  2,        '  amended  by  adding  the  words  "clerk  or  treasurer"  at  the  end 

of  the  first  line  thereof  so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read 

as  follows: 


How  may  be 
given  in 
cities,  towns, 
townships 
and     villages 


(2)  In  cities,  towns,  townships  and  villages,  the  col- 
lector, clerk  or  treasurer  may,  if  so  authorized  by 
by-law  of  the  municipality  (which  by-law  the 
council  of  the  municipality  is  hereby  empowered  to 
pass),  mail  the  notice  or  cause  the  same  to  be  mailed 
to  the  address  of  the  residence  or  place  of  business 
of  such  person. 


11.  Subsection  7  of  section  111  of  The  Assessment  Act  is 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  238,  s.  Ill, 

repealed        repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


183 


Provision 
for 

payment  of 
taxes  into 
bank. 


(7) 


Rev.  ytat., 
c.  238,  s.  Ill, 
amended. 


The  council  of  any  municipality  may  by  by-law 
direct  that  moneys  payable  to  the  municipality  for 
taxes  or  rates  and  upon  such  other  accounts  as  may 
be  mentioned  in  the  by-law  shall  be  by  the  collector 
of  taxes  or  by  the  person  charged  with  the  payment 
thereof  paid  into  such  chartered  bank  of  Canada, 
as  the  council  shall  by  such  by-law  direct  to  the 
credit  of  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality,  and  in 
such  case  the  person  making  the  payment  shall 
obtain  a  receipt  from  the  bank  therefor,  and  the 
treasurer  or  collector  of  taxes  shall  make  the 
proper  entries  therefor  in  the  books  of  the  muni- 
cipality. 


12.  Section  111  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  further  amended 


by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


By-law  to 
authorize 
part 

payment  of 
taxes  due. 


(8)  The  council  of  any  municipality  may  by  by-law 
authorize  the  treasurer  and  the  collector  of  taxes 
to  accept  part  payment  from  time  to  time  on  account 
of  any  taxes  due  and  to  give  a  receipt  for  such  part 
payment,  provided  that  acceptance  of  any  such  part 
payment  shall  not  affect  the  collection  of  any 
percentage  charge  imposed  and  collectible  under 
subsection  2  in  respect  to  non-payment  of  any  taxes 
or  any  class  of  taxes  or  of  any  instalment  thereof. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  238, 

Tmendid.       out  the  figures  "119"  in  the  sixth  line  of  the  last  paragraph 


13.   Form  10 of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
It  the  figures  "119"  in  the  sixth  line  of  the 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  figures  "125." 


Commence- 
ment of  Act. 


14.  This  Act  other  than  sections  2  and  4  shall  come  into 
force  on  the  day  upon  which  it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 
Sections  [2  and  4  shall  come  into  force  on  the  Ist^day  of 
January,  1932. 


183 


n 


0^ 


t\J 

►-1 

a 

o 

tl^ 

?j- 

cr 

>a 

OO 

>3 

0^5 

o 

t— ' 

o^a 

CO 

en 

3 
a> 

3 

> 

3 
n 

3 

3 

3 

> 


r 
r 


No.  183 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,  1931, 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  183  1931 

BILL 

The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,  1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         j^  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Assessment  Amendment 
Act,  1931. 

c^^238^*s*^'24      2-  Subsection  3  of  section  24  of   The  Assessment  Act  is 
subs.  3  amended  by  adding  the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after 

amended.  ,    <:        ,,  ,      ,       *  i  11  ,<        it-  t-.  >  m    • 

the  word     son     and  the    word  and  letters     or    r.U.        m 

the  eighth  line  of  the  paragraph  thereof  relating  to  column  5 
of  the  assessment  roll. 

c^^238^*s*'24       *^-  Subsection   6  of  section   24  of   The  Assessment  Act  is 
subs.  6,        '  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed.  '^  '^ 

Variation  (5)  In  a  city  or  town  the  form  may  be  varied  so  as  to 

of  roll  in  ^    ^        .  ■',.....-  .  .       . 

cities  and  give  any  additional  information  required  owing  to 

changes  in  the  boundaries  of  the  municipality  or 
other  like  causes,  or  so  as  to  allow  the  same  to  be 
adapted  to  mechanical  bookkeeping  methods  in 
the  preparation  of  the  roll,  and  columns  may  be 
omitted  which  are  inapplicable  to  a  city  or  town. 

c^^238^*s*'28       ^* — ^^^  Subsection  1  of  section  28  of  The  Assessment  Act  is 
subs,  i,        '  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amended.  j  <=>  <=> 

•'Farmer's^  (/)   "Daughter,"  "daughters,"  "farmer's  daughter"  and 

"farmers'  daughters"  shall  mean  daughter  or 
daughters,  step-daughter  or  step-daughters  of  the 
full  age  of  twenty-one  years  not  otherwise  entitled 
to  be  entered  on  the  voters'  list. 

Rev.  Stat.,         (2)  Subsection  2  of  said  section  28  is  amended  by  inserting 

siibs.  2,  ■     '  the  words  "and  daughters"  after  the  word  "sons"  in  the  third 
amended. 

183 


line  and  by  adding  the  words  "or  farmers'  daughters,  as  the 
case  mav  lie"  nl  the  end  of  said  subsection. 

(3)  Suosfciioii  o  of  said  secuon  25  is  amended  by  insertingc.  ^as,  V.  is. 
the  words  "or  daughter"  after  the  word  "son"  in  the  third  anl'end Ad. 
line  and  by  inserting  the  words  "or  daughter"  after  the  word 

"son"  in  the  fourth  line. 

(4)  The  said  section  28  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thec!'238?s?''28. 

following  subsections:  amended. 

(5a)  Where  a  father  or  mother  has  no  sons,  the  daughters,  daught'e^r  to 
if  any,  shall  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  4  or  5  no^soS^*^^ 
be  entitled  to  be  entered  on  the  roll  as  farmers' 
daughters  in   the  same  manner  and   to  the  same 
extent  as  the  sons,  if  there  had  been  sons,  would 
have  been  entitled  to  be  entered  on  the  roll. 

{5b)  Where  a  father  or  mother  has  sons  and  daughters  u^a^ght^'er  to 
and  the  farm  is  assessed  at  an  amount  more  than  J^^|  fUso'^'^ 
sufficient  to  entitle  the  father  or  mother  and  all  the 
sons  to  be  entered  on  the  roll,  but  is  not  assessed 
for  an  amount  sufficient  to  qualify  also  all  such 
daughters  to  vote  at  a  municipal  election,  so  many 
of  the  daughters  in  the  order  mentioned  for  sons  in 
subsection  4  as  the  amount  at  which  the  farm  is 
assessed  if  equally  divided  between  the  father, 
mother  and  the  sons  and  daughters  would  be  suffi- 
cient to  qualify  shall  be  entitled  to  be  entered  on  the 
roll  as  farmers'  daughters. 

(5)  Subsection  6  of  said  section  28  is  amended  by  inserting  ^®J3g^*^*-^g_ 
the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after  the  word  "sons"  in^^l^ded 
the  third  line. 

3.  Section  48  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  inserting ^^Jgg^'s^^g^ 
after  the  word  "bridge"  in  the  first  line  the  words  "or  tunnel."  amended. 

6.  Section  49  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  ^®J38^*8.*49, 
after  the  word  "bridge"  in  the  first  line  the  words  "or  tunnel."  amended. 

7.  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  J'Yss?'^* ' 

following  section :  amended. 

96a. — (1)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act  or  anynoTfo^ 
other  special  or  general  Act  contained,  income  assess-  |nco"ml 
ments  of  a  local  municipality  forming  part  of  a  county  fn'^l^aMza- 
shall  not  be  included  in  any  statement  given  to  thetion. 
county  clerk,  nor  shall  they  be  included  in,  but  shall 
be  excluded  from,  any  valuation  and  equalization  by 

183 


a  county  council  of  rateable  property  in  the  county 
for  any  county  purpose,  and  the  ascertainment, 
imposition  or  levy  by  a  county  council  of  any  rate 
for  county  purposes  shall  be  made  and  raised  upon 
and  from  the  equalized  assessment  of  real  property 
and  business  assessments  only  in  the  county. 


Local  muni- 
cipality to 
levy  oounty 
rates  on  all 
rateable 
property 
including 
income 
assessments. 


(2)  When  under  this  Act  or  any  other  special  or  general 
Act  any  rate  is  directed  or  required  to  be  levied  in  a 
local  municipality  forming  part  of  a  county  for 
county  purposes,  the  same  shall  in  the  local  munici- 
pality be  calculated  and  levied  upon  and  against 
the  whole  rateable  property  including  assessments 
of  income  within  such  local  municipality  according 
to  the  last  revised  assessment  roll  thereof. 


nev  Stat  s.  Section  98  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  adding 

amended.     '  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Avoidance 
of  double 
income 
taxation  on 
removal. 


(4)  If,  notwithstanding  his  removal  from  the  municipality 
any  person  is  under  the  provisions  of  subsection  3 
liable  for  rates  levied  in  any  year  upon  an  assessment 
in  respect  of  income,  such  person  shall  not  in  the 
municipality  to  which  he  has  removed  be  liable  for 
rates  levied  by  such  latter  municipality  in  the  same 
year  upon  an  assessment  in  respect  of  income. 


c^^2^'8^s^i62      ®-  Section  102  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.     '  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Variation 
of  tax  roll  in 
cities  and 
towns. 


(2a)  In  a  city  or  town  the  form  of  the  collector's  roll 
may  be  varied  so  as  to  allow  the  same  to  be  adapted 
to  mechanical  methods  of  accounting  and  book- 
keeping. 


0^^238^6^107       ^^'  Subsection  2  of  section  107  of  The  Assessment  Act  is 
subs.  2.'       '  amended  by  adding  the  words  "clerk  or  treasurer"  at  the  end 

of  the  first  line  thereof  so  that  the  subsection  will  now  read 

as  follows: 


amended. 


How  may  be 
given  in 
cities,  towns, 
townships 
and     villages 


(2)  In  cities,  towns,  townships  and  villages,  the  col- 
lector, clerk  or  treasurer  may,  if  so  authorized  by 
by-law  of  the  municipality  (which  by-law  the 
council  of  the  municipality  is  hereby  empowered  to 
pass) ,  mail  the  notice  or  cause  the  same  to  be  mailed 
to  the  address  of  the  residence  or  place  of  business 
of  such  person. 


11.  Subsection  7  of  section  111  of  The  Assessment  Act  is 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  238,  s.  Ill, 

subs.  7,         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


183 


(7)  The  council   of  any   municipality   may   by   by-law  jTro^'^'o" 
direct  that  moneys  payable  to  the  municipality  for  payment  of 
taxes  or  rates  and  upon  such  other  accounts  as  may  bank. 

be  mentioned  in  the  by-law  shall  be  by  the  collector 
of  taxes  or  by  the  person  charged  with  the  payment 
thereof  paid  into  such  chartered  bank  of  Canada, 
as  the  council  shall  by  such  by-law  direct  to  the 
credit  of  the  treasurer  of  the  municipality,  and  in 
such  case  the  person  making  the  payment  shall 
obtain  a  receipt  from  the  bank  therefor,  and  the 
treasurer  or  collector  of  taxes  shall  make  the 
proper  entries  therefor  in  the  books  of  the  muni- 
cipality. 

12.  Section  111  of  The  Assessment  Act  is  further  amended  c.  238,8.  lii, 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection :  amen  e 

(8)  The  council   of  any   municipality  may   by   by-law  axfthorize* 
authorize  the  treasurer  and  the  collector  of  taxes  p^'^,^^.    , 

payment  of 

to  accept  part  payment  from  time  to  time  on  account  taxes  due. 
of  any  taxes  due  and  to  give  a  receipt  for  such  part 
payment,  provided  that  acceptance  of  any  such  part 
payment  shall  not  affect  the  collection  of  any 
percentage  charge  imposed  and  collectible  under 
subsection  2  in  respect  to  non-payment  of  any  taxes 
or  any  class  of  taxes  or  of  any  instalment  thereof. 

13.  Form  10 of  The  Assessment  Act  is  amended  by  striking o.  238,  ^  " 
out  the  figures  "119"  in  the  sixth  line  of  the  last  paragraph  amended', 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  figures  "125." 

14.  This  Act  other  than  sections  2  and  4  shall  come  into  ment  of  Act. 
force  on  the  day  upon  which  it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 
Sections  2  and  4  shall  come  into  force  on  the  .1st  day  of 
January,  1932. 


183 


a> 


> 

> 

1^ 
P 
•-t 

n 

pi- 

?i. 

cr 

«^ 

j_k 

>a 

H- ' 

^ 

Oo 

>a 

v> 

?* 

W 

o 

r-h 

(:) 

r1- 

c^ 

ft 

1— k 

§1 

h-» 

&t 

p- 

0^3 

0^ 

1—' 

h- » 

Co 

rt 
> 

3 

n 

3 

CL 

3 

n 
3 

> 
O 


I— I 
r 
r 


No.  184 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  184  1931 

BILL 

The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Short  title.         1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Municipal  Amendment 
Act,  1931. 

^®J33^*^*-^g       2.  Subsection   7   of  section   46  of   The   Municipal  Act  is 
subs.  7,         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Council  of  (7)  Notwithstanding  anything  in   any  special  Act  the 

Toronto.  council  of  the  city  of  Toronto  shall  consist  of  the 

mayor  and  four  controllers  to  be  elected  by  general 
vote,  and  three  aldermen  for  each  ward,  except 
that  if  that  part  of  the  said  city  lying  north  of  the 
right-of-way  of  the  Toronto  Belt  Line  Railway 
Company  is  made  a  separate  ward  there  shall  be 
two  aldermen  only  for  that  ward. 

^^233^*^6*  53      3-  Clause  r  of  subsection  1  of  section  53  of  The  Municipal 
subs^i  ci.  r'j^ct  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Unpaid  ^  (^)  A  person  whose  taxes  at  the  time  of  the  election  are 

exception.  overdue  and  unpaid,  but  this  clause  shall  not  apply 

to  a  person  who  is  a  bona  fide  tenant  and  qualifies 
as  a  householder  if  such  overdue  and  unpaid  taxes 
as  between  him  and  his  landlord  are  taxes  the  latter 
ought  to  pay. 

^^233^*8.* 53.      *•  Subsection   2   of  section   53  of   The  Municipal  Act  is 
amended        amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{h)  Of  his  being  assessed  as  the  owner  of  lands  against 
which  taxes  are  overdue  and  unpaid,  if  at  the  time 
of  the  election  he  is  not  the  owner  of  such  lands 
and  if  such  taxes  became  due  after  he  ceased  to  own 
the  said  lands. 

184 


c.^233,  s.  '56,      5. — (1)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  56  of  The  Mimi- 
Bubs.  1,  cipal  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  the  words  "or  farmer's 

amended.       daughter"  after  the  word  "son"  in  the  seventh  line. 

c^^233^*s*^'56  (^)  Subsection  6  of  said  section  56  is  amended  by  inserting 
subs- 6,  'the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after  the  word  "son"  in 
the  third  line,  by  inserting  the  words  "or  she"  after  the  word 
"he"  in  the  fourth  line,  by  inserting  the  words  "or  a  farmer's 
daughter"  after  the  word  "son"  in  the  fifth  line,  and  by 
inserting  the  words  "or  her"  after  the  word  "his"  in  the 
sixth  line. 

0^^233^*8*56       ^^^  Subsection  7  of  said  section  56  is  further  amended  by 
Bubs.  7,  inserting  the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after  the  word 


amended. 


'son"  in  the  third  line. 


c!^233^*s*'57,      6.  Section  57  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
repealed.       following  substituted  therefor: 

57.  Subject  to  sections  60,  61  and  62,  every  person  whose 
name  is  entered  on  the  proper  voters'  list  shall  be 
entitled  to  vote  at  a  municipal  election,  except  that 
in  the  case  of  the  wife  or  husband  of  a  tenant  she  or 
he  shall  not  be  entitled  to  vote  unless  the  tenant  is 
a  resident  of  the  municipality  at  the  date  of  and  has 
resided  therein  for  one  month  next  before  the  election 
and  in  the  case  of  a  farmer's  son  or  farmer's  daughter, 
he  or  she  is  a  resident  of  the  municipality  at  the  date 
of  the  election. 

c^^233^*s.* 58,      '^'  Section  58  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
repealed.       following  substituted  therefor: 

tions^not"  ^^-  Except  as  to  the  disqualification  arising  from  not 

to  be  residing  in  the  municipality  at  the  time  of  the  election 

questioned  .»  r        t  ,  r  .11. 

at  election  m  the  case  01  a  farmer  s  son  or  farmer  s  daughter 

non-  voter,  or  from  the  non-payment  of  taxes  in  the  case 

of  a  voter  whose  name  appears  on  the  defaulters 
list,  no  question  as  to  the  qualifications  of  any 
person  whose  name  is  entered  on  the  proper  list  of 
voters  shall  be  raised  at  an  election. 

^^233^^*94.       8-  Section  94  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.       thereto  the  following  subsection : 

banot°  (2)    In  cities  having  a  population  of  not  less  than  200,000 

m^certain  the  ballot  papers  shall  be  according  to  Form  3a, 

^^^^^^-  and    shall    contain    the    names    of    the    candidates 

arranged  as  set  forth  in  subsection  1. 

184 


^^33^ 3*^*108      ^-  Subsection   1  of  section   108  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
subs,  i,  amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  "poll  clerk"   in  the 


amended. 


second  line  the  words  "special  constable.' 


Rev.  Stat.,         10.  Subsection  1  of  section   126  oi  The  Municipal  Act  is 
subs,  i?'       '  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

Procedure  on  (1)  All  the  ballot  papers  except  those  rejected  shall  be 

ballot  papers  counted,  and  an  account  shall  be  kept  of  the  number 

and  pfacfng  of  votcs  given  and  allowed  for  each  candidate,  and 

hfto°pa^c1fe1;s^  all  the  ballot  papers  shall  be  put  into  separate  packets 

as  follows, — 

(a)  all  the  used  ballot  papers  which  have  not  been 
objected  to  and  have  been  counted; 

{b)  all  the  used  ballot  papers  which  have  been 
objected  to,  but  which  have  been  counted; 

(c)  all  the  rejected  ballot  papers; 

{d)  all  the  cancelled  ballot  papers; 

{e)  all  the  ballot  papers  used  but  unmarked; 

(/)  all  the  declined  ballot  papers; 

(g)  all  the  unused  ballot  papers. 

Rev.  Stat.,  H-  Subscction   1  of  section   127  oi  The  Municipal  Act  is 

siibs.^i^"  ^^^'  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amended. 

(//)  The  ballot  papers  used  but  unmarked; 

?®2^'3^l^*i37       12.  Section  137  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
repealed.      'following  substituted  therefor: 

^??ecoimT  137.— (1)  If,  within  fourteen  days  after  the  declaration 

addftion  t»y  the  clerk  of  the  result  of  the  election,  upon  the 

application  of  a  candidate  or  voter  it  is  made  to 
appear  by  affidavit  to  a  judge  of  the  county  or 
district  court  of  the  county  or  district  in  which  the 
municipality  is  situate,  that  a  deputy  returning 
officer,  in  counting  the  votes  has  improperly  counted 
or  rejected  any  ballot  paper,  or  made  an  incorrect 
statement  of  the  number  of  ballots  cast  for  any 
candidate,  or  has  improperly  added  up  the  votes  and 
if  within  that  time  the  applicant  shall  have  given 
security  for  the  costs  in  connection  with  the  recount 
or  final  addition  of  the  candidate  declared  elected 
184 


of  such  nature  and  in  such  amount  as  may  be  fixed 
by  the  judge;  or  if  at  any  time  within  four  weeks 
after  such  declaration  in  a  city  having  a  population 
of  not  less  than  100,000,  the  council  has  by  resolution 
declared  that  a  recount  or  readdition  is  desirable  in 
the  public  interest,  the  judge  shall  appoint  a  time 
and  place  to  recount  or  readd  the  votes  cast  at  the 
election. 


Deputy- 
judges  in 
wards  of 
cities  of 
100,000 
population 
or  over. 


(2)  In  all  cases  of  a  recount  or  readdition  of  the  ballots 
cast  for  candidates  elected  by  general  vote  in  a  city 
having  a  population  of  not  less  than  100,000,  the 
judge  may  order  that  the  recount  or  readdition  shall 
be  conducted  separately  in  each  ward  of  such  city 
and  for  that  purpose  may  appoint  for  any  ward  as 
his  deputy,  another  judge  or  a  barrister  of  at  least 
ten  years'  standing  at  the  bar  of  Ontario  to 
recount  or  readd  the  votes  cast  at  the  election  in 
such  ward  and  a  time  and  place  for  such  recount  or 
readdition  to  be  held,  and  every  such  deputy  shall 
for  all  the  purposes  of  the  recount  or  readdition  and 
in  respect  to  the  ward  for  which  he  is  appointed, 
have  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the  judge 
as  hereinafter  in  this  section  set  out. 


Notice  of 
time  and 
place  for 
recount  or 
readdition. 


(3)  At  least  two  days'  notice  in  writing  of  the  time  and 
place  appointed  shall  be  given  to  the  candidates  and 
to  the  clerk,  and  the  clerk  or  an  assistant  clerk 
appointed  for  the  purpose  shall  attend  the  recount 
or  readdition  with  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  documents 
relating  to  the  election. 


Who  may 
attend. 


(4)  The  judge,  the  clerk,  the  assistant  clerk,  and  each 
candidate  and  his  agent  appointed  to  attend  the 
recount  or  readdition,  but  no  other  person  except 
with  the  sanction  of  the  judge,  shall  be  entitled  to 
be  present  at  the  recount. 


Which 
ballots  to  be 
readded  or 
recounted. 


(5)  The  recount  shall  be  of  the  ballots  cast  respectively 
for  the  candidate  declared  elected  when  one  only  is 
to  be  elected  and  in  other  cases  of  the  candidate  who 
received  the  lowest  number  of  votes  of  those  declared 
elected  by  the  clerk  and  for  the  defeated  candidate 
who  received  the  highest  number  of  votes  for  the 
same  office  unless  any  other  candidate  in  writing 
requires  the  ballots  cast  for  him  to  be  recounted  or 
readded. 


Making 
readdition  or 
recount. 


(6)  At  the  time  and  place  appointed,  and  in  the  presence 
of  such  of  the  persons  entitled  to  be  present  as  may 


184 


attend,  the  judge  shall  make  such  final  addition 
from  the  statements  contained  in  the  ballot  boxes 
returned  by  the  deputy  returning  officers,  or  recount 
all  the  ballot  papers  received  by  the  clerk  from  the 
several  deputy  returning  officers  and  the  number  of 
votes  counted  at  the  election  and  shall  for  the 
purpose  of  the  recount  open  the  sealed  packets 
containing  the  used  ballot  papers  which  were  not 
objected  to  and  were  counted,  the  ballot  papers 
which  were  objected  to  but  which  were  counted,  the 
rejected  ballot  papers,  the  cancelled  ballot  papers, 
the  ballot  papers  which  were  used  but  were  un- 
marked, the  declined  ballot  papers  and  the  unused 
ballot  papers. 


Proceedings 
to  be  con- 
tinuous. 


(7)  The  judge  shall,  as  far  as  practicable,  proceed  con- 
tinuously, allowing  only  time  for  refreshment  and 
excluding,  except  so  far  as  he  and  the  persons  present 
agree,  the  hours  between  six  o'clock  in  the  afternoon 
and  nine  o'clock  in  the  succeeding  forenoon,  and 
during  the  excluded  time  the  judge  shall  place  the 
ballot  papers  and  other  documents  relating  to  the 
election  close  under  his  own  seal  and  the  seal  of 
such  of  the  persons  present  as  desire  to  affix  their 
seals,  and  shall  otherwise  take  all  necessary  pre- 
cautions for  the  security  of  them. 


Procedure 
as  at  close 
of  poll. 


(8)  Subject  to  subsection  9,  the  judge  shall  proceed 
according  to  the  provisions  for  the  counting  of  the 
ballot  papers  and  the  vote  at  the  close  of  the  poll 
by  a  deputy  returning  officer,  and  shall  verify  and 
correct  the  statement  of  the  poll. 


Evidence 
may  be 
taken. 


(9)  If  for  any  reason  it  appears  desirable  to  do  so,  the 
judge  upon  the  application  of  any  party  to  the 
proceeding  may  hear  such  evidence  as  he  may  deem 
necessary  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  full  and 
proper  recount  of  the  ballot  papers. 


Judge's 
certificate 
of  result. 


(10)  Upon  the  completion  of  the  recount  the  judge  shall 
seal  up  all  the  ballot  papers  in  their  separate  packets 
and  upon  the  completion  of  a  readdition  he  shall 
seal  up  the  original  statements  in  their  respective 
packets,  and  shall  forthwith  certify  the  result  of  the 
recount  or  readdition  to  the  clerk. 


Clerk's 
declaration 
of  result. 


(11)  Upon  the  result  of  the  recount  or  readdition  being 

certified  to  him  the  clerk  shall  declare  elected  the 

candidate  so  certified  as  having  the  highest  number 

of  votes,  and  such  declaration  shall  be  deemed  for 

184 


all  purposes  to  have  been  substituted  for  the  prior 
declaration  made  under  section  134  if  it  is  different 
from  such  prior  declaration. 

remedies  not  (12)  Nothing  in   this   section   shall   affect   any   remedy 

affected.  which  any  person  may  have  under  the  provisions 

hereinafter  contained  by  proceedings  in  the  nature 

of  quo  warranto  or  otherwise. 

c! 233^8^*138,      13.  Subsection   2  of  section   138  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
repealed.        repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

or"scaie'of  (■^)  ^^^  judge  may  in  his  discretion  award  costs  of  the 

^°^*^^-  recount  or  readdition  to  or  against  any  candidate 

and  may  fix  the  amount  of  same  or  order  that  they 
be  taxed  by  the  clerk  of  the  district  or  county  court 
on  a  scale  following  as  nearly  as  may  be  the  tariff  of 
costs  of  the  county  court. 

0^2^33? 8^ 274,      14.  Subsection   1  of  section  274  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
fimended.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{hh)  farmer's  daughter. 

^®7o.,®*^^Ar,       15.  Clause  /  of  subsection  2  of  section  297  of  The  Munici- 
subs.  2,' ci.  f,  pal  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

(/)  By  the  council  of  any  municipality  with  the  approval 
of  the  Municipal  Board  for  borrowing  such  sum  or 
sums  as  may  be  required  to  pay  or  defray  the  cost 
or  share  of  the  cost  of  any  work  or  improvement 
which  by  the  terms  of  any  order  of  the  Board  of 
Railway  Commissioners  of  Canada  or  of  the  Muni- 
cipal Board  the  municipality  is  or  has  been  authorized 
or  required  to  undertake  or  pay,  or  of  any  work  or 
improvement  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  Municipal 
Board  is  or  has  been  rendered  necessary  or  expedient 
owing  to  the  construction  of  any  work  or  improve- 
ment ordered  by  either  of  the  said  boards;  but  where 
any  such  work  or  improvement  is  or  has  been  merely 
authorized  but  not  required  to  be  undertaken  by 
the  municipality  no  sum  or  sums  may  be  borrowed 
hereunder  unless  the  work  was  undertaken  with  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board. 

c^^2^"3^s^329       ^^-  Section  329  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  add- 
amended.     '  ing  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

184 


Signature  to  (5)  ^^y  debenture  heretofore  issued  or  hereafter  to  be 

debentures.  . 

issued  shall  be  sufficiently  signed  by  the  head  of 

the  council  if  it  bears  the  signature,  as  hereinbefore 

in  this  section  provided,  of  the  person  who  was  the 

head  of  the  council  either  at  the  date  of  the  debenture 

or  at  the  time  when  it  was  issued. 

Rev.  Stat.,  _       17.  Section  335  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.     '  at  the  end  thereof  the  following  words: 

"and  to  borrow  from  time  to  time  by  the  issue  and  sale 
of  debentures  such  sum  as  may  be  necessary  to  repay 
such  advances." 

Rev.  Stat.,         18.  Section  368  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
an^ended^^'^'  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Aid  to  (3)  The    council    may    grant    pecuniary    aid    or    other 

children^of^  assistance  to  the  widows  and  children  of  members 

pifiice  Yor?e  ^^  ^^^  police  forcc  who  are  killed  or  die  from  injuries 

in  certain  received  or  from  illness  contracted  in  the  discharge 

eases.  r     i     •      i      • 

oi  their  duties. 

? 233^8!' 397,      19.  Subsection  1  of  section  397  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 

lifnlnded.       amended   by   inserting  after   the  word    "drier"   in   the   fifth 

line  the  words  "or  a  cold  storage  plant  receiving  financial  aid 

from    the    Department   of   Agriculture   of    the    Province   of 

Ontario." 

^^o^oq^^^Uq       20.  Paragraph  16  of  section  399  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 

0.  ^oo,  s.  oyy, 

par.  16,         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed.  ^  ° 

fire  haii^ite,  ^6.  For  acquiring  land  for  and  erecting  thereon  a  fire  hall 

et^'-  and    for    purchasing    and    installing    fire    engines, 

apparatus  and  appliances  for  fire-fighting  and  fire 
protection  at  a  cost  not  exceeding  $20,000,  and  for 
the  issue  of  debentures  therefor  payable  in  equal 
annual  instalments  of  principal  and  interest  during 
a  period  not  exceeding  ten  years. 

(a)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  to  obtain  the  assent 
of  the  electors  to  the  by-law  if  it  is  passed  by 
a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  members  of 
the  council. 

{h)  No  by-law  shall  be  passed  under  the  authority 
of  this  paragraph  while  any  debentures  issued 
under  a  by-law  previously  passed  thereunder 
are  outstanding  and  unpaid  unless  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board  is  obtained. 

184 


Rev  Stat  ^^-  Paragraph  43  of  section  399  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 

c.  233  s.  399,  amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "from"  in  the  first  line 

par.  4o,  .  1W1**"  i  1 

amended.       the  words    solicitmg  or. 

Rev.  Stat.,         22.  Section  409  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amlndld*^^'  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 

Establish-  ^'  ^^r  acquiring  lands  in  the  county  and  erecting  thereon 

coimty^  farm    and    other    buildings    and    for    establishing, 

fEi'"'^s.  developing,    improving,    equipping,    operating    and 

maintaining  such  lands  and  buildings  as  a  county 
farm  for  educational,  experimental  and  other  pur- 
poses in  the  promotion  and  advancement  of  agricul- 
ture in  all  its  branches,  and  for  the  issue  of  deben- 
tures therefor,  other  than  for  the  expenses  of 
operation  and  maintenance. 

(a)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  to  obtain  the  assent 
of  the  electors  to  any  by-law  passed  under 
this  paragraph  if  it  is  passed  by  a  vote  of 
two-thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the  council. 

(b)  A   county    council    which    has   established    a 

county  farm  under  this  paragraph  may  enter 
into  agreements  with  the  Minister  of  Agricul- 
ture for  its  development,  improvement  and 
equipment  and  for  its  operation  and  main- 
tenance by  or  in  conjunction  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  for  such  periods  and  upon 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  from  time  to 
time  may  be  agreed. 

Rev.  Stat.,         23.  Paragraph  9  of  section  411  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
par.  9',^'       'amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  "wheeled  vehicle"  in 
amended.       ^^^  second  line  the  words  "other  than  a  motor  vehicle  as 
defined  in  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 

Rev.  Stat..         24,  Section  412  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.     '  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 

incinerator^  ^'  ^^^  prohibiting  or  for  regulating  and  controlling  the 

plants,  etc.  location  or  erection  within  any  defined  area  or  areas 

or  on  land  abutting  on  defined  highways  or  parts  of 
highways  of  any  incinerator  or  other  building,  plant 
or  machinery  to  be  used  for  the  destruction  or 
disposal  of  garbage,  ashes  or  other  refuse. 

Rev.  Stat.,         25.  Paragraph  3  of  section  414  of  The  Municipal  Act  as 

0.  233   B   414  o      v  ^    ^  c 

par.  3    '       '  re-enacted  by  section   9  of  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act, 
c.  58, 's.  9),     1929,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed. 

184 


Controlling 
location  of 
certain 
businesses, 
etc. 


3.  For  exercising  the  powers  conferred  on  cities  by 
paragraphs  2  to  13  of  section  411  and  by  section  412. 

(a)  This  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to  a  building  which 
was  on  the  day  the  by-law  is  passed  erected  or  used 
for  any  of  the  purposes  enumerated  in  said  sections 
411  and  412. 


26.  Paragraph  2  of  section  429  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
c^2^33^s"429.  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  other"  in  the  fourth 
amended.       ^^^^  ^^^  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "public  halls  and 
all"  so  that  the  paragraph  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Amusement 
places,  etc. 


2.  For  regulating  and  licensing,  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs  Act,  exhibitions 
held  for  hire  or  gain,  theatres,  music  halls,  bowling 
alleys,  moving-picture  shows,  public  halls,  and  all 
places  of  amusement,  and  for  prohibiting  the  location 
of  them  or  a  particular  class  of  them  on  land  abutting 
on  any  highway  or  part  of  a  highway  to  be  named  in 
the  by-law  and  for  revoking  any  license  granted. 


Rev.  Stat.,         27.  Section  430  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amlnded^^°'  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 


Sale  of 
newspapers 
on  streets. 


F^or  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  persons  selling 
newspapers  and  magazines  upon  any  highway  and 
for  restricting  the  operations  of  such  persons  to  a 
particular  location  upon  a  highway  and  for  restricting 
the  operations  of  such  persons  to  the  sale  of  news- 
papers and  magazines  only  and  for  prohibiting  the 
selling  or  offering  for  sale  upon  any  highway  of  books, 
periodicals,  pamphlets  or  other  printed  matter 
except  newspapers  and  magazines  and  for  revoking 
any  license  granted. 


c.23'3, 8^431.      28.  Paragraph  2  of  section  431  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
amended.       amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "vendors  of  newspapers" 
in  the  second  line. 


29.  Section   431a  of    The   Municipal  Act  as  enacted   by 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  233, 

ti928,^  section  16  of  The  Municipal  Amendmeftt  Act,  1928,  is  amended 

aniended^^'   ^^  adding  at  the  end  of  the  heading  thereof  the  following 
words : 

"and  by  councils  of  townships  bordering  on  a  city  having 
a  population  of  not  less  than  100,000." 

c!'^2^"3^s^437,      3^-  Section  437  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
repealed.      '  following  substituted  therefor: 


184 


10 


Expenses  of 

entertaining 

guests  and 

for 

travelling 

on  civic 

business. 


437.  The  council  of  a  city,  town,  village,  county  or  town- 
ship may  pay  for  or  towards  the  reception  or  enter- 
tainment of  persons  of  distinction  or  the  celebration 
of  events  or  matters  of  national  interest  or  import- 
ance, or  for  or  towards  travelling  or  other  expenses 
incurred  in  respect  to  matters  pertaining  to  or  affect- 
ing the  interests  of  the  corporation,  a  sum  not 
exceeding  in  any  year  in  the  case  of 


(a)  a  city  having  a  population  of  not  less  than 
200,000— $30,000; 

(b)  a  city  having  a  population  of  not  less  than 

100,000— $20,000; 

(c)  a  city  having  a  population  of  not  less  than 

50,000— $10,000; 

(d)  a  city  or  town  having  a  population  of  not  less 

than  20,000— $2,500; 

(e)  a  city  or  town  having  a  population  of  not  less 

than  10,000— $1,000; 

(J)  a  county— $1,500; 

(g)  other  municipalities — $500. 

c!^^2^'3?s^534,      31.  Section  534  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.       thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Length  of 
sidewalk 
to  be  cleared 
by  owner. 


(4)  Where  a  by-law  is  passed  under  clause  (e)  of  sub- 
section 1,  the  maximum  length  or  distance  of  side- 
walks adjoining  land  occupied  and  used  as  farm  lands 
for  which  the  occupant  or  owner  thereof  may  be 
required  to  clear  away  and  remove  snow  and  ice  or 
be  charged  with  the  expense  of  such  clearing  away 
and  removal  shall  be  limited  to  two  hundred  lineal 
feet  notwithstanding  that  a  greater  length  or 
distance  of  sidewalks  may  adjoin  such  land,  and 
the  clearing  away  and  removal  of  snow  and  ice 
from  such  greater  length  or  distance  shall  be  under- 
taken by  the  trustees  at  the  expense  of  the  police 
village. 


Rev.  Stat. 
c.  233, 
amended. 


32.  Form  3a  set  forth  in  schedule  "A"  hereto  is  added 
to  The  Municipal  Act. 


ment"oTAct  ^^-  This  Act  other  than  sections  5  and  14  and  so  much  of 
the  provisions  of  sections  6  and  7  as  relate  to  farmers' 
daughters  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  it 

184 


11 

receives  the  Royal  Assent.  Sections  5  and  14  and  so  much 
of  the  provisions  of  sections  6  and  7  as  relate  to  farmers' 
daughters  shall  take  effect  as  may  be  necessary  for  annual 
municipal  elections  for  the  year  1933,  whether  the  same  are 
to  be  held  under  the  provisions  of  section  72  or  under  the 
provisions  of  sections  73,  74  or  75  of  The  Municipal  Act, 
and  for  all  purposes  shall  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1933. 


184 


12 


SCHEDULE  "A" 
FORM  3a 
BALLOT  PAPER  FOR  CITIES 

OF   NOT  LESS  THAN  200,000  POPULATION 

Form  for  Mayor  and  Controllers 


ALLAN 

Charles  Allan, 

of  King  Street, 

in  the  City  of  Toronto, 

Merchant. 


BROWN 

William  Brown, 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 

Banker. 


Form  for  Aldermen 


ARGO 

James  Argo, 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 

Gentleman. 

ONTO 

an.  1st,  193 
bdivision  No. 

RiVIAN 

BAKER 

Samuel  Baker, 

o  «  *c,  iiJ  = 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 
Baker. 

OF  1 

ilectioi 
1  Pollin 

Coun 

DUNCAN 

Robert  Duncan, 

>s   -  ■  Q. 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 
Printer. 

"11  = 

ROBINSON 

i    «  O 

Archibald  Robinson, 
of  the  City  of  Toronto, 
Butcher. 

5  ^  L- 

184 


H 
n 


a. 

0^ 


0^ 


o 
o 


X5 

> 
3 

3 
G. 

3 

n 
n- 
> 


cd 

r 
r 


No.  184 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1931. 


Mr.  Macaulay 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No,  184  1931 

BILL 

The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1931. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

Short  title.         1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Municipal  Amendment 
Act,  1931. 

c^®233^*s*'46      2-  Subsection   7   of  section  46  of   The  Municipal  Act  is 
^ut)s  7.         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Council  of  (7)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  any  special  Act  the 

Toronto.  council  of  the  city  of  Toronto  shall  consist  of  the 

mayor  and  four  controllers  to  be  elected  by  general 
vote,  and  three  aldermen  for  each  ward,  except 
that  if  that  part  of  the  said  city  lying  north  of  the 
right-of-way  of  the  Toronto  Belt  Line  Railway 
Company  is  made  a  separate  ward  there  shall  be 
two  aldermen  only  for  that  ward. 

?^233^*s*'53      ^-  Clause  r  of  subsection  1  of  section  53  of  The  Municipal 
subs  i  ci.  r'Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Unpaid  U)  A  person  whose  taxes  at  the  time  of  the  election  are 

exception.  overdue  and  unpaid,  but  this  clause  shall  not  apply 

to  a  person  who  is  a  bona  fide  tenant  and  qualifies 
as  a  householder  if  such  overdue  and  unpaid  taxes 
as  between  him  and  his  landlord  are  taxes  the  latter 
ought  to  pay. 

?^233^*s.*'53.      "*•  Subsection   2   of  section   53   of   The   Municipal  Act  is 
subs.  2  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amendea.  j  o  o 

{h)  Of  his  being  assessed  as  the  owner  of  lands  against 
which  taxes  are  overdue  and  unpaid,  if  at  the  time 
of  the  election  he  is  not  the  owner  of  such  lands 
and  if  such  taxes  became  due  after  he  ceased  to  own 
the  said  lands. 

184 


5.— (1)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  56  of  The  Miini-^^li^^'t^'hQ, 
cipal  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  the  words  "or  farmer's p"*'^^-  ^• 
daughter"  after  the  word  "son"  in  the  seventh  line.  amended. 

(2)  Subsection  6  of  said  section  56  is  amended  by  inserting  ^^ v. gStat., 
the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after  the  word  "son"  in  subs.  6.  ' 
the  third  line,  by  inserting  the  words  "or  she"  after  the  word 

"he"  in  the  fourth  line,  by  inserting  the  words  "or  a  farmer's 
daughter"  after  the  word  "son"  in  the  fifth  line,  and  by 
inserting  the  words  "or  her"  after  the  word  "his"  in  the 
sixth  line. 

(3)  Subsection  7  of  said  section  56  is  further  amended  by  ^®233^*^*'56 
inserting  the  words  "or  farmer's  daughter"  after  the  word  subs.  7, 

t,        IT  •      .u     4.U-  J  !•  amended, 

son    m  the  third  hne. 

6.  Section  57  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the ^®J33^*8*'57, 
following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. 

57.  Subject  to  sections  60,  61  and  62,  every  person  whose 

name  is  entered  on  the  proper  voters'  list  shall  be 
entitled  to  vote  at  a  municipal  election,  except  that 
in  the  case  of  the  wife  or  husband  of  a  tenant  she  or 
he  shall  not  be  entitled  to  vote  unless  the  tenant  is 
a  resident  of  the  municipality  at  the  date  of  and  has 
resided  therein  for  one  month  next  before  the  election 
and  in  the  case  of  a  farmer's  son  or  farmer's  daughter, 
he  or  she  is  a  resident  of  the  municipality  at  the  date 
of  the  election. 

7.  Section  58  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the ^^Jas^^s.'ss. 
following  substituted  therefor:  repealed. 

58.  Except  as  to  the  disqualification  arising  from  not^^^g'^°^" 
residing  in  the  municipality  at  the  time  of  the  election  to  be      ^^ 
in  the  case  of  a  farmer's  son  or  farmer's  daughter  at  election 

-  ,  -  .        ,  except  as  to 

voter,  or  from  the  non-payment  or  taxes  in  the  casenon- 
of  a  voter  whose  name  appears  on  the  defaulters 
list,    no   question   as   to   the   qualifications  of   any 
person  whose  name  is  entered  on  the  proper  list  of 
voters  shall  be  raised  at  an  election. 

8.  Section  94  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding  ^®2'33^*8^*94^ 
thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended. 

(2)    In  cities  having  a  population  of  not  less  than  200,000  ballot" 
the  ballot  papers  shall  be  according  to  Form  3a,  fn^certain 
and    shall    contain    the    names    of    the    candidates  «='t'«8. 
arranged  as  set  forth  in  subsection  1. 

184 


9.  Subsection   1  of  section   108  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 


Rev  Stat  , 
c.  233,  s.  108, 

subs.  1,  amended  by  inserting  after' the  words   "poll  clerk"  in  the 

second  line  the  words  "special  constable." 


amended. 


Rev.  Stat.,         10.  Subsection   1  of  section   126  oi  The  Municipal  Act  is 

c    233   s    126 

subs,  i,'       '  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 
repealed. 


Procedure  on 
counting 
ballot  papers 
and  votes 
and  placing 
ballot  papers 
into  packets. 


(1)  All  the  ballot  papers  except  those  rejected  shall  be 
counted,  and  an  account  shall  be  kept  of  the  number 
of  votes  given  and  allowed  for  each  candidate,  and 
all  the  ballot  papers  shall  be  put  into  separate  packets 
as  follows, — 


{a)  all  the  used  ballot  papers  which  have  not  been 
objected  to  and  have  been  counted; 

{b)  all  the  used  ballot  papers  which  have  been 
objected  to,  but  which  have  been  counted ; 

(c)  all  the  rejected  ballot  papers; 

{d)  all  the  cancelled  ballot  papers; 

{e)  all  the  ballot  papers  used  but  unmarked; 

(/)  all  the  declined  ballot  papers; 

(g)  all  the  unused  ballot  papers. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  233,8.  127, 
subs.  1, 
amended. 


11.  Subsection  1  of  section  127  oi  The  Municipal  Act  \s 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause : 

{}f)  The  ballot  papers  used  but  unmarked ; 


?23"3^l^*i37,      12.  Section  137  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
repealed,      'following  substituted  therefor: 


Application 
for  recount 
or  re- 
addition. 


137. — (1)  If,  within  fourteen  days  after  the  declaration 
by  the  clerk  of  the  result  of  the  election,  upon  the 
application  of  a  candidate  or  voter  it  is  made  to 
appear  by  affidavit  to  a  judge  of  the  county  or 
district  court  of  the  county  nr  district  in  which  the 
municipality  is  situate,  that  a  deputy  returning 
officer,  in  counting  the  votes  has  improperly  counted 
or  rejected  any  ballot  paper,  or  made  an  incorrect 
statement  of  the  number  of  ballots  cast  for  any 
candidate,  or  has  improperly  added  up  the  votes  and 
if  within  that  time  the  applicant  shall  have  given 
security  for  the  costs  in  connection  with  the  recount 
or  final  addition  of  the  candidate  declared  elected 


184 


of  such  nature  and  in  such  amount  as  may  be  fixed 
by  the  judge;  or  if  at  any  time  within  four  weeks 
after  such  declaration  in  a  city  having  a  population 
of  not  less  than  100,000,  the  council  has  by  resolution 
declared  that  a  recount  or  readdition  is  desirable  in 
the  public  interest,  the  judge  shall  appoint  a  time 
and  place  to  recount  or  readd  the  votes  cast  at  the 
election. 

(2)  In  all  cases  of  a  recount  or  readdition  of  the  ballots  Deputy- 
cast  for  candidates  elected  by  general  vote  in  a  city  ward^s^o? 
having  a  population  of  not  less  than  100,000,  theioo!ooo. 
judge  may  order  that  the  recount  or  readdition  shall  or  ove^r  °" 
be  conducted  separately  in  each  ward  of  such  city 

and  for  that  purpose  may  appoint  for  any  ward  as 
his  deputy,  another  judge  or  a  barrister  of  at  least 
ten  years'  standing  at  the  bar  of  Ontario  to 
recount  or  readd  the  votes  cast  at  the  election  in 
such  ward  and  a  time  and  place  for  such  recount  or 
readdition  to  be  held,  and  every  such  deputy  shall 
for  all  the  purposes  of  the  recount  or  readdition  and 
in  respect  to  the  ward  for  which  he  is  appointed, 
have  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  of  the  judge 
as  hereinafter  in  this  section  set  out. 

(3)  At  least  two  days'  notice  in  writing  of  the  time  and  ^me  a^nd^ 
place  appointed  shall  be  given  to  the  candidates  and  Recount  or 
to  the  clerk,   and   the  clerk  or  an  assistant  clerk  readdition. 
appointed  for  the  purpose  shall  attend  the  recount 

or  readdition  with  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  documents 
relating  to  the  election. 

(4)  The  judge,  the  clerk,  the  assistant  clerk,  and  each  who  may 
candidate  and   his  agent  appointed   to  attend   the 
recount  or  readdition,  but  no  other  person  except 

with  the  sanction  of  the  judge,  shall  be  entitled  to 
be  present  at  the  recount. 

(5)  The  recount  shall  be  of  the  ballots  cast  respectively  ballots  to  be 

for  the  candidate  declared  elected  when  one  only  iSflcounfedf 
to  be  elected  and  in  other  cases  of  the  candidate  who 
received  the  lowest  number  of  votes  of  those  declared 
elected  by  the  clerk  and  for  the  defeated  candidate 
who  received  the  highest  number  of  votes  for  the 
same  office  unless  any  other  candidate  in  writing 
requires  the  ballots  cast  for  him  to  be  recounted  or 
readded. 

Making 

(6)  At  the  time  and  place  appointed,  and  in  the  presence  readdmon  or 
of  such  of  the  persons  entitled  to  be  present  as  may 


184 


attend,  the  judge  shall  make  such  final  addition 
from  the  statements  contained  in  the  ballot  boxes 
returned  by  the  deputy  returning  officers,  or  recount 
all  the  ballot  papers  received  by  the  clerk  from  the 
several  deputy  returning  officers  and  the  number  of 
votes  counted  at  the  election  and  shall  for  the 
purpose  of  the  recount  open  the  sealed  packets 
containing  the  used  ballot  papers  which  were  not 
objected  to  and  were  counted,  the  ballot  papers 
which  were  objected  to  but  which  were  counted,  the 
rejected  ballot  papers,  the  cancelled  ballot  papers, 
the  ballot  papers  which  were  used  but  were  un- 
marked, the  declined  ballot  papers  and  the  unused 
ballot  papers. 


Proceedings 
to  be  con- 
tinuous. 


(7)  The  judge  shall,  as  far  as  practicable,  proceed  con- 
tinuously, allowing  only  time  for  refreshment  and 
excluding,  except  so  far  as  he  and  the  persons  present 
agree,  the  hours  between  six  o'clock  in  the  afternoon 
and  nine  o'clock  in  the  succeeding  forenoon,  and 
during  the  excluded  time  the  judge  shall  place  the 
ballot  papers  and  other  documents  relating  to  the 
election  close  under  his  own  seal  and  the  seal  of 
such  of  the  persons  present  as  desire  to  affix  their 
seals,  and  shall  otherwise  take  all  necessary  pre- 
cautions for  the  security  of  them. 


Procedure 
as  at  close 
of  poll. 


(8)  Subject  to  subsection  9,  the  judge  shall  proceed 
according  to  the  provisions  for  the  counting  of  the 
ballot  papers  and  the  vote  at  the  close  of  the  poll 
by  a  deputy  returning  officer,  and  shall  verify  and 
correct  the  statement  of  the  poll. 


Evidence 
may  be 
taken. 


(9)  If  for  any  reason  it  appears  desirable  to  do  so,  the 
judge  upon  the  application  of  any  party  to  the 
proceeding  may  hear  such  evidence  as  he  may  deem 
necessary  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  full  and 
proper  recount  of  the  ballot  papers. 


Judge's 

certificate 

of-result. 


(10)  Upon  the  completion  of  the  recount  the  judge  shall 
seal  up  all  the  ballot  papers  in  their  separate  packets 
and  upon  the  completion  of  a  readdition  he  shall 
seal  up  the  original  statements  in  their  respective 
packets,  and  shall  forthwith  certify  the  result  of  the 
recount  or  readdition  to  the  clerk. 


Clerk's 
declaration 
of  result. 


(11)  Upon  the  result  of  the  recount  or  readdition  being 

certified  to  him  the  clerk  shall  declare  elected  the 

candidate  so  certified  as  having  the  highest  number 

of  votes,  and  such  declaration  shall  be  deemed  for 

184 


all  purposes  to  have  been  substituted  for  the  prior 
declaration  made  under  section  134  if  it  is  different 
from  such  prior  declaration. 

(12)  Nothing   in   this   section   shall   affect   any   remedy  Smidies  not 
which  any  person  may  have  under  the  provisions  ^"^®'^*®''- 
hereinafter  contained  by  proceedings  in  the  nature 
of  quo  warranto  or  otherwise. 

13.  Subsection   2  of  section   138  of  The  Municipal  Act  \sf.^2ii^s\zs 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e^^ai^d 

(2)  The  judge  may  in  his  discretion  award  costs  of  the  ^^"^^^j"^'  ^ 
recount  or  readdition  to  or  against  any  candidate  ^-osts. 
and  may  fix  the  amount  of  same  or  order  that  they 
be  taxed  by  the  clerk  of  the  district  or  county  court 
on  a  scale  following  as  nearly  as  may  be  the  tariff  o 
costs  of  the  county  court. 

14.  Subsection   1  of  section  274  of  The  Municipal  Act  \s^^2i^^B^)i74,, 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause :  Imended 

{bh)  farmer's  daughter. 

15.  Clause  /  of  subsection  2  of  section  297  of  The  Munici-^ev.  stat.. 

C    233   s   297 

pal  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:       subs.  '2.ci.  / 

repealed. 

(/)  By  the  council  of  any  municipality  with  the  approval 
of  the  Municipal  Board  for  borrowing  such  sum  or 
sums  as  may  be  required  to  pay  or  defray  the  cost 
or  share  of  the  cost  of  any  work  or  improvement 
which  by  the  terms  of  any  order  of  the  Board  of 
Railway  Commissioners  of  Canada  or  of  the  Muni- 
cipal Board  the  municipality  is  or  has  been  authorized 
or  required  to  undertake  or  pay,  or  of  any  work  or 
improvement  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  Municipal 
Board  is  or  has  been  rendered  necessary  or  expedient 
owing  to  the  construction  of  any  work  or  improve- 
ment ordered  by  either  of  the  said  boards;  but  where 
any  such  work  or  improvement  is  or  has  been  merely 
authorized  but  not  required  to  be  undertaken  by 
the  municipality  no  sum  or  sums  may  be  borrowed 
hereunder  unless  the  work  was  undertaken  with  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board. 

16.  Section  329  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  add- ^^gs'g^s^a^s 
ing  thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended. 

184 


7 

dLb'ln\u'res°  (^)  ^^Y  debenture  heretofore  issued  or  hereafter  to  be 

issued  shall  be  sufficiently  signed  by  the  head  of 
the  council  if  it  bears  the  signature,  as  hereinbefore 
in  this  section  provided,  of  the  person  who  was  the 
head  of  the  council  either  at  the  date  of  the  debenture 
or  at  the  time  when  it  was  issued. 

^  23'3^s^335       ^^'  section  335  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended.     '  at  the  end  thereof  the  following  words: 

"and  to  borrow  from  time  to  time  by  the  issue  and  sale 
of  debentures  such  sum  as  may  be  necessary  to  repay 
such  advances." 

Rev.  Stat.,         18.  Section  368  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
a'me^ndld^^^'  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Aid  to  (3)  The    council    may    grant    pecuniary    aid    or    other 

chiidren^of  assistance  to  the  widows  and  children  of  members 

police  Yo^rce  ^^  the  police  force  who  are  killed  or  die  from  injuries 

received  or  from  illness  contracted  in  the  discharge 

of  their  duties. 


in  certain 
eases 


c.  233,  s.  397.      19.  Paragraph    1  of  section  397  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 

In^lnd^d.       amended   by  inserting  after  the  word   "drier"   in   the  fifth 

line  the  words  "or  a  cold  storage  plant  receiving  financial  aid 

from    the    Department   of   Agriculture   of    the    Province   of 

Ontario." 

?733^s'?399,      20.  Paragraph  16  of  section  399  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
repealed.        repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

fir^e'^hSrsite.  16.  For  acquiring  land  for  and  erecting  thereon  a  fire  hall 

^^^-  and    for    purchasing    and    installing    fire    engines, 

apparatus  and  appliances  for  fire-fighting  and  fire 
protection  at  a  cost  not  exceeding  $20,000,  and  for 
the  issue  of  debentures  therefor  payable  in  equal 
annual  instalments  of  principal  and  interest  during 
a  period  not  exceeding  ten  years. 

(a)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  to  obtain  the  assent 
of  the  electors  to  the  by-law  if  it  is  passed  by 
a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  members  of 
the  council. 

ih)  No  by-law  shall  be  passed  under  the  authority 
of  this  paragraph  while  any  debentures  issued 
under  a  by-law  previously  passed  thereunder 
are  outstanding  and  unpaid  unless  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board  is  obtained. 

184 


8 

21.  Paragraph  43  of  section  399  of  The  Municipal  Act  »s  J^^g^yStat-. 
amended  by  inserting  after  the  word  "from"  in  the  first  line  par.  43, ' 
the  words  "soliciting  or."  amen 

22.  Section  409  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding  ^^*r. .  --^^^  • 
thereto  the  following  paragraph:  amended. 

9.  For  acquiring  lands  in  the  county  and  erecting  thereon  EstabUsh- 
farm    and    other    buildings    and    for    establishing,  county 
developing,    improving,    equipping,    operating    and '^'^'^'"^' 
maintaining  such  lands  and  buildings  as  a  county 
farm  for  educational,  experimental  and  other  pur- 
poses in  the  promotion  and  advancement  of  agricul- 
ture in  all  its  branches,  and  for  the  issue  of  deben- 
tures   therefor,    other    than    for    the    expenses    of 
operation  and  maintenance. 

(a)  It  shall  not  be  necessary  to  obtain  the  assent 
of  the  electors  to  any  by-law  passed  under 
this  paragraph  if  it  is  passed  by  a  vote  of 
two-thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the  council. 

(6)  A  county  council  which  has  established  a 
county  farm  under  this  paragraph  may  enter 
into  agreements  with  the  Minister  of  Agricul- 
ture for  its  development,  improvement  and 
equipment  and  for  its  operation  and  main- 
tenance by  or  in  conjunction  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  for  such  periods  and  upon 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  from  time  to 
time  may  be  agreed. 

23.  Paragraph  9  of  section  411  of  The  Municipal  Act  is^^g^-g^s^^ii 
amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  "wheeled  vehicle"  in  par.  9* 

the  second  line  the  words  "other  than  a  motor  vehicle  as' 
defined  in  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 

24.  Section  412  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding  J  233^3^412. 
thereto  the  following  paragraph :  amended. 

2.  For  prohibiting  or  for  regulating  and  controlling  the  location jjf 
location  or  erection  within  any  defined  area  or  areas  plants,  etc. 
or  on  land  abutting  on  defined  highways  or  parts  of 
highways  of  any  incinerator  or  other  building,  plant 
or   machinery   to   be   used   for   the   destruction   or 
disposal  of  garbage,  ashes  or  other  refuse. 

25.  Paragraph  3  of  section  414  of  The  Municipal  Act  as  Re^^.^sta^.^ 
re-enacted  by  section   9  of  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  a^ir.  z 
1929,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  c.  58. 's.  9). 

repealed . 

184 


i^catfon'of^  3.  For    excrcising    the    powers    conferred    on    cities    by 

btSSses  paragraphs  2  to  13  of  section  411  and  by  section  412. 

etc. 

(a)  This  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to  a  building  which 
was  on  the  day  the  by-law  is  passed  erected  or  used 
for  any  of  the  purposes  enumerated  in  said  sections 
411  and  412. 

26.  Paragraph  2  of  section  429  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
^23'3^s!^429,  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "and  other"  in  the  fourth 
amended.       ^^^^  ^"^  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "public  halls  and 
all"  so  that  the  paragraph  will  now  read  as  follows: 


Amusement 
places,  etc. 


For  regulating  and  licensing,  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  The  Theatres  and  Cinematographs  Act,  exhibitions 
held  for  hire  or  gain,  theatres,  music  halls,  bowling 
alleys,  moving-picture  shows,  public  halls,  and  all 
places  of  amusement,  and  for  prohibiting  the  location 
of  them  or  a  particular  class  of  them  on  land  abutting 
on  any  highway  or  part  of  a  highway  to  be  named  in 
the  by-law  and  for  revoking  any  license  granted. 


Rev.  Stat.,         27.  Section  430  of  The  Municipal.  Act  is  amended  by  addirg 
amlnded^^*^'  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 


Sale  of 
ne\v.spapers 
on  streets. 


3.  For  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  persons  selling 
newspapers  and  magazines  upon  any  highway  and 
for  restricting  the  operations  of  such  persons  to  a 
particular  location  upon  a  highway  and  for  restricting 
the  operations  of  such  persons  to  the  sale  of  news- 
papers and  magazines  only  and  for  prohibiting  the 
selling  or  offering  for  sale  upon  any  highway  of  books, 
periodicals,  pamphlets  or  other  printed  matter 
except  newspapers  and  magazines  and  for  revoking 
any  license  granted. 


c.23'3, 8^431,      28.  Paragraph  2  of  section  431  of  The  Municipal  Act  is 
amended.       amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "newspapers  and"  in  the 
second  line. 

0.^33,  ^  ■■         29.  Section   431a  of   The   Municipal  Act  as  enacted   by 
1;i928,^  section  16  of  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1928,  is  amended 

ameiided.^^'   ^^  adding  at  the  end  of  the  heading  thereof  the  following 
words : 

"and  by  councils  of  townships  bordering  on  a  city  having 
a  population  of  not  less  than  100,000." 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  233,6.  437, 
repealed. 


30.  Section  437  of  The  Municipal  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


184 


10 

437.  The  council  of  a  city,  town,  village,  county  or  town-  Expenses  of 
ship  may  pay  for  or  towards  the  reception  or  enter- JuStt^'ind'^ 
tainment  of  persons  of  distinction  or  the  celebration  travelling 
of  events  or  matters  of  national  interest  or  import- °^,^^i,'^',° 
ance,  or  for  or  towards  travelling  or  other  expenses 
incurred  in  respect  to  matters  pertaining  to  or  affect- 
ing  the   interests  of   the   corporation,   a   sum   not 
exceeding  in  any  year  in  the  case  of 

(a)  a  city  having  a  population  of  not  less  than 
200,000— $30,000; 

(b)  a  city  having  a  population  of  not  less  than 

100,000— $20,000; 

(c)  a  city  having  a  population  of  not  less  than 

50,000— $10,000; 

(d)  a  city  or  town  having  a  population  of  not  less 
than  20,000— $2,500; 

(e)  a  city  or  town  having  a  population  of  not  less 

than  10,000— $1,000; 

(/)  a  county— $1,500; 

(g)  other  municipalities — $500. 

31.  Section  534  of  The  Municipal  AqI  is  amended  by  adding  ^^^o^*^^!'-' 
thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended. 

(4)  Where  a  by-law  is  passed  under  clause  {e)  of  sub-  Length  of 
section  1,  the  maximum  length  or  distance  of  side- to  be  cleared 
walks  adjoining  land  occupied  and  used  as  farm  lands  ^^'  owner, 
for  which   the  occupant  or  owner  thereof  may  be 
required  to  clear  away  and  remove  snow  and  ice  or 
be  charged  with  the  expense  of  such  clearing  away 
and  removal  shall  be  limited  to  two  hundred  lineal 
feet    notwithstanding    that    a    greater    length    or 
distance  of  sidewalks  may  adjoin  such   land,  and 
the   clearing  away   and   removal   of  snow  and   ice 
from  such  greater  length  or  distance  shall  be  under- 
taken by  the  trustees  at  the  expense  of  the  police 
village. 

32.  Form  Za  set  forth  in  schedule  "A"  hereto  is  added  ^^/g^stat. 

to  The  Municipal  Act.  amended. 

33.  This  Act,  other  than  sections  5  and  14  and  so  much  of  £°;j\%®f"Sfct 
the   provisions   of   sections   6   and    7   as   relate   to   farmers' 
daughters,  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  it 

184 


11 

receives  the  Royal  Assent.  Sections  5  and  14  and  so  much 
of  the  provisions  of  sections  6  and  7  as  relate  to  farmers' 
daughters  shall  take  effect  as  may  be  necessary  for  annual 
municipal  elections  for  the  year  1933,  whether  the  same  are 
to  be  held  under  the  provisions  of  section  72  or  under  the 
provisions  of  sections  73,  74  or  75  of  The  Municipal  Act, 
and  for  all  purposes  shall  come  into  force  on  the  1st  d»y  of 
January,  1933. 


184 


12 
SCHEDULE  "A" 
FORM  3a 
BALLOT  PAPER  FOR  CITIES 

OF  NOT  LESS  THAN  200,000  POPULATION 

Form  for  Mayor  and  Controllers 


2 1  ■-! 

I  o 
►  ^ 

IS' 

I  a. 
i  Q 

ALLAN 

Charles  Allan, 

iP|' 

of  King  Street, 

in  the  City  of  Toronto, 

Merchant. 

BROWN 

William  Brown, 

OS"*     £  u. 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 
Banker. 

Form  for  Aldermen 


■  ■  1 

ARGO 

NTO 
.  1st,  193 

ivision  No. 

IVIAN 

James  Argo, 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 

Gentleman. 

BAKER 

o  g : 

ioc. 

i  Ol 

o    ^^  o 

Samuel  Baker, 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 

Baker. 

DUNCAN 

III    ■ 

Robert  Duncan, 

1  < 

of  the  City  of  Toronto, 
Printer. 

ROBINSON 

i    *  O 

Archibald  Robinson, 
of  the  City  of  Toronto, 
Butcher. 

i  ^  y- 

184 


4 


> 


Oj 


0^ 


> 

T5 


p 
o 

o 


a 

0^ 


H 

cr 

C 

2. 

o* 

"5* 

> 
3 

3 

3 

fD 

3 
rt- 

> 


s 

r 
r 


Co 


No.  185 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontarfo 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act. 


Mr.  McCrea 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  185 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act, 
1931. 


Rey,- ^*^*o'        2. — (1)  The  clause  lettered  bh  in  section  2  of  The  Game 
c.  hb  (1930,    and  Fisheries  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  3  of  The  Game  and 

8     3) 

repealed.        Fisheries  Act,  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


"Farmer."  (jj^^^  "Farmer"    shall    mean   any   person   actually   living 

upon  lands  of  which  he  is  the  owner,  proprietor  or 
lessee,  and  which  are  of  not  less  than  fifty  acres  in 
extent  and  who  is  bona  fide  engaged  upon  such 
lands  in  the  pursuit  of  agriculture,  and  shall  include 
the  son  or  sons  of  such  person  living  upon  such 
lands  and  bona  fide  engaged  upon  such  lands  in  the 
pursuit  of  agriculture. 

c^^3'i8^*s^*2,        (2)  The  clause  lettered  i  in  the  said  section  2  as  amended 
°^-  *•  by  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act, 

1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


"Non- 
resident. 


{i)  "Non-resident"  shall  mean  any  person  who  has  not 
actually  resided  in  the  Province  of  Ontario  for  a 
period  of  twelve  consecutive  months  immediately 
preceding  the  time  that  his  residence  becomes 
material  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 


Rev.  Stat., 
o.  318,  s.  2, 

rep°eaied.        amended  by  subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries 


(3)  The  clause  lettered  o  in  section  2  of  the  said  Act  as 
nended  by  subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries 
Act,  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


'Resident." 


(o)    "Resident"  shall  mean  any  person  who  has  actually 
resided  in  the  Province  of  Ontario  for  a  period  of 


185 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  2. — (1)  This  will  have  the  effect  of  more  clearly  defining 
person  who  may  be  classed  as  "farmers"  for  the  purposes  of  The  Game 
and  Fisheries  Act. 


(2)  This  will  have  the  effect  of  more  clearly  defining  persons  who 
should  be  classed  as  "non-residents."  On  one  or  two  occasions  officers 
of  the  Department  have  had  difficulty  in  securing  convictions  under  the 
present  provision  against  persons  who  were  undoubtedly  non-residents 
of  the  Province,  and  who  were  either  hunting  or  fishing  in  this  Province 
without  being  in  possession  of  the  proper  authority. 


(3)  This  amendment  is  desirable  to  provide  phraseology  which  will 
coincide  with  that  of  section  3,  subsection  2. 


185 


twelve  consecutive  months  immediately  preceding 
the  time  that  his  residence  becomes  material  under 
the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

c.Yis,  s.  6,  3.  The  clause  lettered  e  in  subsection  1  of  section  6  of 
amended.''  "'  ^^^  Game  and  Fisheries  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  the 
ciose^and  words  "the  open  season  and"  after  the  word  "varying" 
open  season,  where  it  occurs  in  the  first  line  thereof. 

c^^3i8^*s.*i7,      '^- — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries 
amend^ed        ^^^  ^^  amended  by  inserting  the  word  "Deputy"  before  the 
word  "Minister"  where  it  occurs  in  the  sixth  line  thereof. 


(2)  Subsection   2   of   the  said   section    17   is  amended   by 
Deputy"   before  the  word   "Minister" 


Rev.  Stat., 
c     SIS     s     17 

siibs.  2.        '  inserting  the  word 

where  it  occurs  in  the  third  line  thereof. 


c^sis^l'^Vi        ^-  Section  31  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act  is  repealed 
repealed."  '  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Prohibition 
as  to  use  of 
dogs. 


31. — (1)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  use  or 
be  accompanied  by  a  dog  while  hunting  deer,  moose 
or  caribou  in  that  part  of  the  Province  of  Ontario 
lying  north  and  west  of  the  southerly  and  easterly 
boundaries  of  the  Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing 
and  the  French  River,  including  Manitoulin  Island. 


Restraint  of 
dogs. 


(2)  In  the  said  area  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  the  owner 
of  any  dog  to  permit  such  dog  to  run  at  large  in  a 
locality  in  which  deer,  moose  or  caribou  usually 
inhabit  or  in  which  they  are  usually  found. 


Prohibition 
as  to  use  of 
dogs  during 
close  season. 


(3)  In  that  part  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  lying  south 
and  east  of  the  Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing  and 
the  French  River,  no  owner  of  any  dog  shall  permit 
such  dog  to  run  at  large  during  the  close  season  for 
deer  or  moose  in  a  locality  in  which  such  animals 
or  any  of  them  usually  inhabit  or  in  which  they 
are  usually  found. 


Restraint 
of  dogs. 


(4)  Any  person  harbouring  or  claiming  to  be  the  owner 
of  such  dog  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  owner  thereof 
and  any  dog  found  running  deer,  moose  or  caribou 
north  and  west  of  the  southerly  boundaries  of  the 
Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing  and  the  French 
River,  including  Manitoulin  Island,  or  running 
deer  or  moose  south  and  east  of  the  Mattawa  River, 
Lake  Nipissing  and  the  French  River  during  the 
close  season  in  the  last  mentioned  area,  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  at  large  with  the  permission  of  the 


185 


Section  3.  Under  the  present  section  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council  may  make  regulations  varying  close  seasons  in  any  part  of  the 
Province  where  local  or  climatic  conditions  will  warrant.  There  is,  how- 
ever, no  corresponding  authority  to  vary  the  open  seasons.  This 
amendment  will  provide  the  authority. 

Section  4.  Under  the  present  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  17,  the 
Minister  only  is  authorized  to  sign  the  permits  referred  to,  under  which 
the  possession  of  live  game  may  be  had  for  scientific  and  educational 
purposes.  The  amendments  now  provided  grant  the  authority  to  sign 
these  permits  to  the  Deputy  Minister. 


Section  5.  The  provisions  of  the  new  section  31  have  the  effect  of: 


31. — (1)  prohibiting  the  use  of  dogs  for  the  hunting  of  deer,  moose 
or  caribou  north  and  west  of  the  Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing 
and  French  River,  including  Manitoulin  Island; 


(2)  making  it  unlawful  for  the  owner  of  a  dog  to  allow  such  dog 
to  run  at  large  in  the  said  area  in  any  locality  inhabited  by 
deer,  moose«or  caribou; 


(3)  allowing  the  use  of  dogs  south  and  east  of  the  Mattawa  River, 
Lake  Nipissing  and  the  French  River  for  the  hunting  of  deer, 
except  during  close  seasons; 


(4)    making  provision  for  the  destruction  of  dogs  which  are  found 
running  deer, — 

(o)  at  any  time  north  and  west  of  the  Mattawa  River,  Lake 
Nipissing  and  French  River,  including  Manitoulin  Island, 
and 

(b)  south  and  east  of  the  Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing  and 
French  River  during  the  close  season. 


185 


owner  and  may  be  killed  on  sight  by  any  person  and 
such  person  shall  not  be  liable  to  any  penalty  or 
damage  therefor. 

c^^3i8^*s*36      ^-  Section  36  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act  is  further 
amended.       amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

rabbits.^  °^  (^)    ^^   shall   be   unlawful   for   any   person   when   using 

ferrets  in  the  hunting  of  rabbits  to  use  in  addition 
to  a  ferret  any  contrivance  whatever  other  than  a 
fire-arm  in  the  actual  taking  of  rabbits  at  such  time. 

nielS;™oTAct       '^ '  '^^^^  ^^^  ^'^^'^  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  June, 
■  1931. 


185 


Section  6.  This  amendment  has  the  effect  of  making  illegal  certain 
practices  which  will  include  the  use  of  nets,  traps,  snares,  etc.,  for  the 
actual  taking  of  rabbits  where  these  animals  are  being  hunted  by  ferrets. 


Section  7.  Fixes  the  date  upon  which  amendments  become  effective. 


185 


o 

n 


Co 


Pi. 

Pi- 

0^ 


n 


Pi 

0^3 


> 

> 
o 

rt 

r-t- 

o 

&: 

3 

a> 

3 
D- 

H 
cr 

fD 

o 

p 
3 

n 

3 

^ 

w' 
3- 
rD 


r 
r 


No.  185 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act. 


Mr.  McCrea 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  185 


BILL 


1931 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act. 

HIS  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


Short  title. 


1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act, 
1931. 


Rev.  Stat., 
c.  318,  s.  2, 
cl.  «. 
repealed. 


2. — (1)  The  clause  lettered  i  in  section  2  of  The  Game  and 
Fisheries  Act  as  amended  by  subsection  1  of  section  2  of 
The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act,  1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


"Non- 
resident." 


(i)  "Non-resident"  shall  mean  any  person  who  has  not 
actually  resided  in  the  Province  of  Ontario  for  a 
period  of  twelve  consecutive  months  immediately 
preceding  the  time  that  his  residence  becomes 
material  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 


c^1u8^*s!*2,         (2)  The  clause  lettered  o  in  the  said  section  2  as  amended 
repealed         "^^  subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act, 
1930,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


'Resident." 


(o)  "Resident"  shall  mean  any  person  who  has  actually 
resided  in  the  Province  of  Ontarfo  for  a  period  of 
twelve  consecutive  months  immediately  preceding 
the  time  that  his  residence  becomes  material  under 
the  provisions  of  this  Act. 


?*3i8^'s!^6',  *^'  The  clause  lettered  e  in  subsection  1  of  section  6  of 
am'ended^''  *'  ^^^  Game  and  Fisheries  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  the 
Varying         words    "the   Open   season    and"    after   the   word    "varying" 

close  and  .  -iz-i-i  c  jo 

open  season,  where  it  occurs  in  the  nrst  line  thereof. 


Rev.  Stat. 


4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries 
ite  ^i  ^'  ^^'^^^  is  amended  by  inserting  the  word  "Deputy"  before  the 
amended.       word  "Minister"  where  it  occurs  in  the  sixth  line  thereof. 

Rev  Stat  ^^^  Subsection   2  of  the  said  section   17   is  amended  by 

c.  sis  s.  17,  inserting  the  word   "Deputy"   before  the  word   "Minister" 
amended.       where  it  occurs  in  the  third  line  thereof. 


185 


5.  Section  31  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act  is  repealed  ^®^- stut-. 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  repeai'ed.     ' 

31.— (1)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  use  or  J/^J'J^^'oij! 
be  accompanied  by  a  dog  while  hunting  deer,  moose '•oe"- 
or  caribou  in  that  part  of  the  Province  of  Ontario 
lying  north  and  west  of  the  southerly  and  easterly 
boundaries  of  the  Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing 
and  the  French  River,  including  Manitoulin  Island. 

(2)  In  the  said  area  it  ghall  be  unlawful  for  the  owner  I/q^'kb.''''"'  ""^ 
of  any  dog  to  permit  such  dog  to  run  at  large  in  a 
locality   in   which   deer,   moose  or  caribou   usually 

inhabit  or  in  which  they  are  usually  found. 

(3)  In  that  part  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  lying  south  .P'"«^''^li'o" 
and  east  of  the  Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing  and  ^ogs  during 

,..       T-  1     T^-  r  1  f    11  •    close  season. 

the  r  rench  River,  no  owner  of  any  dog  shall  permit 
such  dog  to  run  at  large  during  the  close  season  for 
deer  or  moose  in  a  locality  in  which  such  animals 
or  any  of  them  usually  inhabit  or  in  which  they 
are  usually  found. 

(4)  Any  person  harbouring  or  claiming  to  be  the  owner  Restraint 
of  such  dog  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  owner  thereof  °     °'^^' 
and  any  dog  found  running  deer,  moose  or  caribou 

north  and  west  of  the  southerly  boundaries  of  the 
Mattawa  River,  Lake  Nipissing  and  the  French 
River,  including  Manitoulin  Island,  or  running 
deer  or  moose  south  and  east  of  the  Mattawa  River, 
Lake  Nipissing  and  the  French  River  during  the 
close  season  in  the  last  mentioned  area,  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  at  large  with  the  permission  of  the 
owner  and  may  be  killed  on  sight  by  any  person  and 
such  person  shall  not  be  liable  to  any  penalty  or 
damage  therefor. 

6.  Section  36  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act  as  amended  by  ^^.^^jg^^'^^'^^g 
section  8  of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act,  1929,  and  section  11  amended, 
of  The  Game  and  Fisheries  Act,  1930,  is  further  amended  by 

adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(3)    It   shall   be   unlawful   for   any   person   when   using  j-.'^bb-ig^  "^ 
ferrets  in  the  hunting  of  rabbits  to  use  in  addition 
to  a  ferret  any  contrivance  whatever  other  than  a 
fire-arm  in  the  actual  taking  of  rabbits  at  such  time. 

7.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  Jinie,  ^;^^=/^™'^'-^-t 
1931. 


185 


• 


^ 

> 

» 

■o 

n. 

s 

I— ' 

n 

n 

(-1- 

w 

h- * 

w 

O 

> 

u* 

> 


CO 

a 


> 
> 


p 
3 

re 
3 

>S 

O     ft) 

•  o 

3 


ft) 


l-H 

r 
r 


No.  186 

2nd  Session,  18th  Legislature,  Ontario 
21  George  V,  1931 


BILL 

An  Act  for  granting  to  His  Majesty  certain  sums  of  money  for  the  Public 

Service  of  the  financial  year  ending  on  the  31st  day  of  October, 

1931,  and  for  the  Public  Service  of  the  financial  year 

ending  the  31st  day  of  October,  1932. 


Mr.  Dunlop 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  Herbert  H.  Ball 

Printer  to  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty 


No.  186  1931 


BILL 


An  Act  for  granting  to  His  Majesty  certain  sums  of 
money  for  the  Public  Service  of  the  financial  year 
ending  on  the  31st  clay  of  October,  1931,  and  for 
the  Public  Service  of  the  financial  year  ending  the 
31st  day  of  October,  1932. 

Most  Gracious  Sovereign: 

Preamble.  TTTHEREAS  it  appears  by  message  from  His  Honour 
W  William  Donald  Ross,  Esq.,  Lieutenant-Governor  of 
the  Province  of  Ontario,  and  the  estimates  accompanying  the 
same,  that  the  sums  hereinafter  mentioned  in  the  schedules 
to  this  Act  are  required  to  defray  certain  expenses  of  the 
public  service  of  this  Province,  not  otherwise  provided  for, 
for  the  financial  year  ending  the  31st  day  of  October,  1931, 
and  for  the  financial  year  ending  the  31st  day  of  October,  1932, 
and  for  other  purposes  connected  with  the  public  service; 
May  it  therefore  please  Your  Majesty  that  it  may  be  enacted, 
and  it  is  hereby  enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent 
Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Legislative 
Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  as  follows: 

IrantedfoJ"  1.  From  and  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  of 
3i8t^octobe^r,  ^his  Province,  there  may  be  paid  and  applied  a  sum  not 
1931.  '  exceeding  in  the  whole  Ten  million  nine  hundred  and  seventy- 

seven  thousand  four  hundred  and  seventeen  dollars  and  ten 
cents  towards  defraying  the  several  charges  and  expenses  of 
the  public  service  of  this  Province,  not  otherwise  provided  for, 
from  the  1st  day  of  November,  1930,  to  the  31st  day  of 
October,  1931,  as  set  forth  in  schedule  "A"  to  this  Act. 

Iranted^or"  2.  From  and  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  of 
fiscal  year  this  Province,  there  may  be  paid  and  applied  a  sum  not 
exceeding  in  the  whole  Forty-four  million  seven  hundred  and 
sixty-four  thousand  three  hundred  and  fifty-nine  dollars  towards 
defraying  the  several  charges  and  expenses  of  the  public 
service  of  this  Province,  not  otherwise  provided  for,  from  the 
1st  day  of  November,  1931,  to  the  31st  day  of  October,  1932, 
as  set  forth  in  schedule  "B"  to  this  Act. 

186 


Accounts  in  detail  of  all  moneys  received  on  account  A'" 

T-.  •  1  •  .  .     .       ^  .        .  .  -  .  ^  -     to 


COUI 

bo  Ic 


of  this  Province  during  the  said  financial  year  1930-1931,  and  li'efore'  _ 

of  all  expenditures  under  schedule  "A"  of  this  Act,  shall  be^""^"'^'^' 

laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly  at  its  first  sitting  after 

the  completion  of  the  said  period;  and  accounts  in  detail  of 

all  moneys  received  on  account  of  this  Province  during  the 

financial  year  1931-32  and  of  all  expenditures  under  schedule 

"B"  of  this  Act  shall  be  laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly 

at  the  first  sitting  after  the  completion  of  the  said  financial 

year. 


4.  Any  part  of  the  money  under  schedule  "A"  appropriated  ^^■^lll',^^  f^,r 
by  this  Act  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue,  which  may  be  lo-^o-.u 
unexpended  on  the  31st  day  of  October,  1931,  shall  not  betotaple^  ** 
expended  thereafter,  except  in  the  payment  of  accounts  and 
expenses  incurred  on  or  prior  to  the  said  day ;  and  all  balances 
remaining  unexpended  after  the  said  date  or  at  such  sub- 
sequent date  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in 
Council  under  the  provisions  of  The  Audit  Act  shall  lapse  and 
be  written  off. 


I 


5.  Any  part  of  the  money  under  schedule  "B"  appropriated  ')^\}_*^l{'^^^^  f^r 
by  this  Act  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue,  which  may  be  19.U-32 
unexpended  on  the  31st  day  of  October,  1932,  shall,  not  be  to  lapse, 
expended  thereafter,  except  in  the  payment  of  accounts  and 
expenses  incurred  on  or  prior  to  the  said  day;  and  all  balances 
remaining  unexpended  after  the  said  date  or  after  a  date  fixed 
by    the    Lieutenant-Governor   in    Council    as    mentioned    in 
section  4  shall  lapse  and  be  written  off. 


6. 


The  due  application  of  all  moneys  expended  under  this  Account- 


ing for 
Act  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  shall  be  accounted  for  expenditure. 

to  His  Majesty. 

7.  This  Act  shall  come  into  force  on  the  day  upon  which  i^ient'tff'Tct. 
it  receives  the  Royal  Assent. 


4 


SCHEDULE  "A" 

Sums  granted  to  His  Majesty  by  this  Act  for  the  financial 
year  ending  on  the  thirty-first  day  of  October,  one  thousand 
nine  hundred  and  thirty-one,  to  defray  expenses  of: 

Prime  Minister's  Department sS930,000.00 

Legislation 6,500.00 

Attorney-General's  Department.  .     178,150.15 

Insurance  Department 5,300.00 

Education  Department 2,439,337.00 


186 


Lands  and  Forests  Department.  .  $366,240.00 

Mines  Department 279,615.00 

Game  and  Fisheries  Department. .    129,850.00 

Public  Works  Department 2,496,961 .  77 

Highways  Department 116,350.00 

Health  Department 763,375.00 

Labour  Department 18,440.63 

PubHc  Welfare  Department 2,724,800.00 

Provincial  Treasurer's  Department      3 1 ,425 .  00 

Provincial  Auditor's  Office 6,500.00 

Provincial  Secretary's  Department    153,179.  75 

Agriculture  Department 303,177.80 

Miscellaneous 28,215 .  00 

Total  estimates  for  expenditure  of  1930- 

1931 $10,977,417 .  10 

SCHEDULE  "B" 

Sums  granted  to  His  Majesty  by  this  Act  for  the  financial 
year  ending  on  the  thirty-first  day  of  October,  one  thousand 
nine  hundred  and  thirty-two,  to  defray  expenses  of: 

Lieutenant-Governor's  Office $6,450.00 

Prime  Minister's  Department.  . .  10,738,525.00 

Legislation 356,925 .  00 

Attorney-General's  Department .   2,473,805 .  00 

Insurance  Department 67,500.00 

Education  Department 8,291,909.00 

Lands  and  Forests  Department. .  2,762,015.00 
Northern   Development  Depart- 
ment       641,950.00 

Mines  Department 443,725 .  00 

Game  and  Fisheries  Department     658,775.00 

Public  Works  Department 1,057,335.00 

Highways  Department 634,225.00 

Health  Department 7,069,725.00 

Labour  Department 433,175.00 

Public  Welfare  Department 3,540,375.00 

Provincial  Treasurer's  Depart- 
ment       592,425.00 

Provincial  Auditor's  Office 109,725.00 

Provincial  Secretary's  Depart- 
ment    1,388,480.00 

Agriculture  Department 2,946,315 .00 

Miscellaneous 551,000.00 

Total  estimates  for  expenditure  of  1931- 

1932 $44,764,359.00 


186 


> 

ca>  f/3  a  o  w  ^ 

Actf 
urns 
f  the 
ay  of 
ervic 
Istd 

p    a>     _■    .   o    o 

§ 

» 

> 
2. 

> 

1 

> 
2, 

•r  grantini 
i  money 
financial 
October, 
of  the  fi 
y  of  Octc 

a 
r 

S3 

3 

1 

0^ 

ts3 

3 
I—' 

1 

a 

0-^ 

K3 

3 
1— ' 

1 

a 

g  to  Hii 
for  th 
year  en 
1931,  a 
nancial 
>ber,  19 

r 
r 

o 

\o 

vO 

vO 

0^3 

cj^  ^  ti  a.  ^ 

»fl 

u> 

U> 

Os) 

h-k 

»-» 

1— » 

^  '^  o  ^  n) 

2  rt-  3  ^  S2. 

r^Z^^'B 

3^  cr:  cfl   o   S- 

ft)  n   n-  ro   3 

-^Tf)